NONE false 0001800682 0001800682 2024-04-22 2024-04-22
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 8-K
CURRENT REPORT
PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported): April 22, 2024
Cano Health, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Commission File Number: 001-39289
|
|
|
Delaware |
|
98-1524224 |
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) |
|
(IRS Employer Identification No.) |
|
|
|
9725 NW 117th Avenue, Miami, FL |
|
33178 |
(Address of principal executive offices) |
|
(Zip Code) |
(855) 226-6633
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions:
☐ |
Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425) |
☐ |
Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12) |
☐ |
Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b)) |
☐ |
Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c)) |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
|
|
|
|
|
Title of each class |
|
Trading Symbol(s) |
|
Name of each exchange on which registered |
Class A common stock, $0.01 par value per share |
|
CANOQ |
|
OTC Pink Marketplace |
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933 (§230.405 of this chapter) or Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§240.12b-2 of this chapter).
Emerging growth company ☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Item 7.01 |
Regulation FD Disclosure. |
Plan and Disclosure Statement
As previously disclosed in a Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Company on February 5, 2024, on February 4, 2024, Cano Health, Inc. (the “Company”) and certain of its direct and indirect subsidiaries (such subsidiaries, together with the Company, the “Debtors”) commenced filing voluntary petitions (the “Chapter 11 Cases”) in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (the “Bankruptcy Court”) seeking relief under Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the U.S. Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”). The Chapter 11 Cases are being jointly administered under Case No. 24-10164. The Debtors continue to operate their business and manage their properties as “debtors-in-possession” under the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and orders of the Bankruptcy Court. Additional information about the Chapter 11 Cases, including access to Bankruptcy Court documents, is available online at https://www.kccllc.net/CanoHealth, a website administered by Kurtzman Carson Consultants LLC, the Debtors’ Court-approved third-party bankruptcy claims and noticing agent, and on the docket of the Chapter 11 Cases, which can be accessed via PACER at https://pacer.gov. The information on this website and docket is not incorporated by reference into, and does not constitute part of, this Current Report on Form 8-K (this “Form 8-K”).
As previously disclosed in a Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Company on March 25, 2024, on March 22, 2024, the Debtors filed a proposed Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization of Cano Health, Inc. and its Affiliated Debtors (the “Proposed Plan”) and a related proposed Disclosure Statement (the “Proposed Disclosure Statement”) with the Bankruptcy Court. The Proposed Plan and the Proposed Disclosure Statement describe, among other things, the Proposed Plan; the restructuring of the Debtors (the “Restructuring”); the events leading up to the Chapter 11 Cases; certain events that have occurred or are anticipated to occur during the Chapter 11 Cases, including the anticipated solicitation of votes to approve the Proposed Plan from certain of the Debtors’ creditors; and certain other aspects of the Restructuring.
On April 22, 2024, the Debtors filed an Amended Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization of Cano Health, Inc. and its Affiliated Debtors (as may be further amended from time to time, the “Amended Plan”) and a related proposed Disclosure Statement (as may be further amended from time to time, the “Disclosure Statement”) with the Bankruptcy Court. The Amended Plan and the related Disclosure Statement describe, among other things, the Amended Plan; the Restructuring; the events leading up to the Chapter 11 Cases; certain events that have occurred or are anticipated to occur during the Chapter 11 Cases, including the anticipated solicitation of votes to approve the Amended Plan from certain of the Debtors’ creditors; and certain other aspects of the Restructuring. Copies of the Amended Plan and the Disclosure Statement are attached as Exhibit 99.1 and 99.2, respectively, to this Form 8-K. The description of the Amended Plan and Disclosure Statement is a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Amended Plan and the Disclosure Statement.
Although the Debtors intend to pursue the Restructuring in accordance with the terms set forth in the Amended Plan, there can be no assurance that the Amended Plan will be approved by the Bankruptcy Court or that the Debtors will be successful in consummating the Restructuring or any other similar transaction on the terms set forth in the Amended Plan, on different terms or at all. Bankruptcy law does not permit postpetition solicitation of acceptances of a proposed chapter 11 plan of reorganization until the Bankruptcy Court approves a disclosure statement relating to the Amended Plan. Accordingly, neither the Debtors’ filing of the Amended Plan and Disclosure Statement, nor this Form 8-K, is a solicitation of votes to accept or reject the Amended Plan. Any such solicitation will be made pursuant to and in accordance with applicable law, including orders of the Bankruptcy Court. The Disclosure Statement is being submitted to the Bankruptcy Court for approval but has not been approved by the Bankruptcy Court to date.
Information contained in the Amended Plan and the Disclosure Statement is subject to change, whether as a result of amendments or supplements to the Amended Plan or Disclosure Statement, third-party actions, or otherwise, and should not be relied upon by any party. Such amendments and supplements will also be available for review and free of charge online at https://www.kccllc.net/CanoHealth. Such amendments and supplements may be filed with the Bankruptcy Court without the filing of an accompanying Current Report on Form 8-K. The documents and other information available via website or elsewhere are not part of this Form 8-K and shall not be deemed incorporated herein.
Lender Presentation
As previously disclosed in a Current Report on Form 8-K, the Debtors entered into a Restructuring Support Agreement (together with all exhibits and schedules attached thereto, the “RSA”) with lenders holding approximately (x) 86% of its secured revolving and term loan debt and (y) 92% of its senior unsecured notes (the “RSA Lenders”), to, among other things, support a restructuring on the terms of a chapter 11 plan described therein.
In connection with the Amended Plan and the Disclosure Statement, the Company entered into discussions, and confidentiality agreements (the “Confidentiality Agreements”), with the RSA Lenders. In connection with such discussions and pursuant to the Confidentiality Agreements, the Company provided the RSA Lenders with certain information regarding the Company, including the materials attached hereto as Exhibit 99.3 (the “Company Information”). The Company is furnishing the Company Information on this Current Report on Form 8-K in accordance with the terms of the Confidentiality Agreements.
The Disclosure Statement was amended to, among other things, include a liquidation analysis, a valuation analysis of the reorganized Debtors and financial projections (together with the Company Information, the “Analysis and Projections”). The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm has not audited, examined, compiled or otherwise applied procedures to the Analysis and Projections and, accordingly, does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect to the Analysis and Projections. The Company has not yet completed its quarter financial close processes for the quarter ended March 31, 2024. The preliminary, estimated financial results presented in the Analysis and Projections have not been audited and are based on information currently available to the Company. Accordingly, such results are subject to revision as a result of the Company’s completion of its normal quarter accounting closing procedures, including customary reviews and approvals, asset recoverability accounting analysis, the execution of its internal controls over financial reporting, final adjustments and other developments arising between now and the time that our financial results for the three months ended March 31, 2024 are finalized. As such, the Company’s actual results may materially vary from the preliminary results presented in the Analysis and Projections. Any financial projections or forecasts therein or as otherwise in the Disclosure Statement and the exhibits thereto reflect numerous assumptions with respect to financial condition, business and industry performance, general economic, market and financial conditions, and other matters, all of which are difficult to predict, and many of which are beyond the Company’s control. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the assumptions made in preparing such financial projections or forecasts will prove to be accurate. It is expected that there will be differences between actual and projected results, and the differences may be material, including due to the occurrence of unforeseen events occurring subsequent to the preparation of any financial projections or forecasts. The disclosure of the Analysis and Projections should not be regarded as an indication that the Company or its affiliates or representatives consider the Analysis and Projections to be a reliable prediction of future events, and the Analysis and Projections should not be relied upon as such. The Analysis and Projections are only estimates and actual results may vary considerably from the Analysis and Projections. The statements in the Analysis and Projections speak only as of the date such statements were made, or any earlier date indicated therein. The Company does not undertake any obligation to publicly update the Analysis and Projections to reflect circumstances existing after the date when the Analysis and Projections were filed with the Bankruptcy Court or to reflect the occurrence of future events, even in the event that any or all of the assumptions underlying the Analysis and Projections are shown to be in error. The statements provided in the Analysis and Projections are subject to all of the cautionary statements and limitations described herein, therein and under the caption “Forward-Looking Statements.”
The information furnished pursuant to this Item 7.01, including Exhibits 99.1 through 99.3, shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that Section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act.
Forward Looking Statements
This Current Report on Form 8-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act. Forward-looking statements relate to future events and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which are, in some cases, beyond our control and could materially affect actual results, performance or achievements. These forward-looking statements generally can
be identified by words such as “will,” “shall,” “may,” “anticipates,” “forecasts,” “plans,” “assumes,” “expects,” “seeks,” or other words or phrases of similar import. Such statements include, without limitation, statements regarding: (i) the RSA, the transactions contemplated thereby, and the expected benefits thereof, including that it will enable the Company to substantially reduce its debt and position the Company to achieve long-term success and maximize value; (ii) the Company’s Chapter 11 Cases, including, without limitation, the Amended Plan and Disclosure Statement, the outcome of the Chapter 11 Cases, and the Company’s expectations as to receipt of and timing for the Bankruptcy Court approvals and the timing of its emergence from the proceedings, as well as the expected benefits of the proceedings, such as that they will strengthen the Company’s financial condition, position the Company to advance its ongoing transformation plan that is designed to significantly reduce costs, enhance productivity, and improve cash flow, ensure patients continue to receive high-quality care across medical centers and improve health outcomes for patients at a lower cost, including the benefits from such activities, including our expectations regarding achieving approximately $290 million of cost reductions by the end of 2024, including approximately $105 million in initiatives currently in process or already implemented (the “Transformation Plan”); (iii) the availability of liquidity from the Company’s debtor-in-possession financing, including the Senior Secured Superpriority Debtor-in-Possession Credit Agreement, dated as of February 7, 2024, and the various conditions to which such debtor-in-possession financing is subject and the risk that these conditions may not be satisfied for various reasons, including for reasons outside of the Company’s control, as well as the Company’s planned uses of such funds, including, without limitation that the new capital will provide sufficient liquidity to support the Company’s ongoing operations throughout the restructuring process; (iv) the Company’s execution of one or more aspects of the Transformation Plan; and (v) the Company’s anticipated performance, operations, financial strength, potential, and prospects for long-term shareholder value creation, anticipated results of operations, including our business strategies, our projected costs, prospects and plans, and other aspects of our operations or operating results. It is uncertain whether any of the events anticipated by the forward-looking statements will occur, or, if any of them do, what impact they will have on our results of operations and financial condition. Important risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results and financial condition to differ materially from those indicated in forward-looking statements include, among others; changes in market or industry conditions, the regulatory environment, competitive conditions, and/or consumer receptivity to our services; changes in our strategy, future operations, prospects and plans; our ability to realize expected financial results, including with respect to patient membership, total revenue and earnings; our ability to predict and control our medical cost ratio; our ability to maintain our relationships with health plans and other key payors; our future capital requirements and sources and uses of cash, including funds to satisfy our liquidity needs; our ability to attract and retain members of management and our Board of Directors; and/or our ability to recruit and retain qualified team members and independent physicians. Actual results may also differ materially from such forward-looking statements for a number of other reasons, including those set forth in our filings with the SEC, including, without limitation, in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, filed with the SEC on April 1, 2024 (the “2023 Form 10-K”), as well as our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K that we have filed or will file with the SEC during 2023 and 2024 (which may be viewed on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov or on our website at http://www.investors.canohealth.com/ir-home), as well as reasons including, without limitation, our experiencing delays or difficulties in, and/or unexpected or less than anticipated results from: (i) our efforts to successfully pursue the Chapter 11 Cases; (ii) less than expected benefits from the RSA; (iii) less than expected access to liquidity and greater than anticipated costs and expenses; and/or (iv) less than expected cost reductions and/or any of the other expected benefits from the Transformation Plan, such as due to higher than expected costs and charges to achieve one or more aspects of such plan or delays in achieving such benefits. For a detailed discussion of other risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements, please refer to our filings with the SEC, including, without limitation, our 2023 Form 10-K and our other SEC filings noted above. Factors other than those listed above could also cause our results to differ materially from expected results. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made and, except as required by law, we undertake no obligation or duty to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether to reflect actual results of operations; changes in financial condition; changes in general U.S. or international economic, industry conditions; changes in estimates, expectations or assumptions; or other circumstances, conditions, developments or events arising after the issuance of this Current Report on Form 8-K. Additionally, the business and financial materials and any other statement or disclosure on or made available through the Company’s websites or other websites referenced herein shall not be incorporated by reference into this Current Report on Form 8-K.
The Company cautions that trading in the Company’s securities during the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases is highly speculative and poses substantial risks. Trading prices for the Company’s securities may bear little or no relationship to the actual recovery, if any, by holders of the Company’s securities in the Chapter 11 Cases. Holders of shares of the Company’s Class A common stock could experience a complete loss on their investment, depending on the outcome of the Chapter 11 Cases.
Item 9.01. |
Financial Statements and Exhibits. |
(d) Exhibits
The exhibits listed on the Exhibit Index are incorporated herein by reference.
Exhibit Index
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CANO HEALTH, INC. |
|
|
|
|
April 22, 2024 |
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Mark D. Kent |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mark D. Kent |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer |
Exhibit 99.1
UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT
DISTRICT OF DELAWARE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
x |
|
|
|
|
: |
|
|
In re |
|
: |
|
Chapter 11 |
|
|
: |
|
|
CANO HEALTH, INC., et al., |
|
: |
|
Case No. 2410164 (KBO) |
|
|
: |
|
|
Debtors.1 |
|
: |
|
(Jointly Administered) |
|
|
|
|
|
: |
|
Re: Docket No. 498 |
|
|
x |
|
|
|
THIS PLAN HAS NOT YET BEEN APPROVED BY THE BANKRUPTCY COURT. THIS IS NOT AN OFFER OR SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER OR ANY OTHER SOLICITATION WITH RESPECT TO ANY
SECURITIES OR A SOLICITATION OF ACCEPTANCES OF A CHAPTER 11 PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTIONS 1125 AND 1126 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF THE PLAN MAY NOT BE SOLICITED UNTIL A DISCLOSURE STATEMENT HAS BEEN APPROVED BY THE
BANKRUPTCY COURT. THE INFORMATION IN THE PLAN IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE. |
AMENDED JOINT CHAPTER 11 PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
OF CANO HEALTH, INC. AND ITS AFFILIATED DEBTORS
|
|
|
WEIL, GOTSHAL & MANGES LLP Gary
T. Holtzer Jessica Liou Kevin Bostel
Matthew P. Goren 767 Fifth Avenue
New York, New York 10153 Telephone: (212) 310-8000 Facsimile: (212) 310-8007 |
|
RICHARDS, LAYTON & FINGER, P.A.
Mark D. Collins Michael J. Merchant
Amanda R. Steele One Rodney Square
920 N. King Street Wilmington, Delaware 19801
Telephone: (302) 651-7700
Facsimile: (302) 651-7701 |
|
|
Attorneys for the Debtors and Debtors in Possession |
|
Attorneys for the Debtors and Debtors in Possession |
|
|
Dated: April 22, 2024 |
|
|
Wilmington, Delaware |
|
|
1 |
The last four digits of Cano Health, Inc.s tax identification number are 4224. A complete list of the
Debtors in the chapter 11 cases may be obtained on the website of the Debtors claims and noticing agent at https://www.kccllc.net/CanoHealth. The Debtors mailing address is 9725 NW 117th Avenue, Miami, Florida 33178.
|
Table of Contents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A. |
|
Definitions |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B. |
|
Interpretation; Application of Definitions and Rules of Construction. |
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C. |
|
Reference to Monetary Figures. |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D. |
|
Controlling Document. |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E. |
|
Certain Consultation, Information, Notice, and Consent Rights. |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
ARTICLE II. ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE AND PRIORITY CLAIMS. |
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.1 |
|
Administrative Expense Claims |
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.2 |
|
Professional Fee Claims. |
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.3 |
|
Priority Tax Claims |
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.4 |
|
DIP Claims. |
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.5 |
|
Restructuring Expenses and Adequate Protection Fees. |
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
ARTICLE III. CLASSIFICATION OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS |
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.1 |
|
Classification in General. |
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.2 |
|
Grouping of Debtors for Convenience Only. |
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.3 |
|
Summary of Classification. |
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.4 |
|
Special Provision Governing Unimpaired Claims |
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.5 |
|
Elimination of Vacant Classes. |
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
ARTICLE IV. TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS. |
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.1 |
|
Other Priority Claims (Class 1) |
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.2 |
|
Other Secured Claims (Class 2) |
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.3 |
|
First Lien Claims (Class 3) |
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.4 |
|
General Unsecured Claims (Class 4) |
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.5 |
|
Intercompany Claims (Class 5) |
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.6 |
|
Subordinated Claims (Class 6) |
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.7 |
|
Existing Subsidiary Interests (Class 7) |
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.8 |
|
Existing CH LLC Interests (Class 8) |
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.9 |
|
Existing PCIH Interests (Class 9) |
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.10 |
|
Existing CHI Interests (Class 10) |
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
ARTICLE V. MEANS FOR IMPLEMENTATION |
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.1 |
|
No Substantive Consolidation. |
|
|
34 |
|
i
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.2 |
|
Compromise and Settlement of Claims, Interests and Controversies. |
|
34 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.3 |
|
Restructuring Expenses. |
|
35 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.4 |
|
Plan Implementation |
|
35 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.5 |
|
Reorganization Transaction. |
|
35 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.6 |
|
Whole-Co Sale Transaction or Reorganization Transaction Implemented Through an Asset Sale. |
|
38 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.7 |
|
Restructuring Transactions; Effectuating Documents. |
|
40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.8 |
|
Continued Corporate Existence; Dissolution. |
|
41 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.9 |
|
Litigation Trust. |
|
41 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.10 |
|
Cancellation of Existing Securities and Agreements. |
|
42 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.11 |
|
Retention of Causes of Action. |
|
44 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.12 |
|
Cancellation of Liens. |
|
45 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.13 |
|
Employee Matters |
|
45 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.14 |
|
Nonconsensual Confirmation |
|
46 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.15 |
|
Closing of Chapter 11 Cases |
|
46 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.16 |
|
Termination of the Patient Care Ombudsmans Duties. |
|
46 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.17 |
|
Notice of Effective Date. |
|
46 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.18 |
|
Separability |
|
46 |
|
|
ARTICLE VI. DISTRIBUTIONS. |
|
47 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.1 |
|
Distributions Generally |
|
47 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.2 |
|
Distribution Record Date. |
|
47 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.3 |
|
Date of Distributions |
|
47 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.4 |
|
Disbursing Agent |
|
47 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.5 |
|
Rights and Powers of Disbursing Agent. |
|
47 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.6 |
|
Expenses of Disbursing Agent |
|
48 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.7 |
|
No Postpetition Interest on Claims |
|
48 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.8 |
|
Delivery of Distributions |
|
49 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.9 |
|
Distributions after Effective Date |
|
49 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.10 |
|
Unclaimed Property. |
|
49 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.11 |
|
Time Bar to Cash Payments. |
|
50 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.12 |
|
Manner of Payment under Plan |
|
50 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.13 |
|
Satisfaction of Claims. |
|
50 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.14 |
|
Fractional Stock and Notes. |
|
50 |
ii
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.15 |
|
Minimum Cash Distributions. |
|
51 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.16 |
|
Setoffs and Recoupments |
|
51 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.17 |
|
Allocation of Distributions between Principal and Interest. |
|
51 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.18 |
|
No Distribution in Excess of Amount of Allowed Claim |
|
51 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.19 |
|
Withholding and Reporting Requirements. |
|
51 |
|
|
ARTICLE VII. PROCEDURES FOR DISPUTED CLAIMS. |
|
52 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.1 |
|
Objections to Claims. |
|
52 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.2 |
|
Resolution of Disputed Administrative Expenses and Disputed Claims. |
|
52 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.3 |
|
Payments and Distributions with Respect to Disputed Claims |
|
52 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.4 |
|
Distributions after Allowance. |
|
53 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.5 |
|
Disallowance of Claims. |
|
53 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.6 |
|
Estimation of Claims |
|
53 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.7 |
|
No Distributions Pending Allowance. |
|
54 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.8 |
|
Claim Resolution Procedures Cumulative. |
|
54 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.9 |
|
Interest. |
|
54 |
|
|
ARTICLE VIII. EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES. |
|
54 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.1 |
|
General Treatment. |
|
54 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.2 |
|
Determination of Cure Disputes and Deemed Consent |
|
55 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.3 |
|
Rejection Damages Claims. |
|
56 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.4 |
|
Indemnification Obligations |
|
56 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.5 |
|
Insurance Policies |
|
56 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.6 |
|
Treatment of Surety Bond Agreements. |
|
57 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.7 |
|
Intellectual Property Licenses and Agreements. |
|
57 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.8 |
|
Assignment. |
|
58 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.9 |
|
Reservation of Rights. |
|
58 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.10 |
|
Modifications, Amendments, Supplements, Restatements, or Other Agreements. |
|
58 |
|
|
ARTICLE IX. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CONFIRMATION OF PLAN AND EFFECTIVE DATE. |
|
59 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.1 |
|
Conditions Precedent to Confirmation of Plan. |
|
59 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.2 |
|
Conditions Precedent to Effective Date |
|
59 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.3 |
|
Waiver of Conditions Precedent. |
|
60 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.4 |
|
Effect of Failure of a Condition. |
|
61 |
iii
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE X. EFFECT OF CONFIRMATION OF PLAN. |
|
61 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.1 |
|
Vesting of Assets |
|
61 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.2 |
|
Binding Effect. |
|
61 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.3 |
|
Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests. |
|
62 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.4 |
|
Term of Injunctions or Stays. |
|
62 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.5 |
|
Injunction. |
|
62 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.6 |
|
Releases. |
|
63 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.7 |
|
Exculpation. |
|
64 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.8 |
|
Subordinated Claims |
|
65 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.9 |
|
Retention of Causes of Action/Reservation of Rights |
|
65 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.10 |
|
Ipso Facto and Similar Provisions Ineffective |
|
66 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.11 |
|
Solicitation of Plan |
|
66 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.12 |
|
Corporate and Limited Liability Company Action. |
|
66 |
|
|
ARTICLE XI. RETENTION OF JURISDICTION |
|
67 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11.1 |
|
Retention of Jurisdiction. |
|
67 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11.2 |
|
Courts of Competent Jurisdiction |
|
69 |
|
|
ARTICLE XII. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS. |
|
69 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12.1 |
|
Payment of Statutory Fees. |
|
69 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12.2 |
|
Substantial Consummation of the Plan. |
|
69 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12.3 |
|
Dissolution of Creditors Committee. |
|
69 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12.4 |
|
Plan Supplement. |
|
70 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12.5 |
|
Request for Expedited Determination of Taxes. |
|
70 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12.6 |
|
Exemption from Certain Transfer Taxes |
|
70 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12.7 |
|
Amendments. |
|
70 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12.8 |
|
Effectuating Documents and Further Transactions. |
|
71 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12.9 |
|
Revocation or Withdrawal of the Plan. |
|
71 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12.10 |
|
Severability of Plan Provisions |
|
71 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12.11 |
|
Governing Law |
|
72 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12.12 |
|
Time. |
|
72 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12.13 |
|
Dates of Actions to Implement the Plan |
|
72 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12.14 |
|
Immediate Binding Effect |
|
72 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12.15 |
|
Deemed Acts. |
|
72 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12.16 |
|
Successor and Assigns. |
|
72 |
iv
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12.17 |
|
Entire Agreement. |
|
73 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12.18 |
|
Exhibits to Plan |
|
73 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12.19 |
|
Notices. |
|
73 |
v
Each of the Debtors (as defined below), as proponents within the meaning of section 1129 of
the Bankruptcy Code, proposes the Plan pursuant to section 1121(a) of the Bankruptcy Code. Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings set forth in Article I.A.
ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION.
A. Definitions
The following terms
have the respective meanings specified below:
1.1. 1L Exit Facility Loans means, in the event of a Reorganization
Transaction, the new term loans to be issued under the Exit Facility Credit Agreement on the Effective Date in an amount of up to $50 million, with such amount to be determined by the Debtors and the Ad Hoc First Lien Group in accordance with
the Restructuring Support Agreement.
1.2. Accepting Class means a Class that votes to accept the Plan in
accordance with section 1126 of the Bankruptcy Code.
1.3. ACO Reach Business means all, or substantially all, of the
assets comprising the Debtors Accountable Care Organization Realizing Equity, Access, and Community Health business.
1.4. Adequate Protection Claims means the Adequate Protection Superpriority Claims and the Adequate Protection Fees.
1.5. Adequate Protection Fees has the meaning ascribed in the DIP Orders.
1.6. Adequate Protection Superpriority Claims has the meaning ascribed in the DIP Orders.
1.7. Ad Hoc First Lien Group means that certain ad hoc group of holders of Secured Loans and Senior Notes represented by
the AHG Advisors.
1.8. Administrative Expense Claim means a Claim for payment of an administrative expense of a kind
specified under section 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and entitled to priority or superpriority under sections 507(a)(2) or 507(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, including, without limitation, (a) the actual and necessary costs and expenses incurred
on or after the Petition Date of preserving the Estates and operating the businesses of the Debtors, (b) Allowed Professional Fee Claims, (c) Allowed DIP Claims, (d) Adequate Protection Claims, (e) Restructuring Expenses, and
(f) all fees and charges assessed against the Estates pursuant to section 1930 of chapter 123 of title 28 of the United States Code.
1.9. AHG Advisors means (i) Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP, as legal counsel to the Ad Hoc First Lien Group;
(ii) Evercore Group L.L.C., as financial advisor to the Ad Hoc First Lien Group; (iii) Berkeley Research Group, LLC, as financial advisor to the Ad Hoc First Lien Group; (iv) Pachulski Stang Ziehl & Jones LLP, as Delaware
counsel to the Ad Hoc First Lien Group; and (v) any other advisors retained by the Ad Hoc First Lien Group, with the consent of the Debtors (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed), in accordance with the
Restructuring Support Agreement.
1.10. Allowed means, with respect to any Claim against a Debtor, a
Claim: (i) (a) that is timely filed by the applicable Bar Date or (b) as to which there exists no requirement for the holder of a Claim to file proof of such Claim under the Plan, the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules or a Final Order
(including the Bar Date Order), (ii) (a) that is listed in the Schedules as not contingent, not unliquidated, and not disputed and (b) for which no contrary Proof of Claim has been timely filed, or (iii) Allowed under the Plan or by a
Final Order, any stipulation approved by the Bankruptcy Court, or any contract, instrument, indenture, or other agreement entered into or assumed in connection with the Plan. With respect to any Claim described in clause (i) or (ii) above, such
Claim will be considered Allowed only if, and to the extent that, (A) no objection to the allowance of such Claim has been asserted, or may be asserted, on or before the Claims Objection Deadline, (B) an objection to such Claim is asserted
and such Claim is subsequently allowed pursuant to a Final Order, (C) such Claim is settled pursuant to, or as authorized under, an order of the Bankruptcy Court, or (D) such Claim is allowed pursuant to the Plan or any agreements related
hereto and such allowance is approved and authorized by the Bankruptcy Court. For the avoidance of doubt, a Proof of Claim filed after the applicable Bar Date shall not be Allowed for any purposes absent entry of a Final Order allowing such
late-filed Claim. Allow and Allowing shall have correlative meanings.
1.11. Allowed CS First Lien
Claim Amount means $370,852,873.29.
1.12. Allowed First Lien Claim Amount means $468,500,000.00.
1.13. Allowed First Lien Deficiency Claim Amount means $505,383,103.30.
1.14. Allowed Senior Notes Claim Amount means $306,406,250.00.
1.15. Allowed Side-Car First Lien Claim Amount means $97,647,126.71, which amount,
for the avoidance of doubt, includes the Side-Car Applicable Premium.
1.16. Assumption Schedule means the schedule of executory contracts and unexpired leases to be assumed, or assumed and
assigned, by the Debtors pursuant to the Plan.
1.17. Avoidance Actions means any and all actual or potential Claims
and Causes of Action to avoid a transfer of property or an obligation incurred by the Debtors arising under chapter 5 of the Bankruptcy Code, including sections 502(d), 542, 544, 545, 547, 548, 549, 550, 551, 552, and 553(b) of the Bankruptcy Code,
and applicable non-bankruptcy law.
1.18. Bar Date means the applicable date
by which Proofs of Claim must be filed with respect to Claims against the Debtors, as ordered by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to the Bar Date Order or other applicable order, or pursuant to the Plan.
1.19. Bar Date Order means, collectively, the (i) Order (I) Establishing a General Bar Date to File Proofs of
Claim, (II) Establishing a Bar Date to File Proofs of Claim by Governmental Units, (III) Establishing a Rejection Damages Bar Date, (IV) Establishing an Amended Schedules Bar Date;
(V) Approving the Form and Manner for Filing Proofs of Claim, (VI) Approving the
2
Proposed Notices of Bar Dates, (VII) Approving Procedures with Respect to Service of the Proposed Notice of Bar Dates, and (VIII) Granting Related
Relief [Docket No. 259] and (ii) the Corrected Order (I) Establishing a General Bar Date to File Proofs of Claim, (II) Establishing a Bar Date to File Proofs of Claim by Governmental Units,
(III) Establishing a Rejection Damages Bar Date, (IV) Establishing an Amended Schedules Bar Date; (V) Approving the Form and Manner for Filing Proofs of Claim,
(VI) Approving the Proposed Notices of Bar Dates,(VII) Approving Procedures with Respect to Service of the Proposed Notice of Bar Dates, and (VIII) Granting Related Relief [Docket No. 615], and any
amendments or supplements thereto that have the effect of fixing, amending, or extending the deadline to file Proofs of Claim, in each case, as entered by the Bankruptcy Court.
1.20. Bankruptcy Code means title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. § 101, et seq., as amended from
time to time, as applicable to the Chapter 11 Cases.
1.21. Bankruptcy Court means the United States Bankruptcy Court
for the District of Delaware having jurisdiction over the Chapter 11 Cases.
1.22. Bankruptcy Rules means the Federal
Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure as promulgated by the United States Supreme Court under section 2075 of title 28 of the United States Code and any Local Bankruptcy Rules of the Bankruptcy Court, in each case, as amended from time to time and
applicable to the Chapter 11 Cases.
1.23. Benefit Plans means each (i) employee benefit plan as defined
in section 3(3) of ERISA and (ii) other compensation or benefit plan, policy, agreement or arrangement and workers compensation program, retirement plan, healthcare plan, disability plan, life and accidental death and dismemberment
insurance plan, deferred compensation plan, severance program, retention plan and incentive plan, and all amendments and modifications thereto, in each case sponsored or maintained in the ordinary course by the Debtors for the benefit of any of
their employees, directors or individual independent contractors as of the Petition Date.
1.24. Board means the board
of directors of CHI.
1.25. Business Day means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, or any other day on which
banking institutions in New York, New York are required or authorized to close by law or executive order.
1.26. Buyer
means the third-party purchaser(s) or acquirer(s) of all, or substantially all, of the Debtors assets under the Sale Documents.
1.27. Cash means cash and cash equivalents, including bank deposits, checks, and other similar items in legal tender of
the United States of America.
1.28. Cash Collateral has the meaning set forth in section 363(a) of the Bankruptcy
Code.
1.29. Cause of Action means any action, claim, cross-claim, third-party claim, cause of action, controversy,
demand, right, lien, indemnity, guaranty, suit, obligation, liability, loss, debt, damage, judgment, account, defense, remedies, offset, power, privilege, license and franchise of
3
any kind or character whatsoever, known, unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing or hereafter arising, contingent or non-contingent, matured or
unmatured, suspected or unsuspected, liquidated or unliquidated, disputed or undisputed, secured or unsecured, assertable directly or derivatively, whether arising before, on, or after the Petition Date, in contract or in tort, in law or in equity
or pursuant to any other theory of law (including under any state or federal securities laws). Cause of Action also includes, (a) any right of setoff, counterclaim or recoupment and any claim for breach of contract or for breach of duties
imposed by law or in equity, (b) the right to object to Claims or Interests, (c) any Avoidance Action or claim pursuant to section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code, (d) any claim or defense including fraud, mistake, duress, and usury and
any other defenses set forth in section 558 of the Bankruptcy Code, and (e) any state law fraudulent transfer claim.
1.30. Chapter 11 Cases means (a) when used with reference to a particular Debtor, the case pending for that Debtor
under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in the Bankruptcy Court, and (b) when used with reference to all the Debtors, the procedurally consolidated chapter 11 cases pending for the Debtors in the Bankruptcy Court.
1.31. CHI means Debtor Cano Health, Inc.
1.32. Chief Executive Officer means Mark Kent, the Debtors current chief executive officer.
1.33. CH LLC means Debtor Cano Health, LLC.
1.34. Claim has the meaning set forth in section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code as against any Debtor.
1.35. Claims Objection Deadline means the later of (a) one-hundred and eighty
(180) days after the Effective Date, and (b) such later date as may be fixed by the Bankruptcy Court (in each case, as the same may be extended by the Bankruptcy Court).
1.36. Class means any group of Claims or Interests classified as set forth in Article III of the Plan.
1.37. Confirmation Date means the date on which the Clerk of the Bankruptcy Court enters the Confirmation Order on the
docket of the Chapter 11 Cases, within the meaning of Bankruptcy Rules 5003 and 9021.
1.38. Confirmation Hearing
means the hearing to be held by the Bankruptcy Court to consider confirmation of the Plan, as such hearing may be adjourned, reconvened, or continued from time to time.
1.39. Confirmation Order means the order of the Bankruptcy Court confirming the Plan pursuant to section 1129 of the
Bankruptcy Code.
1.40. Consenting Creditors has the meaning set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement.
4
1.41. Creditors Committee means the
statutory committee of unsecured creditors appointed by the U.S. Trustee in the Chapter 11 Cases, pursuant to section 1102 of the Bankruptcy Code, as set forth in the Notice of Appointment of Committee of Unsecured Creditors [Docket
No. 154] and as may be reconstituted from time to time.
1.42. CS Administrative Agent means Credit Suisse AG,
Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative agent and collateral agent under the CS Credit Agreement.
1.43. CS Credit Agreement
means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2020 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time), by and among CH LLC, as borrower, PCIH, the CS
Administrative Agent, and the lenders and issuing banks from time to time party thereto.
1.44. CS First Lien Claim
means any Secured Claim on account of, arising under, or relating to, the CS Credit Agreement.
1.45. CS First Lien
Deficiency Claim means any Claim on account of, arising under, or relating to, the CS Credit Agreement that is not a Secured Claim as determined pursuant to section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code. For the avoidance of doubt, the CS
First Lien Deficiency Claims shall be treated as General Unsecured Claims.
1.46. CS Revolving Loans means the senior
secured revolving credit loans issued under the CS Credit Agreement.
1.47. CS Term Loans means the senior
secured term loans, delayed draw term loans, and additional term loans issued under the CS Credit Agreement.
1.48. Cure
Amount means the amount of Cash or other property, as the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable (subject to the reasonable consent of the Requisite Consenting Creditors), and the counterparty to an executory contract or
unexpired lease of the Debtors may agree or the Bankruptcy Court may order, as necessary to (a) cure a monetary default by the Debtors in accordance with the terms of an executory contract or unexpired lease of the Debtors and (b) permit
the Debtors to assume (or assume and assign) such executory contract or unexpired lease pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.
1.49. Cure Dispute means a pending objection relating to assumption or assumption and assignment of an executory
contract or unexpired lease pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.
1.50. Debtor or Debtors means CHI; PCIH;
CH LLC; Cano Health Nevada Network, LLC; Cano Occupational Health, LLC; American Choice Healthcare, LLC; Cano PCP Wound Care, LLC; Cano Personal Behavior LLC; Cano PCP, LLC; Cano Behavior Health LLC; Cano Belen, LLC; Cano Health New Mexico LLC;
Complete Medical Billing and Coding Services, LLC; Cano Health of Puerto Rico LLC; Cano Health of Florida, LLC; Cano Health CA1, MSO LLC; Comfort Pharmacy 2, LLC; Cano Medical Center of West Florida, LLC; CH Dental Administrative Services LLC; DGM
MSO, LLC; Cano Research LLC; Cano PCP MSO, LLC; Cano HP MSO, LLC; ACH Management Services, LLC; CHPR MSO, LLC; Orange Healthcare Administration, LLC; Orange Care Group South Florida Management Services Organization,
5
LLC; Orange Accountable Care Organization of South Florida LLC; Orange Accountable Care Organization, LLC; American Choice Commercial ACO, LLC; Orange Care IPA of New York, LLC; Orange Care IPA
of New Jersey, LLC; Total Care ACO, LLC; Cano Health CA1, LLC; Cano Health Illinois 1 MSO, LLC; Solis Network Solutions, LLC; Physicians Partners Group Merger, LLC; Physicians Partners Group Puerto Rico, LLC; Physicians Partners Group of FL, LLC;
PPG Puerto Rico Blocker, Inc.; Physicians Partners Group Puerto Rico, LLC; Cano Health Illinois Network, LLC; Cano Pharmacy, LLC; IFB Pharmacy, LLC; Belen Pharmacy Group, LLC; University Health Care Pharmacy, LLC; Cano Health New York, IPA, LLC; and
Clinical Research of Hollywood, P.A.
1.51. Debtor Professionals means the persons or firms retained by the Debtors
pursuant to sections 327, 328, or 363 of the Bankruptcy Code.
1.52. Debtors in Possession means the Debtors in their
capacity as debtors in possession in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to sections 1101, 1107(a) and 1108 of the Bankruptcy Code.
1.53. Definitive Documents means (i) the Restructuring Support Agreement (including the Restructuring Term Sheet),
(ii) the Plan and the Plan Supplement, (iii) the Disclosure Statement and any materials transmitted to creditors and interest holders in connection with the solicitation of votes on the Plan, (iv) the Disclosure Statement Order and
the Confirmation Order, (v) the DIP Motion, (vi) the DIP Credit Agreement, (vii) the DIP Orders, (viii) in the event of a Whole-Co Sale Transaction or any Discrete Asset Sale authorized
under the Plan, the Sale Documents, (ix) in the event of a Reorganization Transaction, the Exit Facility Documents and the Sale Documents, if applicable, (x) the Litigation Trust Agreement, (xi) to the extent applicable, any Plan
Sponsor Agreement, (xii) the GUC Warrant Agreement, and (xiii) such other agreements and documentation reasonably desired or necessary to consummate and document the transactions contemplated by the Restructuring Support Agreement, the
Restructuring Term Sheet, and the Plan, in each case, including any amendments, modifications, and supplements thereto and any related notes, certificates, agreements, documents, instruments, and orders (as applicable), which shall be in form and
substance reasonably acceptable to the Requisite Consenting Creditors and the Debtors other than (y) (i) the Exit Financing Documents, (ii) the DIP Motion, (iii) the DIP Credit Agreement, and (iv) the DIP Orders, which shall be
in form and substance acceptable to the Requisite Consenting Creditors and reasonably acceptable to the Debtors and (z) the GUC Warrant Agreement, which shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Requisite Consenting Creditors,
the Debtors, and the Creditors Committee; provided, that solely to the extent the Side-Car Lender Consent Right applies to a matter within a Definitive Document, the consent of the Debtors, the
Requisite Consenting Creditors, and the Requisite Consenting Side-Car Lenders shall be required with respect to such matter.
1.54. Description of Transaction Steps means the description of the Reorganization Transaction or Whole-Co Sale Transaction, as applicable, as set forth in the Plan Supplement.
1.55. DIP
Agent means Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB, as administrative and collateral agent under the DIP Credit Agreement, and its successors and assigns, or any replacement agent appointed pursuant to the terms of the DIP Credit Agreement.
6
1.56. DIP Backstop Fee means the fee in an amount equal to 7.5% of the
aggregate principal amount of the DIP Facility and payable in kind, to be added to the principal amount of the DIP Loans, as fully earned for the benefit of the DIP Backstop Parties upon entry of the Interim DIP Order.
1.57. DIP Backstop Parties means the members of the Ad Hoc First Lien Group that backstopped the DIP Facility.
1.58. DIP Claim means all Claims held by the DIP Lenders or the DIP Agent on account of, arising under, or relating to,
the DIP Credit Agreement, the DIP Facility, or the DIP Orders, including Claims for all principal amounts outstanding, and any and all fees, interest, expenses, indemnification obligations, reimbursement obligations, and other amounts due under the
DIP Documents, which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include all DIP Obligations as such term is defined in the DIP Orders.
1.59. DIP Collateral has the meaning set forth in the DIP Orders.
1.60. DIP Conversion Exit Facility Loans means, in the event of a Reorganization Transaction, the aggregate outstanding
principal amount of the DIP Loans (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the DIP Backstop Fee payable in kind), plus all accrued and unpaid interest, fees, premiums, and all other obligations on account of the DIP Loans on the
Effective Date, less (i) the Exit Paydown Amount and (ii) the Escrow Interest Accrual, which aggregate amounts shall be converted into Exit Facility Term Loans issued under the Exit Facility Credit Agreement on the Effective Date.
1.61. DIP Credit Agreement means that certain Superpriority Senior Secured Debtor-in-Possession Credit Agreement, dated as of February 7, 2024, by and among CH LLC, as borrower, the DIP Agent, PCIH, each of the guarantors named therein, and the DIP Lenders, as amended,
supplemented, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time, as approved by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to the DIP Orders.
1.62. DIP Documents means, collectively, the DIP Credit Agreement, the Escrow Agreement, the DIP Orders, and all other
agreements, documents, and instruments delivered or executed in connection therewith (including any fee letters or schedules executed in connection with the DIP Facility, the Escrow Agreement, and the Fronting Fee (as defined in the DIP Credit
Agreement), and any guarantee and security documentation) (in each case, as amended, restated, modified, or supplemented from time to time).
1.63. DIP Facility means the superpriority senior secured multiple draw debtor-in-possession term loan credit facility in the aggregate principal amount of $150 million, as approved by the DIP Orders.
1.64. DIP Fees means, as of the Effective Date, all accrued and unpaid fees, premiums and expenses under the DIP Facility,
including professional fees and expenses payable to the DIP Agent, the DIP Lenders, the Escrow Agent, and the Fronting Lender pursuant to the DIP Orders, including the DIP Backstop Fee, the Participation Fee, and the reasonable and documented fees
and expenses of the AHG Advisors and the DIP Agent.
7
1.65. DIP Lender Advisors means (i) Gibson, Dunn &
Crutcher LLP, as legal counsel to the DIP Lenders; (ii) Evercore Group L.L.C., as financial advisor to the DIP Lenders; (iii) Berkeley Research Group, LLC, as financial advisor to the DIP Lenders; (iv) Pachulski Stang Ziehl &
Jones LLP, as Delaware counsel to the DIP Lenders; and (v) any other advisors retained by the DIP Lenders, with the consent of the Debtors (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed), in accordance with the
Restructuring Support Agreement.
1.66. DIP Lenders means the lenders under the DIP Credit Agreement and each other
party that becomes a lender thereunder from time to time in accordance with the terms of the DIP Credit Agreement.
1.67. DIP
Loans means the loans provided under the DIP Facility.
1.68. DIP Orders means, collectively, the Interim DIP
Order and the Final DIP Order.
1.69. DIP Participation Fee means 15.0% of the aggregate principal amount of
the DIP Facility divided by 75% of the Plan Value, payable (i) in the event of a Reorganization Transaction, in New Equity Interests (expressed in dollars) or (ii) in the event of a Whole-Co Sale
Transaction the proceeds of which are insufficient to satisfy all DIP Claims and the principal amount of all Prepetition Obligations (as defined in the DIP Orders), in Cash, in each case to be fully earned upon entry of the Final DIP Order and
allocated to the DIP Lenders on the Effective Date or as reasonably practicable thereafter.
1.70. Disallowed means a
Claim against a Debtor, or any portion thereof, (i) that has been disallowed by a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, a settlement, or the Plan, (ii) that is listed in the Schedules at zero ($0) or as contingent, disputed, or unliquidated
and as to which a Bar Date has been established but no Proof of Claim has been timely filed or deemed timely filed with the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to either the Bankruptcy Code or any Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court or applicable law, or
(iii) that is not listed in the Schedules and as to which a Bar Date has been established but no Proof of Claim has been timely filed or deemed timely filed with the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to either the Bankruptcy Code or any Final Order of
the Bankruptcy Court or under applicable law.
1.71. Disbursing Agent means any Entity (including any applicable
Debtor, Post-Emergence Entity, First Lien Administrative Agent, Senior Notes Indenture Trustee, or Plan Administrator if it acts in such capacity) in its capacity as a disbursing agent under Article VI of the Plan.
1.72. Disclosure Statement means the disclosure statement for the Plan, as approved by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to
the Disclosure Statement Order.
1.73. Disclosure Statement Order means the order entered by the Bankruptcy Court
finding the Disclosure Statement contains adequate information pursuant to section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code and authorizing solicitation of the Plan.
1.74. Discrete Asset Sale means the sale of one or more discrete businesses and/or assets of the Debtors in the
Chapter 11 Cases, including, without limitation, any sale of all, or substantially all of, the ACO Reach Business and/or Medicaid Business.
8
1.75. Discrete Asset Sale Proceeds means the Cash proceeds from one or
more Discrete Asset Sales, less the payment of ordinary and customary closing expenses and purchase price adjustments, if any.
1.76. Disputed means with respect to a Claim or Interest, any such Claim or Interest (a) that is neither Allowed nor
Disallowed under the Plan or a Final Order, nor deemed Allowed under sections 502, 503, or 1111 of the Bankruptcy Code, (b) that has not been Allowed and is listed as unliquidated, contingent or disputed in the Schedules, or (c) for which
a proof of claim for payment has been made and related to which the Debtors or any party in interest has interposed a timely objection or request for estimation, and such objection or request for estimation has not been withdrawn or determined by a
Final Order. If the Debtors or a party in interest dispute only a portion of a Claim, such Claim shall be deemed Allowed in any amount the Debtors or such party in interest do not dispute, and shall be deemed Disputed as to the balance of such
Claim.
1.77. Distribution Record Date means the Effective Date of the Plan.
1.78. DTC means The Depository Trust Company.
1.79. Effective Date means the date on which all conditions to the effectiveness of the Plan set forth in Article IX
hereof have been satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms of the Plan.
1.80. Employment Agreements means, as
to an employee, officer, director, or individual independent contractor, all employment and compensation agreements, in each case, existing as of the Effective Date, including any employment, services, separation, retention, incentive, bonus, or
similar or related agreements, arrangements, plans, programs, policies or practices, in each case, as in effect as of the Effective Date.
1.81. Entity has the meaning set forth in section 101(15) of the Bankruptcy Code.
1.82. ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
1.83. Escrow Agent means Bank of New York Mellon, in its capacity as escrow agent under the Escrow Agreement, or such
other escrow agent as is reasonably acceptable to the CH LLC, the Fronting Lender and the Required DIP Lenders.
1.84. Escrow
Agreement means the Escrow Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2024 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time), among CH LLC, the Escrow Agent and the DIP Agent.
1.85. Escrow Interest Accrual means, as of the Effective Date, the aggregate amount of interest accrued on the Deposit
Property (as defined in the Escrow Agreement).
1.86. Estate or Estates means, individually or collectively, the
estate or estates of the Debtors created under section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code.
9
1.87. Exculpated Parties means, collectively, in each case, solely in
their capacities as such: (a) the Debtors, (b) the Debtors managers, directors, and officers who served at any time between the Petition Date and the Effective Date, (c) Professionals retained by order of the Bankruptcy Court to
represent the Debtors or the Creditors Committee, including professionals retained pursuant to the OCP Order, (d) the Creditors Committees members, (f) the Patient Care Ombudsman, and (g) with respect to each of the
foregoing entities in clauses (a) through (f), all Related Parties who acted on their behalf in connection with the matters as to which exculpation is provided herein, solely to the extent such Related Parties are Estate fiduciaries. For
the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding anything herein or in any Definitive Document to the contrary, (i) the Debtors managers, officers and directors employed at any time between the Petition Date and the Effective Date shall be
Exculpated Parties under the Plan and (ii) except as specifically identified in the Plan Supplement (with the consent of the Requisite Consenting Creditors), the Debtors officers and directors employed prior to, but not on or after, the
Petition Date shall not be Exculpated Parties under the Plan.
1.88. Existing CHI Interests means all Interests in
CHI.
1.89. Existing CH LLC Interests means all Interests in CH LLC.
1.90. Existing PCIH Interests means all Interests in PCIH.
1.91. Existing Subsidiary Interests means all Interests in any Debtor entity that is a direct or indirect subsidiary of CH
LLC.
1.92. Exit Facility means, in the event of a Reorganization Transaction, the credit facility to be provided to
the applicable Post-Emergence Entities on the Effective Date, which shall be comprised of (i) (x) the 1L Exit Facility Loans and (y) the DIP Conversion Exit Facility Loans, which, collectively, shall be treated as one fungible tranche of
first lien term loans, and (ii) the New RCF Loans.
1.93. Exit Facility Agent means the administrative agent
under the Exit Documents, and its successors and assigns, or any replacement agent appointed pursuant to the terms of the Exit Facility Documents.
1.94. Exit Facility Credit Agreement means, in the event of a Reorganization Transaction, that certain amended and
restated credit agreement, which shall be effective on the Effective Date, by and among certain of the Post-Emergence Entities, the Exit Facility Agent, and the Exit Facility Lenders, substantially in the form annexed to the Plan Supplement.
1.95. Exit Facility Documents means, collectively, the Exit Facility Credit Agreement and all other Loan
Documents (as defined therein), including all other agreements, documents, and instruments delivered or entered into pursuant thereto or in connection therewith (including any guarantee agreements and collateral documentation) (in each case,
as amended, restated, modified, or supplemented from time to time).
1.96. Exit Facility Lenders means, in the event
of a Reorganization Transaction, the lenders under the Exit Facility Credit Agreement and each other party that becomes a lender thereunder from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Exit Facility Credit Agreement.
10
1.97. Exit Facility Term Loans means, in the event of a
Reorganization Transaction, the first lien term loans under the Exit Facility Credit Agreement.
1.98. Exit Paydown Amount
means, in the event of a Reorganization Transaction, all cash held by the Debtors in excess of $20,000,000 on the Effective Date, including all amounts in escrow, calculated after giving effect to all exit costs to facilitate the occurrence
of the Effective Date; provided, that, any negotiated retained Cash Collateral from a Discrete Asset Sale shall be excluded from this test.
1.99. Final DIP Order means the Final Order Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §§ 105, 361,
362, 363, 364, 507, and 552 and Fed. R. Bankr. P. 2002, 4001, 6003, 6004, and 9014 for (I) Authority to (A) Obtain Postpetition Financing, (B) Use Cash Collateral (C) Grant
Liens and Provide Superpriority Administrative Expense Status, (D) Grant Adequate Protection, (E) Modify the Automatic Stay, and (F) Schedule Final Hearing, and (II) Related
Relief [Docket No. 271].
1.100. Final Order means an order or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction
that has been entered on the docket maintained by the clerk of such court, which has not been reversed, vacated, or stayed and as to which (a) the time to appeal, petition for certiorari, or move for a new trial, reargument, or rehearing has
expired and as to which no appeal, petition for certiorari, or other proceedings for a new trial, reargument, or rehearing shall then be pending, or (b) if an appeal, writ of certiorari, new trial, reargument, or rehearing thereof has been
sought, such order or judgment shall have been affirmed by the highest court to which such order was appealed, or certiorari shall have been denied, or a new trial, reargument, or rehearing shall have been denied or resulted in no modification of
such order, and the time to take any further appeal, petition for certiorari or move for a new trial, reargument, or rehearing shall have expired; provided that no order or judgment shall fail to be a Final Order solely because of the
possibility that a motion under Rules 59 or 60 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure or any analogous Bankruptcy Rule (or any analogous rules applicable in another court of competent jurisdiction) or sections 502(j) or 1144 of the Bankruptcy Code
has been or may be filed with respect to such order or judgment.
1.101. First Lien Administrative Agents means
(i) the CS Administrative Agent and (ii) the Side-Car Administrative Agent.
1.102. First Lien Claim means any CS First Lien Claim or Side-Car First Lien
Claim.
1.103. First Lien Credit Agreements means (i) the CS Credit Agreement and (ii) the Side-Car Credit Agreement.
1.104. First Lien Deficiency Claim means any CS
First Lien Deficiency Claim and any Side-Car First Lien Deficiency Claim. For the avoidance of doubt, the First Lien Deficiency Claims shall be treated as General Unsecured Claims.
1.105. Fronting Lender means Jefferies Capital Services, LLC, solely in its capacity as such under the DIP Credit
Agreement.
1.106. General Unsecured Claim means any Claim against any of the Debtors that is not an Administrative
Expense Claim, Priority Tax Claim, Other Priority Claim, Other Secured Claim, DIP Claim, First Lien Claim, Intercompany Claim, or Subordinated Claim. For the avoidance of
11
doubt, General Unsecured Claims include (a) the Senior Note Claims, (b) the First Lien Deficiency Claims, (c) any Claim for damages resulting from or based on the Debtors
rejection of an executory contract or unexpired lease, and (d) any Claim determined by the Bankruptcy Court to be a prepetition general unsecured claim that is not entitled to priority or subject to subordination pursuant to the Plan.
1.107. Governmental Unit has the meaning set forth in section 101(27) of the Bankruptcy Code.
1.108. GUC Warrants means, in the event of a Reorganization Transaction, warrants to purchase, after giving effect
to the Reorganization Transaction, 5% of the total outstanding New Equity Interests (subject to dilution by the Plan Sponsorship Equity Share, if applicable, and the MIP Equity), which shall be exercisable for a
5-year period commencing on the Effective Date, at a strike price equivalent to par, plus the accrued value of the First Lien Claims and have no Black-Scholes protection, to be issued pursuant to the Plan, the
terms and conditions of which shall be set forth in the GUC Warrant Agreement.
1.109. GUC Warrant Agreement means
that certain warrant agreement to be entered into by the Reorganized Parent that shall govern the terms of the GUC Warrants.
1.110. GUC Warrant Equity means the New Common Equity issuable upon the exercise of the GUC Warrants.
1.111. Humana ROFR means that certain Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal Agreement dated as of June 3, 2021,
by and among Humana Inc., Humana Medical Plan, Inc., Humana Health Insurance Company of Florida, Inc., and Humana Insurance Company and their Affiliates who underwrite and/or administer health plans, Primary Care (ITC) Holdings, LLC, PCIH, and CHI.
1.112. Impaired means, with respect to a Claim, Interest, or Class of Claims or Interests, impaired
within the meaning of sections 1123(a)(4) and 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.
1.113. Incremental Transaction Proceeds Amount
means, in the event of a Whole-Co Sale Transaction, the consideration provided in connection with the Whole-Co Sale Transaction, less the aggregate amount of
such proceeds paid to satisfy in full, or otherwise render Unimpaired, the Allowed DIP Claims in accordance with Article II of the Plan.
1.114. Intercompany Claim means any pre- or postpetition Claim against a Debtor
held by another Debtor.
1.115. Intercompany Interest means an Interest in a Debtor held by another Debtor.
1.116. Interests means any equity security in a Debtor as defined in section 101(16) of the Bankruptcy Code, including all
common stock, preferred stock, or other instruments evidencing an ownership interest in any of the Debtors, whether or not transferable, and any option, warrant, right, or any other interest that is exercisable, convertible, or exchangeable into
equity of a Debtor, contractual or otherwise, including equity or equity-based incentives, grants, or other instruments issued, granted, or promised to be granted to current or former employees, directors, officers, or contractors of the Debtors, to
acquire any such interests in a Debtor that existed immediately before the Petition Date.
12
1.117. Interim Compensation Order means the Order Pursuant to 11
U.S.C. §§ 105(a), 330, and 331 and Fed. R. Bankr. P. 2016 (I) Establishing Procedures for Interim Compensation and Reimbursement of Expenses of Professionals, and (II) Granting Related Relief
[Docket No. 243].
1.118. Interim DIP Order means the Interim Order Pursuant to 11 U.S.C.
§§ 105, 361, 362, 363, 364, 507, and 552 and Fed. R. Bankr. P. 2002, 4001, 6003, 6004, and 9014 for (I) Authority to (A) Obtain Postpetition Financing, (B) Use
Cash Collateral (C) Grant Liens and Provide Superpriority Administrative Expense Status, (D) Grant Adequate Protection, (E) Modify the Automatic Stay, and (F) Schedule Final
Hearing, and (II) Related Relief [Docket No. 89].
1.119. IRS means the Internal Revenue
Service.
1.120. Lien has the meaning set forth in section 101(37) of the Bankruptcy Code.
1.121. Litigation Trust means that certain trust to be established on the Effective Date for the benefit of holders
of Allowed General Unsecured Claims in accordance with Section 5.9 of the Plan.
1.122. Litigation Trustee means
[●], solely in its capacity as trustee of the Litigation Trust.
1.123. Litigation Trust Causes of Action means
any and all Claims and Causes of Action of the Debtors against former officers and directors of the Debtors employed prior to, but not on or after, the Petition Date other than the Claims and Causes of Action identified in the Plan Supplement as
Claims and Causes of Action retained by, and vesting in, the Post-Emergence Entities in accordance with Section 5.11 of the Plan.
1.124. Litigation Trust Agreement means that certain trust agreement to be entered into on or prior to the Effective Date
by the applicable Post-Emergence Entities and the trustee responsible for administering the Litigation Trust, which shall be reasonably acceptable to the Requisite Consenting Creditors.
1.125. Litigation Trust Proceeds means the recovery, if any, on account of the Litigation Trust Causes of Action
transferred to the Litigation Trust in accordance with the Plan.
1.126. Loan Claim means any CS First Lien Claim, CS
First Lien Deficiency Claim, Side-Car First Lien Claim, and Side-Car First Lien Deficiency Claim.
1.127. Medicaid Business means all, or substantially all, of the assets that comprise the Debtors Medicaid Advantage
business.
1.128. MIP means a post-emergence management incentive plan, consistent with the terms of the MIP Term
Sheet, to be established no later than a date that is [thirty (30) to ninety (90) days] after the Effective Date by the New Board in the event of a Reorganization Transaction.
13
1.129. MIP Equity means [up to] 10% of the New Equity Interests on a
fully diluted basis available for issuance pursuant to the MIP and allocated consistent with the terms of the MIP Term Sheet.2
1.130. MIP Term Sheet means the term sheet summarizing the key terms of the MIP to be filed with the Plan
Supplement.
1.131. MSP Recovery Class A Stock means shares of Class A Common
Stock of MSP Recovery, Inc. held by the Debtors as of the Petition Date.
1.132. MSP Recovery Order means that certain
Order Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §§ 363 and 105(a) and Fed. R. Bankr. P. 2002 and 6004 (i) Authorizing Debtors to Sell Shares of MSP Recovery, Inc. and (ii) Granting Related Relief, dated
March 7, 2024 [Docket No. 328].
1.133. MSP Recovery Proceeds means the $5,589,958.00 in net Cash
proceeds received by the Debtors from the sale or liquidation of any MSP Recovery Class A Stock following the Petition Date as authorized and/or ratified pursuant to the Order Pursuant To 11 U.S.C. §§ 363 and
105(A) And Fed. R. Bankr. P. 2002 And 6004 (I) Authorizing Debtors To Sell Shares Of MSP Recovery, Inc. and (II) Granting Related Relief [Docket No. 328], which proceeds shall be held, prior to the
Effective Date, in a segregated account by the Debtors in accordance with the MSP Recovery Order.
1.134. New Board
means, in the event of a Reorganization Transaction, the board of directors of Post-Emergence Parent.
1.135. New
Equity Interests means, in the event of a Reorganization Transaction, the new common shares of Post-Emergence Parent to be issued (i) on the Effective Date or (ii) as otherwise permitted pursuant to the Plan.
1.136. New Governance Documents means, in the event of a Reorganization Transaction, the forms of certificates of
incorporation, certificates of formation, limited liability company agreements, or other forms of organizational documents and bylaws, as applicable, of the Post-Emergence Entities, which shall be acceptable to the Requisite Consenting Creditors.
1.137. New RCF Lenders means the lenders making the New RCF Loans under the Exit Facility Credit Agreement.
1.138. New RCF Loans means, in the event of a Reorganization Transaction, the new money superpriority revolving
loans to be provided to certain of the Post-Emergence Entities by third parties under the Exit Facility Credit Agreement, which shall be in an aggregate principal amount of up to $75 million and secured on a senior basis to the 1L Exit Facility
Loans and the DIP Conversion Exit Facility Loans.
2 |
The parties are continuing to discuss the terms of the MIP and all parties reserve their rights.
|
14
1.139. OCP Order means the Order Pursuant to 11 U.S.C.
§§ 105(a), 327, and 330 Authorizing Debtors to Employ Professionals Used in Ordinary Course of Business [Docket No. 244].
1.140. Orange Care Purchase Agreement means that certain Purchase Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of
July 31, 2021, by and among (i) each Company (as defined therein), (ii) each Seller (as defined therein), (iii) Lissette Exposito, Frank Exposito, Lissette Exposito Irrevocable Trust and Dr. Paul R.
Rosenstock, (iv) CH LLC, (v) each of the Merger Subs (as defined therein), (vi) CHI, and (vii) Frank Exposito. For the avoidance of doubt, any Claims arising under, or relating to, the Orange Care Purchase Agreement shall be
treated as General Unsecured Claims.
1.141. Other Priority Claim means any Claim, other than an Administrative
Expense Claim, Priority Tax Claim, or an Other Secured Claim, entitled to priority in payment as specified in section 507(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.
1.142. Other Secured Claim means a Secured Claim other than a First Lien Claim.
1.143. Patient Care Ombudsman means Daniel McMurray, in his capacity as patient care ombudsman in the Chapter 11 Cases,
pursuant to that certain order of the Bankruptcy Court, dated March 6, 2024 [Docket No. 269].
1.144. PCIH means Debtor Primary Care (ITC) Intermediate Holdings, LLC.
1.145. Person has the meaning set forth in section 101(41) of the Bankruptcy Code.
1.146. Petition Date means February 4, 2024.
1.147. Plan means this joint chapter 11 plan, including all appendices, exhibits, schedules, and supplements hereto
(including any appendices, schedules, and supplements to the Plan contained in the Plan Supplement), as the same may be amended, supplemented, or modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and the terms
hereof.
1.148. Plan Administrator means, in the event of a Whole-Co Sale
Transaction or the implementation of the Reorganization Transaction through an asset sale, a Person or Entity selected by the Debtors to serve as trustee or plan administrator for Wind Down Co who shall have all powers and authorities as set in
forth the Plan and in the Plan Administrator Agreement that shall be filed as part of the Plan Supplement.
1.149. Plan
Administrator Agreement means, in the event of a Whole-Co Sale Transaction or the implementation of the Reorganization Transaction through an asset sale, the agreement setting forth, among other
things, the identity, terms of compensation, and authority of the Plan Administrator and the scope of services to be provided by the Plan Administrator.
1.150. Plan Objection Deadline means the deadline set by the Bankruptcy Court by which parties in interest must file
objections to confirmation of the Plan.
15
1.151. Plan Sponsor means, in the event of a Plan Sponsor Investment,
the third party investor, purchaser, or acquirer of the Plan Sponsorship Equity Share.
1.152. Plan Sponsor Agreement
means, in the event of a Plan Sponsor Investment, the purchase agreement to be entered into by the Debtors and the Plan Sponsor for the Plan Sponsor Equity Share, which shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Debtors and the
Requisite Consenting Creditors and substantially in the form annexed to the Plan Supplement.
1.153. Plan Sponsor Equity Share
means, in the event of a Plan Sponsor Investment, the New Equity Interests acquired pursuant to the Plan Sponsor Agreement, which shall be subject to dilution by the MIP Equity and the Participation Fee.
1.154. Plan Sponsor Investment means, in the event of a Reorganization Transaction, a third party investment to invest in,
purchase, or acquire an agreed upon amount of New Equity Interests, as set forth in the Plan Sponsor Agreement.
1.155. Plan
Sponsor Investment Proceeds means, in the event of a Plan Sponsor Investment, the Cash proceeds from a Plan Sponsor Investment, less the payment of ordinary and customary closing expenses and purchase price adjustments, if any.
1.156. Plan Supplement means a supplemental appendix to the Plan containing, among other things, substantially final forms
of documents, schedules, and exhibits to the Plan to be filed with the Bankruptcy Court, including, among other things, the following: (a) in the event of a Reorganization Transaction, the New Governance Documents (to the extent such New
Governance Documents reflect material changes from the Debtors existing organizational documents and bylaws), (b) the Description of Transaction Steps, (c) the Assumption Schedule, (d) the Rejection Schedule, (e) the Senior
Executive Employment Agreements, (f) an equityholders agreement to the extent the Consenting Creditors elect to enter into such agreement in their sole discretion,(g) the MIP Term Sheet, (h) the Litigation Trust Agreement,
(i) to the extent applicable, the Sale Documents, (j) the list of former officers and/or directors (as applicable) subject to release in accordance with the Plan, (k) to the extent applicable, the Plan Administrator Agreement,
(l) in the event of a Plan Sponsor Investment, the Plan Sponsor Agreement, (m) the GUC Warrant Agreement, (n) a schedule of any Claims or Causes of Action that would otherwise be Litigation Trust Causes of Action to be retained by,
and vest in, the Post-Emergence Entities in accordance with Section 5.11 of the Plan, (o) the Exit Facility Documents, and (p) to the extent known, information required to be disclosed in accordance with section 1129(a)(5) of the
Bankruptcy Code. The Plan Supplement shall be filed with the Bankruptcy Court not later than seven (7) calendar days prior to the Voting Deadline; provided that, through the Effective Date, and subject to the reasonable consent of
the Requisite Consenting Creditors, the Debtors shall have the right to amend and supplement the Plan Supplement and any schedules, exhibits, or amendments thereto, in accordance with the terms of the Plan.
1.157. Post-Emergence Entity means, as of and following the Effective Date, the (a) Reorganized Debtors, if
applicable, (b) Remaining Debtors, if applicable, (c) Wind Down Co, if applicable, and (d) Purchaser Entities, if applicable.
16
1.158. Post-Emergence Parent means either (a) Reorganized Parent or
(b) Purchaser Parent, as applicable.
1.159. Prepetition Lenders has the meaning ascribed to it in the DIP Orders.
1.160. Prepetition Secured Parties has the meaning ascribed to it in the DIP Orders.
1.161. Priority Tax Claim means any Secured Claim or unsecured Claim of a Governmental Unit of the kind entitled to
priority in payment as specified in sections 502(i) and 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.
1.162. Professional means a
Person or Entity (i) employed pursuant to a Bankruptcy Court order in accordance with sections 327, 363, or 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code and to be compensated for services rendered before or on the Effective Date pursuant to sections 327, 328,
329, 330, 331, or 363 of the Bankruptcy Code; or (ii) awarded compensation and reimbursement by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to section 503(b)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code that are not Restructuring Expenses.
1.163. Professional Fee Claim means any Claims for fees and expenses (including transaction and success fees) incurred by
a Professional on or after the Petition Date to the extent such fees and expenses have not been paid pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court.
1.164. Pro Rata means the proportion that an Allowed Claim in a particular Class bears to the aggregate amount of
Allowed Claims and Disputed Claims in such Class.
1.165. Purchaser Entities means, in the event the Reorganization
Transaction is implemented pursuant to an asset sale, as of and following the Effective Date, any of (a) Purchaser Parent, and (b) Purchaser Parents direct and indirect subsidiaries, including any (i) newly-formed Entities under
this Plan, (ii) Transferred Debtors, and (iii) Non-Debtor Affiliates that are owned, directly or indirectly, by Purchaser Parent.
1.166. Purchaser Parent means, in the event the Reorganization Transaction is implemented pursuant to an asset sale, an
Entity (including a newly formed Entity) which shall be, as of and following the Effective Date, the ultimate parent company in the corporate structure of the Purchaser Entities.
1.167. Rejection Schedule means the schedule of executory contracts and unexpired leases to be rejected by the Debtors
pursuant to the Plan, which shall include the Humana ROFR, the TRA, and any Senior Executive Employment Agreement that is replaced with a new employment agreement as of the Effective Date that is in form and substance acceptable to the Requisite
Consenting Creditors and the applicable Senior Executive.
1.168. Related Parties means with respect to any Released
Party or any Exculpated Party, an Entitys predecessors, successors and assigns, parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, managed accounts or funds, and all of their respective current and former officers, directors (other than the Debtors
former officers and directors employed prior to, but not on or after, the Petition Date), principals, shareholders (and any fund managers, fiduciaries or other agents of shareholders with any involvement related to the Debtors), members, partners,
employees, agents, trustees, advisory board members, financial advisors, attorneys, accountants, actuaries, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, management companies, fund advisors and other professionals, and such persons
respective heirs, executors, estates, servants and nominees.
17
1.169. Released Parties means, collectively, and in each case, solely in
their capacities as such: (a) the Debtors, (b) the Post-Emergence Entities, (c) each Consenting Creditor, (d) the DIP Agent, (e) the DIP Lenders and the DIP Backstop Parties, (f) the Fronting Lender, (g) the Escrow
Agent, (h) the Ad Hoc First Lien Group and the Prepetition Secured Parties, (i) the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee, (j) the Patient Care Ombudsman, (k) the Exit Facility Agent, (l) the Exit Facility Lenders, (m) in the
event of a Plan Sponsor Investment, the Plan Sponsor, (n) if applicable, the Buyer, and (o) with respect to each of the foregoing entities in clauses (a) through (n), all Related Parties. For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding
anything herein or in any Definitive Document to the contrary, (i) the Debtors officers and directors employed at any time between the Petition Date and the Effective Date shall be Released Parties under the Plan and (ii) except as
specifically identified in the Plan Supplement (with the consent of the Requisite Consenting Creditors), the Debtors former officers and directors employed prior to, but not on or after, the Petition Date shall not be Released Parties under
the Plan.
1.170. Releasing Parties means, collectively, each in its capacity as such: (a) the Debtors,
(b) the Post-Emergence Entities, (c) the Consenting Creditors, (d) the DIP Agent, (e) the DIP Lenders and the DIP Backstop Parties, (f) the Fronting Lender, (g) the Escrow Agent, (h) the Ad Hoc First Lien Group and
the Prepetition Secured Parties, (i) the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee, (j) the Patient Care Ombudsman, (k) the Exit Facility Agent, (l) the Exit Facility Lenders, (m) in the event of a Plan Sponsor Investment, the Plan
Sponsor, (n) if applicable, the Buyer, (o) the Holders of Claims or Interests that vote to accept the Plan and do not opt out of granting the releases set forth herein; provided, that, if a Person or Entity is not a Releasing
Party, then its Related Parties (in their capacities as such) are not Releasing Parties.
1.171. Remaining
Debtors means (a) in the event the Reorganization Transaction is implemented pursuant to an asset sale, as of and following the Effective Date, the Debtors that, upon emergence, are not Purchaser Entities (and are not, for the avoidance
of doubt, Transferred Debtors) or (b) in the event a Whole-Co Sale Transaction is consummated, the Debtors that are not acquired by the Buyer.
1.172. Reorganization Transaction means, in the event a Whole-Co Sale Transaction
is not consummated, any transaction, or series of transactions the Debtors and the Requisite Consenting Creditors determine is necessary or appropriate to implement the stand-alone restructuring under the Plan, including any Plan Sponsor Investment
or Discrete Asset Sales entered into in connection therewith, and which may be implemented through an asset sale.
1.173. Reorganized Debtors means each Debtor, as reorganized pursuant to and under the Plan, including any transferee or
successor thereto by merger, consolidation, transfer or otherwise, on or after the Effective Date, in connection with a Reorganization Transaction that is not implemented through an asset sale.
1.174. Reorganized Parent means, in the event the Reorganization Transaction is not implemented through an asset sale,
either (i) CHI as reorganized hereunder, as the ultimate parent of the Reorganized Debtors, or (ii) the ultimate parent of the entities holding, owning or acquiring all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Debtors.
18
1.175. Required DIP Lenders has the meaning ascribed to Required
Lenders in the DIP Credit Agreement.
1.176. Requisite Consenting Creditors means, means, as of the date of
determination, Consenting Creditors holding at least 50.1% in aggregate principal amount of the Secured Loans held by all Consenting Creditors; provided that, with respect to a matter subject to the
Side-Car Lender Consent Right, the foregoing calculation shall exclude from both the numerator and the denominator all of the Secured Loans of any Consenting Creditor that is a
Side-Car Lender.
1.177. Requisite Consenting
Side-Car Lenders means, as of the date of determination, Consenting Creditors holding at least 50.1% in aggregate principal amount of the Side-Car Term Loans
held by all Consenting Creditors; provided that, if at any time there are two or more Side-Car Lenders party hereto that are not affiliates of one another, Requisite Consenting Side-Car Lenders shall include at least two Consenting Creditors that are not affiliates of one another.
1.178. Restructuring means the restructuring of the Debtors, the principal terms of which are set forth in the Plan and
the Plan Supplement, which shall be consummated pursuant to (i) a Reorganization Transaction, or (ii) a Whole-Co Sale Transaction.
1.179. Restructuring Expenses means all reasonable and documented fees and expenses of the AHG Advisors, the DIP Lender
Advisors, and the First Lien Administrative Agents, in each case, whether incurred prepetition or postpetition.
1.180. Restructuring Transactions means all actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effect any transaction described
in, approved by, contemplated by, or necessary to effectuate this Plan or any other document contemplated thereby, including, but not limited to, the transactions described in Section 5.7 of this Plan or as described in the Plan Supplement.
1.181. Restructuring Support Agreement means that certain Restructuring Support Agreement, dated as of
February 4, 2024, by and among the Debtors and the parties thereto, as may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented, or modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, a copy of which is annexed to Docket No. 14 as
Exhibit A.
1.182. Sale Documents means any agreements, documents, motions, orders, and any modifications, amendments,
supplements, schedules, or exhibits thereto executed in connection with any sale, or series of sales, implementing the Restructuring, including a Whole-Co Sale Transaction, a Discrete Asset Sale, or the
implementation of the Reorganization Transaction through an asset sale, which shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Debtors and the Requisite Consenting Creditors.
1.183. Sale Milestones means the milestones governing the Sale Process to be reasonably agreed by the Debtors, the
Required DIP Lenders, and Requisite Consenting Creditors.
1.184. Sale Process means the postpetition marketing
process relating to a potential Whole-Co Sale Transaction.
19
1.185. Schedules means, collectively, the schedules of assets and
liabilities, schedules of executory contracts and unexpired leases, and statements of financial affairs filed by the Debtors pursuant to section 521 of the Bankruptcy Code and in substantial accordance with the Official Bankruptcy Forms, as the same
may have been amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time.
1.186. Secured Claim means a Claim
(a) secured by a Lien on collateral to the extent of the value of such collateral as (i) set forth in the Plan, (ii) agreed to by the holder of such Claim and the Debtors, or (iii) determined by a Final Order in accordance with
section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, or (b) secured by the amount of any right of setoff of the holder thereof in accordance with section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code.
1.187. Secured Loans means, collectively, the CS Term Loans, the CS Revolving Loans, and the Side-Car Term Loans.
1.188. Security has the meaning set forth in section 101(49)
of the Bankruptcy Code.
1.189. Securities Class Action means the class action
pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Florida, styled as Gonzalez v. Cano Health, Inc. f/k/a Jaws Acquisition Corp. et al.
1.190. Securities Class Action Claim means any Claim arising out of, or relating to, the
Securities Class Action.
1.191. Senior Executive Employment Agreements means the Employment Agreements of the
Senior Executives.
1.192. Senior Executives means the Chief Executive Officer, Interim Chief Financial Officer, Chief
Operations Officer, and Chief People Officer, and any other senior executive officer as may be agreed between the Debtors and the Requisite Consenting Creditors, in each case, of the Debtors.
1.193. Senior Notes means those certain 6.25% senior unsecured notes due 2028 issued pursuant to the Senior Notes
Indenture.
1.194. Senior Notes Claim means any Claim arising under, or related to, the Senior Notes Indenture.
1.195. Senior Notes Indenture means that certain Indenture, dated as of September 30, 2021, as may be
amended from time to time, by and among, CH LLC, as issuer, the guarantors party thereto, and the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee.
1.196. Senior Notes Indenture Trustee means U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee under the Senior Notes Indenture,
and its successors, assigns, or any successor trustee appointed pursuant to the terms of the Senior Notes Indenture.
20
1.197. Senior Notes Indenture Trustee Charging Lien means any Lien or
other priority in payment for Senior Notes Indenture Trustee Fees and Expenses to which the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee may be entitled pursuant to the Senior Notes Indenture.
1.198. Senior Notes Indenture Trustee Fees and Expenses means all reasonable and documented fees, indemnity claims, costs,
and expenses (including the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee under the Senior Notes Indenture, either (a) prior to the Effective Date or (b) solely to the extent
incurred in connection with the implementation of the Plan or the Confirmation Order, on or after the Effective Date.
1.199. Side-Car Administrative Agent means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent under the Side-Car Credit Agreement.
1.200. Side-Car Applicable Premium has the meaning ascribed to the term
Applicable Premium under the Side-Car Credit Agreement.
1.201. Side-Car Applicable Premium Settlement Amount means $18,428,650.86 on account of the Applicable Premium (as defined in the Side-Car Credit Agreement).
1.202. Side-Car Credit Agreement means that certain Credit Agreement, dated
as of February 24, 2023 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time), by and among CH LLC, as borrower, PCIH, the guarantors from time to time party thereto, the Side-Car Administrative Agent, and the Side-Car Lenders.
1.203. Side-Car First Lien Claim means any Secured Claim on account of,
arising under, or relating to, the Side-Car Credit Agreement, including (i) the aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Side-Car Credit Agreement,
(ii) accrued and unpaid prepetition interest, and (iii) the Side-Car Applicable Premium (as settled and compromised hereunder in the amount of the Side-Car
Applicable Premium Settlement Amount).
1.204. Side-Car First Lien
Deficiency Claim means any Claim on account of, arising under, or relating to, the Side-Car Credit Agreement that is not a Secured Claim as determined pursuant to section 506(a) of the
Bankruptcy Code. For the avoidance of doubt, the Side-Car First Lien Deficiency Claims shall be treated as General Unsecured Claims.
1.205. Side-Car Lenders means the lenders from time to time party to the Side-Car Credit Agreement.
1.206. Side-Car
Lender Consent Right means the right of the Requisite Consenting Side-Car Lenders to consent to or approve any Definitive Document (including any amendment, supplement or other modification thereto) or
any waiver, change, modification or amendment to the Restructuring Support Agreement, solely to the extent of (i) any modification or effect on the Side-Car Resolution, the treatment of the Side-Car Applicable Premium Settlement Amount as set forth in the Restructuring Term Sheet, or the release provisions related to any Side-Car Lender, solely in its capacity as
such, set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement, this Plan or the Confirmation Order or (ii) any disproportionate adverse effect or other material and adverse impact on any right (economic or otherwise), obligation or term in favor of or
relating to any Side-Car Lender, solely in its capacity as such, pursuant to or identified in the Restructuring Support Agreement (including the Restructuring Term Sheet) or any other Definitive Document as
compared to any other Consenting Creditor.
21
1.207. Side-Car Resolution means
that certain settlement and compromise of potential disputes hereunder pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019 regarding the amount or allowance of the Side-Car Applicable Premium as reflected in the Side-Car Applicable Premium Settlement Amount and otherwise set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement and incorporated in the Plan.
1.208. Side-Car Term Loans means the secured term loans under the Side-Car Credit Agreement.
1.209. Subordinated Claims means any prepetition Claim
against the Debtors that is subject to subordination pursuant to section 510 of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise or any Claim for reimbursement, indemnification, or contribution allowed under section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code on account of
such Claim, which includes, for the avoidance of doubt, any (i) TRA Claims and (ii) Securities Class Action Claims or any Claims arising under or relating to any other similar class action lawsuits.
1.210. Surety means Atlantic Specialty Insurance Company.
1.211. Surety Bonds means those certain surety bonds issued by Surety, prior to and after the Petition Date, on behalf of
certain of the Debtors.
1.212. Surety Bond Indemnitors means those certain Debtors party to the Surety Indemnity
Agreements (as defined herein).
1.213. Surety Bond Indemnity Agreements means those certain indemnity agreements
and/or related agreements, including without limitation, agreements regarding collateral entered into prior to and after the Petition Date in the ordinary course of business by certain of the Debtors and Surety.
1.214. Tax Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
1.215. Total Health Purchase Agreement means that certain Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 13,
2022, by and among Mark Kent, CHI, CH LLC and the other parties thereto, related to the sale to the Debtors of the business known as Total Health. For the avoidance of doubt, any Claims arising under, or relating to, the Total Health Purchase
Agreement shall be treated as General Unsecured Claims.
1.216. TRA means that certain Tax Receivable
Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2021, by and between Jaws Sponsor, LLC, CHI, PCIH, and Primary Care (ITC) Holdings, LLC (and certain other persons that have or will become a party thereto).
1.217. TRA Claim means any Claim arising under, or relating to, the TRA.
22
1.218. Transferred Debtors means, in the event the Reorganization
Transaction is implemented pursuant to an asset sale, as of and following the Effective Date, any Debtors that are owned, directly or indirectly, by Purchaser Parent.
1.219. Unimpaired means, with respect to a Claim, Interest, or Class of Claims or Interests, not impaired
within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.
1.220. Unsecured Claims Distribution Date means any
date on which the Disbursing Agent makes distributions to holders of General Unsecured Claims.
1.221. U.S. Trustee
means the Office of the United States Trustee for the District of Delaware.
1.222. Voting Agent means Kurtzman Carson
Consultants LLC, solely in its capacity as the Debtors voting agent.
1.223. Voting Deadline means the date set
by the Bankruptcy Court by which all completed ballots must be received.
1.224. Whole-Co Sale Transaction means any transaction, or series of transactions,
the Debtors and the Requisite Consenting Creditors determine is necessary or appropriate to implement a sale of all or substantially all of the Debtors assets, which shall be implemented in accordance with Section 5.5 of the Plan. For the
avoidance of doubt, neither a sale of the ACO Reach Business or Medicaid Business nor the implementation of the Reorganization Transaction pursuant to an asset sale shall constitute a Whole-Co Sale
Transaction.
1.225. Whole-Co Sale Transaction Proceeds means, in the event of
a Whole-Co Sale Transaction, the Cash proceeds from the Whole-Co Sale Transaction, less the payment of ordinary and customary closing expenses and purchase price
adjustments, if any.
1.226. Wind Down means, in the event of a Whole-Co Sale
Transaction or the implementation of the Reorganization Transaction through an asset sale, the process to wind down, dissolve, and liquidate the Estates.
1.227. Wind Down Co means, in the event of a Whole-Co Sale Transaction or the
implementation of the Reorganization Transaction through an asset sale, the Remaining Debtors pursuant to and under the Plan on and after the Effective Date or a corporation, limited liability company, or a liquidating trust created on the Effective
Date to manage the wind down of the Remaining Debtors Estates, as applicable, and manage distributions in accordance with the Plan.
|
B. |
Interpretation; Application of Definitions and Rules of Construction. |
Unless otherwise specified, all section or exhibit references in the Plan are to the respective section in, or exhibit to, the Plan, as the
same may be amended, waived, or modified from time to time. The words herein, hereof, hereto, hereunder, and other words of similar import refer to the Plan as a whole and not to any particular
section, subsection, or clause contained therein. The headings in the Plan are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the provisions hereof. For purposes herein: (1) in the appropriate context, each term,
whether stated in the singular or the plural, shall include both the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in the masculine, feminine, or neuter gender shall include the masculine, feminine, and the neuter gender, (2) any reference
herein to a contract, lease, instrument, release, indenture, or other agreement or document being in a particular form or on particular terms and conditions means that the referenced document shall be substantially in that form or substantially on
those terms and conditions, (3) unless otherwise specified, all references herein to Sections are references to Sections hereof or hereto, (4) the rules of construction set forth in section 102 of the Bankruptcy Code shall
apply, and (5) any term used in capitalized form herein that is not otherwise defined but that is used in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules,
as the case may be.
23
|
C. |
Reference to Monetary Figures. |
All references in the Plan to monetary figures shall refer to the legal tender of the United States of America, unless otherwise expressly
provided.
In the event of an inconsistency between the terms and provisions in the Plan (without reference to the Plan Supplement) and the terms and
provisions in the Disclosure Statement, the Plan Supplement, any other instrument or document created or executed pursuant to the Plan (including any Definitive Document) or any order (other than the Confirmation Order) referenced in the Plan (or
any exhibits, schedules, appendices, supplements or amendments to any of the foregoing), the Plan (without reference to the Plan Supplement) shall govern and control. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event of a conflict or
inconsistency between the terms of the Restructuring Support Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event of a conflict between the Confirmation Order, on the
one hand, and any of the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or the Definitive Documents, on the other hand, the Confirmation Order shall govern and control in all respects.
|
E. |
Certain Consultation, Information, Notice, and Consent Rights. |
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any and all consultation, information, notice, and consent rights of the parties to the
Restructuring Support Agreement set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement with respect to the form and substance of the Plan, the Plan Supplement, and any Definitive Document, including any amendments, restatements, supplements, or other
modifications to such documents, and any consents, waivers, or other deviations under or from any such documents, shall be incorporated herein by this reference (including to the applicable definitions in Article I hereof) and fully enforceable as
if stated in full herein until such time as the Restructuring Support Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms.
24
ARTICLE II. ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE AND PRIORITY CLAIMS.
2.1 Administrative Expense Claims.
Except to the extent a holder of an Allowed Administrative Expense Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, each holder of an Allowed
Administrative Expense Claim (other than a DIP Claim, Adequate Protection Fees, Restructuring Expenses, or a Professional Fee Claim) shall receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, such
Claim, Cash in an amount equal to the unpaid portion of such Allowed Administrative Expense Claim on the latest of: (a) the Effective Date; (b) the first Business Day after the date that is 30 days after the date on which such
Administrative Expense Claim becomes an Allowed Administrative Expense Claim; (c) the date on which such Administrative Expense Claim becomes payable under any agreement with the Debtors or the applicable Post-Emergence Entities relating
thereto; (d) in respect of liabilities incurred by the Debtors in the ordinary course of business, the date upon which such liabilities are payable in the ordinary course of business by the Debtors or the applicable Post-Emergence Entities, as
applicable, consistent with the Debtors past practice; or (e) such other date as may be agreed upon between the holder of such Allowed Administrative Expense Claim and the Debtors or the applicable Post-Emergence Entities, as the case may
be.
2.2 Professional Fee Claims.
(a) All Entities seeking an award by the Bankruptcy Court of Professional Fee Claims shall file and serve on the Debtors and/or the
Post-Emergence Entities, and such other Persons who are designated by the applicable Bankruptcy Rules, the Confirmation Order, the Interim Compensation Order, or any other applicable order of the Bankruptcy Court, on or before the date that is
forty-five (45) days after the Effective Date, their respective final applications for allowance of compensation for services rendered and reimbursement of expenses incurred from the Petition Date through the Effective Date. Objections to any
Professional Fee Claims must be filed and served on the Post-Emergence Entities, the Creditors Committee, the U.S. Trustee, the Ad Hoc First Lien Group, and the requesting party no later than twenty-one
(21) calendar days after the filing of the final applications for compensation or reimbursement (unless otherwise agreed by the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, and the party requesting compensation of a Professional Fee
Claim).
(b) Allowed Professional Fee Claims shall be paid in full, in Cash, in such amounts as are Allowed by the Bankruptcy Court
(i) within five (5) calendar days of an order relating to any such Allowed Professional Fee Claim is entered or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, or (ii) upon such other terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon
between the holder of such an Allowed Professional Fee Claim and the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Professional Fee Claims that are authorized to be paid pursuant to any administrative
orders entered by the Bankruptcy Court, including the Interim Compensation Order, may be paid at the times and in the amounts authorized pursuant to such orders.
(c) No later than 10 calendar days prior to the Effective Date, holders of Professional Fee Claims shall provide to the Debtors a
reasonable and good faith estimate of unpaid Professional Fee Claims incurred in rendering services before the Effective Date and the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, shall separately escrow for such estimated amounts for the
benefit of the holders of the Professional Fee Claims until the fee applications related thereto are resolved by Final Order or agreement of the parties. If a holder of a Professional
25
Fee Claim does not provide an estimate, the Debtors or Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, may estimate the unpaid and unbilled reasonable and necessary fees and out-of-pocket expenses of such holder of a Professional Fee Claim. When all such Allowed Professional Fee Claims have been paid in full, any remaining amount in such escrow
shall promptly be released from such escrow and revert to, and ownership thereof shall vest in, the Post-Emergence Parent without any further action or order of the Bankruptcy Court.
(d) The Post-Emergence Entities or the Plan Administrator, as applicable, are authorized to pay compensation for services rendered or
reimbursement of expenses incurred by the Debtor Professionals after the Effective Date in the ordinary course and without the need for Bankruptcy Court approval.
2.3 Priority Tax Claims.
Except to the extent a holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, each holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim
shall receive, in full and final satisfaction of such Allowed Priority Tax Claim, at the option of the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, Cash in an amount equal to such Allowed Priority Tax Claim on, or as soon as practicable
thereafter, the later of (i) the Effective Date, to the extent such Claim is an Allowed Priority Tax Claim on the Effective Date, (ii) the first Business Day after the date that such Priority Tax Claim becomes an Allowed Priority Tax
Claim, and (iii) the date such Allowed Priority Tax Claim is due and payable in the ordinary course as such obligation becomes due; provided that the Debtors and the Post-Emergence Entities reserve the right to prepay all or a
portion of any such amounts at any time under this option at their discretion. All Allowed Priority Tax Claims that are not due and payable on or before the Effective Date shall be paid in the ordinary course of business or under applicable non-bankruptcy law as such obligations become due.
2.4 DIP Claims.
(a) DIP Claims. On the Effective Date, in full and final satisfaction of the Allowed DIP Claims, all obligations under the
DIP Documents, other than DIP Fees, shall be, (i) in the event of a Reorganization Transaction, converted to and deemed to be obligations under, and as defined in, the Exit Facility Credit Agreement, and all Collateral (as such term is defined
in the DIP Credit Agreement) that secures obligations under the DIP Documents shall be reaffirmed, ratified and shall automatically secure all obligations under the Exit Facility Credit Agreement in accordance with Section 5.5(a) of the Plan,
or (ii) in the event of a Whole-Co Sale Transaction, indefeasibly paid in full in Cash.
(b) DIP Fees. On the Effective Date, any and all DIP Fees not previously paid or otherwise satisfied pursuant to the DIP
Orders shall be indefeasibly paid in full in Cash; provided that, (i) in the event of a Reorganization Transaction, the Participation Fee shall be satisfied in New Equity Interests in accordance with the DIP Documents and (ii) at
least two Business Days before the anticipated Effective Date, any professional seeking payment of DIP Fees in the form of professional fees from the Debtors shall provide the Debtors with a summary invoice of such professionals DIP Fees and a
reasonable estimate of such Professionals DIP Fees through the Effective Date; provided further that any DIP Fees that are in the form of professional
26
fees not invoiced shall not be waived and may be invoiced following the Effective Date, and such DIP Fees shall be promptly satisfied by the applicable Post-Emergence Entities. Any payments of
DIP Fees made pursuant to this Section 2.4(b) shall not be subject to further review or objection. Any amount of estimated DIP Fees that is not applied to actual DIP Fees shall be returned to the Post-Emergence Entities by the applicable
professional as soon as reasonably practicable following the Effective Date.
2.5 Restructuring Expenses and Adequate
Protection Fees.
The Restructuring Expenses and Adequate Protection Fees incurred, or estimated to be incurred prior to and
including the Effective Date, to the extent not previously paid during the course of the Chapter 11 Cases, shall be paid in full in Cash on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter in accordance with, and subject to the
terms of the DIP Orders and the Restructuring Support Agreement, in each case, without any requirement to file a fee application or Administrative Expense Claim with the Bankruptcy Court or any requirement for Bankruptcy Court review or approval,
which payments shall be final and not subject to disgorgement, turnover, recovery, avoidance, recharacterization, or any other similar Claim, provided that the First Lien Administrative Agents shall file a notice with the Bankruptcy Court setting
forth their requested Restructuring Expenses or Adequate Protection Fees. All Restructuring Expenses and/or Adequate Protection Fees to be paid on the Effective Date shall be estimated in good
faith, and such estimates shall be delivered to the Debtors at least two Business Days before the anticipated Effective Date; provided that such estimates shall not be considered an admission or limitation of any kind with respect to such
Restructuring Expenses or Adequate Protection Fees. Other than the payment of the Restructuring Expenses, Adequate Protection Fees, DIP Fees, and Professional Fee Claims, or as otherwise authorized by the Bankruptcy Court, no broker, finder, or
investment banker engaged by or on behalf of any Debtor or Non-Debtor Affiliate shall be entitled to any brokerage, finders, or other fee or commission in connection with this Plan or the Restructuring.
Following the Effective Date, any unpaid Restructuring Expenses and/or Adequate Protection Fees incurred prior to and including the Effective Date shall be paid by the applicable Post-Emergence Entities.
ARTICLE III. CLASSIFICATION OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS.
3.1 Classification in General.
A Claim or Interest is placed in a particular Class for all purposes, including voting, confirmation, and distribution under the Plan and
under sections 1122 and 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code; provided that a Claim or Interest is placed in a particular Class for the purpose of receiving distributions pursuant to the Plan only to the extent that such Claim or
Interest is an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest in that Class and such Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest has not been satisfied, released, or otherwise settled prior to the Effective Date.
3.2 Grouping of Debtors for Convenience Only.
The Plan groups the Debtors together solely for the purpose of describing treatment under the Plan, confirmation of the Plan, and making
distributions in accordance with the Plan in respect of Claims against and Interests in the Debtors under the Plan. Such groupings shall not
27
affect any Debtors status as a separate legal Entity, result in substantive consolidation of any Estates, change the organizational structure of the Debtors business enterprise,
constitute a change of control of any Debtor for any purpose, cause a merger or consolidation of any legal Entities, or cause the transfer of any assets. Except as otherwise provided by or permitted under the Plan, all Debtors shall continue to
exist as separate legal Entities after the Effective Date.
3.3 Summary of Classification.
The following table designates the Classes of Claims against and Interests in each of the Debtors and specifies which of those Classes are
(a) Impaired or Unimpaired by the Plan, (b) entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan in accordance with section 1126 of the Bankruptcy Code, and (c) presumed to accept or deemed to reject the Plan. In accordance with section
1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, Administrative Expense Claims, Priority Tax Claims, and DIP Claims, have not been classified. The classification of Claims and Interests set forth herein shall apply separately to each of the Debtors. All of the
potential Classes for the Debtors are set forth herein. Certain of the Debtors may not have holders of Claims or Interests in a particular Class or Classes, and such Classes shall be treated as set forth in Section 3.5 of the Plan.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class |
|
Designation |
|
Treatment |
|
Entitled to Vote |
1 |
|
Other Priority Claims |
|
Unimpaired |
|
No (Presumed to Accept) |
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
Other Secured Claims |
|
Unimpaired |
|
No (Presumed to Accept) |
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
First Lien Claims |
|
Impaired |
|
Yes |
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
General Unsecured Claims |
|
Impaired |
|
Yes |
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
Intercompany Claims |
|
Unimpaired /Impaired |
|
No (Presumed to Accept/Deemed to Reject) |
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
Subordinated Claims |
|
Impaired |
|
No (Deemed to Reject) |
|
|
|
|
7 |
|
Existing Subsidiary Interests |
|
Unimpaired /Impaired |
|
No (Presumed to Accept/Deemed to Reject) |
|
|
|
|
8 |
|
Existing CH LLC Interests |
|
Unimpaired / Impaired |
|
No (Presumed to Accept/Deemed to Reject) |
|
|
|
|
9 |
|
Existing PCIH Interests |
|
Unimpaired / Impaired |
|
No (Presumed to Accept/Deemed to Reject) |
|
|
|
|
10 |
|
Existing CHI Interests |
|
Impaired |
|
No (Deemed to Reject) |
3.4 Special Provision Governing Unimpaired Claims.
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, nothing under the Plan shall affect the rights of the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities, as
applicable, in respect of any Unimpaired Claims, including all rights in respect of legal and equitable defenses to, or setoffs or recoupments against, any such Unimpaired Claims.
3.5 Elimination of Vacant Classes.
Any Class of Claims against or Interests in a Debtor that, as of the commencement of the Confirmation Hearing, does not have at least one
(1) holder of a Claim or Interest that is Allowed in an amount greater than zero for voting purposes shall be considered vacant, deemed
28
eliminated from the Plan of such Debtor for purposes of voting to accept or reject such Debtors Plan, and disregarded for purposes of determining whether such Debtors Plan satisfies
section 1129(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to that Class.
ARTICLE IV. TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS.
4.1 Other Priority Claims (Class 1).
(a) Classification: Class 1 consists of Other Priority Claims.
(b) Treatment: Except to the extent a holder of an Allowed Other Priority Claim against any of the Debtors agrees to a less
favorable treatment of such Claim, in full and final satisfaction of such Allowed Other Priority Claim, at the option of the Debtors or the applicable Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, and subject to the consent of the Requisite Consenting
Creditors, (i) each such holder shall receive payment in Cash in an amount equal to the amount of such Allowed Claim, payable on the later of the Effective Date and the date that is ten (10) Business Days after the date on which such Other
Priority Claim becomes an Allowed Other Priority Claim, in each case, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, (ii) to the extent applicable, such holders Allowed Other Priority Claim shall be reinstated, or (iii) such holder
shall receive such other treatment so as to render such holders Allowed Other Priority Claim Unimpaired pursuant to section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.
(c) Voting: Class 1 is Unimpaired, and the holders of Other Priority Claims are conclusively presumed to have accepted the
Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Holders of Other Priority Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan, and the votes of such holders will not be solicited with respect to Other Priority Claims.
4.2 Other Secured Claims (Class 2).
(a) Classification: Class 2 consists of the Other Secured Claims. To the extent that the Other Secured Claims are secured by
different collateral or different interests in the same collateral, such Claims shall be treated as separate subclasses of Class 2 for purposes of voting to accept or reject the Plan and receiving distributions under the Plan.
(b) Treatment: Except to the extent a holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim against any of the Debtors agrees to a less
favorable treatment of such Claim, in full and final satisfaction of such Allowed Other Secured Claim, at the option of the Debtors or the applicable Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, and subject to the consent of the Requisite Consenting
Creditors (i) each such holder shall receive payment in Cash in an amount equal to the amount of such Allowed Claim, payable on the later of the Effective Date and the date that is ten (10) Business Days after the date on which such Other
Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Other Secured Claim, in each case, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, (ii) to the extent applicable, such holders Allowed Other Secured Claim shall be reinstated, (iii) such holder shall
receive the collateral securing its Allowed Other Secured Claim, or (iv) such holder shall receive such other treatment so as to render such holders Allowed Other Secured Claim Unimpaired pursuant to section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.
29
(c) Voting: Class 2 is Unimpaired, and the holders of Other Secured Claims
are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Holders of Other Secured Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan, and the votes of such holders will not be solicited with
respect to such Other Secured Claims.
4.3 First Lien Claims (Class 3).
(a) Classification: Class 3 consists of First Lien Claims.
(b) Allowance: The First Lien Claims are Allowed, pursuant to section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, in the total aggregate
amount of $468,500,000.00, comprised of (i) the Allowed Side-Car First Lien Claim Amount and (ii) the Allowed CS First Lien Claim Amount.
(c) Treatment: On the Effective Date, the Allowed First Lien Claims shall receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement,
release, and discharge of such Allowed Claims:
(i) In the event of a Reorganization Transaction, such holders
Pro Rata share of (x) the 1L Exit Facility Loans, (y) 100% of the New Equity Interests (subject to the terms of any Plan Sponsor Investment), and (z) if applicable, the Plan Sponsor Investment Proceeds and/or the Discrete Asset Sale
Proceeds.
(ii) In the event of a Whole-Co Sale Transaction, such
holders Pro Rata share of (x) the Whole-Co Sale Transaction Proceeds, if any, after deducting for the amount required to satisfy in full, or otherwise render Unimpaired all Allowed
Administrative Expense Claims (including, for the avoidance of doubt, all Allowed DIP Claims (including the Participation Fee (except in the event the Whole-Co Sale Transaction Proceeds are sufficient to repay
in full in Cash all Allowed DIP Claims (without taking into account the Participation Fee) and Allowed First Lien Claims))), Allowed Priority Tax Claims, Allowed Other Priority Claims, and Allowed Other Secured Claims and (y) if applicable, the
Discrete Asset Sale Proceeds.
(d) Voting: Class 3 is Impaired, and the holders of First Lien Claims in Class 3 are
entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
4.4 General Unsecured Claims (Class 4).
(a) Classification: Class 4 consists of General Unsecured Claims
(b) Allowance: The First Lien Deficiency Claims are Allowed, pursuant to section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, in the total
aggregate amount of $505,383,103.30 comprised of the Allowed First Lien Deficiency Claim Amount. The Senior Notes Claims are Allowed in the total aggregate amount of $306,406,250.00 comprised of the Allowed Senior Notes Claim Amount. Other General
Unsecured Claims shall be Allowed or Disallowed in accordance with the Plan.
30
(c) Treatment: Except to the extent a holder of an Allowed General Unsecured
Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment of such Claim, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, each Allowed General Unsecured Claim, each holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim shall
receive:
(i) In the event of a Reorganization Transaction, such holders Pro Rata share of (i) the GUC
Warrants, (ii) the MSP Recovery Proceeds, and (iii) the Litigation Trust Proceeds.
(ii) In the event of a Whole-Co Sale Transaction, such holders Pro Rata share of (i) the Whole-Co Transaction Proceeds, if any, after deducting for the amount required to satisfy
in full, or otherwise render Unimpaired, all Allowed Administrative Expense Claims (including, for the avoidance of doubt, all Allowed DIP Claims), Allowed Priority Tax Claims, Allowed Other Priority Claims, Allowed Other Secured Claims and Allowed
First Lien Claims, (ii) the MSP Recovery Proceeds, and (iii) the Litigation Trust Proceeds.
(d) Voting:
Class 4 is Impaired, and the holders of General Unsecured Claims in Class 4 are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
4.5 Intercompany Claims (Class 5).
(a) Classification: Class 5 consists of Intercompany Claims.
(b) Treatment: On the Effective Date, all Intercompany Claims shall be adjusted, reinstated, or discharged, to the extent
determined to be appropriate by the Debtors, the applicable Post-Emergence Entities, or the Plan Administrator, as applicable, and the Requisite Consenting Creditors.
(c) Voting: Class 5 is either (i) Unimpaired and such holders are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan
pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code, or (ii) Impaired and such holders are conclusively deemed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Holders of Intercompany Claims are not entitled to vote
to accept or reject the Plan, and the votes of such holders will not be solicited with respect to such Intercompany Claims.
4.6 Subordinated Claims (Class 6).
(a) Classification: Class 6 consists of Subordinated Claims.
(b) Treatment: Subordinated Claims are subordinated pursuant to the Plan and section 510 of the Bankruptcy Code. The holders of
Subordinated Claims shall not receive or retain any property under the Plan on account of such Claims, and the obligations of the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, on account of Subordinated Claims shall be discharged.
(c) Voting: Class 6 is Impaired, and the holders of Subordinated Claims are conclusively presumed to have rejected the Plan
pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Holders of Subordinated Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan, and the votes of such holders will not be solicited with respect to such Subordinated Claims.
31
4.7 Existing Subsidiary Interests (Class 7).
(a) Classification: Class 7 consists of Existing Subsidiary Interests.
(b) Treatment:
(i) In the event of a Reorganization Transaction, on the Effective Date, without the need for any further corporate or
limited liability company action or approval of any board of directors, management, or shareholders of any Debtor or Post-Emergence Entity, as applicable, all Existing Subsidiary Interests shall be reinstated, set off, settled, addressed,
distributed, contributed, merged, cancelled, released, reissued, or discharged, to the extent determined to be appropriate by the Debtors, the applicable Post-Emergence Entities, or the Plan Administrator, as applicable; and
(ii) In the event of a Whole-Co Sale Transaction, the Intercompany Interests
shall be adjusted, reinstated, set off, settled, addressed, distributed, contributed, merged, cancelled, released, reissued, or discharged, to the extent determined to be appropriate by the Debtors, the Post-Emergence Entities, or the Plan
Administrator, as applicable, consistent with the Sale Documents.
To the extent the Existing Subsidiary Interests are reinstated, such
reinstatement shall be solely for the purpose of maintaining the Debtors corporate structure. For the avoidance of doubt, holders of Existing Subsidiary Interests shall neither receive nor retain any property of the Debtors or interest in
property of the Debtors on account of such Existing Subsidiary Interests.
(c) Voting: Class 7 is either
(i) Unimpaired and such holders are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code, or (ii) Impaired and such holders are conclusively deemed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section
1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Holders of Existing Subsidiary Interests are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan, and the votes of such holders will not be solicited with respect to such Existing Subsidiary Interests.
4.8 Existing CH LLC Interests (Class 8).
(a) Classification: Class 8 consists of Existing CH LLC Interests.
(b) Treatment:
(i) In the event of a Reorganization Transaction, on the Effective Date, all Existing CH LLC Interests shall be adjusted,
reinstated, set off, settled, addressed, distributed, contributed, merged, cancelled, released, reissued, or discharged, to the extent determined to be appropriate by the Debtors, the applicable Post-Emergence Entities, or the Plan Administrator, as
applicable, and subject to the consent, as applicable, of the Requisite Consenting Creditors; and
32
(ii) In the event of a
Whole-Co Sale Transaction, the Existing CH LLC Interests shall be adjusted, reinstated, set off, settled, addressed, distributed, contributed, merged, cancelled, released, reissued, or discharged, to the
extent determined to be appropriate by the Debtors, the Post-Emergence Entities, or the Plan Administrator, as applicable, consistent with the Sale Documents.
To the extent the Existing CH LLC Interests are reinstated, such reinstatement shall be solely for the purpose of maintaining the
Debtors corporate structure. For the avoidance of doubt, holders of Existing CH LLC Interests shall neither receive nor retain any property of the Debtors or interest in property of the Debtors on account of such Existing CH LLC Interests.
(c) Voting: Class 8 is either (i) Unimpaired and such holders are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan
pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code, or (ii) Impaired and such holders are conclusively deemed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Holders of Existing CH LLC Interests are not entitled to
vote to accept or reject the Plan, and the votes of such holders will not be solicited with respect to such Existing CH LLC Interests.
4.9 Existing PCIH Interests (Class 9).
(a) Classification: Class 9 consists of Existing PCIH Interests.
(b) Treatment:
(i) In the event of a Reorganization Transaction, on the Effective Date, all Existing PCIH Interests shall be adjusted,
reinstated, set off, settled, addressed, distributed, contributed, merged, cancelled, released, reissued or discharged, to the extent determined to be appropriate by the Debtors, the applicable Post-Emergence Entities, or the Plan Administrator, as
applicable, and subject to the consent, as applicable, of the Requisite Consenting Creditors; provided, that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, all Existing PCIH Interests held by
non-Debtors shall be discharged and cancelled on the Effective Date; and
(ii) In the event of a Whole-Co Sale Transaction, the Existing PCIH Interests
shall be adjusted, reinstated, set off, settled, addressed, distributed, contributed, merged, cancelled, released, reissued, or discharged, to the extent determined to be appropriate by the Debtors, the Post-Emergence Entities, or the Plan
Administrator, as applicable, consistent with the Sale Document.
To the extent the Existing PCIH Interests are reinstated, such
reinstatement shall be solely for the purpose of maintaining the Debtors corporate structure. For the avoidance of doubt, holders of Existing PCIH Interests shall neither receive nor retain any property of the Debtors or interest in property
of the Debtors on account of such Existing PCIH Interests.
(c) Voting: Class 9 is either (i) Unimpaired and such
holders are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code, or (ii) Impaired and such holders are conclusively deemed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy
Code. Holders of Existing PCIH Interests are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan, and the votes of such holders will not be solicited with respect to such Existing PCIH Interests.
33
4.10 Existing CHI Interests (Class 10).
(a) Classification: Class 10 consists of Existing CHI Interests.
(b) Treatment:
(i) In the event of a Reorganization Transaction, on the Effective Date, all Existing CHI Interests shall be cancelled,
released, and extinguished, and be of no further force or effect, whether surrendered for cancellation or otherwise, and there shall be no distributions for holders of Existing CHI Interests on account of such Interests; and
(ii) In the event of a Whole-Co Sale Transaction, all Existing CHI Interests
shall be cancelled, released, and extinguished, and be of no further force or effect, whether surrendered for cancellation or otherwise, and there shall be no distributions for holders of Existing CHI Interests on account of such Interests.
(c) Voting: Class 10 is Impaired, and the holders of Existing CHI Interests are conclusively presumed to have rejected the
Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Holders of Existing CHI Interests are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan, and the votes of such holders will not be solicited with respect to such Existing CHI Interests.
ARTICLE V. MEANS FOR IMPLEMENTATION.
5.1 No Substantive Consolidation.
The Plan is being proposed as a joint plan of reorganization of the Debtors for administrative purposes only and constitutes a separate chapter
11 plan for each Debtor. The Plan is not premised on, and does not provide for, the substantive consolidation of the Debtors with respect to the Classes of Claims or Interests set forth in the Plan, or otherwise.
5.2 Compromise and Settlement of Claims, Interests and Controversies.
(a) Pursuant to section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and in consideration for the distributions and other benefits provided pursuant to
the Plan, the Plan, including the Side-Car Resolution, is and shall be deemed a good-faith compromise and settlement of all Claims, Interests, and controversies relating to the contractual, legal, and
subordination rights that a holder of a Claim or Interest may have with respect to any Allowed Claim or Interest, or any distribution to be made on account of such Allowed Claim or Interest.
(b) The entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Courts approval of the compromise or settlement of all
such Claims, Interests, and controversies, including the Side-Car Resolution, as well as a finding by the Bankruptcy Court that such compromise or settlement is in the best interests of the Debtors, their
Estates, and Holders of Claims and Interests and is fair, equitable, and reasonable. The compromises, settlements, and releases described herein shall be deemed nonseverable from each other and from all other terms of the Plan. In accordance with
the provisions of the Plan, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, after the Effective Date, the Post-Emergence Entities and/or the Plan Administrator, as applicable,
may compromise and settle Claims against, and Interests in, the Debtors and their Estates and Causes of Action against other Entities.
34
5.3 Restructuring Expenses.
To the extent not otherwise paid, the Debtors shall promptly pay outstanding and invoiced Restructuring Expenses as follows: (a) on the
Effective Date, Restructuring Expenses incurred during the period prior to the Effective Date to the extent invoiced to the Debtors on or about the Effective Date and (b) after the Effective Date, any unpaid Restructuring Expenses within ten
(10) Business Days of receiving an invoice; provided that such Restructuring Expenses shall be paid in accordance with the terms of any applicable engagement letters or other contractual arrangements without the requirement for the
filing of retention applications, fee applications, or any other applications in the Chapter 11 Cases, and without any requirement for further notice or Bankruptcy Court review or approval.
5.4 Plan Implementation.
The Restructuring shall be consummated pursuant to a Reorganization Transaction (which may include a Plan Sponsor Investment and/or implemented
through an asset sale) or a Whole-Co Sale Transaction, either of which may be coupled with one or more Discrete Asset Sales, including as set forth in the Description of Transaction Steps.
5.5 Reorganization Transaction.
The following provisions of this Section 5.5 shall apply in the event of a Reorganization Transaction.
(a) Exit Facility.
On the Effective Date, the Exit Facility Credit Agreement and the other Exit Facility Documents shall be executed, delivered, and all fees and
expenses required to be paid on the Effective Date thereunder shall be paid, and the applicable Post-Emergence Entities shall be authorized to execute, deliver, enter into, and make any payments required by the Exit Facility Credit Agreement and the
other Exit Facility Documents without the need for any further corporate action and without further action by the holders of Claims or Interests. The form of the Exit Facility Credit Agreement will be filed as part of the Plan Supplement.
All Liens and security interests granted pursuant to the Exit Facility Documents shall be (a) valid, binding, and enforceable Liens and
security interests in the personal and real property described in and subject to such documents, with the priorities established in respect thereof under applicable non-bankruptcy law, and (b) not subject
to avoidance, recharacterization or subordination under any applicable law, the Plan, or the Confirmation Order.
The applicable
Post-Emergence Entities and the Persons granted Liens and security interests under the Exit Facility Documents are authorized to make all filings and recordings and to obtain all governmental approvals and consents necessary to establish and perfect
such Liens and security interests under the provisions of the applicable state, provincial, federal, or other law
35
that would be applicable in the absence of the Plan and the Confirmation Order (it being understood that perfection shall occur automatically by virtue of the entry of the Confirmation Order
without the need for any filings or recordings) and will thereafter cooperate to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would be necessary under applicable law to give notice of such Liens and security interests to third parties.
(b) Authorization, Issuance, and Distribution of New Equity Interests.
On and after the Effective Date, in the event of a Reorganization Transaction, the applicable Post-Emergence Entities are authorized to issue,
or cause to be issued, and shall issue or distribute the New Equity Interests in accordance with the terms of Section 4.3 of the Plan without the need for any further corporate, limited liability company, or shareholder action. All of the New
Equity Interests distributable under the Plan shall be duly authorized, validly issued, and, as applicable, fully paid and non-assessable. The New Governance Documents shall, as applicable, have provided for a
sufficient amount of authorized New Equity Interests to effectuate the issuance or distribution of New Equity Interests contemplated by and in connection with the Plan, and the applicable Post-Emergence Entities shall issue or reserve for issuance a
sufficient amount of New Equity Interests to effectuate all such issuances.
(c) Authorization, Issuance and Distribution of GUC
Warrants.
On and after the Effective Date, in the event of a Reorganization Transaction, the applicable Post-Emergence Entities are
authorized to issue, or cause to be issued, and shall issue or distribute the GUC Warrants in accordance with the terms of Section 4.4 of the Plan without the need for any further corporate, limited liability company, or shareholder action. All
of the GUC Warrants distributable under the Plan, and the GUC Warrant Equity issuable upon exercise of the GUC Warrants shall be duly authorized, validly issued, and fully paid and non-assessable. The New
Governance Documents shall have provided for a sufficient amount of authorized New Equity Interests and the applicable Post-Emergence Entities shall reserve for issuance a sufficient amount of New Equity Interests issuable upon exercise of the GUC
Warrants.
(d) Section 1145 Exemption.
The offer, issuance, and distribution of (i) the New Equity Interests to holders of First Lien Claims under Section 4.3 of the Plan,
(ii) the New Equity Interests to holders of DIP Claims on account of the DIP Participation Fee, and (iii) the GUC Warrants (and the GUC Warrant Equity issuable upon the exercise thereof) to holders of General Unsecured Claims under
Section 4.4 of the Plan, shall be exempt, pursuant to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, without further act or action by any Entity, from registration under (i) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder and (ii) any state or local law requiring registration for the offer, issuance, or distribution of securities.
Under section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, any securities issued under the Plan that are exempt from such registration pursuant to section
1145(a) of the Bankruptcy Code will be freely tradable by the recipients thereof, subject to (i) the provisions of section 1145(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code relating to the definition of an underwriter in section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended, (ii) compliance with any rules and regulations of the Securities and
36
Exchange Commission, if any, applicable at the time of any future transfer of such securities or instruments, (iii) the restrictions, if any, on the transferability of such securities and
instruments, including any restrictions on the transferability under the terms of the New Governance Documents, (iv) any applicable procedures of DTC, and (v) applicable regulatory approvals.
The availability of the exemption under section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable securities laws shall not be a condition
to the occurrence of the Effective Date.
Should the applicable Post-Emergence Entities elect, on or after the Effective Date, to reflect
all or any portion of the ownership of the New Equity Interests or the GUC Warrants through the facilities of DTC, the applicable Post-Emergence Entities shall not be required to provide any further evidence other than the Plan or Confirmation Order
with respect to the treatment of such applicable portion of the New Equity Interests or GUC Warrants, and such Plan or Confirmation Order shall be deemed to be legal and binding obligations of the applicable Post-Emergence Entities in all respects.
DTC and all other Persons or Entities shall be required to accept and conclusively rely upon the Plan and Confirmation Order in lieu of a
legal opinion regarding whether the New Equity Interests or GUC Warrants are exempt from registration and/or eligible for DTC book-entry delivery, settlement, and depository services.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or otherwise, no Person or Entity (including, for the avoidance of doubt, DTC) may
require a legal opinion regarding the validity of any transaction contemplated by the Plan, including, for the avoidance of doubt, whether the New Equity Interests, the GUC Warrants or the GUC Warrant Equity are each exempt from registration and/or
eligible for DTC book-entry delivery, settlement, and depository services or validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
(e) Officers and Boards of Directors.
(i) On the Effective Date, the New Board shall consist of (x) the Chief Executive Officer and (y) such other additional
members, as determined by the Requisite Consenting Creditors in consultation with the Debtors. The composition of the New Board shall be disclosed in accordance with section 1129(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code.
(ii) Except to the extent a member of the board of directors or managers, as applicable, of a Debtor continues to serve as a director or
manager of the respective Post-Emergence Entity on and after the Effective Date, the members of the board of directors or managers of each Debtor prior to the Effective Date, in their capacities as such, shall have no continuing obligations to the
Post-Emergence Entities on or after the Effective Date and each such director or manager will be deemed to have resigned or shall otherwise cease to be a director or manager of the applicable Debtor on the Effective Date.
(iii) Commencing on the Effective Date, each of the directors and managers of each of the Post-Emergence Entities shall be elected and
serve pursuant to the terms of the applicable organizational documents of such Post-Emergence Entity and may be replaced or removed in accordance with such organizational documents.
37
(f) Plan Sponsor Investment.
In the event of a Plan Sponsor Investment, on the Effective Date, the Plan Sponsor shall purchase the Plan Sponsor Equity Share pursuant to
the Plan Sponsor Agreement.
5.6 Whole-Co Sale Transaction or Reorganization
Transaction Implemented Through an Asset Sale.
The following provisions of this Section 5.6 shall apply in the event of a Whole-Co Sale Transaction or the implementation of a Reorganization Transaction through an asset sale.
(a) Wind Down and Dissolution or Termination of the Debtors.
The Debtors will make distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims in accordance with the priorities set forth in the Plan and implement the
Wind Down pursuant to the Plan. As soon as practicable after the Effective Date and only to the extent necessary and not otherwise resolved by the Debtors, the Remaining Debtors or an Entity selected by the Debtors shall:(a) without having to obtain
stockholder, board, director, manager, member or equivalent approval, file for the Remaining Debtors a certificate of dissolution, certificate of cancellation, or such similar document for each Remaining Debtor, together with all other necessary
corporate and company documents, to effect the dissolution or termination of the existence of the Remaining Debtors under the applicable laws of their state of incorporation or formation (as applicable); (b) make distributions to Holders of Allowed
Claims as provided in the Plan; (c) prosecute, settle, or compromise any Causes of Action; (d) complete and file, as necessary, all final or otherwise required federal, state, and local tax returns for the Debtors; and (e) take such
other actions as the Remaining Debtors or the Entity selected by the Debtors to conduct the Wind Down may determine to be necessary or desirable to implement the Wind Down.
(b) Plan Administrator
(i) The Plan Administrator shall have the authority and right on behalf of each of the Remaining Debtors, without the need for
Bankruptcy Court approval (unless otherwise indicated), to carry out and implement all provisions of the Plan, including, without limitation, to: (1) except to the extent Claims have been Allowed, control and effectuate the Claims
reconciliation process, including to object to, seek to subordinate, compromise or settle any and all Claims against the Remaining Debtors; (2) make distributions to holders of Allowed Claims in accordance with the Plan; (3) prosecute all
Causes of Action on behalf of the Remaining Debtors, elect not to pursue any Causes of Action, and determine whether and when to compromise, settle, abandon, dismiss, or otherwise dispose of any such Causes of Action, as the Plan Administrator may
determine is in the best interests of the Remaining Debtors Estates; (4) retain professionals to assist in performing its duties under the Plan; (5) maintain the books, records, and accounts of the Remaining Debtors;
(6) complete and file, as necessary, all final or otherwise required federal, state, and local tax returns for the Remaining Debtors; (7) determine whether to create a liquidating trust for the assets of a Remaining Debtor and which assets
to transfer to such liquidating trust; and (8) perform other duties and functions that are consistent with the implementation of the Plan.
38
(ii) After the Effective Date, pursuant to the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall
effectuate the Wind Down and, in connection therewith, shall sell, liquidate, and may operate, use, acquire, or dispose of property and compromise or settle any Claims, Interests, or Causes of Action remaining with the Remaining Debtors
Estates after consummation of the Whole-Co Sale Transaction or the Reorganization Transaction, as applicable, if any, without approval by the Bankruptcy Court and free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy
Code or Bankruptcy Rules.
(iii) The Wind Down Co shall indemnify and hold harmless the Plan Administrator solely in its capacity as
such for any losses incurred in such capacity, except to the extent such losses were the result of the Plan Administrators gross negligence, willful misconduct, or criminal conduct.
(iv) Any distributions by the Plan Administrator shall be made by the Plan Administrator in an expeditious, timely, and orderly manner
pursuant to the Plan and the Confirmation Order.
(v) The Plan Administrator shall be authorized to file on behalf of the Remaining
Debtors, certificates of dissolution and any and all other corporate and company documents necessary to effectuate the Wind Down without further action under applicable law, regulation, order, or rule, including any action by the stockholders,
director, manager, member, board of directors, board of managers, or similar governing body of the Remaining Debtors.
(vi) Upon a
certification to be filed with the Bankruptcy Court by the Plan Administrator of all distributions having been made and completion of all its duties under the Plan and entry of a final decree closing the last of the Chapter 11 Cases, the Wind Down
Co shall be deemed to be dissolved or cancelled, as applicable, without any further action by the Plan Administrator and without the payment of any filing fees, or other similar amounts, other than the filing of any requisite certificates or
documents with the secretary of state for the state in which the Remaining Debtors are formed or any other jurisdiction.
(c) Establishment of Wind Down Co.
On or after the Effective Date, in furtherance of the Whole-Co Sale Transaction or Reorganization Transaction, as
applicable, the applicable Post-Emergence Entities shall have the authority and right to establish Wind Down Co. The Post-Emergence Entities shall determine the form of entity that Wind Down Co will be, e.g., a corporation, a limited liability
company or a liquidating trust, among others, if applicable. On or after the Effective Date, the Remaining Debtors shall appoint the Plan Administrator for the purpose of conducting the Wind Down of Wind Down Co on terms and conditions set forth in
the Plan Administrator Agreement. Upon consummation of the Wind Down in accordance with Section 5.6(a), the Wind Down Co shall be dissolved by the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall act for Wind Down Co in the same capacity and
shall have the same rights and powers as are applicable to a manager, managing member, board of managers, board of directors or equivalent governing body, as applicable, and to officers, subject to the provisions hereof (and all certificates of
formation and limited liability company agreements and certificates of incorporation or by-laws, or equivalent governing documents and all other related documents (including membership agreements, stockholders
agreements, or similar instruments), as applicable, are deemed amended pursuant to the Plan to permit and authorize the
39
same) and the Plan Administrator will be a representative of Wind Down Co for purposes of section 1123(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code. From and after the Effective Date, the Plan Administrator
shall be the sole representative of, and shall act for, the Remaining Debtors and the Wind Down Co with the authority set forth herein and in the Plan Administrator Agreement.
5.7 Restructuring Transactions; Effectuating Documents.
(a) Following the Confirmation Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, the Debtors, the Post-Emergence Entities, or the
Plan Administrator, as applicable, may take all actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate any transaction described in, approved by, contemplated by, or necessary to effectuate the Plan, including (i) the execution and delivery
of appropriate agreements or other documents of merger, amalgamation, consolidation, restructuring, conversion, disposition, transfer, arrangement, continuance, dissolution, cancellation, sale (including a
Whole-Co Sale Transaction, a Reorganization Transaction implemented through an asset sale, or any Discrete Asset Sale to be effectuated pursuant to or in connection with the Plan), purchase, or liquidation
containing terms that are consistent with the terms of the Plan, (ii) the execution and delivery of appropriate instruments of transfer, assignment, assumption, or delegation of any asset (including a
Whole-Co Sale Transaction, a Reorganization Transaction implemented through an asset sale, or any Discrete Asset Sale to be effectuate pursuant to or in connection with the Plan), property, right, liability,
debt, or obligation on terms consistent with the terms of the Plan, (iii) the filing of appropriate certificates or articles of incorporation, reincorporation, merger, consolidation, conversion, amalgamation, arrangement, continuance,
cancellation, or dissolution pursuant to applicable state or federal law, (iv) the execution and delivery of the Definitive Documents, including the Sale Documents to the extent applicable, (v) the issuance of securities, all of which
shall be authorized and approved in all respects in each case without further action being required under applicable law, regulation, order, or rule, (vi) such other transactions that are necessary or appropriate to implement the Plan in a tax
efficient manner, and (vii) all other actions that the applicable Entities determine to be necessary or appropriate, including making filings or recordings that may be required by applicable law or the Exit Facility Credit Agreement, as
applicable.
(b) Each officer, member of the board of directors, or manager of the Debtors is, and each officer, member of the board
of directors, or manager of the Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, shall be, authorized and directed to issue, execute, deliver, file, or record such contracts, securities, instruments, releases, indentures, and other agreements or documents
and take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, implement, and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan and the securities issued pursuant to the Plan in the name of and on behalf of the applicable Post-Emergence
Entities, all of which shall be authorized and approved in all respects, in each case, without the need for any approvals, authorization, consents, or any further action required under applicable law, regulation, order, or rule (including any action
by the stockholders or directors or managers of the Debtors or the applicable Post-Emergence Entities), except for those expressly required pursuant to the Plan.
(c) In order to preserve the Post-Emergence Entities ability to utilize certain tax attributes that exist as of the Effective
Date, the charter, bylaws, and other organizational documents may restrict certain transfers of the New Equity Interests, GUC Warrants or interest in Wind Down Co, subject to the consent of the Requisite Consenting Creditors.
40
(d) The Debtors and the Consenting Creditors will cooperate in good faith to structure
the Restructuring and the Restructuring Transactions in a tax efficient manner including, without limitation, to maximize or preserve any net operating losses and net unrealized built-in asset losses of the
Debtors, which structure shall be acceptable to the Requisite Consenting Creditors.
(e) All matters provided for herein involving
the corporate structure of the Debtors or Post-Emergence Entities, or any corporate, limited liability company, or related action required by the Debtors or Post-Emergence Entities in connection herewith shall be deemed to have occurred and shall be
in effect, without any requirement of further action by the stockholders, members, board, or directors or managers of the Debtors or applicable Post-Emergence Entities, and with like effect as though such action had been taken unanimously by the
stockholders, members, directors, managers, or officers, as applicable, of the Debtors or applicable Post-Emergence Entities.
5.8 Continued Corporate Existence; Dissolution.
(a) Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, in the New Governance Documents, or elsewhere in the Plan Supplement, in the event of a
Reorganization Transaction, each of the Post-Emergence Entities shall continue to exist after the Effective Date as a separate corporation or limited liability company, as the case may be, with all the powers of a corporation or limited liability
company, as the case may be, pursuant to the applicable laws of the respective jurisdictions in which they are incorporated or organized and pursuant to the New Governance Documents, as applicable. On or after the Effective Date, each Post-Emergence
Entity may, in its sole discretion, take such action that may be necessary or appropriate as permitted by applicable law, instruments and agreements, and such Post-Emergence Entitys organizational documents, as such Post-Emergence Entity may
determine is reasonable and appropriate.
(b) In the event of a Reorganization Transaction, after the Effective Date, the
Reorganized Debtors shall be authorized to dissolve the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors in accordance with applicable law or otherwise as part of a Restructuring Transaction.
(c) In the event of a Whole-Co Sale Transaction or the implementation of the Reorganization
Transaction through an asset sale, the Debtors, or an Entity selected by the Debtors, shall implement the Wind Down in accordance with Section 5.6(a) of the Plan.
(d) Any such dissolution described in this Section 5.8 may be effective as of the Effective Date without any further action by any
shareholder, director, manager, board, or member of the Debtors.
5.9 Litigation Trust.
(a) On the Effective Date, the Debtors shall assign the Litigation Trust Causes of Action to the Litigation Trust (to the greatest extent
allowed under applicable law) and transfer $100,000 of Cash to an account established by the Litigation Trustee to fund the administration of such trust, which amount shall be inclusive of any advisor fees or other professional fees and expenses.
41
(b) In furtherance of the Plan, (i) the terms of the Litigation Trust shall be
set forth in the Litigation Trust Agreement, (ii) the Litigation Trust shall be structured to qualify as a liquidating trust within the meaning of section 301.7701-4(d) of the Treasury
Regulations and in compliance with Rev. Proc. 94-45, 1994-2 C.B. 684, and, thus, as a grantor trust within the meaning of sections 671 through 679 of the Tax
Code to the holders of General Unsecured Claims, consistent with the terms of the Plan, (iii) the sole purpose of the Litigation Trust shall be the liquidation and distribution of the assets transferred to Litigation Trust in accordance with
section 301.7701-4(d) of the Treasury Regulations, including the resolution of General Unsecured Claims in accordance with the Plan, with no objective to continue or engage in the conduct of a trade or
business, (iv) all parties (including the Debtors, the Post-Emergence Entities, holders of General Unsecured Claims, and the Litigation Trustee) shall report consistently with such treatment (including the deemed receipt of the underlying
assets, subject to applicable liabilities and obligations, by the holders of General Unsecured Claims, as applicable, followed by the deemed transfer of such assets to the Litigation Trust), (v) all parties shall report consistently with the
valuation of the assets transferred to Litigation Trust as determined by the Litigation Trustee (or its designee), (vi) the Litigation Trustee of the trust shall be responsible for filing returns for the trust as a grantor trust pursuant to
section 1.671-4(a) of the Treasury Regulations, and (vii) the Litigation Trustee shall annually send to each holder of an interest in the Litigation Trust a separate statement regarding the receipts and
expenditures of the trust as relevant for federal income tax purposes.
(c) Subject to definitive guidance from the IRS or a court
of competent jurisdiction to the contrary (including the receipt by the Litigation Trustee of a private letter ruling if the Litigation Trustee so requests one, or the receipt of an adverse determination by the IRS upon audit if not contested by the
trustee), the Litigation Trustee may (x) timely elect to treat the any portion of the Litigation Trust allocable to Disputed Claims as a disputed ownership fund governed by section 1.468B-9 of
the Treasury Regulations (and make any appropriate elections), (y) file such tax returns (including but not limited to the filing of a separate federal tax return for the disputed ownership fund) and pay such taxes as may be
required consistent with such treatment and (z) to the extent permitted by applicable law, report consistently with the foregoing for state and local income tax purposes. If a disputed ownership fund election is made, all parties
(including the Debtors, the Post-Emergence Entities, holders of General Unsecured Claims, and the Litigation Trustee) shall report for United States federal, state, and local income tax purposes consistently with the foregoing. The Litigation
Trustee may request an expedited determination of taxes under section 505(b) of the Bankruptcy Code for all returns filed for or on behalf of the Litigation Trust for all taxable periods through the date on which final distributions are made.
5.10 Cancellation of Existing Securities and Agreements.
(a) Except for the purpose of evidencing a right to a distribution under the Plan and except as otherwise set forth in the Plan,
including with respect to executory contracts or unexpired leases that shall be assumed or assumed and assigned by the Debtors, on the Effective Date, all agreements, instruments, and other documents evidencing any Claim or Interest, including,
without limitation, any Allowed DIP Claims, Allowed Loan Claims, and Allowed Senior Notes Claims, or any Interest (other than Intercompany Claims and Intercompany Interests, to the extent they are not modified by the Plan) and any rights of any
holder in respect thereof shall be deemed cancelled, discharged, and of no force or effect and the obligations of the Debtors
42
thereunder shall be deemed fully satisfied, released, and discharged. The holders of or parties to such cancelled instruments, Securities, and other documentation shall have no rights arising
from or related to such instruments, Securities, or other documentation or the cancellation thereof, except the rights provided for pursuant to the Plan.
(b) Notwithstanding such cancellation and discharge and the releases contained in Article X of the Plan, the DIP Credit Agreement, the
First Lien Credit Agreements, and the Senior Notes Indenture shall continue in effect solely to the extent necessary to (i) allow the holders of Allowed DIP Claims, Allowed Loan Claims, and Senior Notes Claims to receive distributions under the
Plan, (ii) allow and preserve the rights of the Debtors, the Post-Emergence Entities, the First Lien Administrative Agents, the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee, the DIP Agent, and the Disbursing Agent to (A) make post-Effective Date
distributions or take such other action pursuant to the Plan on account of the Allowed DIP Claims, Allowed Loan Claims, and Senior Notes Claims, as applicable, and to otherwise exercise their rights and discharge their obligations relating to the
interests of the holders of such Claims in accordance with the Plan, (iii) allow holders of Claims to retain their respective rights and obligations
vis-à-vis other holders of Claims pursuant to any applicable loan documents, (iv) allow the DIP Agent, the First Lien Administrative Agents, and the Senior
Notes Indenture Trustee to enforce any obligations owed to them under the Plan (including seeking compensation and reimbursement for any reasonable and documented fees and expenses, including the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee Fees and Expenses,
pursuant to any respective charging liens as may be provided in the Senior Notes Indenture, First Lien Credit Agreements, or DIP Documents, as applicable, including the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee Charging Lien), (v) preserve the DIP
Agents, the First Lien Administrative Agents, the DIP Lenders, the Prepetition Lenders or the Senior Notes Indenture Trustees right to any contingent or indemnification obligations of the Debtors pursuant and subject to
the terms of the DIP Credit Agreement, First Lien Credit Agreements, DIP Orders and/or the Senior Notes Indenture, (vi) permit the DIP Agent, the First Lien Administrative Agents, and/or the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee to perform any
function necessary to effectuate the foregoing, and (vii) permit the DIP Agent, the First Lien Administrative Agents, and/or the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee to appear in the Chapter 11 Cases or in any proceeding in the Bankruptcy Court or
any other court relating to the DIP Documents, the First Lien Credit Agreements, and the Senior Notes Indenture, as applicable, provided that nothing in this Section 5.10 shall affect the discharge of Claims pursuant to the Bankruptcy
Code, the Confirmation Order, or the Plan or result in any liability or expense to the Post-Emergence Entities.
(c) Notwithstanding
the foregoing, any provision in any document, instrument, lease, or other agreement that causes or effectuates, or purports to cause or effectuate, a default, termination, waiver, or other forfeiture of, or by, the Debtors of their interests, as a
result of the cancellations, terminations, satisfaction, releases, or discharges provided for in this Section 5.10 shall be deemed null and void and shall be of no force and effect.
(d) Except for the foregoing, on and after the Effective Date, all duties and responsibilities of the DIP Agent, the First Lien
Administrative Agents, and/or the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee shall be fully discharged (i) unless otherwise specifically set forth in or provided for under the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or the Confirmation Order, and (ii) except with
respect to such other rights of the DIP Agent, the First Lien Administrative Agents, and/or the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee that, pursuant to the DIP Documents, the First Lien Credit Agreements,
43
or the Senior Notes Indenture, as applicable, survive the termination of documents. Subsequent to the performance by each DIP Agent, the First Lien Administrative Agents, and the Senior Notes
Indenture Trustee of its obligations pursuant to the Plan and Confirmation Order, such DIP Agent, First Lien Administrative Agent, or Senior Notes Indenture Trustee and its agents shall be relieved of all further duties and responsibilities related
to the Senior Notes Indenture, First Lien Credit Agreements, or DIP Documents, as applicable. The Senior Notes Indenture Trustee shall be deemed to have received any necessary direction to effectuate the terms of the Plan.
(e) Upon the final distribution in accordance with Article VI hereof, or notice from the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities, as
applicable, there will be no further distributions on account of any Senior Notes Claims and, at the request of the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee, DTC shall take down the relevant position relating to the Senior Notes without any requirement of
indemnification or security on the part of the Debtors, the Post-Emergence Entities, the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee, or any other Entity.
(f) If the record holder of any Senior Notes is DTC or its nominee or another securities depository or custodian thereof, and such
Senior Notes are represented by a global security held by or on behalf of DTC or such other securities depository of custodian, then each such holder of the Senior Notes shall be deemed to have surrendered such holders note, debenture, or
other evidence of indebtedness upon surrender of such global security by DTC or such other securities depository or custodian thereof.
5.11 Retention of Causes of Action.
In accordance with section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, (a) following the Effective Date, the applicable Post-Emergence Entities
(and, to the extent applicable to the Remaining Debtors, the Plan Administrator) shall retain and may enforce all rights to commence and pursue, as appropriate, any and all Retained Causes of Action, whether arising before or after the Petition
Date, and the Post-Emergence Entities rights to commence, prosecute, or settle such Retained Causes of Action shall be preserved notwithstanding the occurrence of the Effective Date, and the Post-Emergence Entities (and, to the extent
applicable to the Remaining Debtors, the Plan Administrator) may pursue such Retained Causes of Action, as appropriate, in accordance with the best interests of the Post-Emergence Entities; and (b) following the Effective Date, the Litigation
Trust shall retain and may enforce all rights to commence, pursue, and settle, as appropriate, any and all Litigation Trust Causes of Action. No Person may rely on the absence of a specific reference in this Plan or the Disclosure Statement to
any Cause of Action against them as any indication that the Debtors, the Post-Emergence Entities, or the Litigation Trust, as applicable, will not pursue any and all available Causes of Action against such Person. Except with respect to Causes
of Action against any Person which Person was released by the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities on or before the Effective Date (including pursuant to this Plan), the applicable Post-Emergence Entities (and, to the extent applicable to the
Remaining Debtors, the Plan Administrator), expressly reserve all rights to prosecute any and all Retained Causes of Action against any Person, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Plan. The Litigation Trust expressly reserves all rights
to prosecute any and all Litigation Trust Causes of Action. Unless any Causes of Action against a Person are expressly waived, relinquished, exculpated, released, compromised, transferred (including to the Litigation Trust), or settled in this Plan
or a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, (i) the Post-Emergence Entities (and, to the extent applicable to the Remaining Debtors, the Plan Administrator) expressly reserve all Retained Causes of Action for later adjudication; and (ii) the
Litigation Trust expressly reserves all Litigation Trust Causes of Action for later adjudication, and therefore, in each case, no preclusion doctrine, including the doctrines of res judicata, collateral estoppel, issue preclusion, Claim preclusion,
estoppel (judicial, equitable, or otherwise), or laches shall apply to such Causes of Action upon, after, or as a consequence of the Confirmation or consummation of this Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, on the Effective Date, the Litigation Trust
Causes of Action shall be transferred to, and vest in, the Litigation Trust and shall not be retained by the Post-Emergence Entities.
44
5.12 Cancellation of Liens.
Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, upon the payment in full in Cash of an Other Secured Claim, any Lien securing an Other
Secured Claim that is paid in full, in Cash, shall be deemed released, and the holder of such Other Secured Claim shall be authorized and directed to release any collateral or other property of the Debtors (including any Cash collateral) held by
such holder and to take such actions as may be requested by the Post-Emergence Entities, to evidence the release of such Lien, including the execution, delivery and filing or recording of such releases as may be requested by the Post-Emergence
Entities.
5.13 Employee Matters.
(a) Unless otherwise provided herein and subject to Article V of the Plan, as may be applicable, in the event of a Reorganization
Transaction:
(i) The Debtors shall assume or assume and assign to the applicable Post-Emergence Entities on the
Effective Date (x) the Benefits Plans and (y) all Employment Agreements unless previously assumed or rejected by the Debtors in their sole discretion pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court; provided that the Senior Executive
Employment Agreements shall either be (A) included on the Assumption Schedule, subject to the applicable employee agreeing to waive such employees 2024 long term incentive payment, any retention bonus due on the Debtors 2023
retention program and 2023 bonuses, (B) amended with the consent of the applicable Senior Executive and the Requisite Consenting Creditors, or(C) included on the Rejection Schedule.3
(ii) Any Interests granted prior to the Effective Date to a current or former employee, officer, director or individual
independent contractor under a Benefit Plan, an Employment Agreement, or otherwise shall be cancelled and extinguished. For the avoidance of doubt, if any Benefit Plan or Employment Agreement (including a Senior Executive Employment Agreement) is
assumed and such plan or agreement provides in part for an award or potential award of Interests in the Debtors, such Benefit Plan or Employment Agreement shall be assumed in all respects other than the provisions of such agreement relating to
Interest awards.
3 |
The Debtors and the Ad Hoc First Lien Group continue to discuss the deadline by which a determination will be
made as to the treatment of the Senior Executive Employment Agreements, which deadline shall be no later than the filing of the Plan Supplement. |
45
(b) In the event of a Whole-Co
Sale Transaction Election (as defined in the Restructuring Support Agreement), the Benefits Plans and Employment Agreements shall be treated in accordance with the terms of such Whole-Co Sale Transaction.
5.14 Nonconsensual Confirmation.
The Debtors intend to undertake to have the Bankruptcy Court confirm the Plan under section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code as to any Classes
that reject or are deemed to reject the Plan.
5.15 Closing of Chapter 11 Cases.
After an Estate has been fully administered, the Post-Emergence Entities shall seek authority from the Bankruptcy Court to close the applicable
Chapter 11 Case(s) in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules.
5.16 Termination of the Patient Care
Ombudsmans Duties.
The duties, responsibilities, and obligations of the Patient
Care Ombudsman shall be terminated on the Effective Date, the Patient Care Ombudsman may dispose of any documents provided to the Patient Care Ombudsman in the course of its reporting. Nothing herein shall in any way limit or otherwise affect the
Patient Care Ombudsmans obligations of confidentiality under confidentiality agreements, if any, under section 333 of the Bankruptcy Code or under order of the Bankruptcy Court.
5.17 Notice of Effective Date.
As soon as practicable, but not later than three (3) Business Days following the Effective Date, the Debtors shall file a notice of the
occurrence of the Effective Date with the Bankruptcy Court.
5.18 Separability.
Notwithstanding the combination of the separate plans of reorganization for the Debtors set forth in the Plan for purposes of economy and
efficiency, the Plan constitutes a separate chapter 11 plan for each Debtor. Accordingly, if the Bankruptcy Court does not confirm the Plan with respect to one or more Debtors, it may still, subject to the consent of the applicable Debtors and the
Requisite Consenting Creditors, confirm the Plan with respect to any other Debtor that satisfies the confirmation requirements of section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.
46
ARTICLE VI. DISTRIBUTIONS.
6.1 Distributions Generally.
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Disbursing Agent shall make all distributions under the Plan to the appropriate holders of
Allowed Claims in accordance with the terms of the Plan.
6.2 Distribution Record Date.
As of the close of business on the Distribution Record Date, the various transfer registers for each of the Classes of Claims or Interests as
maintained by the Debtors or their respective agents, shall be deemed closed, and there shall be no further changes in the record holders of any of the Claims or Interests. The Debtors and the Post-Emergence Entities shall have no obligation to
recognize any transfer of the Claims or Interests occurring on or after the Distribution Record Date. In addition, with respect to payment of any Cure Amounts or disputes over any Cure Amounts, neither the Debtors nor the Disbursing Agent shall have
any obligation to recognize or deal with any party other than the non-Debtor party to the applicable executory contract or unexpired lease as of the close of business on the Distribution Record Date, even if
such non-Debtor party has sold, assigned, or otherwise transferred its Claim for a Cure Amount. For the avoidance of doubt, the Distribution Record Date shall not apply to the Senior Notes Claims, the holders
of record of which on the Effective Date shall receive a distribution in accordance with Article IV of the Plan and the customary procedures of DTC on or as soon as practicable after the Effective Date.
6.3 Date of Distributions.
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, any distributions and deliveries to be made under the Plan shall be made on the Effective Date or as
otherwise determined in accordance with the Plan, including the treatment provisions of Article IV of the Plan, or as soon as practicable thereafter; provided that the Post-Emergence Entities may implement periodic distribution dates to the
extent they reasonably determine them to be appropriate.
6.4 Disbursing Agent.
A Disbursing Agent shall not be required to give any bond or surety or other security for the performance of its duties, and all reasonable
fees and expenses incurred by such Disbursing Agents directly related to distributions hereunder shall be reimbursed by the Post-Emergence Entities. The Post-Emergence Entities shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide the Disbursing
Agent (if other than the Post-Emergence Entities) with the amounts of Claims and the identities and addresses of holders of Claims and Interests as of the Distribution Record Date, in each case, as set forth on the claims register. The
Post-Emergence Entities shall cooperate in good faith with the applicable Disbursing Agent (if other than the Post-Emergence Entities) to comply with the reporting and withholding requirements outlined in Section 6.19 of the Plan.
6.5 Rights and Powers of Disbursing Agent.
(a) From and after the Effective Date, each Disbursing Agent, solely in its capacity as Disbursing Agent, shall be indemnified in all
respects by the Debtors, from any and all claims, Causes of Action, and other assertions of liability arising out of the discharge of the powers and duties conferred upon such Disbursing Agent by the Plan or any order of the Bankruptcy Court
47
entered pursuant to or in furtherance of the Plan, or applicable law, except for actions or omissions to act arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct, fraud, malpractice,
criminal conduct, or ultra vires acts of such Disbursing Agent. No holder of a Claim or Interest or other party in interest shall have or pursue any claim or Cause of Action against any Disbursing Agent, solely in its capacity as Disbursing
Agent, for making payments in accordance with the Plan or for implementing provisions of the Plan, except for actions or omissions to act arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct, fraud, malpractice, criminal conduct, or ultra
vires acts of such Disbursing Agent.
(b) A Disbursing Agent shall be empowered to (i) effect all actions and execute all
agreements, instruments, and other documents necessary to perform its duties hereunder, (ii) make all distributions contemplated hereby, (iii) employ professionals to represent it with respect to its responsibilities, and
(iv) exercise such other powers as may be vested in the Disbursing Agent by order of the Bankruptcy Court, pursuant to the Plan, or as deemed by the Disbursing Agent to be necessary and proper to implement the provisions of the Plan.
(c) Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, distributions to Holders of Senior Notes Claims shall be, or shall be
deemed to be, made by or at the direction of each of the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee which shall act as Disbursing Agent for distributions to the Holders of Senior Notes Claims under the Senior Notes Indenture. The Senior Notes Indenture Trustee
may transfer or direct the transfer of distributions directly through the facilities of DTC (whether by means of book-entry exchange, free delivery, or otherwise) and will be entitled to recognize and deal for all purposes under the Plan with
Holders of Senior Notes Claims to the extent consistent with the customary practices of DTC. Regardless of whether such distributions are made by the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee, or by any other Disbursing Agent at the reasonable direction of the
Senior Notes Indenture Trustee, such distributions shall be subject in all respects to the right of the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee to maintain, enforce, and exercise the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee Charging Lien against such distributions.
6.6 Expenses of Disbursing Agent.
To the extent the Disbursing Agent is an Entity other than a Debtor or Post-Emergence Entity, except as otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy
Court and subject to the written agreement of the Post-Emergence Entities, the amount of any reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the Disbursing Agent on or after the Effective Date (including taxes) and any reasonable compensation and expense
reimbursement Claims (including for reasonable attorneys and other professional fees and expenses) made by the Disbursing Agent shall be paid in Cash by the Post-Emergence Entities in the ordinary course of business.
6.7 No Postpetition Interest on Claims.
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Confirmation Order, or another order of the Bankruptcy Court or required by the Bankruptcy Code,
interest shall not accrue or be paid on any Claims on or after the Petition Date, provided that, other than with respect to DIP Claims or Other Secured Claims, if interest is payable pursuant to the preceding sentence, interest shall
accrue at the federal judgment rate pursuant to 28 U.S.C. § 1961 on a non-compounded basis from the date the obligation underlying the Claim becomes due and is not timely paid through the date of
payment.
48
6.8 Delivery of Distributions.
(a) In the event that any distribution to any holder is returned as undeliverable, no further distributions shall be made to such holder
unless and until such Disbursing Agent is notified in writing of such holders then-current address, at which time all currently-due, missed distributions shall be made to such holder as soon as
reasonably practicable thereafter, without interest. Nothing herein shall require the Disbursing Agent to attempt to locate holders of undeliverable distributions and, if located, assist such holders in complying with Section 6.19 of the Plan.
(b) In the event of a Reorganization Transaction, distributions of New Equity Interests or the GUC Warrants to be held through DTC
shall be made through the facilities of DTC in accordance with DTCs customary practices. All New Equity Interests or GUC Warrants to be distributed pursuant to the Plan shall be issued in the names of such holders, their nominees of
record, or their permitted designees as of the Distribution Record Date (i.e., the Effective Date) in accordance with DTCs book-entry procedures, to the extent applicable; provided that such New Equity Interests or GUC Warrants
are permitted to be held through DTCs book-entry system; provided, further, that to the extent that the New Equity Interests or GUC Warrants are not eligible for distribution in accordance with DTCs customary
practices, the Post-Emergence Entities will take such reasonable actions as may be required to cause distributions of the New Equity Interests or GUC Warrants under the Plan. No distributions will be made other than through DTC if the New
Equity Interests or GUC Warrants are permitted to be held through DTCs book entry system. Any distribution that otherwise would be made to any holder eligible to receive a distribution of a security available solely through DTC who does
not own or hold an account eligible to receive a distribution through DTC on a relevant distribution date shall be forfeited. The Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, shall seek the cooperation of DTC in an attempt to ensure that
any distribution on account of a Senior Notes Claim, as applicable, that is held in the name of, or by a nominee of, DTC, shall be made through the facilities of DTC on the Effective Date or as soon as practicable thereafter.
6.9 Distributions after Effective Date.
Distributions made after the Effective Date to holders of Disputed Claims that are not Allowed Claims as of the Effective Date but which later
become Allowed Claims shall be deemed to have been made on the Effective Date.
6.10 Unclaimed Property.
Undeliverable distributions or unclaimed distributions shall remain in the possession of the Post-Emergence Entities until such time as a
distribution becomes deliverable or the holder accepts distribution, or such distribution reverts back to the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, and shall not be supplemented with any interest, dividends, or other accruals of any
kind. Such distributions shall be deemed unclaimed property under section 347(b) of the Bankruptcy Code at the expiration of one hundred and eighty (180) days from the
49
date of distribution. After such date, and notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, all unclaimed property or interest in property shall revert to the applicable Post-Emergence Entities
and the Claim of any other holder to such property or interest in property shall be discharged and forever barred, notwithstanding any federal or state escheat laws to the contrary.
6.11 Time Bar to Cash Payments.
Checks issued by the Disbursing Agent in respect of Allowed Claims shall be null and void if not negotiated within one hundred eighty
(180) days after the date of issuance thereof. Thereafter, the amount represented by such voided check shall irrevocably revert to the Reorganized Debtors, and any Claim in respect of such voided check shall be discharged and forever barred,
notwithstanding any federal or state escheat laws to the contrary. Requests for re-issuance of any check within one hundred eighty (180) days after issuance shall be made to the Disbursing Agent by the
holder of the Allowed Claim to whom such check was originally issued.
6.12 Manner of Payment under Plan.
Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, at the option of the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities, any Cash payment to be made
hereunder may be made by a check or wire transfer or as otherwise required or provided in applicable agreements or customary practices of the Debtors.
6.13 Satisfaction of Claims.
Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, any distributions and deliveries to be made on account of Allowed Claims under and in
accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan shall be in complete and final satisfaction, settlement, and discharge of and exchange for such Allowed Claims.
6.14 Fractional Stock and Notes.
No fractional New Equity Interests or GUC Warrants shall be distributed, and no Cash shall be distributed in lieu of such fractional amounts.
If any distributions of New Equity Interests or GUC Warrants pursuant to the Plan would result in the issuance of a fractional share or equity interest of a New Equity Interest or fractional share of a GUC Warrant, then the number of shares or
equity interests of New Equity Interests or number of GUC Warrants to be issued in respect of such distribution will be calculated to one decimal place and rounded up or down to the closest whole share, equity interest or warrant (with a half share,
equity interest or warrant or greater rounded up and less than a half share, equity interest or warrant rounded down). The total number of shares or equity interests of New Equity Interests or GUC Warrants, as applicable, to be distributed in
connection with the Plan shall be adjusted as necessary to account for the rounding provided for in this Section 6.14. No consideration shall be provided in lieu of fractional shares or equity interests that are rounded down. Neither the
Post-Emergence Entities nor the Disbursing Agent shall have any obligation to make a distribution that is less than (1) share or equity interest of New Equity Interests or less than (1) GUC Warrant. Any New Equity Interest or GUC Warrant
that is not distributed in accordance with this Section 6.14 shall be returned to, and ownership thereof shall vest in, Post-Emergence Parent.
50
6.15 Minimum Cash Distributions.
The Disbursing Agent shall not be required to make any distribution of Cash less than Fifty Dollars ($50) to any holder of an Allowed Claim;
provided that if any distribution is not made pursuant to this Section 6.15, such distribution shall be added to any subsequent distribution to be made on behalf of the holders Allowed Claim.
6.16 Setoffs and Recoupments.
Except as expressly provided in a separate order of the Bankruptcy Court, the Debtors and the Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, may, but
shall not be required to, set off or recoup against any Claim, and any distribution to be made on account of such Claim, any and all claims, rights, and Causes of Action of any nature whatsoever that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors may have
against the holder of such Claim pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code or applicable non-bankruptcy law; provided that neither the failure to do so nor the allowance of any Claim hereunder shall constitute a
waiver or release by a Debtor or a Post-Emergence Entity or its successor of any claims, rights, or Causes of Action that a Debtor or Post-Emergence Entity or its successor or assign may possess against the holder of such Claim.
6.17 Allocation of Distributions between Principal and Interest.
Except as otherwise required by law (as reasonably determined by the Debtors or the applicable Post-Emergence Entities ), distributions with
respect to Allowed Claims shall be allocated first to the principal portion of such Allowed Claim (as determined for federal income tax purposes) and, thereafter, to the remaining portion of such Allowed Claim, if any.
6.18 No Distribution in Excess of Amount of Allowed Claim.
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, no holder of an Allowed Claim shall receive, on account of such Allowed Claim,
distributions under the Plan in excess of the Allowed amount of such Claim.
6.19 Withholding and Reporting
Requirements.
(a) Withholding Rights. In connection with the Plan, any party issuing any instrument or making any
distribution described in the Plan shall comply with all applicable withholding and reporting requirements imposed by any federal, state, or local taxing authority, and all distributions pursuant to the Plan and all related agreements shall be
subject to any such withholding or reporting requirements. In the case of a non-Cash distribution that is subject to withholding, the distributing party may withhold an appropriate portion of such distributed
property and either (i) sell such withheld property to generate Cash necessary to pay over the withholding tax (or reimburse the distributing party for any advance payment of the withholding tax), or (ii) pay the withholding tax using its
own funds and retain such withheld property. Any amounts withheld pursuant to the preceding sentence, and paid over to the applicable Governmental Unit, shall be deemed to have been distributed to and received by the applicable recipient for all
purposes of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each holder of an Allowed Claim or any other Entity that receives a distribution pursuant to the Plan shall have responsibility for any taxes imposed by any Governmental Unit, including income,
withholding, and other taxes,
51
on account of such distribution. In the event any party issues any instrument or makes any non-Cash distribution pursuant to the Plan that is subject to
withholding tax and such issuing or distributing party has not sold such withheld property to generate Cash to pay the withholding tax or paid the withholding tax using its own funds and retains such withheld property as described above, such
issuing or distributing party has the right, but not the obligation, to not make a distribution until such holder has made arrangements reasonably satisfactory to such issuing or disbursing party for payment of any such tax obligations.
(b) Forms. Any party entitled to receive any property as an issuance or distribution under the Plan shall, upon request, deliver
to the Disbursing Agent or such other Entity designated by the Post-Emergence Entities (which Entity shall subsequently deliver to the Disbursing Agent any applicable IRS Form W-8 or IRS Form W-9 received) an appropriate IRS Form W-9 or (if the payee is a foreign Entity) IRS Form W-8, and any other forms or documents
reasonably requested by any Post-Emergence Entity to reduce or eliminate any withholding required by any federal, state, or local taxing authority. If such request is made and the holder fails to comply before the date that is 60 days after the
request is made, the amount of such distribution shall irrevocably revert to the applicable Debtor or Post-Emergence Entity, as applicable, and any Claim in respect of such distribution shall be discharged and forever barred from assertion against
such Debtor or Post-Emergence Entity, as applicable, or their respective property.
ARTICLE VII. PROCEDURES FOR DISPUTED CLAIMS.
7.1 Objections to Claims.
The Debtors or the applicable Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, shall exclusively be entitled to object to Claims; provided
that following the Effective Date, the U.S. Trustee shall have standing and the right to be heard for the limited purpose of responding to requests for allowance of Administrative Expense Claims for substantial contribution pursuant to
section 503(b)(3)(D) of the Bankruptcy Code. After the Effective Date, the Debtors or Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, shall have and retain any and all rights and defenses that the Debtors had with regard to any Claim to which they may
object, except with respect to any Claim that is Allowed. Any objections to Claims shall be served and filed on or before the Claims Objection Deadline.
7.2 Resolution of Disputed Administrative Expenses and Disputed Claims.
On and after the Effective Date, the Debtors or applicable Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, shall have the authority to compromise,
settle, otherwise resolve, or withdraw any objections to Claims without approval of the Bankruptcy Court, other than with respect to Professional Fee Claims.
7.3 Payments and Distributions with Respect to Disputed Claims.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if any portion of a Claim is a Disputed Claim, no payment or distribution provided hereunder
shall be made on account of such Claim unless and until such Disputed Claim becomes an Allowed Claim.
52
7.4 Distributions after Allowance.
After such time as a Disputed Claim becomes, in whole or in part, an Allowed Claim, the holder thereof shall be entitled to distributions, if
any, to which such holder is then entitled as provided in the Plan, without interest, as provided in Section 7.9 of the Plan. Such distributions shall be made as soon as practicable after the date that the order or judgment of the Bankruptcy
Court allowing such Disputed Claim (or portion thereof) becomes a Final Order.
7.5 Disallowance of Claims.
Except to the extent otherwise agreed to by the Debtors or Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, any Claims held by Entities from which
property is recoverable under sections 542, 543, 550, or 553 of the Bankruptcy Code or that is a transferee of a transfer avoidable under section 522(f), 522(h), 544, 545, 547, 548, 549, or 724(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, as determined by a Final
Order, shall be deemed disallowed pursuant to section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, and holders of such Claims may not receive any distributions on account of such Claims until such time as such Causes of Action against that Entity have been
settled or a Final Order with respect thereto has been entered and all sums due, if any, to the Debtors by that Entity have been turned over or paid to the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities. All proofs of claim filed on account of an
indemnification obligation to a director, officer, or employee, in each case, employed by the Debtors on and/or after the Petition Date shall be deemed satisfied and expunged from the claims register as of the Effective Date to the extent such
indemnification obligation is assumed (or honored or reaffirmed, as the case may be) pursuant to the Plan, without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court. Any Claim that has been or is hereafter listed in the
Schedules as contingent, unliquidated, or disputed, and for which no Proof of Claim or Interest is or has been timely filed, shall be deemed disallowed and shall be expunged without further action by the Debtors and without further notice to any
party or action, approval, or order of the Bankruptcy Court, and holders of such Claims shall not receive any distributions under the Plan on account of such Claims, subject in each case to Local Bankruptcy Rule 3002- 1(a).
7.6 Estimation of Claims.
The Debtors or applicable Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, may determine, resolve and otherwise adjudicate all contingent Claims,
unliquidated Claims and Disputed Claims in the Bankruptcy Court. The Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, may at any time request that the Bankruptcy Court estimate any contingent, unliquidated, or Disputed Claim pursuant to
section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code for any reason or purpose, regardless of whether any party has previously objected to such Claim or whether the Bankruptcy Court has ruled on any such objection. The Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction to
estimate any Claim at any time during litigation concerning any objection to any Claim, including, during the pendency of any appeal relating to any such objection. If the Bankruptcy Court estimates any contingent Claim, unliquidated Claim or
Disputed Claim, that estimated amount shall constitute the maximum limitation on such Claim, and the Debtors or the applicable Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, may pursue supplementary proceedings to object to the ultimate allowance of such
Claim; provided that such limitation shall not apply to Claims requested by the Debtors to be estimated for voting purposes only.
53
7.7 No Distributions Pending Allowance.
If an objection, motion to estimate, or other challenge to a Claim is filed, no payment or distribution provided under the Plan shall be made
on account of such Claim unless and until (and only to the extent that) such Claim becomes an Allowed Claim.
7.8 Claim
Resolution Procedures Cumulative.
All of the objection, estimation, and resolution procedures in the Plan are intended to be
cumulative and not exclusive of one another. Claims may be estimated and subsequently settled, compromised, withdrawn, or resolved in accordance with the Plan without further notice or Bankruptcy Court approval.
7.9 Interest.
To the extent that a Disputed Claim becomes an Allowed Claim after the Effective Date, the holder of such Claim shall not be entitled to any
interest that accrued thereon from and after the Effective Date.
ARTICLE VIII. EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES.
8.1 General Treatment.
(a) As of and subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date, all executory contracts and unexpired leases to which any of the Debtors
are parties shall be deemed assumed or assumed and assigned, as applicable, except for any executory contract or unexpired lease that (i) was previously assumed or rejected by the Debtors pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court,
(ii) previously expired or was terminated pursuant to its own terms or by agreement of the parties thereto, (iii) is the subject of a separate motion to assume or reject filed by the Debtors on or before the Confirmation Date, (iv) is
a Senior Executive Employment Agreement (which shall be treated as set forth in Section 5.13), (v) is specifically designated as a contract or lease to be included on the Rejection Schedule, or (vi) is the subject of a pending Cure
Dispute; provided, that, in the event of a Reorganization Transaction, the proposed assumption or rejection of an executory contract or unexpired lease shall be reasonably acceptable to the Requisite Consenting Creditors.
(b) Subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date, entry of the Confirmation Order by the Bankruptcy Court shall constitute approval
of the assumptions, assumptions and assignments, including assignments to another Debtor, or rejections provided for in the Plan pursuant to sections 365(a) and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code. Each executory contract and unexpired lease assumed or
assumed and assigned pursuant to the Plan shall vest in and be fully enforceable by the applicable Reorganized Debtor in accordance with its terms, except as modified by the provisions of the Plan, any order of the Bankruptcy Court authorizing and
providing for its assumption or assumption and assignment, or applicable law.
(c) Unless otherwise agreed to by the Requisite
Consenting Creditors in their sole discretion, (i) the Humana ROFR and (ii) the TRA shall each be deemed rejected under the Plan on the Effective Date.
54
8.2 Determination of Cure Disputes and Deemed Consent.
(a) Any Cure Amount shall be satisfied, pursuant to section 365(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, by payment of the Cure Amount, as reflected
in the applicable cure notice, in Cash on the Effective Date, subject to the limitations described below, or on such other terms as the parties to such executory contracts or unexpired leases and the Debtors may otherwise agree.
(b) The Debtors shall file, as part of the Plan Supplement, the Assumption Schedule. At least
twenty-one (21) days before the commencement of the Confirmation Hearing, the Debtors shall serve a notice on parties to executory contracts or unexpired leases to be assumed reflecting the Debtors
intention to assume the contract or lease in connection with the Plan and, where applicable, setting forth the proposed Cure Amount (if any). Any objection by a counterparty to an executory contract or unexpired lease to the proposed assumption,
assumption and assignment, or related Cure Amount must be filed, served, and actually received by the Debtors within ten (10) days of the service of the assumption notice, or such shorter period as agreed to by the parties or
authorized by the Bankruptcy Court. Any counterparty to an executory contract or unexpired lease that fails to object timely to the proposed assumption, assumption and assignment, or Cure Amount (i) shall be deemed to have assented to such
assumption, assumption and assignment, or Cure Amount, notwithstanding any provision thereof that purports to (1) prohibit, restrict, or condition the transfer or assignment of such contract or lease, or (2) terminate or permit the
termination of a contract or lease as a result of any direct or indirect transfer or assignment of the rights of the Debtors under such contract or lease or a change, if any, in the ownership or control to the extent contemplated by the Plan, and
shall forever be barred and enjoined from asserting such objection against the Debtors or terminating or modifying such contract or lease on account of transactions contemplated by the Plan, and (ii) shall be forever barred, estopped, and
enjoined from challenging the validity of such assumption or assumption and assignment, as applicable, thereafter.
(c) If there is
a dispute pertaining to the assumption of an executory contract or unexpired lease (other than a dispute pertaining to a Cure Amount), such dispute shall be heard by the Bankruptcy Court prior to the assumption being effective; provided that
the Debtors or the applicable Post-Emergence Entities may settle any such dispute without any further notice to, or action by, any party or order of the Bankruptcy Court.
(d) To the extent a dispute relates to Cure Amounts, the Debtors may assume and/or assume and assign the applicable executory contract
or unexpired lease prior to the resolution of such cure dispute, provided that the Debtors or the applicable Post-Emergence Entities reserve Cash in an amount sufficient to pay the full amount reasonably asserted as the Cure Amount by the
counterparty to such executory contract or unexpired lease.
(e) Assumption or assumption and assignment of any executory contract
or unexpired lease pursuant to the Plan or otherwise shall result in the full release and satisfaction of any Claims against any Debtor or defaults by any Debtor, whether monetary or nonmonetary, including defaults of provisions restricting the
change in control or ownership interest composition or other bankruptcy-related defaults, arising under any assumed executory contract or unexpired lease at any time before the date that the Debtors assume or assume and assign such executory
contract or unexpired Lease. Any proofs of claim filed with respect to an executory contract or unexpired lease that has been assumed or assumed and assigned shall be deemed disallowed and expunged, without further notice to or action, order, or
approval of the Bankruptcy Court or any other Entity, upon the assumption of such executory contract or unexpired lease.
55
8.3 Rejection Damages Claims.
In the event that the rejection of an executory contract or unexpired lease hereunder results in damages to the other party or parties to such
contract or lease, any Claim for such damages, if not heretofore evidenced by a timely filed proof of Claim, shall be forever barred and shall not be enforceable against the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities, or their respective Estates,
properties or interests in property as agents, successors, or assigns, unless a proof of Claim is filed with the Bankruptcy Court and served upon counsel for the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, no later than thirty
(30) days after the filing and service of the notice of the occurrence of the Effective Date.
8.4 Indemnification
Obligations.
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable
law, any and all obligations of the Debtors pursuant to their corporate charters, bylaws, limited liability company agreements, memorandum and articles of association, or other organizational documents or agreements to indemnify officers, directors,
agents or employees, in each case solely in their capacity as such, employed by the Debtors on and/or after the Petition Date with respect to all present and future actions, suits, and proceedings against the Debtors or such officers, directors,
agents, or employees based upon any act or omission for or on behalf of the Debtors (collectively, the Indemnification Obligations) shall not be discharged, impaired, or otherwise affected by the Plan; provided,
that, the Debtors or the applicable Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, shall not indemnify any such officers, directors, agents, or employees of the Debtors for any Claims or Causes of Action arising out of or relating to any act or omission
for which indemnification is barred under applicable law or that is excluded under the terms of the foregoing organizational documents or applicable agreements governing the Debtors Indemnification Obligations. The Post-Emergence Entities
shall not indemnify any persons for any claims or Causes of Action arising out of or relating to any act or omission that is a criminal act or constitutes intentional fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct. Except as otherwise provided in the
Plan, all such Indemnification Obligations shall be deemed and treated as executory contracts that are assumed by the Debtors under the Plan.
8.5 Insurance Policies.
Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan, all insurance policies to which any Debtor is a party as of the Effective Date (including any
tail policy) shall be deemed to be and treated as executory contracts and shall be assumed, or assumed and assigned, by the applicable Post-Emergence Entities and shall continue as obligations of the Debtors or Post-Emergence Entities in
accordance with their respective terms. All other insurance policies shall vest in the applicable Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable.
56
8.6 Treatment of Surety Bond Agreements.
Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, Plan Supplement, Confirmation Order or any other Order of the Bankruptcy Court in the Chapter
11 Cases, on the Effective Date, any rights and obligations arising under the (i) the Surety Bonds; (ii) any Surety Bond Indemnity Agreements; (iii) any Surety collateral, including, without limitation, cash, letters of credit, and/or
the proceeds of any such collateral (the Surety Collateral); and (iv) any Surety agreements governing Surety Collateral; (items (i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) collectively, the Surety Bond
Agreements) shall be deemed reaffirmed and ratified by the applicable Post-Emergence Entities and Surety Bond Indemnitors, shall continue in full force and effect, and the rights and obligations thereunder shall not be altered,
modified, discharged, enjoined, impaired or released by the Plan, any Plan Supplement, or the Confirmation Order. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in the Plan, Plan Supplement or Confirmation Order or any Order entered in the Chapter 11 Cases,
including, without limitation, any exculpation, release, injunction, exclusions and discharge provision of the Plan contained in Article VIII of the Plan or otherwise, shall bar, alter, limit, impair, release, modify or enjoin any rights and
obligations of the parties under the Surety Bond Agreements or applicable law. Solely to the extent any of the Surety Bond Agreements are deemed to be one or more executory contracts, any such agreements are assumed by the Debtors and the
Post-Emergence Entities pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code upon the Effective Date with the consent of the Surety. If on and after the Effective Date the Surety Bond Agreements cease to be in effect solely as a result of a determination
by a court of competent jurisdiction that such agreements are non-assumable under applicable bankruptcy law, any such Surety Bond Agreements shall be deemed reinstated or ratified on the terms of such Surety
Bond Agreement that existed immediately prior to the Effective Date. Nothing in the Plan, Plan Supplement, Confirmation Order or any Order entered in the Chapter 11 Cases shall impair the Suretys rights against any non-Debtor, or any non-Debtors rights against the Surety, including under any Surety Bond Agreement. The rights and claims of the Surety are unimpaired in accordance
with section 1124(1) of the Bankruptcy Code.
Notwithstanding any inconsistent provision of the Plan, Plan Supplement, Confirmation Order,
or Order entered in the Chapter 11 Cases, any Surety Collateral shall remain in place to secure any obligations under any Surety Bond Agreement in accordance with the terms of such agreements, and any junior lien on the Surety Collateral shall
remain in place to secure any obligations pursuant to the Exit Facility and shall be subject to the terms of an intercreditor agreement. At any time after the Effective Date, to the extent permitted by law and the applicable Surety Bond Agreements,
the Surety may apply its respective Surety Collateral or the proceeds therefrom to payment or reimbursement of any and all premiums, losses, expenses, including, without limitation, attorneys fees.
8.7 Intellectual Property Licenses and Agreements.
All intellectual property contracts, licenses, royalties, or other similar agreements to which the Debtors have any rights or obligations in
effect as of the date of the Confirmation Order shall be deemed and treated as executory contracts pursuant to the Plan and shall be assumed, or assumed and assigned, by the respective Debtors and shall continue in full force and effect unless any
such intellectual property contract, license, royalty, or other similar agreement otherwise is specifically rejected pursuant to a separate order of the Bankruptcy Court, is scheduled on the Rejection Schedule, or is the subject of a separate
rejection motion filed by the Debtors. Unless otherwise noted hereunder, as applicable, all other intellectual property contracts, licenses, royalties, or other similar agreements shall vest in the applicable Post-Emergence Entities and the
Post-Emergence Entities may take all actions as may be necessary or appropriate to ensure such vesting as contemplated herein.
57
8.8 Assignment.
To the extent provided under the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable law, any executory contract or unexpired lease transferred and assigned
hereunder (including, without limitation, in connection with a Whole-Co Sale Transaction or Discrete Asset Sale) shall remain in full force and effect for the benefit of the transferee or assignee in
accordance with its terms, notwithstanding any provision in such executory contract or unexpired lease (including those of the type set forth in section 365(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code) that prohibits, restricts, or conditions such transfer or
assignment. To the extent provided under the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable law, any provision that prohibits, restricts, or conditions the assignment or transfer of any such executory contract or unexpired lease or that terminates or modifies
such executory contract or unexpired lease or allows the counterparty to such executory contract or unexpired lease to terminate, modify, recapture, impose any penalty, condition renewal or extension, or modify any term or condition upon any such
transfer and assignment, constitutes an unenforceable antiassignment provision and is void and of no force or effect.
8.9 Reservation of Rights.
(a) The Debtors may amend the Assumption Schedule and the Rejection Schedule, subject to the reasonable consent of the Requisite
Consenting Creditors at any time prior to the Effective Date in order to add, delete, or reclassify any executory contract or unexpired lease. The Debtors shall provide notice of such amendment to any affected counterparty as soon as reasonably
practicable.
(b) Neither the exclusion nor the inclusion by the Debtors of any contract or lease on any exhibit, schedule, or other
annex to the Plan or in the Plan Supplement, nor anything contained in the Plan, shall constitute an admission by the Debtors that any such contract or lease is or is not an executory contract or unexpired lease or that the Debtors or the
Post-Emergence Entities have any liability thereunder.
(c) Except as explicitly provided in the Plan, nothing herein shall waive,
excuse, limit, diminish, or otherwise alter any of the defenses, claims, Causes of Action, or other rights of the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities under any executory or non-executory contract or
unexpired or expired lease.
(d) Nothing in the Plan shall increase, augment, or add to any of the duties, obligations,
responsibilities, or liabilities of the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, under any executory or non-executory contract or unexpired or expired lease.
8.10 Modifications, Amendments, Supplements, Restatements, or Other Agreements.
Unless otherwise provided in the Plan, each executory contract or unexpired lease that is assumed shall include all modifications, amendments,
supplements, restatements, or other agreements that in any manner affect such executory contract or unexpired lease, and executory contracts and unexpired leases related thereto, if any, including easements, licenses, permits,
58
rights, privileges, immunities, options, rights of first refusal, and any other interests, unless any of the foregoing agreements has been previously rejected or repudiated or is rejected or
repudiated under the Plan.
ARTICLE IX. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CONFIRMATION OF PLAN AND EFFECTIVE DATE.
9.1 Conditions Precedent to Confirmation of Plan.
The following are conditions precedent to confirmation of the Plan:
(a) the Disclosure Statement Order shall have been entered and shall not have been reversed, stayed, amended, modified, dismissed,
vacated, or reconsidered;
(b) the Plan Supplement and all of the schedules, documents, and exhibits contained therein shall have
been filed;
(c) the Restructuring Support Agreement shall be in full force and effect and shall not have been terminated and no
termination notice shall have been given that with the passage of time would cause or permit a termination of the Restructuring Support Agreement; and
(d) the DIP Orders shall be in full force and effect and there shall be no event of default under the DIP Documents or the DIP Orders,
which has not been waived by the applicable DIP Lenders pursuant to the terms and conditions of such documents and/or Section 9.3 of the Plan.
9.2 Conditions Precedent to Effective Date.
The following are conditions precedent to the Effective Date of the Plan:
(a) the Confirmation Order shall have been entered and shall be a Final Order and shall not be subject to any stay or subject to an
unresolved request for revocation under section 1144 of the Bankruptcy Code;
(b) the Restructuring Support Agreement shall be in
full force and effect and shall not have been terminated and shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms;
(c) all outstanding Restructuring Expenses due and owing as of the Effective Date shall have been paid in full, in Cash or shall be paid
in Cash concurrently with effectiveness of the Plan;
(d) the DIP Orders shall be in full force and effect and there shall be no
event of default under the DIP Documents or the DIP Orders, which has not otherwise been amended or waived by the applicable DIP Lenders pursuant to the terms and conditions of such documents and/or Section 9.3 of the Plan;
59
(e) the Reorganization Transaction or Whole-Co
Sale Transaction shall have been implemented in accordance with the Description of Transaction Steps in all material respects;
(f) the Definitive Documents, including, to the extent applicable, the Sale Documents, Exit Facility Documents, and Plan Administrator
Agreement, as applicable, shall (i) be in form and substance acceptable or reasonably acceptable (as applicable, as set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement) to the Debtors and the Requisite Consenting Creditors, (ii) have been
executed and delivered, and any conditions precedent contained to effectiveness therein have been satisfied or waived in accordance therewith, and (iii) be in full force and effect and binding upon the relevant parties;
(g) all actions, documents and agreements necessary to implement and consummate the Plan, including entry into the Definitive Documents
and the New Governance Documents, and the transactions and other matters contemplated thereby, shall have been effected or executed;
(h) In the event of a Plan Sponsor Investment, the Plan Sponsor Agreement shall have been executed and all conditions precedent to the
effectiveness thereof shall have occurred or will occur substantially simultaneously with the effectiveness of the Plan;
(i) the
New Governance Documents shall have been filed with the appropriate governmental authority, as applicable; and
(j) all governmental
approvals and consents required in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Plan, including any healthcare-related regulatory approvals, antitrust approval, or any foreign investment regulatory approval, shall have been obtained, not be
subject to unfulfilled conditions, and be in full force and effect, and all applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken or threatened by any competent authority that would restrain, prevent, or otherwise impose
materially adverse conditions on such transactions.
9.3 Waiver of Conditions Precedent.
(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, all actions required to be taken on the Effective Date shall take place and shall be deemed to
have occurred simultaneously and no such action shall be deemed to have occurred prior to the taking of any other such action. Each of the conditions precedent in Section 9.1 and Section 9.2 (other than Section 9.2(a)) may be waived
in writing by the Debtors with the prior written consent of (i) the Requisite Consenting Creditors and (ii) the DIP Agent, the Required DIP Lenders, or the Exit Facility Agent, as applicable, solely to the extent that the waiver of a
particular condition precedent would affect the legal and/or economic rights of the DIP Agent, the DIP Lenders, or the Exit Facility Agent or the Exit Facility Lenders, as applicable and respectively, under the Plan, the DIP Credit Agreement, or the
Exit Facility Credit Agreement (as applicable). If the Plan is confirmed for fewer than all of the Debtors as provided for in Section 5.18 of the Plan, only the conditions applicable to the Debtor or Debtors for which the Plan is confirmed must
be satisfied or waived for the Effective Date to occur as to such Debtors.
60
(b) The stay of the Confirmation Order pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 3020(e) shall be
deemed waived by and upon the entry of the Confirmation Order, and the Confirmation Order shall take effect immediately upon its entry.
9.4 Effect of Failure of a Condition.
If the conditions listed in Section 9.2 of the Plan are not satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 9.3 of the Plan on or
before the termination of the Restructuring Support Agreement, subject to the reasonable consent of the Requisite Consenting Creditors, in a notice filed with the Bankruptcy Court prior to the expiration of such period, the Plan shall be null and
void in all respects and nothing contained in the Plan or the Disclosure Statement shall (a) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims by or against or any Interests in the Debtors, (b) prejudice in any manner the rights of any Entity,
or (c) constitute an admission, acknowledgement, offer, or undertaking by the Debtors, the Requisite Consenting Creditors, the Exit Facility Agent, or any other Entity.
ARTICLE X. EFFECT OF CONFIRMATION OF PLAN.
10.1 Vesting of Assets.
In the event of a Reorganization Transaction, on the Effective Date, pursuant to sections 1141(b) and (c) of the Bankruptcy Code, all
property of the Debtors Estates shall vest in the applicable Post-Emergence Entities free and clear of all Claims, Liens, encumbrances, charges, and other interests, except as provided pursuant to the Plan, the Confirmation Order, or the Exit
Facility Credit Agreement (if applicable). On and after the Effective Date, the Post-Emergence Entities may take any action, including the operation of their businesses, the use, acquisition, sale, lease, and disposition of property, and the entry
into transactions, agreements, understandings, or arrangements, whether in or other than in the ordinary course of business, and execute, deliver, implement, and fully perform any and all obligations, instruments, documents, and papers or otherwise
in connection with any of the foregoing, free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules and in all respects as if there were no pending cases under any chapter or provision of the Bankruptcy Code, except as expressly provided
herein. Without limiting the foregoing, the Post-Emergence Entities may pay the charges that they incur on or after the Effective Date for professional fees, disbursements, expenses, or related support services without application to the Bankruptcy
Court.
In the event of a Whole-Co Sale Transaction, on the Effective Date, all property of the
Estates not distributed to the holders of Claims or Interests, or transferred pursuant to the Sale Documents, shall vest in or be transferred to the Wind Down Co and administered pursuant to Section 5.6 of the Plan.
10.2 Binding Effect.
As of the Effective Date, the Plan shall bind all holders of Claims against and Interests in the Debtors and their respective successors and
assigns, notwithstanding whether any such holders (a) were Impaired or Unimpaired under the Plan, (b) were deemed to accept or reject the Plan, (c) failed to vote to accept or reject the Plan, (d) voted to reject the Plan, or
(e) received any distribution under the Plan.
61
10.3 Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests.
Upon the Effective Date and in consideration of the distributions to be made hereunder, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, each
holder (as well as any representatives, trustees, or agents on behalf of each holder) of a Claim or Interest and any affiliate of such holder shall be deemed to have forever waived, released, and discharged the Debtors, to the fullest extent
permitted by section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code, of and from any and all Claims, Interests, rights, and liabilities that arose prior to the Effective Date. Upon the Effective Date, all such Entities shall be forever precluded and enjoined, pursuant
to section 524 of the Bankruptcy Code, from prosecuting or asserting any such discharged Claim against or terminated Interest in the Debtors against the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities or any of their assets or property, whether or not such
holder has filed a proof of claim and whether or not the facts or legal bases therefor were known or existed prior to the Effective Date.
10.4 Term of Injunctions or Stays.
Unless otherwise provided herein, the Confirmation Order, or in a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, all injunctions or stays arising under
or entered during the Chapter 11 Cases under sections 105 or 362 of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise, and in existence on the Confirmation Date, shall remain in full force and effect until the later of the Effective Date and the date indicated in
the order providing for such injunction or stay.
10.5 Injunction.
(a) Upon entry of the Confirmation Order, all holders of Claims and Interests and other parties in interest, along with their
respective present or former employees, agents, officers, directors, principals, and affiliates, shall be enjoined from taking any actions to interfere with the implementation or consummation of the Plan in relation to any Claim or Interest
extinguished, discharged, released or treated pursuant to the Plan.
(b) Except as expressly provided in the Plan, the
Confirmation Order, or a separate order of the Bankruptcy Court or as agreed to by the Debtors and a holder of a Claim against or Interest in the Debtors, all Entities who have held, hold, or may hold Claims against or Interests in any or all of the
Debtors (whether proof of such Claims or Interests has been filed or not and whether or not such Entities vote in favor of, against or abstain from voting on the Plan or are presumed to have accepted or deemed to have rejected the Plan) and other
parties in interest, along with their respective present or former employees, agents, officers, directors, principals, and affiliates, are permanently enjoined, on and after the Effective Date, solely with respect to any Claims, Interests, and
Causes of Action that will be or are extinguished, discharged, released, or treated pursuant to the Plan from(i) commencing, conducting, or continuing in any manner, directly or indirectly, any suit, action, or other proceeding of any kind
(including any proceeding in a judicial, arbitral, administrative or other forum) against or affecting the Released Parties or the property of any of the Released Parties, (ii) enforcing, levying, attaching (including any
prejudgment attachment), collecting, or otherwise recovering by any manner or means, whether directly or indirectly, any judgment, award, decree, or order against the Released Parties or the property of any of the Released Parties,
(iii) creating, perfecting, or otherwise enforcing in
62
any manner, directly or indirectly, any encumbrance of any kind against the Released Parties or the property of any of the Released Parties, (iv) asserting any right of setoff, directly
or indirectly, against any obligation due the Released Parties or the property of any of the Released Parties, except as contemplated or allowed by the Plan, and (v) acting or proceeding in any manner, in any place whatsoever, that does not
conform to or comply with the provisions of the Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 10.5(b) shall enjoin any (i) current of former patient of the Debtors from pursuing any Claim against any non-Debtor party that is not a Released Party, including any non-Debtor provider, for any acts or omissions arising out of or relating to any Claims for medical malpractice or
(ii) Governmental Unit from filing a Proof of Claim on or by the Governmental Bar Date (as defined in the Bar Date Order).
(c) No Person or Entity shall seek or initiate formal or informal discovery requests, demands, or proceedings upon or from the
Patient Care Ombudsman without first seeking permission, upon sufficient prior notice to the Patient Care Ombudsman, from the Bankruptcy Court.
(d) The injunctions in this Section 10.5 shall extend to any successors of the Debtors and the
Post-Emergence Entities and their respective property and interests in property.
10.6 Releases.
(a) Releases by the Debtors.
As of the Effective Date, except for the right to enforce the Plan or any right or obligation arising under the Definitive Documents that
remains in effect after the Effective Date, for good and valuable consideration, on and after the Effective Date, the Released Parties shall be deemed released and discharged by the Debtors, the Post-Emergence Entities, and the Estates, and any
Person seeking to exercise the rights of the Estates, and any successors to the Debtors or any Estate representative appointed or selected pursuant to section 1123(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code, from any and all Claims, obligations, rights, suits,
judgments, damages, demands, debts, Liens, Causes of Action, remedies, losses, and liabilities whatsoever, including any derivative claims, asserted or assertable on behalf of the Debtors, the Post-Emergence Entities, or the Estates, whether known
or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, liquidated or unliquidated, matured or unmatured, contingent or fixed, existing or hereinafter arising, in law, equity or otherwise, that the Debtors, the Post-Emergence Entities, or the Estates would have been
legally entitled to assert in their own right (whether individually or collectively) or on behalf of the holder of any Claim or Interest or other Entity, based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Debtors, the
Estates, the conduct of the Debtors businesses, the Chapter 11 Cases, the purchase, sale or rescission of the purchase or sale of any Security of the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities, the DIP Facility, the DIP Documents, the
Restructuring Support Agreement, the Definitive Documents, the Sale Process, the First Lien Credit Agreements, the Senior Notes Indenture, the subject matter of, or the transactions or events giving rise to, any Claim or Interest that is treated in
the Plan, the business or contractual arrangements between the Debtors and any Released Party, the Restructuring, the restructuring of any
63
Claim or Interest before or during the Chapter 11 Cases, the Disclosure Statement, the Plan, and the Definitive Documents, or any related agreements, instruments, or other documents, and the
negotiation, formulation, or preparation thereof, the solicitation of votes with respect to the Plan, or any other act or omission, in all cases based upon any act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence taking place on or
before the Effective Date; provided, that, nothing in this Section 10.6(a) shall be construed to release the Released Parties from intentional fraud, willful misconduct, or gross negligence, in each case as determined by a
Final Order.
(b) Releases by Holders of Claims and Interests.
As of the Effective Date, except for the right to enforce the Plan or any right or obligation arising under the Definitive Documents that
remains in effect after the Effective Date, for good and valuable consideration, on and after the Effective Date, for good and valuable consideration, except as specifically set forth elsewhere in the Plan, the Releasing Parties conclusively,
absolutely, unconditionally, irrevocably, and forever discharge and release (and each entity so discharged and released shall be deemed discharged and released by the Releasing Parties) the Released Parties and their respective property from any and
all Claims, obligations, rights, suits, judgments, damages, demands, debts, Liens, Causes of Action, remedies, losses, and liabilities whatsoever (including contract claims, claims under ERISA and all other statutory claims, claims for
contributions, withdrawal liability, reallocation liability, redetermination liability, interest on any amounts, liquidated damages, claims for attorneys fees or any costs or expenses whatsoever), including any derivative claims, asserted or
assertable on behalf of a Debtor, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, liquidated or unliquidated, matured or unmatured, contingent or fixed, existing or hereinafter arising, in law, equity or otherwise, that such Entity would have been
legally entitled to assert in its own right (whether individually or collectively) based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Debtors, the Estates, the Restructuring, the Chapter 11 Cases, the purchase, sale or
rescission of the purchase or sale of any Security of the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities, the DIP Facility, the DIP Documents, the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Definitive Documents, the Sale Process, the First Lien Credit Agreements,
the Senior Notes Indenture, the subject matter of, or the transactions or events giving rise to, any Claim or Interest that is treated in the Plan, the business or contractual arrangements between any Debtor and any Released Party (other than
assumed contracts or leases), the restructuring of Claims and Interests before or during the Chapter 11 Cases, the negotiation, formulation, preparation or consummation of the Plan (including the Plan Supplement), the Definitive Documents, or any
related agreements, instruments or other documents, or the solicitation of votes with respect to the Plan, in all cases based upon any other act or omission, transaction, agreement, event or other occurrence taking place on or before the Effective
Date.
10.7 Exculpation.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, and to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, no Exculpated Party will have or
incur, and each Exculpated Party is hereby released and exculpated from, any claim, obligation, suit, judgment, damage, demand, debt, right, cause of action, remedy, loss, and liability for any act or omission taken
64
on or after the Petition Date and prior to or on the Effective Date relating to, in any way, or arising out of, the Chapter 11 Cases, the negotiation, formulation, preparation, dissemination,
implementation, administration, confirmation, consummation, and pursuit of the Disclosure Statement, the Restructuring Transactions, the Plan, or the solicitation of votes for, or confirmation of, the Plan, the funding or consummation of the Plan
(including the Plan Supplement), the Patient Care Ombudsmans evaluations, reports, pleadings, or other writings filed by or on behalf of the Patient Care Ombudsman in or in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases, the Definitive Documents, or any
related agreements, instruments, or other documents, the solicitation of votes on the Plan, the offer, issuance, and distribution of any Securities issued or to be issued pursuant to the Plan, whether or not such distribution occurs following the
Effective Date, the occurrence of the Effective Date, the Sale Process, negotiations regarding or concerning any of the foregoing, or the administration of the Plan or property to be distributed under the Plan, except for actions determined by Final
Order to constitute gross negligence, willful misconduct, or intentional fraud. This exculpation shall be in addition to, and not in limitation of, all other releases, indemnities, exculpations and any other applicable law or rules protecting such
Exculpated Parties from liability.
10.8 Subordinated Claims.
The allowance, classification, and treatment of all Allowed Claims and Interests and the respective distributions and treatments under the Plan
take into account and conform to the relative priority and rights of the Claims and Interests in each Class in connection with any contractual, legal, and equitable subordination rights relating thereto, whether arising under general principles
of equitable subordination, section 510(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise. Pursuant to section 510 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors reserve the right to re-classify any Allowed Claim or Interest in
accordance with any contractual, legal, or equitable subordination relating thereto.
10.9 Retention of Causes of
Action/Reservation of Rights.
Except as otherwise provided in Sections 10.5, 10.6, and 10.7 of the Plan, nothing contained in the
Plan or the Confirmation Order shall be deemed to be a waiver or relinquishment of any rights, Claims, Causes of Action, rights of setoff or recoupment, or other legal or equitable defenses that the Debtors had immediately prior to the Effective
Date on behalf of the Estates or of themselves in accordance with any provision of the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable non-bankruptcy law, including any affirmative Causes of Action against parties with a
relationship with the Debtors. Other than those Claims and Causes of Action assigned to the Litigation Trust pursuant to Section 5.9 of the Plan, the applicable Post-Emergence Entities shall have, retain, reserve, and be entitled to assert all
such Claims, Causes of Action, rights of setoff or recoupment, and other legal or equitable defenses notwithstanding the occurrence of the Effective Date, and all of the Debtors legal and equitable rights in respect of any Unimpaired Claim may
be asserted after the Confirmation Date and Effective Date to the same extent as if the Chapter 11 Cases had not been commenced.
65
10.10 Ipso Facto and Similar Provisions Ineffective.
Any term of any prepetition policy, prepetition contract, or other prepetition obligation applicable to a Debtor shall be void and of no
further force or effect with respect to any Debtor to the extent that such policy, contract, or other obligation is conditioned on, creates an obligation of the Debtor as a result of, or gives rise to a right of any entity based on any of the
following: (a) the insolvency or financial condition of a Debtor; (b) the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases; (c) the confirmation or consummation of the Plan, including any change of control that shall occur as a result of such
consummation; or (d) the restructuring.
10.11 Solicitation of Plan.
As of and subject to the occurrence of the Confirmation Date: (a) the Debtors shall be deemed to have solicited acceptances of the Plan in
good faith and in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, including sections 1125(a) and (e) of the Bankruptcy Code, and any applicable non-bankruptcy law, rule, or regulation
governing the adequacy of disclosure in connection with such solicitation and (b) the Debtors and each of their respective directors, officers, employees, affiliates, agents, financial advisors, investment bankers, professionals, accountants,
and attorneys shall be deemed to have participated in good faith and in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code in the offer and issuance of any Securities under the Plan, and therefore are not, and on account of such offer,
issuance, and solicitation shall not be, liable at any time for any violation of any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing the solicitation of acceptances or rejections of the Plan or the offer and issuance of any Securities under the Plan.
10.12 Corporate and Limited Liability Company Action.
Upon the Effective Date, all actions of the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, contemplated by the Plan shall be deemed
authorized and approved in all respects, including (a) those set forth in (x) in the event of a Reorganization Transaction, Sections 5.5 and 5.6 of the Plan, as applicable, or (y) in the event of a
Whole-Co Sale Transaction, Section 5.6 of the Plan, (b) the selection of the managers, directors, and officers for the Post-Emergence Entities, (c) the distribution, transfer, or issuance of the
New Equity Interests and the GUC Warrants, (d) the entry into the Exit Facility Credit Agreement (if applicable), (e) the execution or consummation of any Discrete Asset Sales, and (f) all other actions contemplated by the Plan (whether to
occur before, on, or after the Effective Date), in each case, in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions hereof. All matters provided for in the Plan involving the corporate or limited liability company structure of the Debtors or
the Post-Emergence Entities, and any corporate or limited liability company action required by the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities in connection with the Plan shall be in effect, without any requirement of further action by the security
holders, directors, managers, or officers of the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities. On or (as applicable) before the Effective Date, the appropriate officers of the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, shall be authorized and
directed to issue, execute, and deliver the agreements, documents, Securities, and instruments, certificates of merger, certificates of conversion, certificates of incorporation, or comparable documents, or franchise tax reports contemplated by the
Plan (or necessary or desirable to effect the transactions contemplated by the Plan) in the name of and on behalf of the Post-Emergence Entities, including, (a) the New Governance Documents, (b) the Exit Facility Credit Agreement, and
(c) any and all other agreements, documents, Securities, and instruments relating to the foregoing. The authorizations and approvals contemplated by this Section 10.12 shall be effective notwithstanding any requirements under non-bankruptcy law.
66
ARTICLE XI. RETENTION OF JURISDICTION.
11.1 Retention of Jurisdiction.
On and after the Effective Date, the Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction over all matters arising in, arising under, and related to the
Chapter 11 Cases for, among other things, the following purposes:
(a) to hear and determine motions and/or applications for the
assumption, assumption and assignment, or rejection of executory contracts or unexpired leases, including disputes over Cure Amounts, and the allowance, classification, priority, compromise, estimation, or payment of Claims resulting therefrom;
(b) to determine any motion, adversary proceeding, application, contested matter, and other litigated matter pending on or commenced
after the Confirmation Date;
(c) to ensure that distributions to holders of Allowed Claims are accomplished as provided for in the
Plan and Confirmation Order and to adjudicate any and all disputes arising from or relating to distributions under the Plan, including, cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action with respect to the repayment or return of
distributions and the recovery of additional amounts owed by the holder of a Claim or Interest for amounts not timely paid;
(d) to
consider the allowance, classification, priority, compromise, estimation, or payment of any Claim;
(e) to enter, implement or
enforce such orders as may be appropriate in the event the Confirmation Order is for any reason stayed, reversed, revoked, modified, or vacated;
(f) to issue injunctions, enter and implement other orders, and take such other actions as may be necessary or appropriate to restrain
interference by any Entity with the consummation, implementation, or enforcement of the Plan, the Confirmation Order, or any other order of the Bankruptcy Court;
(g) to hear and determine any application to modify the Plan in accordance with section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code, to remedy any
defect or omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan, or any order of the Bankruptcy Court, including the Confirmation Order, in such a manner as may be necessary to carry out the purposes and effects thereof;
(h) to hear and determine all Professional Fee Claims;
(i) to adjudicate, decide, or resolve any and all matters related to section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code;
67
(j) to hear and determine disputes arising in connection with the interpretation,
implementation, or enforcement of the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or the Confirmation Order or any agreement, instrument, or other document governing or relating to any of the foregoing, provided that any dispute arising under or in
connection with the Exit Facility shall be dealt with in accordance with the provisions of the applicable document;
(k) to take any
action and issue such orders as may be necessary to construe, interpret, enforce, implement, execute, and consummate the Plan;
(l) to determine such other matters and for such other purposes as may be provided in the Confirmation Order;
(m) to hear and determine matters concerning state, local, and federal taxes in accordance with sections 346, 505, and 1146 of the
Bankruptcy Code (including any requests for expedited determinations under section 505(b) of the Bankruptcy Code);
(n) to hear,
adjudicate, decide, or resolve any and all matters related to Article X of the Plan, including the releases, discharge, exculpations, and injunctions issued thereunder;
(o) to resolve disputes concerning Disputed Claims or the administration thereof;
(p) to hear and determine any other matters related hereto and not inconsistent with the Bankruptcy Code and title 28 of the United
States Code;
(q) to enter one or more final decrees closing the Chapter 11 Cases;
(r) to adjudicate any and all disputes arising from or relating to distributions under the Plan;
(s) to resolve disputes as to the ownership of any Claim or Interest;
(t) to recover all assets of the Debtors and property of the Debtors Estates, wherever located;
(u) to resolve any disputes concerning whether an Entity had sufficient notice of the Chapter 11 Cases, the Disclosure Statement, any
solicitation conducted in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases, any bar date established in the Chapter 11 Cases, or any deadline for responding or objecting to a Cure Amount, in each case, for the purpose of determining whether a Claim or Interest
is discharged hereunder or for any other purpose;
(v) to hear and determine any rights, Claims, or Causes of Action held by or
accruing to the Debtors pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code or pursuant to any federal statute or legal theory;
(w) to hear and resolve
any dispute over the application to any Claim of any limit on the allowance of such Claim set forth in sections 502 or 503 of the Bankruptcy Code, other than defenses or limits that are asserted under
non-bankruptcy law pursuant to section 502(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code; and
68
(x) to resolve any and all suits, proceedings, or other matters against or involving
the Patient Care Ombudsman.
11.2 Courts of Competent Jurisdiction.
If the Bankruptcy Court abstains from exercising, or declines to exercise, jurisdiction or is otherwise without jurisdiction over any matter
arising out of the Plan, such abstention, refusal, or failure of jurisdiction shall have no effect upon and shall not control, prohibit, or limit the exercise of jurisdiction by any other court having competent jurisdiction with respect to such
matter.
ARTICLE XII. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.
12.1 Payment of Statutory Fees.
All fees payable pursuant to section 1930 of title 28 of the United States Code and any interest thereon pursuant to 31 U.S.C. § 3717
(Quarterly Fees) shall be paid in full in Cash on or before the Effective Date by the Debtors. After the Effective Date, the applicable Post-Emergence Entities and the Litigation Trustee shall pay all Quarterly Fees in full
in Cash when due in each Debtors case until such time as a final decree is entered closing a particular Debtors case, a Final Order converting such Debtors case to a case under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code is entered, or a
Final Order dismissing such Debtors case is entered, whichever occurs first. The Debtors shall file all monthly operating reports due prior to the Effective Date when they become due, using UST Form
11-MOR. After the Effective Date, the Post-Emergence Entities shall file with the Bankruptcy Court a post-confirmation quarterly report for each Debtors case for each quarter such case is pending,
using UST Form 11-PCR. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, (i) Quarterly Fees are Allowed; (ii) the U.S. Trustee shall not be required to file any proof of claim or any other
request(s) for payment with respect to Quarterly Fees; and (iii) the U.S. Trustee shall not be treated as providing any release under the Plan.
12.2 Substantial Consummation of the Plan.
On the Effective Date, the Plan shall be deemed to be substantially consummated under sections 1101 and 1127(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.
12.3 Dissolution of Creditors Committee.
On the Effective Date, the Creditors Committee shall dissolve, and the members thereof shall be released and discharged from all rights
and duties arising from, or related to, the Chapter 11 Cases, provided that following the Effective Date, the Creditors Committee shall continue in existence and have standing and a right to be heard for the following limited
purposes: (a) Claims and/or applications, and any relief related thereto, for compensation by professional persons retained in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to sections 327, 328, 329, 330, 331, 503(b), or 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code and
requests for allowance of Administrative Expense Claims for substantial contribution pursuant to section 503(b)(3)(D) of the Bankruptcy Code; and (b) any appeals of the Confirmation Order or other appeals to which the Creditors Committee
is a party.
69
12.4 Plan Supplement.
The Plan Supplement shall be filed with the Clerk of the Bankruptcy Court. Upon its filing with the Bankruptcy Court, the Plan Supplement may
be inspected in the office of the Clerk of the Bankruptcy Court during normal court hours. Documents included in the Plan Supplement shall be posted at the website of the Debtors notice, claims, and solicitation agent.
12.5 Request for Expedited Determination of Taxes.
The Post-Emergence Entities shall have the right to request an expedited determination under section 505(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect
to tax returns of the Debtors filed, or to be filed, for any and all taxable periods ending after the Petition Date through the Effective Date.
12.6 Exemption from Certain Transfer Taxes.
Pursuant to section 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code, (a) the issuance, transfer or exchange of any Securities, instruments or documents,
(b) the creation of any Lien, mortgage, deed of trust, or other security interest, (c) the making or assignment of any lease or sublease or the making or delivery of any deed or other instrument of transfer under, pursuant to, in
furtherance of, or in connection with the Plan, including any deeds, bills of sale, or assignments executed in connection with any of the transactions contemplated under the Plan or the revesting, transfer, or sale of any real or personal property
of the Debtors pursuant to, in implementation of or as contemplated in the Plan (whether to one or more of the Post-Emergence Entities or otherwise), (d) the grant of collateral under the Exit Facility Credit Agreement, and (e) the issuance,
renewal, modification, or securing of indebtedness by such means, and the making, delivery or recording of any deed or other instrument of transfer under, in furtherance of, or in connection with, the Plan, including the Confirmation Order, shall
not be subject to any document recording tax, stamp tax, conveyance fee, or other similar tax, mortgage tax, real estate transfer tax, mortgage recording tax, Uniform Commercial Code filing or recording fee, regulatory filing or recording fee, sales
tax, use tax, or other similar tax or governmental assessment. Consistent with the foregoing, each recorder of deeds or similar official for any county, city, or governmental unit in which any instrument hereunder is to be recorded shall, pursuant
to the Confirmation Order, be ordered and directed to accept such instrument without requiring the payment of any filing fees, documentary stamp tax, deed stamps, stamp tax, transfer tax, intangible tax, or similar tax.
12.7 Amendments.
(a) Subject to the reasonable consent of the Requisite Consenting Creditors, the Debtors reserve the right, in accordance with the
Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules, to amend or modify the Plan prior to the entry of the Confirmation Order, including amendments or modifications to satisfy section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. After entry of the Confirmation Order, the
Debtors may, upon order of the Bankruptcy Court, amend, modify, or supplement the Plan in the manner provided for by section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code or as otherwise permitted by law, in each case without additional disclosure pursuant to section
1125 of the Bankruptcy Code.
(b) Before the Effective Date, the Debtors may make appropriate technical adjustments and
modifications to the Plan and the documents contained in the Plan Supplement to cure any non-substantive ambiguity, defect (including any technical defect), or inconsistency, without further order or approval
of the Bankruptcy Court.
70
12.8 Effectuating Documents and Further Transactions.
Each of the officers of the Post-Emergence Entities is authorized, in accordance with their authority under the resolutions of the applicable
board of directors or managers (on terms materially consistent with the Plan), to execute, deliver, file, or record such contracts, instruments, releases, indentures, and other agreements or documents and take such actions as may be necessary or
appropriate to effectuate and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan, which shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Debtors and the Requisite Consenting Creditors.
12.9 Revocation or Withdrawal of the Plan.
The Debtors may, with the consent of the Requisite Consenting Creditors, revoke or withdraw the Plan prior to the Effective Date as to any or
all of the Debtors; provided that the Debtors may revoke or withdraw the Plan without such consent in the exercise of the Debtors respective fiduciary duties. If, with respect to a Debtor, the Plan has been revoked or withdrawn
prior to the Effective Date, or if confirmation or the occurrence of the Effective Date as to such Debtor does not occur on the Effective Date, then, with respect to such Debtor: (a) the Plan shall be null and void in all respects; (b) any
settlement or compromise embodied in the Plan (including the fixing of or limiting to an amount of any Claim or Interest or Class of Claims or Interests), assumption of executory contracts or unexpired leases affected by the Plan, and any
document or agreement executed pursuant to the Plan shall be deemed null and void; and (c) nothing contained in the Plan shall (i) constitute a waiver or release of any Claim by or against, or any Interest in, such Debtor or any other
Entity, (ii) prejudice in any manner the rights of such Debtor or any other Entity, or (iii) constitute an admission of any sort by any Debtor, any Consenting Creditors, or any other Entity.
12.10 Severability of Plan Provisions.
If, before the entry of the Confirmation Order, any term or provision of the Plan is held by the Bankruptcy Court to be invalid, void, or
unenforceable, the Bankruptcy Court, at the request of the Debtors, shall have the power to alter and interpret such term or provision to make it valid or enforceable to the maximum extent practicable, consistent with the original purpose of the
term or provision held to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, and such term or provision shall then be applicable as altered or interpreted; provided that any such alteration or interpretation shall be reasonably acceptable to the Debtors and
the Requisite Consenting Creditors. Notwithstanding any such holding, alteration, or interpretation, the remainder of the terms and provisions of the Plan shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated
by such holding, alteration, or interpretation. The Confirmation Order shall constitute a judicial determination and shall provide that each term and provision of the Plan, as it may have been altered or interpreted in accordance with the foregoing,
is (a) valid and enforceable pursuant to its terms, (b) integral to the Plan and may not be deleted or modified without the consent of the Debtors, the Post-Emergence Entities, the Requisite Consenting Creditors and the DIP Agent or Exit
Facility Agent, solely to the extent that a particular term or provision affects the legal and/or
71
economic rights of the DIP Agent, the DIP Lenders, the Exit Facility Agent or the Exit Facility Lenders, as applicable, under the Plan, the DIP Credit Agreement or the Exit Facility Credit
Agreement and (c) nonseverable and mutually dependent.
12.11 Governing Law.
Except to the extent that the Bankruptcy Code or other federal law is applicable, or to the extent an exhibit hereto or a schedule in the Plan
Supplement or a Definitive Document provides otherwise, the rights, duties, and obligations arising under the Plan shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the
principles of conflict of laws thereof.
12.12 Time.
In computing any period of time prescribed or allowed by the Plan, unless otherwise set forth herein or determined by the Bankruptcy Court, the
provisions of Bankruptcy Rule 9006 shall apply.
12.13 Dates of Actions to Implement the Plan.
In the event that any payment or act under the Plan is required to be made or performed on a date that is not a Business Day, then the making
of such payment or the performance of such act may be completed on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the next succeeding Business Day, but shall be deemed to have been completed as of the required date.
12.14 Immediate Binding Effect.
Notwithstanding Bankruptcy Rules 3020(e), 6004(h), 7062, or otherwise, upon the occurrence of the Effective Date, the terms of the Plan and
Plan Supplement shall be immediately effective and enforceable and deemed binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Debtors, the holders of Claims and Interests (irrespective of whether such Claims or Interests are deemed to have accepted the
Plan), the Released Parties, the Exculpated Parties and each of their respective successors and assigns, including the Post-Emergence Entities.
12.15 Deemed Acts.
Subject to and conditioned on the occurrence of the Effective Date, whenever an act or event is expressed under the Plan to have been deemed
done or to have occurred, it shall be deemed to have been done or to have occurred without any further act by any party, by virtue of the Plan and the Confirmation Order.
12.16 Successor and Assigns.
The rights, benefits, and obligations of any Entity named or referred to in the Plan shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of any
heir, executor, administrator, successor, or permitted assign, if any, of each Entity.
72
12.17 Entire Agreement.
On the Effective Date, the Plan, the Plan Supplement, and the Confirmation Order shall supersede all previous and contemporaneous negotiations,
promises, covenants, agreements, understandings, and representations on such subjects, all of which have become merged and integrated into the Plan.
12.18 Exhibits to Plan.
All exhibits, schedules, supplements, and appendices to the Plan (including the Plan Supplement) are incorporated into and are a part of the
Plan as if set forth in full herein.
12.19 Notices.
All notices, requests, and demands to or upon the Debtors to be effective shall be in writing (including by electronic transmission) and,
unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when actually delivered, addressed as follows:
(a) if to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors:
Cano Health, Inc.
9725 NW
117th Avenue
Suite 200
Miami, FL 33178
Attn: Mark
Kent (mark.kent@canohealth.com)
David Armstrong, Esq. (david.armstrong@canohealth.com)
- and
Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP
767 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY
10153
Telephone: (212) 310-8000
Attn: Gary T. Holtzer (gary.holtzer@weil.com)
Jessica Liou (jessica.liou@weil.com)
Matthew P. Goren (matthew.goren@weil.com)
Kevin Bostel (kevin.bostel@weil.com)
and
Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A.
One Rodney Square
920 North
King Street
Wilmington, Delaware 19801
Telephone: (302) 651-7700
Attn: Mark D. Collins (collins@rlf.com)
Michael J. Merchant (merchant@rlf.com)
Amanda R. Steele (steele@rlf.com)
and
73
(b) if to the Ad Hoc First Lien Group to:
Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP
200 Park Avenue
New York, NY
10166
Attn: Scott J. Greenberg, Esq. (sgreenberg@gibsondunn.com)
Michael J. Cohen, Esq. (mcohen@gibsondunn.com)
Christina M. Brown, Esq. (christina.brown@gibsondunn.com)
RXCanoGDC@gibsondunn.com
and
Pachulski Stang Ziehl & Jones LLP
919 N. Market Street, 17th Floor
P.O. Box 8705
Wilmington, DE
19899-8705 (Courier 19801)
Attn: Laura Davis Jones (ljones@pszjlaw.com)
James E. ONeill (joneill@pszjlaw.com)
After the Effective Date, the Post-Emergence Entities have authority to send a notice to Entities providing that, to continue to receive
documents pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2002, they must file a renewed request to receive documents pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2002. After the Effective Date, the Post-Emergence Entities are authorized to limit the list of Entities receiving
documents pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2002 to (i) those Entities who have filed such renewed requests and (ii) those Entities whose rights are affected by such documents.
Dated: April 22, 2024
|
|
|
Respectfully submitted, |
|
Cano Health, Inc. on its own behalf and on behalf of each of the Debtors |
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Mark D. Kent |
Name: |
|
Mark D. Kent |
Title: |
|
Chief Executive Officer |
74
Exhibit 99.2
IN THE UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT
FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
x |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
: |
|
|
In re |
|
: |
|
Chapter 11 |
|
|
: |
|
|
CANO HEALTH, INC., et al., |
|
: |
|
Case No. 2410164 (KBO) |
|
|
: |
|
|
Debtors.1 |
|
: |
|
(Jointly Administered) |
|
|
: |
|
|
|
|
: |
|
Re: Docket No. [●] |
|
|
x |
|
|
[PROPOSED] DISCLOSURE STATEMENT FOR
AMENDED JOINT CHAPTER 11 PLAN OF REORGANIZATION OF
CANO HEALTH, INC. AND ITS AFFILIATED DEBTORS
|
|
|
WEIL, GOTSHAL & MANGES LLP Gary
T. Holtzer Jessica Liou Kevin Bostel
Matthew P. Goren 767 Fifth Avenue
New York, New York 10153 Telephone: (212) 310-8000 Email: gary.holtzer@weil.com
jessica.liou@weil.com
kevin.bostel@weil.com
matthew.goren@weil.com |
|
RICHARDS, LAYTON & FINGER, P.A.
Mark D. Collins (No. 2981) Michael J. Merchant (No. 3854)
Amanda R. Steele (No. 5530) 920 N. King Street
Wilmington, Delaware 19801 Telephone: (302) 651-7700 Email: collins@rlf.com
merchant@rlf.com
steele@rlf.com |
|
|
Attorneys for the Debtors and Debtors
in Possession |
|
Attorneys for the Debtors and Debtors
in Possession |
|
|
Dated:April 22, 2024 |
|
|
Wilmington, Delaware |
|
|
1 |
The last four digits of Cano Health, Inc.s tax identification number are 4224. A complete list of the
Debtors in the Chapter 11 Cases may be obtained on the website of the Debtors claims and noticing agent at https://www.kccllc.net/CanoHealth. The Debtors mailing address is 9725 NW 117th Avenue, Miami, Florida 33178.
|
|
THIS IS NOT A SOLICITATION OF VOTES TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PLAN. ACCEPTANCES OR REJECTIONS MAY NOT BE SOLICITED UNTIL A DISCLOSURE STATEMENT HAS BEEN
APPROVED BY THE BANKRUPTCY COURT. THE DEBTORS RESERVE THE RIGHT TO AMEND, SUPPLEMENT, OR OTHERWISE MODIFY THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRUCTURING SUPPORT AGREEMENT, PRIOR AND UP TO THE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT
HEARING. |
A SOLICITATION OF VOTES IS BEING CONDUCTED TO OBTAIN SUFFICIENT ACCEPTANCES OF THE CHAPTER 11 PLAN FOR
CANO HEALTH, INC. AND ITS AFFILIATED DEBTORS.
|
THE DEADLINE TO VOTE TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PLAN IS 5:00 P.M.,
PREVAILING EASTERN TIME, ON [●], 2024, UNLESS EXTENDED BY THE DEBTORS.
THE RECORD DATE FOR DETERMINING WHICH HOLDERS OF CLAIMS MAY VOTE ON THE PLAN IS [●], 2024 (THE VOTING RECORD
DATE). |
|
RECOMMENDATION BY THE DEBTORS
THE DEBTORS AND THE CONSENTING CREDITORS (COLLECTIVELY, THE PLAN
SUPPORT PARTIES) SUPPORT CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN AND URGE ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS ENTITLED TO VOTE ON THE PLAN TO VOTE TO ACCEPT THE PLAN. THE PLAN SUPPORT PARTIES BELIEVE THE PLAN, WHICH PROVIDES FOR THE RESTRUCTURING OF THE DEBTORS EITHER
PURSUANT TO A STAND-ALONE RESTRUCTURING OR A SALE OF ALL, OR SUBSTANTIALLY ALL, OF THE DEBTORS ASSETS, PROVIDES THE HIGHEST AND BEST RECOVERY FOR ALL CREDITORS. |
THE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT HAS BEEN PREPARED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1125 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE AND
BANKRUPTCY RULE 3016(b) AND NOT NECESSARILY IN ACCORDANCE WITH OTHER NON-BANKRUPTCY LAWS.
HOLDERS OF
CLAIMS OR INTERESTS SHOULD NOT CONSTRUE THE CONTENTS OF THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT AS PROVIDING ANY LEGAL, BUSINESS, FINANCIAL, OR TAX ADVICE AND HOLDERS OF CLAIMS OR INTEREST SHOULD CONSULT WITH THEIR OWN ADVISORS BEFORE VOTING ON THE PLAN.
IN THE EVENT OF A REORGANIZATION TRANSACTION, THE ISSUANCE OF, AND DISTRIBUTIONS UNDER, THE PLAN OF THE NEW EQUITY INTERESTS AND THE GUC WARRANTS (AND THE
GUC WARRANT EQUITY) (EACH AS DEFINED IN THE PLAN) (AND THE NEW EQUITY ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE THEREOF) WILL BE EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE SECURITIES ACT), AND ANY OTHER
APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO SECTION 1145 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE. THESE SECURITIES MAY BE RESOLD WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR OTHER FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY SECTION 4(a)(1) OF THE
SECURITIES ACT, UNLESS THE HOLDER IS AN UNDERWRITER WITH RESPECT TO SUCH SECURITIES, AS THAT TERM IS DEFINED IN SECTION 1145(b)(1) OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE. IN ADDITION, SUCH SECTION 1145 EXEMPT SECURITIES GENERALLY MAY BE RESOLD WITHOUT
REGISTRATION UNDER STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO VARIOUS EXEMPTIONS PROVIDED BY THE RESPECTIVE LAWS OF THE SEVERAL STATES. THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION UNDER SECTION 1145 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS SHALL
NOT BE A CONDITION TO THE OCCURRENCE OF THE PLANS EFFECTIVE DATE.
THE NEW EQUITY INTERESTS AND THE GUC WARRANTS HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR
DISAPPROVED BY THE U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (THE SEC) OR BY ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR SIMILAR PUBLIC, GOVERNMENTAL, OR REGULATORY AUTHORITY, AND NEITHER THE SEC NOR ANY SUCH AUTHORITY HAS PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT OR UPON THE MERITS OF THE PLAN. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
CERTAIN STATEMENTS CONTAINED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT, INCLUDING STATEMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE, PROJECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION, AND OTHER
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, ARE BASED ON ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS. CERTAIN OF THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS CAN BE IDENTIFIED BY THE USE OF WORDS SUCH AS BELIEVES, SHALL, EXPECTS, PROJECTS,
FORECASTS, INTENDS, PLANS, ESTIMATES, ASSUMES, MAY, SHOULD, WILL, SEEKS, ANTICIPATES, OPPORTUNITY, PRO
FORMA,
ii
PROJECTIONS, OR OTHER SIMILAR EXPRESSIONS. THERE CAN BE NO ASSURANCE THAT SUCH STATEMENTS WILL BE REFLECTIVE OF ACTUAL OUTCOMES. FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ARE PROVIDED IN THIS
DISCLOSURE STATEMENT PURSUANT TO THE SAFE HARBOR ESTABLISHED UNDER THE PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF 1995 AND SHOULD BE EVALUATED IN THE CONTEXT OF THE ESTIMATES, ASSUMPTIONS, UNCERTAINTIES, AND RISKS DESCRIBED HEREIN.
READERS ARE CAUTIONED THAT ANY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS HEREIN ARE BASED ON ASSUMPTIONS THAT ARE BELIEVED TO BE REASONABLE, BUT ARE SUBJECT TO A WIDE
RANGE OF RISKS IDENTIFIED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT AND IN THE ANNUAL AND QUARTERLY REPORTS OF DEBTOR CANO HEALTH, INC., INCLUDING AMENDMENTS THERETO. IMPORTANT ASSUMPTIONS AND OTHER IMPORTANT FACTORS THAT COULD CAUSE ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER
MATERIALLY FROM THOSE EXPECTED INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THOSE FACTORS, RISKS, AND UNCERTAINTIES DESCRIBED IN MORE DETAIL UNDER THE HEADING RISK FACTORS AND ELSEWHERE IN THE SEC FILINGS, INCLUDING IN THE ANNUAL AND QUARTERLY
REPORTS OF DEBTOR CANO HEALTH, INC., INCLUDING AMENDMENTS THERETO. DUE TO THESE UNCERTAINTIES, READERS CANNOT BE ASSURED THAT ANY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS WILL PROVE TO BE CORRECT. THE DEBTORS ARE UNDER NO OBLIGATION TO (AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY
OBLIGATION TO) UPDATE OR ALTER ANY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, WHETHER AS A RESULT OF NEW INFORMATION, FUTURE EVENTS, OR OTHERWISE, UNLESS INSTRUCTED TO DO SO BY THE BANKRUPTCY COURT.
NO INDEPENDENT AUDITOR, ACCOUNTANT OR FINANCIAL ADVISOR HAS REVIEWED OR APPROVED THE LIQUIDATION ANALYSIS OR OTHER TERMS OR PROVISIONS HEREIN.
THE STATEMENTS CONTAINED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT ARE MADE AS OF THE DATE HEREOF UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. THE TERMS OF THE PLAN GOVERN IN THE EVENT
OF ANY INCONSISTENCY WITH THE SUMMARIES IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT.
THE INFORMATION IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IS BEING PROVIDED SOLELY FOR
PURPOSES OF VOTING TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PLAN OR IN CONNECTION WITH CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN. NOTHING IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT MAY BE USED BY ANY PARTY FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE.
ALL EXHIBITS TO THE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT ARE INCORPORATED INTO AND ARE A PART OF THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT AS IF SET FORTH IN FULL HEREIN.
iii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
I. INTRODUCTION |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
II. OVERVIEW OF THE COMPANYS OPERATIONS |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
A. Overview of the Debtors Businesses |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
B. The Debtors Corporate and Capital Structure |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
III. KEY EVENTS LEADING TO COMMENCEMENT OF CHAPTER 11 CASES |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
A. The Debtors Acquisition Strategy |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
B. Operational Challenges and Industry Headwinds |
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
C. Prepetition Transformation Plan |
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
D. Creditor Negotiations and Prepetition Restructuring Efforts |
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
IV. THE CHAPTER 11 CASES |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
A. Commencement of Chapter 11 Cases |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
B. First-Day Motions |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
C. DIP Financing and Cash Collateral |
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
D. Procedural Motions |
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
E. Retention of Chapter 11 Professionals |
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
F. Executory Contracts and Lease Rejections |
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
G. De Minimis Asset Sales |
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
H. Appointment of Creditors Committee |
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
I. MSP Recovery Shares Sale Order |
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
J. Employee Matters |
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
K. Automatic Stay and Stipulations |
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
L. Exclusivity |
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
M. Sale Process |
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
V. PENDING LITIGATION |
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
VI. SUMMARY OF PLAN |
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
A. Administrative Expense and Priority Claims |
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
B. Classification of Claims and Interests |
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
C. Means for Implementation |
|
|
45 |
|
|
|
D. Distributions |
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
E. Procedures for Disputed Claims |
|
|
64 |
|
|
|
F. Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases |
|
|
66 |
|
iv
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
G. Conditions Precedent to Confirmation of Plan and Effective Date |
|
|
71 |
|
|
|
H. Effect of Confirmation of Plan |
|
|
73 |
|
|
|
I. Retention of Jurisdiction |
|
|
79 |
|
|
|
J. Miscellaneous Provisions |
|
|
81 |
|
|
|
VII. TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND CONSEQUENCES UNDER FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS |
|
|
87 |
|
|
|
VIII. CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PLAN |
|
|
89 |
|
|
|
A. U.S. Federal Income Tax Treatment May Vary Depending on Structure of Plan |
|
|
90 |
|
|
|
B. Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to the Debtors |
|
|
92 |
|
|
|
C. Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Plan to U.S. Holders of
Certain Allowed Claims |
|
|
97 |
|
|
|
D. Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to U.S. Holders of Ownership and
Disposition of Plan Consideration |
|
|
105 |
|
|
|
E. Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Certain Non-U.S. Holders of Allowed Claims |
|
|
109 |
|
|
|
F. Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Ownership and Disposition of Plan Consideration |
|
|
110 |
|
|
|
G. Information Reporting and Back-Up
Withholding |
|
|
115 |
|
|
|
IX. VALUATION OF THE DEBTORS |
|
|
116 |
|
|
|
X. CERTAIN RISK FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED |
|
|
116 |
|
|
|
A. Certain Bankruptcy Law Considerations |
|
|
116 |
|
|
|
B. Risks Relating to the Plan |
|
|
118 |
|
|
|
C. Factors Relating to Securities to Be Issued |
|
|
119 |
|
|
|
D. Risks Relating to the Debtors Businesses |
|
|
121 |
|
|
|
E. Risks Relating to Exit Obligations |
|
|
124 |
|
|
|
F. Additional Factors |
|
|
125 |
|
|
|
XI. VOTING PROCEDURES AND REQUIREMENTS |
|
|
127 |
|
|
|
A. Voting Instructions and Voting Deadline |
|
|
127 |
|
|
|
B. Parties Entitled to Vote |
|
|
128 |
|
|
|
C. Agreements Upon Furnishing Ballots |
|
|
130 |
|
|
|
D. Change of Vote |
|
|
130 |
|
|
|
E. Waivers of Defects, Irregularities, etc. |
|
|
130 |
|
|
|
F. Miscellaneous |
|
|
131 |
|
|
|
XII. CONFIRMATION OF PLAN |
|
|
131 |
|
v
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A. Confirmation Hearing |
|
|
131 |
|
|
|
B. Objections to Confirmation |
|
|
132 |
|
|
|
C. Requirements for Confirmation of Plan |
|
|
134 |
|
|
|
XIII. ALTERNATIVES TO CONFIRMATION AND CONSUMMATION OF PLAN |
|
|
139 |
|
|
|
A. Plan of Reorganization |
|
|
139 |
|
|
|
B. Alternate Sale Under Section 363 of Bankruptcy Code |
|
|
139 |
|
|
|
C. Liquidation Under Chapter 7 or Applicable
Non-Bankruptcy Law |
|
|
139 |
|
|
|
XIV. RECOMMENDATION OF DEBTORS |
|
|
140 |
|
|
|
|
EXHIBIT A: |
|
Plan |
EXHIBIT B: |
|
Organizational Chart |
EXHIBIT C: |
|
Valuation Analysis |
EXHIBIT D: |
|
Financial Projections |
EXHIBIT E: |
|
Liquidation Analysis |
vi
I.
INTRODUCTION
Cano Health,
Inc. (CHI) and certain of its subsidiaries, as debtors and debtors in possession (collectively, the Debtors), submit this joint disclosure statement (as may be amended, supplemented, or modified from time to
time in accordance with the Restructuring Support Agreement and, together with all exhibits and schedules thereto, the Disclosure Statement) in connection with the solicitation of votes on the Amended Joint Chapter 11 Plan of
Reorganization of Cano Health, Inc. and Its Affiliated Debtors, dated April 22, 2024 (as may be amended, supplemented, or modified from time to time in accordance with the Restructuring Support Agreement and, together with all exhibits and
schedules thereto, the Plan)2 annexed hereto as Exhibit A. The Debtors commenced their chapter 11 cases (the Chapter 11
Cases) under chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code (the Bankruptcy Code) in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (the Bankruptcy Court), beginning on
February 4, 2024 (the Petition Date).
The purpose of this Disclosure Statement is to provide information of a
kind, and in sufficient detail, to enable creditors of the Debtors that are entitled to vote on the Plan to make a reasonably informed decision on whether to vote to accept or reject the Plan. This Disclosure Statement contains summaries of the
Plan, certain statutory provisions, events contemplated in the Chapter 11 Cases, and certain documents related to the Plan.
The Debtors
are seeking to confirm a prearranged plan under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code with the support, pursuant to the terms of a restructuring support agreement entered into on February 4, 2024 (the Restructuring Support
Agreement or RSA),3 of creditors holding approximately 86% of the Debtors secured revolving and term loan debt and approximately 92% of the Debtors senior
unsecured notes (collectively, the Consenting Creditors). Specifically, as set forth below and in the Restructuring Support Agreement, with the committed support of the Consenting Creditors, the Debtors are seeking to move forward
with a committed Plan to recapitalize and deleverage their balance sheet (the Reorganization Transaction), while at the same time explore opportunities for a sale of all, or substantially all, of their assets (a Whole-Co Sale Transaction). The Plan provides that either the Reorganization Transaction or the Whole-Co Sale Transaction may be coupled with the sale of one or more
certain discrete businesses and assets (each, a Discrete Asset Sale).
This dual track path provides for, among
other things, (i) a comprehensive restructuring of the Debtors prepetition obligations or sale of substantially all of their assets, (ii) the provision of the going-concern value of the
Debtors businesses, (iii) maximization of creditor recoveries, (iv) an equitable distribution to the Debtors stakeholders, (v) continuation of high-quality medical care to the Debtors patients, and (vi) optimal
protection of the jobs of the Debtors providers and other employees.
2 |
Capitalized terms used in this Disclosure Statement, but not defined herein, have the meanings ascribed to them
in the Plan. To the extent any inconsistencies exist between this Disclosure Statement and the Plan, the Plan shall govern. |
3 |
A copy of the Restructuring Support Agreement is annexed to Docket No. 14 as Exhibit A.
|
A summary of the key terms of the restructuring transactions as contemplated by the Plan and
the Restructuring Support Agreement is as follows:
|
|
|
the reorganization and substantial deleveraging of the Debtors business pursuant to either a Reorganization
Transaction or a Whole-Co Sale Transaction (in each case subject to the consent of the Requisite Consenting Creditors); |
|
|
|
either (i) conversion of approximately $933 million in principal amount of secured debt into a
combination of takeback debt and 100% of the New Equity Interests or (ii) payment of the secured debt claims with the proceeds of a Whole-Co Sale Transaction after all DIP Claims have been paid in full;
|
|
|
|
$150 million in new senior, super priority
debtor-in-possession term loans (the DIP Facility), which will convert into, or be replaced by, an exit facility (the Exit
Facility) at emergence (or be paid in full in cash in the event of a Whole-Co Transaction); |
|
|
|
raising of a new money superpriority revolving credit facility for up to $75 million on terms acceptable to
the Requisite Consenting Creditors to further supplement the Debtors liquidity post-emergence in the event of a Reorganization Transaction; |
|
|
|
assumption of executory contracts of continuing trade contract counterparties and payment in full of Allowed Cure
Amounts subject to the reasonable consent of the Requisite Consenting Lenders; |
|
|
|
either (i) in the event of a Reorganization Transaction, pro rata distributions to holders of allowed
General Unsecured Claims of (a) warrants to purchase up to 5% of the New Equity Interests, (b) approximately $5.5 million in net proceeds from the liquidation of certain shares in MSP Recovery, Inc. held by the Debtors as of the
Petition Date, and (c) proceeds of certain causes of action against certain of the Debtors former officers and directors to be assigned to a trust for the benefit of General Unsecured Creditors or (ii) in the event of a Whole-Co Sale Transaction, pro-rata distribution of the proceeds of a Whole-Co Sale Transaction after all DIP Claims and First
Lien Claims have been paid in full; and |
|
|
|
prompt emergence from chapter 11 pursuant to the milestones set forth in the Restructuring Term Sheet included in
the RSA (as modified by the DIP Orders). |
Prior to and following the Petition Date, the Debtors have conducted a
marketing process (the Sale Process) to solicit interest and bids from potential strategic and financial investors for a Whole-Co Sale Transaction, and have also continued to pursue
Discrete Asset Sales. In accordance with the milestones set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Debtors set 5:00 p.m. ET on March 3, 2024 (the Initial IOI Deadline), as the deadline for parties to submit
initial indications of interest for a potential Whole-Co Sale Transaction. No bids for a Whole-Co Sale Transaction were received by the Debtors by the Initial IOI
Deadline. Therefore, the Debtors intend to proceed with the Reorganization Transaction to deleverage their balance sheet. The Debtors will continue to explore other potential transactions and, to the extent, any future offers or proposals are
received for any such transaction, a Whole-Co Sale Transaction, or a Plan Sponsor Investment, will review such offers or proposals consistent with their fiduciary duties to maximize value for the estates and
creditors.
2
The Debtors are also engaged with several parties regarding potential Discrete Asset Sales,
which, with the consent of the Consenting Creditors, may be implemented on or before the Confirmation Hearing or following the Effective Date. The Debtors will inform parties no later than the Voting Deadline if they intend to pursue any Discrete
Asset Sales.
The Reorganization Transaction to be implemented pursuant to the Plan will provide for a significant deleveraging of the
Debtors balance sheet, as reflected in the chart below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-Petition Capital Structure |
|
Post-Emergence Capital
Structure |
First Lien Secured Debt |
|
Approx. $933.1 million |
|
New RCF Loans |
|
A commitment of up to $75 million |
|
|
|
|
Senior Notes |
|
Approx. $300 million |
|
Exit Facility Loans |
|
Up to Approx. $211.25 million4 |
|
|
|
|
Total Prepetition Funded Debt |
|
Approx. $1.233 billion |
|
Total Postpetition Funded Debt |
|
Approx. $211.25 - $286.25 million |
Accomplishing an efficient and expeditious resolution of the Restructuring and the Chapter 11 Cases is
essential to preserving and maximizing the going-concern value of the Debtors estates and successfully restructuring the Debtors. Consequently, in accordance with the milestones agreed to in connection with the Restructuring Support Agreement
and the DIP Facility, the Debtors are seeking confirmation of the Plan on the following schedule:
|
|
|
Event |
|
Deadline |
Voting Record Date |
|
[●], 2024 |
Deadline to file Claims Objections or Requests to Estimate Claims for Voting Purposes |
|
[●], 2024 |
Plan Supplement Filing |
|
[●], 2024 |
Rule 3018 Motion Deadline |
|
[●], 2024 at 5:00 p.m. (Prevailing Eastern Time) |
Plan Voting Deadline |
|
[●], 2024 at 5:00 p.m. (Prevailing Eastern Time) |
Plan Confirmation Objection Deadline |
|
[●], 2024 at 5:00 p.m. (Prevailing Eastern Time) |
4 |
The Exit Facility Loans are comprised of approximately $161.25 million in DIP Conversion Exit Facility
Loans and up to $50 million in 1L Exit Facility Loans, the amount of which will be determined by the Debtors and the Ad Hoc First Lien Group in accordance with the RSA. |
3
|
|
|
Event |
|
Deadline |
Deadline to File (i) Reply to Plan Objection(s) (ii) Brief in Support of Plan Confirmation, (iii) Declarations in Support of Confirmation, and (iv) Voting Certification |
|
[●], 2024 at 5:00 p.m. (Prevailing Eastern Time) |
|
|
Confirmation Hearing |
|
[●], 2024 at [●]:00 [a.m./p.m.] (Prevailing Eastern Time) |
THE DEBTORS AND THE CONSENTING CREDITORS URGE ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS ENTITLED TO VOTE ON THE PLAN TO VOTE IN FAVOR OF THE
PLAN.
Inquiries
If you
have any questions regarding the packet of materials you have received, please reach out to Kurtzman Carson Consultants LLC (KCC, or, the Voting Agent), at (888) 251-2679
(toll-free) or (310) 751-2609 (international) or by email at https://www.kccllc.net/CanoHealth/Inquiry.
Copies of this Disclosure Statement, which includes the Plan are also available on the Voting Agents website,
https://www.kccllc.net/CanoHealth.
PLEASE DO NOT DIRECT INQUIRIES TO THE BANKRUPTCY COURT.
WHERE TO FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. CHI currently files quarterly and annual reports with, and furnishes other information to, the
SEC. Copies of any document filed with the SEC, including CHIs Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022, filed with the SEC on April 7, 2023 and CHIs
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarters ended March 31, 2023 and June 30, 2023 filed with the SEC on May 9, 2023 and August 10, 2023, respectively, may be obtained by visiting
the SEC website at http://www.sec.gov and performing a search under the Company Filings link.
Summary of Plan Classification and
Treatment of Claims and Interests
Under the Bankruptcy Code, only holders of claims or interests in impaired Classes
are entitled to vote on the Plan (unless, for reasons discussed in more detail below, such holders are deemed to reject the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code). Under section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, a class of claims or
interests is deemed to be impaired unless (i) the plan leaves unaltered the legal, equitable, and contractual rights to which such claim or interest entitles the holder thereof or (ii) notwithstanding any legal right to an
accelerated payment of such claim or interest, the plan, among other things, cures all existing defaults (other than defaults resulting from the occurrence of events of bankruptcy) and reinstates the maturity of such claim or interest as it existed
before the default.
Only holders of Claims in Class 3 (First Lien Claims) and Class 4 (General Unsecured Claims) are being
solicited under, and entitled to vote on, the Plan (collectively, the Voting Classes).
4
The following table summarizes the treatment of Claims and Interests under the Plan. The
table is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Plan. For a more detailed summary of the terms and provisions of the Plan, see Article VISummary of the Plan below. A discussion of the amount of claims in each
Class is set forth in Article II.E.i hereof.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class |
|
Claim
or Equity Interest |
|
Treatment |
|
Impaired or Unimpaired |
|
Entitled to Vote on the Plan |
|
Approx. Allowed Amount5 |
|
Approx. Recovery |
1 |
|
Other Priority Claims |
|
Except to the extent a holder of an Allowed Other Priority Claim against any of the Debtors agrees to a less favorable treatment of such Claim, in full and final satisfaction of such Allowed Other Priority Claim, at the option of
the Debtors or the applicable Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, and subject to the consent of the Requisite Consenting Creditors, (i) each such holder shall receive payment in Cash in an amount equal to the amount of such Allowed Claim,
payable on the later of the Effective Date and the date that is ten (10) Business Days after the date on which such Other Priority Claim becomes an Allowed Other Priority Claim, in each case, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter,
(ii) to the extent applicable, such holders Allowed Other Priority Claim shall be reinstated, or (iii) such holder shall receive such other treatment so as to render such holders Allowed Other Priority Claim Unimpaired pursuant
to section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code. |
|
Unimpaired |
|
No (Presumed to Accept) |
|
$1-2 million |
|
100% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
Other Secured Claims |
|
Except to the extent a holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim against any of the Debtors agrees to a less favorable treatment of such Claim, in full and final satisfaction of such Allowed Other Secured Claim, at the option of the
Debtors or the applicable Post-Emergence Entities, |
|
Unimpaired |
|
No (Presumed to Accept) |
|
TBD |
|
100% |
5 |
The amounts set forth herein are estimates primarily based on, among other things, and as further described
herein, the Debtors books and records and is net of amounts paid during the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to Bankruptcy Court orders. Actual Allowed amounts will depend upon, among other things, final reconciliation and resolution
of all Claims scheduled and/or filed by the applicable bar date. Consequently, the actual Allowed Claim amounts may differ materially from these estimates. |
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class |
|
Claim
or Equity Interest |
|
Treatment |
|
Impaired or Unimpaired |
|
Entitled to Vote on the Plan |
|
Approx. Allowed Amount5 |
|
Approx. Recovery |
|
|
|
|
as applicable, and subject to the consent of the Requisite Consenting Creditors (i) each such holder shall receive payment in Cash in an amount equal to the amount of such Allowed Claim, payable on the later of the Effective
Date and the date that is ten (10) Business Days after the date on which such Other Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Other Secured Claim, in each case, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, (ii) to the extent applicable, such
holders Allowed Other Secured Claim shall be reinstated, (iii) such holder shall receive the collateral securing its Allowed Other Secured Claim, or (iv) such holder shall receive such other treatment so as to render such
holders Allowed Other Secured Claim Unimpaired pursuant to section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
First Lien Claims |
|
On the Effective Date, the Allowed First Lien Claims shall receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of
such Allowed Claims:
i. In the event of a Reorganization Transaction, such holders Pro Rata share of (x) the
1L Exit Facility Loans, (y) 100% of the New Equity Interests (subject to the terms of any Plan Sponsor Investment), and (z) if applicable, the Plan Sponsor Investment Proceeds and/or the Discrete Asset Sale Proceeds.
ii. In the event of a Whole-Co Sale Transaction, such holders Pro Rata share of (x) the Whole-Co Sale Transaction Proceeds, if any, after deducting for the amount required to
satisfy in full, |
|
Impaired |
|
Yes |
|
Approx. $974 million |
|
Approx. 48.1% |
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class |
|
Claim
or Equity Interest |
|
Treatment |
|
Impaired or Unimpaired |
|
Entitled to Vote on the Plan |
|
Approx. Allowed Amount5 |
|
Approx. Recovery |
|
|
|
|
or otherwise render Unimpaired all Allowed Administrative Expense Claims (including, for the avoidance of doubt, all
Allowed DIP Claims (including the Participation Fee (except in the event the Whole-Co Sale Transaction Proceeds are sufficient to repay in full in Cash all Allowed DIP Claims (without taking into account the
Participation Fee) and Allowed First Lien Claims))), Allowed Priority Tax Claims, Allowed Other Priority Claims, and Allowed Other Secured Claims and (y) if applicable, the Discrete Asset Sale Proceeds. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
General Unsecured Claims |
|
Except to the extent a holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment of such Claim, in full and final
satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, each Allowed General Unsecured Claim, each holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim shall receive:
i. In the event of a Reorganization Transaction, such holders Pro Rata share of (i) the
GUC Warrants, (ii) the MSP Recovery Proceeds, and (iii) the Litigation Trust Proceeds. |
|
Impaired |
|
Yes |
|
Approx. $900 million6 |
|
Approx. 1.5% |
6 |
As of the date hereof, the Debtors estimate the amount of Allowed General Unsecured Claims to be approximately
$900 million dollars. This estimate includes, among other things, (i) approximately $306 million in Senior Note Claims, (ii) approximately $505 million in First Lien Deficiency Claims, (iii) approximately $10-12 million in unpaid trade claims, (iv) approximately $48.2 million in Claims arising under, or relating to, the Total Health Purchase Agreement and the Orange Care Purchase Agreement, and
(v) approximately $16-20 million for potential lease rejection damages. This estimate does not include any amounts for, among other things, (a) contingent, unliquidated or disputed tort or other
litigation Claims, (b) any amounts the Debtors estimate may be paid in connection with the cure of any executory contracts and unexpired leases to be assumed (or assumed and assigned) under the Plan, including any amounts that may be payable in
connection with the assumption of any healthcare payor agreements, or (c) any General Unsecured Claims that have previously been satisfied pursuant to an order of the Court (including any first day orders). |
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class |
|
Claim
or Equity Interest |
|
Treatment |
|
Impaired or Unimpaired |
|
Entitled to Vote on the Plan |
|
Approx. Allowed Amount5 |
|
Approx. Recovery |
|
|
|
|
ii. In the event
of a Whole-Co Sale Transaction, such holders Pro Rata share of (i) the Whole-Co Transaction Proceeds, if any, after deducting for the amount required
to satisfy in full, or otherwise render Unimpaired, all Allowed Administrative Expense Claims (including, for the avoidance of doubt, all Allowed DIP Claims), Allowed Priority Tax Claims, Allowed Other Priority Claims, Allowed Other Secured Claims
and Allowed First Lien Claims, (ii) the MSP Recovery Proceeds, and (iii) the Litigation Trust Proceeds. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
Intercompany Claims |
|
On the Effective Date, all Intercompany Claims shall be adjusted, reinstated, or discharged, to the extent determined to be appropriate by the Debtors, the applicable Post-Emergence Entities, or the Plan Administrator, as
applicable, and the Requisite Consenting Creditors. |
|
Unimpaired / Impaired |
|
No (Presumed to Accept) / No (Deemed to Reject) |
|
$1.45 billion |
|
N/A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
Subordinated Claims |
|
Subordinated Claims are subordinated pursuant to the Plan and section 510 of the Bankruptcy Code. The holders of Subordinated Claims shall not receive or retain any property under the Plan on account of such Claims, and the
obligations of the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, on account of Subordinated Claims shall be discharged. |
|
Impaired |
|
No (Deemed to Reject) |
|
TBD |
|
0% |
7 |
|
Existing Subsidiary Interests |
|
i. In the event of a Reorganization Transaction, on the Effective Date,
without the need for any further corporate or limited liability company action or approval of |
|
Unimpaired / Impaired |
|
No (Presumed to Accept/ |
|
N/A |
|
N/A |
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class |
|
Claim
or Equity Interest |
|
Treatment |
|
Impaired or Unimpaired |
|
Entitled to Vote on the Plan |
|
Approx. Allowed Amount5 |
|
Approx. Recovery |
|
|
|
|
any board of directors, management, or shareholders of any Debtor or Post-Emergence Entity, as applicable, all Existing
Subsidiary Interests shall be reinstated, set off, settled, addressed, distributed, contributed, merged, cancelled, released, reissued, or discharged, to the extent determined to be appropriate by the Debtors, the applicable Post-Emergence Entities,
or the Plan Administrator, as applicable; and
ii. In the event of a Whole-Co Sale Transaction, the Intercompany
Interests shall be adjusted, reinstated, set off, settled, addressed, distributed, contributed, merged, cancelled, released, reissued, or discharged, to the extent determined to be appropriate by the Debtors, the Post-Emergence Entities, or the Plan
Administrator, as applicable, consistent with the Sale Documents. To the extent the
Existing Subsidiary Interests are reinstated, such reinstatement shall be solely for the purpose of maintaining the Debtors corporate structure. For the avoidance of doubt, holders of Existing Subsidiary Interests shall neither receive nor
retain any property of the Debtors or interest in property of the Debtors on account of such Existing Subsidiary Interests. |
|
|
|
Deemed to Reject) |
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class |
|
Claim
or Equity Interest |
|
Treatment |
|
Impaired or Unimpaired |
|
Entitled to Vote on the Plan |
|
Approx. Allowed Amount5 |
|
Approx. Recovery |
8 |
|
Existing CH LLC Interests |
|
i. In the event of a Reorganization Transaction, on the Effective Date, all
Existing CH LLC Interests shall be adjusted, reinstated, set off, settled, addressed, distributed, contributed, merged, cancelled, released, reissued, or discharged, to the extent determined to be appropriate by the Debtors, the applicable
Post-Emergence Entities, or the Plan Administrator, as applicable, and subject to the consent, as applicable, of the Requisite Consenting Creditors; and
ii. In the event of a Whole-Co Sale Transaction, the Existing CH
LLC Interests shall be adjusted, reinstated, set off, settled, addressed, distributed, contributed, merged, cancelled, released, reissued, or discharged, to the extent determined to be appropriate by the Debtors, the Post-Emergence Entities, or the
Plan Administrator, as applicable, consistent with the Sale Documents. To the
extent the Existing CH LLC Interests are reinstated, such reinstatement shall be solely for the purpose of maintaining the Debtors corporate structure. For the avoidance of doubt, holders of Existing CH LLC Interests shall neither receive nor
retain any property of the Debtors or interest in property of the Debtors on account of such Existing CH LLC Interests. |
|
Unimpaired |
|
No (Presumed to Accept) |
|
N/A |
|
N/A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9 |
|
Existing PCIH Interests |
|
i. In the event of a Reorganization Transaction, on the Effective Date, all
Existing PCIH Interests shall be adjusted, reinstated, set off, settled, addressed, distributed, contributed, merged, cancelled, released, reissued |
|
Unimpaired / Impaired |
|
No (Presumed to Accept / Deemed to Reject) |
|
N/A |
|
N/A |
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class |
|
Claim
or Equity Interest |
|
Treatment |
|
Impaired or Unimpaired |
|
Entitled to Vote on the Plan |
|
Approx. Allowed Amount5 |
|
Approx. Recovery |
|
|
|
|
or discharged, to the extent determined to be appropriate by the Debtors, the applicable Post-Emergence Entities, or the
Plan Administrator, as applicable, and subject to the consent, as applicable, of the Requisite Consenting Creditors; provided, that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, all Existing PCIH Interests held by
non-Debtors shall be discharged and cancelled on the Effective Date; and
ii. In the event of a Whole-Co Sale Transaction, the Existing
PCIH Interests shall be adjusted, reinstated, set off, settled, addressed, distributed, contributed, merged, cancelled, released, reissued, or discharged, to the extent determined to be appropriate by the Debtors, the Post-Emergence Entities, or the
Plan Administrator, as applicable, consistent with the Sale Document. To the extent
the Existing PCIH Interests are reinstated, such reinstatement shall be solely for the purpose of maintaining the Debtors corporate structure. For the avoidance of doubt, holders of Existing PCIH Interests shall neither receive nor retain any
property of the Debtors or interest in property of the Debtors on account of such Existing PCIH Interests. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10 |
|
Existing CHI Interests |
|
i. In the event of a Reorganization Transaction, on the Effective Date, all
Existing CHI Interests shall be cancelled, released, and extinguished, and be of no |
|
Impaired |
|
No (Deemed to Reject) |
|
$0 |
|
0% |
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class |
|
Claim
or Equity Interest |
|
Treatment |
|
Impaired or Unimpaired |
|
Entitled to Vote on the Plan |
|
Approx. Allowed Amount5 |
|
Approx. Recovery |
|
|
|
|
further force or effect, whether surrendered for cancellation or otherwise, and there shall be no distributions for
holders of Existing CHI Interests on account of such Interests; and
ii. In the event of a Whole-Co Sale Transaction, all Existing CHI
Interests shall be cancelled, released, and extinguished, and be of no further force or effect, whether surrendered for cancellation or otherwise, and there shall be no distributions for holders of Existing CHI Interests on account of such
Interests. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
II.
OVERVIEW OF THE COMPANYS OPERATIONS
|
A. |
Overview of the Debtors Businesses |
The Debtors are a primary care, technology-powered healthcare delivery and population health management platform designed with a focus on
clinical excellence. The Debtors mission is simple: to improve patient health by delivering superior primary care medical services, while forging life-long bonds with our members. The Debtors are one of the largest independent primary care
physician groups in the United States. The Debtors utilize their technology-powered, value-based care delivery platform to provide care for their members.
The Debtors focus on providing high-touch population health and wellness services to (a) Medicare Advantage patients,
(b) Accountable Care Organization Realizing Equity, Access, and Community Health (ACO Reach) patients, and (c) Medicaid capitated members, particularly in underserved communities, by leveraging the Debtors platform
to deliver high-quality health care services. The Debtors also operate pharmacies in-network for the purpose of providing a full range of managed care services to their members. The Debtors provide this care
to primarily underserved and dual-eligible populations (i.e., eligible for both Medicare and Medicaid), many of whom live in economically disadvantaged and minority communities. The Debtors have received a 5 Star rating from the Centers for
Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS), which is the highest such rating in the industry.
12
The Debtors have four core offerings:
|
1. |
Primary Care program: Offers comprehensive patient assessment, chronic disease management, preventative
health care, specialty care coordination, personalized treatment plans, and patient education and advocacy. |
|
2. |
Care Management program: Offers high-risk patient stratification, medication management guidance, acute
triage and coordination, health risk assessment and mitigation, and strives to close care gaps. |
|
3. |
Prescription program: Offers onsite medication dispensing and delivery, personalized medication
counseling, seamless integration with certain care plans, and specialty medication availability. |
|
4. |
Cano @ Home: Offers dedicated in-home medical visits, short-term
and long-term care solutions, enhanced post-operative recovery, and preventative ER admission/readmission solutions. |
The Debtors physicians and other providers receive the tools and multi-disciplinary support they
need to focus primarily on providing medical care to their patients, and their families, rather than time-consuming administrative matters, such as pre-authorizations, referrals, billing and coding, which
support services are provided by the Debtors. Providers receive ongoing training through regular clinical meetings to review the latest findings in primary care medicine.
In addition, the Debtors, through their management services organization (MSO), contract with independent physicians and
group practices they do not own (Physician Affiliates). The Debtors enter into primary care physician provider agreements with the Physician Affiliates pursuant to which the Debtors agree to provide administrative services,
including payor and specialty provider contract negotiation, credentialing, coding, and managed care analytics. The Debtors pay the Physician Affiliates a primary care fee, plus a portion of the surplus of premium in excess of third-party medical
costs, discussed below. The primary care fees paid to Physician Affiliates are recorded as third party medical costs. The surplus portion paid to Physician Affiliates is recorded as direct patient expense.
A significant portion of the Debtors revenue is capitated revenue, which, in the case of health plans, is a pre-negotiated percentage of the premium the health plan receives from CMS. While there are variations specific to each agreement, the Debtors generally contract with health plans, such as Humana, UnitedHealthcare,
Elevance Health, CVS Health (or their respective affiliates) and others contracted by CMS, to receive recurring
per-member-per-month (PMPM) revenue. The Debtors then assume the financial responsibility for the healthcare
costs of those members incurred at the Debtors primary care locations, in addition to all third-party medical expenses (e.g., hospital visits, specialist services, surgical services, and prescription drug costs).
|
B. |
The Debtors Corporate and Capital Structure |
The Debtors prepetition corporate and capital structure is described below. An organizational chart illustrating the Debtors
corporate structure as of the Petition Date is attached hereto as Exhibit B. On June 3, 2021, the Debtors completed the Business Combination and began trading on the NYSE. Immediately following the Business
Combination, CHIs board of directors consisted of the following nine individuals: Marlow Hernandez (CHIs former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer), Solomon Trujillo, Angel Morales, Kim Rivera, Dr. Alan Muney, Jacqueline
Guichelaar, Barry Sternlicht, Lewis Gold, and Elliot Cooperstone.7
7 |
On March 30, 2023, three Board members, Messrs. Cooperstone, Sternlicht, and Gold, resigned from the
Board. On August 19, 2023, Dr. Hernandez, the Debtors former Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, stepped down from the Board (after having stepped down as Chief Executive Officer on June 16, 2023). On
September 3, 2023, Jacqueline Guichelaar resigned as a member of the Board. |
13
The Debtors were founded in 2009 by Dr. Marlow Hernandez and Dr. Richard Aguilar. On June 3, 2021, certain predecessor entities
of the Debtors consummated a business combination transaction (the Business Combination). Following completion of the Business Combination, the Debtors organizational structure became what is commonly referred to as an
umbrella partnership-Corporation (or Up-C) corporation structure. Upon the closing of the Business Combination, the Debtors changed their name to Cano Health, Inc.8
CHI has two classes of common stock: Class A common stock, which are voting and
economic shares, and Class B common stock, which are non-economic shares. CHI also previously issued warrants that are exercisable for one share of Class A common stock, at an exercise price of
$1,150.00 per share (the Warrants). On June 3, 2021, CHIs Class A common stock and Warrants began publicly trading on the New York Stock Exchange (the NYSE) under the symbols
CANO and CANO.WS, respectively. As of January 25, 2024, 60 million shares of CHIs Class A common stock had been authorized with approximately 4,747,566 shares issued and outstanding. As of the same date,
10 million shares of CHIs Class B common stock had been authorized with approximately 661,834 shares issued and outstanding.9
8 |
Upon the completion of the Business Combination, CHI and PCIH entered into a tax receivable agreement, dated as
of June 3, 2021 (the TRA) with Primary Care (ITC) Holdings, LLC (and certain other persons that have or will become a party to such agreement, collectively, the TRA Parties) and Jaws Sponsor, LLC (and
certain other persons that may become a party to such Agreement, collectively the Sponsor Parties). Under the TRA, CHI is generally required to pay the TRA Parties 85% of any net tax benefits that CHI realizes from certain tax
deductions resulting from a tax basis increase in the assets of the Debtors arising from the Business Combination, subsequent acquisitions of interests in PCIH by CHI from the TRA Parties, and certain payments made under the TRA. To the extent
payments are made to the TRA Parties pursuant to the TRA, CHI generally is required to pay each Sponsor Party a proportionate share of an amount equal to the payments to the TRA Parties multiplied by a fraction with a numerator of 0.15 and a
denominator of 0.85 (this amount is approximately 15% of the net tax benefits realized by CHI from the tax deductions that are subject to the TRA). The term of the TRA continues until all such tax benefits have been utilized or expired unless CHI
exercises its right to terminate the TRA for an amount representing the present value of anticipated future tax benefits under the TRA or certain other acceleration events occur, some of which may have occurred in connection with or as a result of
the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases. |
9 |
On November 2, 2023, CHI effected a
1-for-100 reverse stock split. As a result of the consummation of the reverse stock split, the total number of Class A and Class B common stock authorized for
issuance was reduced from 6 billion to 60 million shares of its Class A common stock and from 1 billion to 10 million shares of its Class B common stock. The reverse stock split did not change the number of shares of
CHIs authorized preferred stock, which remained at 10 million shares. |
14
On November 9, 2023, the NYSE notified the Debtors the NYSE had determined to
(a) commence proceedings to delist CHIs Warrants and (b) immediately suspend trading in the Warrants due to abnormally low price levels. On December 29, 2023, the Debtors received a notification by the NYSE that CHI
was not in compliance with Section 802.01B of the NYSE Listed Company Manual because CHIs total market capitalization had been less than $50 million over a 30 trading-day period and its
stockholders equity was less than $50 million. Delisting of the Warrants on the NYSE became effective on November 23, 2023.
On February 5, 2024, the NYSE notified the Debtors that the NYSE had determined to (a) commence proceedings to delist CHIs
Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share and (b) immediately suspend trading in the Debtors common stock. The common stock is expected to continue trading on the OTC market under the symbol CANOQ. Delisting the
shares of Class A common stock on the NYSE became effective on February 16, 2024.
As of the Petition Date, CHIs board of
directors (the Board) was comprised of the following seven individuals: Angel Morales, Dr. Alan Muney, Kim Rivera, Solomon Trujillo (Chair), Patricia Ferrari, Carol Flaton, and Mark Kent (CHIs Chief Executive Officer). The
special finance committee of the Board (the Finance Committee) was comprised of Carol Flaton (Chair), Patricia Ferrari, and Angel Morales.
|
ii. |
Prepetition Capital Structure |
The Debtors outstanding indebtedness as of the Petition Date is generally comprised of obligations incurred by the Debtors under
(i) the Credit Suisse Revolving Credit Facility, (ii) the Credit Suisse Term Loan Facility, (iii) the Side-Car Term Loan Facility, (iv) the Senior Notes, and (v) General Unsecured
Trade Payables (each as defined below). The following chart summarizes the Debtors outstanding debt obligations as of the Petition Date:
|
|
|
Category of Debt |
|
Approx. Principal Amount Outstanding as of the Petition Date |
Secured Funded Debt |
Credit Suisse Credit Agreement |
Credit Suisse Revolving Credit Facility |
|
$120.0 million |
Credit Suisse Term Loan Facility |
|
$631.5 million |
Side-Car Credit Agreement |
Side-Car Term Loan Facility |
|
$181.6 million10 |
Total Secured Funded Debt |
|
$933.1 million |
Unsecured Funded Debt |
6.25% Senior Unsecured Notes Due 2028 |
|
$300.0 million |
Total Unsecured Funded Debt |
|
$300.0 million |
General Unsecured Trade Payables |
|
$30.0 million |
Total Prepetition Funded Debt and Trade Payables |
|
$1.26 billion |
10 |
This amount does not include an additional $18.4 million that the Debtors stipulated to as allowed
pursuant to the Final DIP Order on account of the Applicable Premium (as defined in the Side-Car Credit Agreement), subject to the challenge rights contained in the Final DIP Order, and which
resolution is among the settlements and compromises pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019 set forth in the Plan. |
15
The Debtors secured and unsecured financing obligations are described in greater
detail below. Such description is for informational purposes only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the documents setting forth the specific terms of such obligations and their respective related agreements.
|
a) |
Credit Suisse Credit Agreement |
Certain of the Debtors are party to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2020 (as amended, modified, or supplemented
from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the Credit Suisse Credit Agreement), by and among Cano Health, LLC, a Florida limited liability company (CH LLC or the Prepetition
Borrower), Primary Care (ITC) Intermediate Holdings, LLC (PCIH), the lenders and issuing banks from time to time party thereto (the First Lien Lenders), and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as
administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacities, the First Lien Agent). Pursuant to the Credit Suisse Credit Agreement, the First Lien Lenders agreed to provide the Prepetition Borrower with (i) senior secured
term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $875 million (the Credit Suisse Term Loans), (ii) delayed draw term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $175 million (the Credit Suisse Delayed Draw
Loans), and (iii) a revolving credit facility in a maximum aggregate available amount thereunder of $120 million (the Credit Suisse Revolving Credit Facility). The Credit Suisse Term Loans are scheduled to
mature on November 23, 2027, and the Credit Suisse Revolving Credit Facility is scheduled to mature on November 23, 2025.
As of
the Petition Date, the Debtors owed approximately $751.5 million under the Credit Suisse Credit Agreement, including approximately $631.5 million of Credit Suisse Term Loans and approximately $120 million under the Credit Suisse
Revolving Credit Facility.11 The obligations under the Credit Suisse Credit Agreement are secured by substantially all of the assets of the Prepetition Borrower and are guaranteed by substantially
all of the other Debtors (each a Guarantor and, collectively, the Guarantors).
|
b) |
Side-Car Credit Agreement |
Certain of the Debtors are party to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of February 24, 2023 (as amended by that certain First
Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of August 10, 2023, the Side-Car Credit Agreement), by and among the Prepetition Borrower, PCIH, the lenders from time to time party
thereto (the Side-Car Lenders), and JPMorgan Chase Bank,
11 |
The Credit Suisse Delayed Draw Loans were never borrowed.
|
16
N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacities, the Side-Car Agent and together with the First Lien Agent,
the Agents and each an Agent). Pursuant to the Side-Car Credit Agreement, the Side-Car Lenders agreed to provide the
Prepetition Borrower with term loans (the Side-Car Term Loans) in an aggregate principal amount equal to $150 million. The Side-Car Term Loans
are scheduled to mature on November 23, 2027. As of the Petition Date, the Debtors owed approximately $181.6 million of aggregate principal under the Side-Car Credit Agreement, plus an
Applicable Premium, which the Debtors stipulated to in connection with the Final DIP Order as allowed in an amount of approximately $18.4 million, subject to the challenge rights contained therein, and which resolution is among the settlements
and compromises pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019 set forth in the Plan.
On March 8, 2023, CHI issued approximately 21.6 million
shares of Class A common stock to funds affiliated with Diameter Capital Partners LP and on April 24, 2023, issued approximately 7.8 million shares of Class A common stock to Rubicon Credit Holdings LLC upon the exercise of
warrants issued to such funds in connection with the consummation of the Side-Car Credit Agreement.
The obligations under the Side-Car Credit Agreement also are secured by substantially all of the
Prepetition Borrowers assets and are guaranteed by substantially all of the Debtors. The liens securing the Credit Suisse Credit Agreement and the Side-Car Credit Agreement rank pari passu with
each other and are each subject to the Intercreditor Agreement (as defined below).
On August 10, 2023, the Prepetition Borrower
entered into an amendment to the Side-Car Credit Agreement (the 2023 Side-Car Amendment) pursuant to which, among other things, the Debtors would
not be required to test compliance with the Side-Car Credit Agreements financial covenant until the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2024. The 2023
Side-Car Amendment provided, among other modifications, that the Prepetition Borrower would formally pursue a comprehensive process in an effort to yield one or more offers for a sale of all or substantially
all of the assets or businesses of the Prepetition Borrower and its subsidiaries, with a purchase price that included cash proceeds sufficient to pay the obligations under the Side-Car Credit Agreement, and
would use its commercially reasonable efforts to promptly close such a transaction within certain specified time periods.
In connection
with and as consideration for entering into the Side-Car Credit Agreement, on February 24, 2023, the Debtors entered into a Warrant Agreement and granted to the lenders that provided the 2023 Term Loan to
the Borrower pursuant to the Side-Car Credit Agreement warrants to purchase, in the aggregate, up to 29,483,101 shares of CHIs Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, at an exercise price
of $0.01 per share (the Warrants). On March 8, 2023, the Company issued an aggregate of 21,620,941 shares of Class A common stock to funds affiliated with Diameter Capital Partners LP upon the exercise of the Warrants,
and the remaining Warrants were exercised on April 24, 2023.
|
c) |
The Intercreditor Agreement |
The obligations under the Credit Suisse Credit Agreement (the CS Obligations) and the obligations under the Side-Car Credit Agreement (the Side-Car Obligations and together with the CS Obligations, the Pari Passu Obligations) are secured by the
same collateral (such
17
collateral, the Shared Collateral). Pursuant to the terms of that certain First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of February 24, 2023 (the Intercreditor
Agreement), by and among the First Lien Agent, the Side-Car Agent and Cano Health, LLC, the liens granted on the Shared Collateral rank pari passu with each other.
The Intercreditor Agreement provides that in the case of a bankruptcy proceeding, the distribution of the proceeds of any sale, collection or
other liquidation of the Shared Collateral shall be applied (i) first, to the payment in full in case of all amounts owing to each Agent (in each Agents capacity as such) and (ii) second, to the payment in full in cash of the Pari
Passu Obligations of a given Series (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) in accordance with the terms of the Secured Credit Documents.
|
d) |
6.25% Senior Unsecured Notes Due 2028 |
On September 30, 2021, the Prepetition Borrower issued senior unsecured notes in the aggregate principal amount of $300.0 million
(the Senior Notes) in a private offering pursuant to the terms of that certain indenture, dated as of September 30, 2021, by and among the Prepetition Borrower, the guarantors party thereto, and U.S. Bank National
Association, as trustee. Proceeds from the Senior Notes were used to repay in full a previous $250.0 million unsecured bridge term loan. The Senior Notes bear interest at 6.25% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on April 1 and
October 1 of each year, commencing April 1, 2022. The Senior Notes are scheduled to mature in October 2028. As of the Petition Date, the Debtors owe approximately $300 million aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes.
As of the Petition Date, the Debtors outstanding trade payables totaled approximately $30 million in total aggregate amount.
III.
KEY EVENTS
LEADING TO COMMENCEMENT OF CHAPTER 11 CASES
|
A. |
The Debtors Acquisition Strategy |
During the period prior to and following completion of the Business Combination discussed above, the Debtors sought to expand top-line revenue growth by aggressively expanding their operations. From December 31, 2017 to December 31, 2021, the Debtors expanded beyond Florida to an additional seven states and Puerto Rico, and
increased their membership from approximately 13,685 members to approximately 227,005 members.
18
The operational expansion was made through various acquisitions, including, among others,
the acquisitions of Primary Care Physicians, HP Enterprises II, LLC (Healthy Partners), University Health Care, and Doctors Medical Center, each of which is described in further detail below.
|
a) |
Primary Care Physicians and related entities. On January 2, 2020, the Debtors acquired
Primary Care Physicians and related entities for total consideration of approximately $60.2 million, consisting of approximately $53.6 million in cash, $4.0 million of Class A-4 Units of
PCIH and $2.6 million in other closing payments. Primary Care Physicians was comprised of eleven primary care centers and a managed services organization serving populations in the Broward County region of South Florida. |
|
b) |
HP Enterprises II, LLC and related entities. On June 1, 2020, the Debtors acquired HP
Enterprises II, LLC and related entities for total consideration of approximately $195.4 million, consisting of approximately $149.3 million in cash, $30.0 million of Class A-4 Units of
PCIH and $16.1 million in deferred payments. Healthy Partners was comprised of 16 primary care centers and a management services organization serving populations across Florida, including the Miami-Dade, Broward, Palm Beach, Treasure Coast and
Central Florida areas. Bob Camerlinck, formerly the Chief Executive Officer of Healthy Partners, is the current Chief Operating Officer of the Debtors. |
|
c) |
University Health Care and its affiliates. On June 11, 2021, the Debtors acquired University
Health Care and its affiliates for total consideration of approximately $607.9 million, consisting of approximately $538.3 million in cash, $60.0 million of Class A common stock and $9.6 million in contingent consideration
from acquisition add-ons based on additional acquired entities. University Health Care was comprised of 13 primary care centers, a managed services organization and a pharmacy serving populations throughout
various locations in South Florida. |
|
d) |
Doctors Medical Center, LLC and its affiliates. On July 2, 2021, the Debtors acquired
Doctors Medical Center, LLC and its affiliates (DMC). The purchase price totaled approximately $300.7 million, which was paid in cash. DMC was comprised of 14 primary care centers serving populations across Florida. In
conjunction with the primary care centers, DMC also provided management services organization services to affiliated medical centers, and operated a pharmacy. |
The Debtors engaged in further acquisitions throughout 2022, including the acquisition of Total Health Medical Centers. Pursuant to an asset
purchase agreement dated December 9, 2022, the Debtors purchased certain assets associated with the Total Health Medical Centers business from entities controlled by Mark Kent, now the Debtors Chief Executive Officer, for a total initial
consideration of approximately $32.4 million, payable in a combination of upfront and deferred cash and stock. Certain amounts of the deferred portion of the consideration remain unpaid and outstanding as of the Petition Date. As part of this
transaction, Mr. Kent joined the Debtors as Senior Vice President before transitioning into the role of Interim Chief Executive Officer and later permanent Chief Executive Officer.
19
|
B. |
Operational Challenges and Industry Headwinds |
Unfortunately, few, if any, of the anticipated synergies and benefits of these acquisitions ever materialized and they ultimately resulted in
unprofitable acquisitions, operational inefficiencies, and an inflated cost structure for the Debtors. The Debtors quickly depleted much of the proceeds delivered from the Business Combination to complete certain of the aforementioned acquisitions.
In addition to their operational challenges, industry and regulatory headwinds have significantly strained the Debtors business. As
described below, increased competition in the Medicare Advantage insurance market has led to the Debtors payors offering higher levels of benefits to customers to capture market share, which have increased the Debtors third-party medical
costs. Upcoming changes to Medicare risk adjustment, including in connection with the implementation of the new Risk Adjustment Model version 28 (V28), continue to negatively impact the Debtors revenues. Furthermore, the
Debtors have been negatively impacted by the increased costs of funds in the capital markets and the macro inflationary environment. Mr. Kent was appointed Chief Executive Officer by the Board, along with other members of the Debtors new
management team, to respond to these operational and industry challenges.
Third Party Medical Costs. Third-party medical
costs have continued to increase due to healthcare spending trends within the Medicare population, which is also consistent with funding rates the Debtors receive under their payor contracts.
Medicare Risk Adjustment. A significant portion of the Debtors revenue is capitated revenue, which for the Debtors, is a pre-negotiated percentage of the premium that the health plan receives from CMS. The Debtors receive payments directly from CMS under the Debtors ACO Reach model. The Debtors generally contract with health
plans to receive PMPM revenue and then the Debtors assume the financial responsibility for the healthcare expenses of their members.
During the quarter ending June 30, 2023, the Debtors experienced a 35% increase in total membership to approximately 381,066 members and
a total revenue increase of approximately 11% to $766.7 million, in each case compared to the prior year second quarter. Despite this increase in membership, during the second quarter of 2023, the Debtors experienced a net loss of approximately
$270.7 million, which was a significant increase from the net loss of approximately $14.6 million experienced in the prior year quarter. This net loss was primarily driven by lower-than-expected Medicare Risk Adjustment revenue, which in
this case, was $58 million lower than previous estimates.
The proposed changes from Risk Adjustment Model V24 to V28 also pose
challenges to the Debtors. These changes are scheduled to be phased in beginning in 2024 and will introduce an altered risk adjustment framework, reflecting CMS focus on accurately identifying and auditing risk-adjustable conditions that align
with patients care. This focus will adversely impact the Debtors capitated revenue. Although the impact of the change will vary from plan to plan, based on several factors, it is widely recognized the average risk adjustment factor is
going to decrease significantly. The Debtors are continuing to evaluate the potential impact to their businesses of V28 and other anticipated Medicare changes.
20
Interest Expense. Further compounding these challenges, interest expenses,
primarily consisting of interest incurred on outstanding borrowings under the Credit Suisse Credit Agreement, Senior Notes, and 2023 Side-Car Credit Agreement, including paid-in-kind (PIK) interest, have posed significant challenge for the Debtors. For example, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023, respectively, the Debtors recognized
interest expense of approximately $29.6 million (including $6.2 million of PIK interest under the 2023 Side-Car Credit Agreement) and approximately $79.9 million (including $13.6 million of
PIK interest under the 2023 Side-Car Credit Agreement), as compared to approximately $16.5 million and $42.9 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022, respectively.
|
C. |
Prepetition Transformation Plan |
In the third quarter of 2023, facing constrained liquidity and in the face of economic and regulatory headwinds, the Debtors, under the
aforementioned new management team, implemented a plan designed to improve operational efficiencies, simplify the Debtors organization structure, and reduce costs (the Transformation Plan). To achieve the goals, the
Debtors have worked to, among other things:
|
i. |
drive medical cost management initiatives to improve the Debtors MCR; |
|
ii. |
lower third party medical costs through negotiations with payors, including restructuring contractual
arrangements with payors and specialty networks; |
|
iii. |
expand initiatives to optimize direct patient expenses and selling, general and administrative expenses
(including by reducing operating expenses, including reduction of permanent staff; and significantly reducing all other non-essential spending); |
|
iv. |
prioritize the Debtors Medicare Advantage and ACO Reach lines of business through improving patient
engagement and access; |
|
v. |
divest and consolidate certain assets and operations, inclusive of exiting certain markets (e.g.,
exiting their Puerto Rico operations by the beginning of 2024), conducting a strategic review of the Debtors Medicaid business in Florida, pharmacy assets and other specialty practices, and consolidating underperforming owned medical centers
and delaying renovations and other capital projects; and |
|
vi. |
evaluate the performance of their affiliate provider relationship, including the termination of certain
underperforming affiliate partnerships. |
As a result of accelerating these initiatives, the Transformation Plan is now
targeting to achieve approximately $290 million of cost reductions by the end of 2024 (inclusive of the $65 million of planned cost reductions announced in August 2023). Since the Petition Date, the Debtors have updated their business plan
to account for the latest plan information from payors, January actuals, an updated ACO REACH budget, and the latest cost Transformation Plan output.
21
As of the end of Q1 2024, an estimated $213 million of the savings target has been implemented, and a further $58 million of initiatives have been identified and are in the process of
being validated and implemented.
On September 25, 2023, the Debtors sold substantially all of the assets associated with the
operation of the Debtors senior-focused primary care centers in Texas and Nevada to Primary Care Holdings II, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Humana Inc. The total value of the transaction to the Debtors was approximately $66.7 million,
consisting of approximately $35.4 million in cash paid at closing (of which approximately $1.9 million was withheld for satisfaction of potential indemnification claims), plus the release of certain liabilities owed by the Debtors
(the Humana Transaction).
The Debtors have continued to review their portfolio and have rejected or are in the
process of rejecting approximately 100 leases associated with under-performing or dark-site locations that are not core to their go forward business since September 2023. After giving effect to such closures, the Debtors will have approximately 80
locations and expect this be a reliable approximation of their go-forward footprint. As set forth below in Section IV.F, the Debtors rejected the leases associated with such locations as part of the Chapter 11
Cases. The Debtors exited operations in Puerto Rico in early 2024 and are evaluating the divestiture of the majority of their Florida Medicaid operations.
|
D. |
Creditor Negotiations and Prepetition Restructuring Efforts |
Notwithstanding new managements success in substantially reducing costs and improving operations, the Debtors still faced significant
challenges and dwindling liquidity. Recognizing these challenges might require a more comprehensive restructuring process, which in turn would be likely to involve extensive negotiations with creditors, the Debtors in the third quarter of 2023 began
assembling a team of restructuring professionals to advise them during this process, including professionals from (i) Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP,12 as restructuring counsel,
(ii) AlixPartners LLP, as financial advisor, and (iii) Houlihan Lokey Capital, Inc., as investment banker. These professionals in turn engaged with an ad hoc group of first lien lenders represented by the law firm of Gibson Dunn &
Crutcher LLP and their investment banker, Evercore Inc., (the Ad Hoc First Lien Group) and other parties regarding necessary adjustments to their capital structure.
|
i. |
The Side-Car Amendment |
In August 2023, the Debtors learned of an imminent default on a financial covenant under the 2023
Side-Car Credit Agreement. As noted above, the Debtors were able to successfully negotiate a forbearance with respect to this default, as agreed to under the 2023
Side-Car Amendment. Following execution of the 2023 Side-Car Amendment, the Debtors commenced negotiations with their significant secured and unsecured creditor
constituencies and other strategic parties regarding a potential restructuring and parallel M&A process.
12 |
Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP has represented the Debtors since April 2022 in connection with various
corporate and shareholder activism matters. In June 2023, the Debtors expanded their engagement of Weil to include advice in connection with the evaluation of various restructuring alternatives. |
22
|
ii. |
2023 Whole-Co and Discrete Asset Sale Process
|
In accordance with the 2023 Side-Car Amendment, the Debtors announced a
process in August 2023 to pursue a sale of all or substantially all of the Debtors business and/or the sale of certain lines of business, such as the Debtors Medicaid business in Florida, pharmacy assets and other specialty practices.
Although an acceptable bid to purchase all or substantially all of the Debtors assets did not materialize at that time, the Debtors did successfully consummate the Humana Transaction.
As described above, as part of the Debtors effort to generate additional liquidity, on September 25, 2023, the Debtors consummated
the Humana Transaction. The net cash proceeds from the transaction enabled the Debtors to repay a portion of their outstanding commitments under the Credit Suisse Revolving Credit Facility, such that the financial maintenance covenant of this
facility was not applicable for the testing period ended September 30, 2023.
Further, as of the quarter ending September 30,
2023, the Debtors exited operations in California and New Mexico, exited their Illinois market shortly thereafter, and have recently exited their Puerto Rico operations.
|
iii. |
Creditor Negotiations, the Targeted M&A Process, and Execution of the Restructuring Support Agreement
|
In advance of the Petition Date, the Debtors engaged in intensive negotiations with their creditors, including with
the Ad Hoc First Lien Group, and simultaneously continued to pursue a targeted sale process in order to sell all or substantially all of the assets or businesses of, or direct or indirect equity interests in, the Prepetition Borrower and its
subsidiaries. These negotiations and the parallel M&A process ultimately led to the execution of the Restructuring Support Agreement on February 4, 2024.
In December 2023, the Finance Committee was established to oversee and make recommendations to the Board regarding potential financing
alternatives and strategic transactions for the Debtors. The Finance Committee is comprised of Carol Flaton (chair of the Finance Committee), Patricia Ferrari, and Angel Morales. Patricia Ferrari and Carol Flaton, both independent directors, were
appointed to the Board in December 2023 (the 2023 Directors). Ms. Ferrari and Ms. Flaton have significant business and financial expertise, with proven track records of advising companies on strategies to improve
operations and financial performance, as well as strengthening their capital structures.
On February 4, 2024, the Debtors entered
into the Restructuring Support Agreement with the Consenting Creditors, pursuant to which the Consenting Creditors have committed to vote in favor, and support confirmation, of the Plan. Pursuant to the Restructuring Support Agreement, the
Consenting Creditors agreed to support a dual-path process that allows the Debtors to identify a value-maximizing transaction. Specifically, the restructuring process set forth in the Plan and the Restructuring Support Agreement allows the Debtors
to conduct a thorough marketing process,
23
while providing certainty they will be able to deleverage their balance sheet through a Reorganization Transaction in a timely manner. A summary of the key terms of the restructuring transactions
as contemplated by the Plan and Restructuring Support Agreement is set forth in Section I above.
The Plan provides for the establishment
of a litigation trust for the benefit of holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims (the GUC Litigation Trust). As noted above and as set forth in the Plan, the GUC Litigation Trust is to be assigned certain causes of action,
including certain causes of action against the Debtors former officers and directors. Prior to the Petition Date, allegations were made regarding alleged related party transactions involving certain members of the Board and the Debtors
executives, including the Debtors former Chief Executive Officer. These transactions were the subject of prior litigation commenced against the Debtors by three former Board members in the Delaware Court of Chancery, which was ultimately
dismissed. The Debtors previously undertook internal investigations with respect to these allegations. The law firm of Quinn Emanuel Urquhart & Sullivan, LLP (Quinn Emanuel) has been engaged by the Debtors to conduct an
additional investigation in connection with the intended releases contemplated under the Plan. Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP (Weil), on behalf of the Debtors, has been investigating other potential Estate causes of actions,
including potential Avoidance Actions, as well. The Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors (the Creditors Committee) is also conducting an investigation as part of their review of the Plan. Additional information
regarding Quinn Emanuels and Weils investigations is set forth below in Section IV.K.iv below.
IV.
THE CHAPTER 11 CASES
|
A. |
Commencement of Chapter 11 Cases |
Beginning on February 4, 2024, the Debtors commenced the Chapter 11 Cases. The Debtors are continuing to manage their properties and
operate their businesses as debtors in possession pursuant to sections 1107(a) and 1108 of the Bankruptcy Code.
Following the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors filed various motions (the First Day Motions and the
various interim and final order approving the First Day Motions, the First Day Orders) seeking relief from the Bankruptcy Court to enable the Debtors to promote a seamless transition between the Debtors prepetition and
postpetition business operations, facilitate a smooth reorganization through the Chapter 11 Cases and the Plan, and minimize any disruptions to the Debtors operations. A description of the First Day Motions is set forth in the Declaration
of Clayton Gring in Support of First Day Relief [Docket No. 15]. The Bankruptcy Court granted substantially all of the relief requested in the First Day Motions and entered various final orders authorizing the Debtors to, among other
things:
|
|
|
Establish procedures to protect confidential patient information [Docket No. 90]; |
|
|
|
Pay certain prepetition taxes and assessments [Docket No. 242]; |
24
|
|
|
Continue paying employee wages and benefits [Docket No. 245]; |
|
|
|
Continue insurance programs, surety bonds, and the processing of workers compensation claims [Docket
No. 248]; |
|
|
|
Establish procedures for utility companies to request adequate assurance of payment and to prohibit utility
companies from altering or discontinuing service [Docket No. 251]; |
|
|
|
Establish stock procedures to protect the potential value of certain U.S. federal net operating losses and
certain other tax benefits [Docket No. 255]; |
|
|
|
Continue the use of the Debtors cash management system, bank accounts, and business forms [Docket
No. 258]; |
|
|
|
Continue refunds programs and pay and otherwise honor certain prepetition obligations related thereto [Docket
No. 260]; |
|
|
|
Pay certain prepetition obligations for critical vendors [Docket No. 261]
(the Critical Vendors Order); |
|
|
|
Obtain postpetition financing and use cash collateral [Docket No. 271]; and |
|
|
|
Reject certain real property leases, and abandon related personal property of de minimis value, associated
with medical centers and other locations that were closed prior to the Petition Date and are currently vacant and no longer utilized by the Debtors [Docket No. 448] |
As of the date hereof, the Debtors estimate approximately $8 million in prepetition Claims has been paid pursuant to the various First
Day Orders, including approximately $500,000 in prepetition Claims pursuant to the Critical Vendors Order.
|
C. |
DIP Financing and Cash Collateral |
The Debtors entered the Chapter 11 Cases with minimal cash on hand. Access to
debtor-in-possession financing (DIP Financing) and the use of Cash Collateral (as such term is defined in section 363(a) of the Bankruptcy
Code) was critical to ensure that the Debtors have sufficient liquidity to operate their business and administer their estates during the Chapter 11 Cases. To address their working capital needs and fund their reorganization efforts, in the weeks
leading up to the Petition Date, the Debtors solicited interest in providing DIP Financing. The Debtors situation presented difficulties to obtaining alternative financing, namely that (i) substantially all of the Debtors assets are
encumbered and subject to the Prepetition Liens, (ii) members of the Ad Hoc First Lien Group that beneficially owned greater than 86% of the aggregate debt under the Prepetition Credit Agreements and previously communicated that it would be
unwilling to have their Prepetition Liens primed, (iii) the Debtors funding needs were substantial; and (iv) prior efforts to generate liquidity by obtaining bridge financing using certain of the Debtors assets had been unsuccessful.
25
On or about February 4, 2024, the Debtors and their advisors finalized with the Ad Hoc First
Lien Group and its advisors the terms of the restructuring term sheet and the $150 million DIP Facility only after determining it was the best option reasonably available under the totality of the circumstances. The Debtors, the DIP Lenders,
and their respective advisors negotiated the terms of the proposed DIP Facility in good faith and at arms-length.
As adequate protection, the DIP Financing grants the Prepetition Secured Parties certain adequate protection liens over the DIP Collateral and
other adequate protection, to the extent of any diminution in value of the Prepetition Collateral, in exchange for the Prepetition Secured Parties support of the priming of their Prepetition Collateral. Through the use of the DIP Financing and
Cash Collateral, the Debtors expect to have adequate liquidity to finance the Chapter 11 Cases and consummate the Plan.
On March 5,
2024, the Debtors, the Ad Hoc First Lien Group, and the Creditors Committee reached a consensual resolution as to issues the Creditors Committee raised in connection with the DIP Financing. As part of this resolution, the Debtors agreed,
among other things, that:
|
|
|
the Participation Fee to be paid to the DIP Lenders (a) would not dilute recoveries to holders of General
Unsecured Claims in the event of a Reorganization Transaction and (b) would be waived in the event of a WholeCo Sale Transaction if the net proceeds of the sale were sufficient to satisfy all obligations under the DIP Credit Agreement and the
principal amount of all Prepetition Obligations (as defined in the Final DIP Order) in full in cash; |
|
|
|
the DIP Lenders would use commercially reasonable efforts to seek recovery from the DIP Collateral other than
Avoidance Actions or the proceeds thereof before seeking recovery from Avoidance Actions or the proceeds thereof; |
|
|
|
up to $300,000 (as compared to $50,000 initially agreed between the Debtors and First Lien Ad Hoc Group) of the
proceeds of the DIP Facility, the DIP Collateral, and the prepetition collateral could be used by the Creditors Committee to investigate or prosecute certain claims and causes of action with respect to the Prepetition Obligations.
|
On March 6, 2024, the Court entered the Final Order Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §§
105, 361, 362, 363, 364, 507, and 552 and Fed. R. Bankr. P. 2002, 4001, 6003, 6004, and 9014 for (I) Authority to (A) Obtain Postpetition Financing, (B) Use Cash Collateral
(C) Grant Liens And Provide Superpriority Administrative Expense Status, (D) Grant Adequate Protection, and (E) Modify the Automatic Stay, and (II) Related Relief
[Docket No. 271] (the Final DIP Order), approving on a final basis, among other things, the Debtors entry into the DIP Facility, including the modifications agreed to with the Creditors Committee. Pursuant to
the Final DIP Order, any party in interest with proper standing (to the extent derivative standing is required under applicable law) granted by order of the Court (or other court of competent jurisdiction) has until (i) April 22, 2024, and
(ii) solely with respect to the Creditors Committee, May 12, 2024, to challenge the validity of the Prepetition Debt or the Prepetition Liens and to prosecute Challenges against, among others, the Prepetition Secured Parties (each as
defined in the Final DIP Order).
26
In addition, as part of the consensual resolution with the Creditors Committee of
matters relating to the Final DIP Order, the Final DIP Order reflects the Debtors and DIP Lenders agreement to extend certain of the milestones set forth in Section 5.15 of the DIP Credit Agreement. Specifically, the Final DIP Order
sets forth the following key milestones: (i) entry by the Bankruptcy Court of an order approving the Disclosure Statement no later than 96 days following the Petition Date (i.e., May 10, 2024); (ii) a hearing to approve the
Reorganization Transaction no later than 148 days after the Petition Date (i.e., July 1, 2024); and (iii) the effective date of the Reorganization Transaction no later than 162 days after the Petition Date (i.e.,
July 15, 2024), subject to an automatic extension of up to 45 days (i.e., August 29, 2024) if the effective date has not occurred solely due to any pending healthcare-related regulatory approvals or any pending approval under the
Hart-Scott-Rodino Act.
The Debtors filed various motions regarding procedural issues common to chapter 11 cases of similar size and complexity. The Bankruptcy Court
granted substantially all of the relief requested in such motions and entered various orders authorizing the Debtors to, among other things:
|
|
|
Jointly administer the Debtors Chapter 11 Cases [Docket No. 34]; |
|
|
|
Establish procedures for interim compensation and reimbursement of expenses of chapter 11 professionals [Docket
No. 243]; and |
|
|
|
Employ professionals utilized by the Debtors in the ordinary course of business [Docket No. 244].
|
|
E. |
Retention of Chapter 11 Professionals |
The Debtors filed several applications and obtained authority to retain various professionals to assist the Debtors in carrying out their
duties under the Bankruptcy Code during the Chapter 11 Cases. As of the date hereof, these professionals include (i) Weil as counsel; (ii) Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A. as local Delaware
co-counsel; (iii) Houlihan Lokey Capital, Inc. as investment banker; (iv) AlixPartners LLP as financial advisor; (v) Kurtzman Carson Consultants LLC as claims and noticing agent and
administrative advisor; (vi) Ernst & Young LLP to provide audit services; (vii) KPMG LLP as tax advisor; and (viii) Quinn Emanuel as special counsel, as discussed in Section IV.K.iv of this Disclosure Statement. The Debtors
may seek to retain additional professionals or advisors during the Chapter 11 Cases.
|
F. |
Executory Contracts and Lease Rejections |
As discussed above, on February 5, 2024 the Debtors filed a motion (a) to reject approximately 72 real property leases associated
with medical centers and other locations that were closed prior to the Petition Date and, as of the Petition Date, were currently vacant and no longer being occupied or used by the Debtors, and (b) abandon related personal property of de
minimis value [Docket No. 29] (the First Omnibus Lease Rejection Motion). By order dated March 8, 2023 [Docket No. 448], the Court approved the relief requested in the First Omnibus Lease
27
Rejection Motion. On March 9, 2024 the Debtors filed a second motion to reject approximately 11 executory contracts and real property leases and abandon related personal property of de
minimis value [Docket No. 533] (the Second Omnibus Lease Rejection Motion). The relief requested in the Second Omnibus Lease Rejection Motion was approved by the Court on April 12, 2024 [Docket No. 640]. The
Debtors continue to evaluate their existing lease portfolio and additional rejection motions may be filed during the Chapter 11 Cases.
|
G. |
De Minimis Asset Sales |
On March 26, 2024, the Debtors filed a motion (a) authorizing and approving procedures for the sale, transfer, or acquisition of
certain de minimis assets, and (b) granting related relief [Docket No. 519] (the De Minimis Asset Sale Motion). The relief requested in the De Minimis Asset Sale Motion was approved by
the Court on April 15, 2024 [Docket No. 648].
|
H. |
Appointment of Creditors Committee |
On February 21, 2024, the Creditors Committee was appointed by the Office of the United States Trustee for the District of Delaware
(the U.S. Trustee) pursuant to section 1102 of the Bankruptcy Code to represent the interests of unsecured creditors in the Chapter 11 Cases. See Notice of Appointment of Committee of Unsecured Creditors [Docket
No. 154]. The members of the Creditors Committee are: (i) CD Support LLC; (ii) Second Wave Delivery Systems, LLC; (iii) Navina Technologies Ltd.; (iv) 2380-90 NW 7 Street LLC; and (v)
107 Commercial Property LLC. The Creditors Committee is advised by Paul Hastings LLP, as counsel, Cole Schotz P.C., as co-counsel, and Force 10 Partners, as financial advisor.
Statements and Schedules and Claims Bar Dates
Beginning on March 7, 2024, the Debtors each filed their schedules of assets and liabilities and statements of financial affairs
(collectively, the Schedules) [Docket Nos. 275-450].
On March 5, 2024,
the Bankruptcy Court entered an order (the Original Bar Date Order) approving:
|
i. |
April 22, 2024, at 5:00 p.m., prevailing Eastern Time, as the deadline for all non-governmental units (as defined in section 101(27) of the Bankruptcy Code) to file proofs of claim in the Chapter 11 Cases (the General Bar Date); |
|
ii. |
August 2, 2024, at 5:00 p.m., prevailing Eastern Time, as the deadline for all governmental units (as
defined in section 101(27) of the Bankruptcy Code) to file proofs of claim in the Chapter 11 Cases (the Governmental Bar Date); |
|
iii. |
the later of (a) the General Bar Date or the Governmental Bar Date, as applicable, and (b) 5:00 p.m.,
prevailing Eastern Time, on the date that is 30 days from the date on which the Debtors provide notice of a previously unfiled Schedule or an amendment or supplement to the Schedule as the deadline by which persons or entities affected by such
filing, amendment, or supplement must file proofs of claim in the Chapter 11 Cases (the Amended Schedules Bar Date); and |
28
|
iv. |
the later of (y) the General Bar Date or the Governmental Bar Date, as applicable, and (z) 5:00 p.m.,
prevailing Eastern Time, on the date that is 30 days following the entry of an order approving rejection of any executory contract or unexpired lease of the Debtors as the deadline by which persons or entities asserting claims resulting from such
rejection must file proofs of claim in the Chapter 11 Cases (the Rejection Damages Bar Date and, together with the General Bar Date, the Governmental Bar Date, and the Amended Schedules Bar Date, the Bar Dates)
[Docket No. 259]. |
Notice of the Bar Dates was served on creditors and other parties in interest, including the
Debtors current and former patients, by March 13, 2024, as set forth in the affidavits of service filed with the Court [Docket No. 475].
Following entry of the Original Bar Date Order and service of the Bar Date Notice, the Debtors identified a ministerial error in the Original
Bar Date Order. Specifically, the Original Bar Date Order inadvertently excused any former officer, director, or employee of any of the Debtors from having to file a Proof of Claim for any claim based on indemnification, contribution, or
reimbursement. This exception, as accurately reflected in the Bar Date Notice that was served on all current or former officers, directors and employees of the Debtors, was intended to apply only to current officers, directors and employees of the
Debtors. As such, the Debtors filed, and the court entered, a corrected bar date order [Docket No. 615] (the Corrected Bar Date Order and, together with the Original Bar Date Order, the Bar Date
Order). To address any potential confusion caused by the discrepancy in the Original Bar Date Order, the Corrected Bar Date Order (i) required the Debtors to serve the Corrected Bar Date Order on all former officers, directors or
employees of the Debtors within three (3) business days of entry of the Corrected Bar Date Order and (ii) extended the applicable Bar Date (as defined in the Bar Date) solely for such parties from April 22, 2024 to 5:00 p.m.,
prevailing Eastern Time on May 9, 2024.
|
I. |
MSP Recovery Shares Sale Order |
On February 28, 2024, the Debtors filed a motion seeking entry of an order authorizing the Debtors to sell certain Class A common
stock shares the Debtors held in MSP Recovery, Inc. (the MSP Recovery Shares), and granting related relief [Docket No. 200] (the MSP Recovery Shares Motion). The MSP Recovery Shares constitute prepetition
collateral of the Prepetition Secured Parties (as defined in the DIP Orders) and the postpetition collateral of the DIP Lenders. The Restructuring Support Agreement, however, contemplates that, under the Plan filed by the Debtors to implement the
terms of the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Prepetition Secured Parties and the DIP Lenders will consent to the net proceeds from the liquidation of the MSP Recovery Shares held by the Debtors as of the Petition Date being distributed to
holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims. Accordingly, the Debtors filed the MSP Recovery Shares Motion in an effort to preserve this value for potential distribution to General Unsecured Creditors under the Plan. The relief requested by the
Debtors in the MSP Recovery Shares Motion was consented to by the DIP Lenders, the Ad Hoc First Lien Group, and the Creditors Committee.
By order dated March 7, 2024, the Court entered an order approving the MSP Recovery Shares Motion [Docket No. 328] (the MSP
Recovery Order). Pursuant to the MSP Recovery Order, the Debtors were authorized to sell the MSP Recovery Class A Stock at any time through
29
open market transactions initiated through their broker; provided that (i) all proceeds of the MSP Recovery Class A Stock sales shall constitute the collateral of the Prepetition
Secured Parties (subject to the challenge provisions set forth in the DIP Orders) and the DIP Lenders and (ii) all proceeds of the MSP Recovery Class A Stock sales at any time from and after the Petition Date shall be held and maintained
in a segregated account and not released pending (x) agreement of the Debtors, the Creditors Committee, the DIP Lenders, and the Ad Hoc First Lien Group or (y) further order of the Court. Approximately $5.5 million of net
proceeds were generated by postpetition sales of the MSP Recovery Class A Stock and such amounts are being held in a segregated account in accordance with the MSP Recovery Order.
Senior Management KERP. In January 2024, in order to retain and incentivize key employees to focus their efforts during the
Debtors restructuring efforts, the Debtors adopted a key employee retention program (the Senior Management KERP) for five (5) members of senior executive management, including the Debtors Chief
Executive Officer, Interim Chief Financial Officer13, Chief Operating Officer, Chief People Officer, and Chief Compliance Officer / General
Counsel.14 Under the Senior Management KERP, each participant was entitled to receive a lump sum cash award payable shortly following execution of a Senior Management KERP agreement, subject to
the terms and conditions thereof. The participants are eligible to retain their award, subject to the terms and conditions of the retention agreement, if they have not resigned without good reason and have not been terminated by the
Debtors for cause as of the earlier of (i) the date that is twelve (12) months following execution of the retention agreement and (ii) the date of consummation of a Restructuring Event, as defined in the Senior Management
KERP agreements. In the event a participant does not remain in the Debtors employ until such date, subject to certain exceptions, he/she will forfeit and be required to disgorge the full gross amount of the award. In connection with the
Senior Management KERP, each Senior Executive has agreed not to assert a claim against the Debtors or any of their affiliates for severance or related payments, rights or benefits through the earlier of the conclusion of the Chapter 11 Cases and the
Retention Date (as defined in the Senior Management KERP agreements). Prior to the Petition Date, the Debtors paid all amounts due under the Senior Management KERP, totaling approximately $6,705,000.
Management Retention Program. In January 2024, the Debtors implemented a Retention Bonus Program by which cohorts of
senior management and staff management are incentivized to be retained through January 25, 2025 (the Management Retention Program). Prior to the Petition Date, the Debtors paid approximately $2,244,000 under the
Management Retention Program. Approximately $1,585,000 remains due and owing to the various participants under the Management Retention Program, with the next scheduled payment due to eligible participants in June 2024. The Debtors will seek
authority from the Bankruptcy Court prior to making any further payments under the Management Retention Program.
13 |
On March 28, 2024, Eladio Gil was named permanent Chief Financial Officer. |
14 |
The Debtors also, prepetition and in the ordinary course, implemented certain salary increases to bring these
Employees in line with market pay and entered into new employment and severance agreements with each of the participants in the Senior Management KERP. |
30
Provider and Other Employee Retention Program. In January 2024, the Debtors
implemented a Retention Bonus Program designed to retain the Debtors key care providers, including physicians and nurses, and key staff through a twelve (12) month period following the entrance into such retention program (the
Provider and Other Employee Retention Program). Under the Provider and Other Employee Retention Program, each participant is eligible to receive a cash award payable in two installments, subject to the terms and conditions
thereof. Prior to the Petition Date, the Debtors paid approximately $1,484,000 under the Provider and Other Employee Retention Program. Remaining amounts due and owing under such Retention Program will be paid to eligible participants as soon as
practicable following authorization from the Bankruptcy Court. The Debtors will seek authority from the Bankruptcy Court prior to making any further payments under the Provider and Other Employee Retention Program.
Additional Employee Retention Program. In January 2024, the Debtors implemented a Retention Bonus Program that included a mix of
salary increases and time-based incentive payments for a broad cohort of rank and file employees, designed to improve retention in important patient facing roles such as, among other roles, Medical Assistants, Front Desk, Patient
Services, Patient Enrollment, Patient Engagement, Social Services Coordinators, Care Management, and incentivize such Employees to remain employed with the Debtors through January 2025 (the Additional Employee Retention Program).
In January 2024, the Debtors paid approximately $45,000 under the Additional Employee Retention Program, and the remaining $494,000 is due to be paid on a monthly basis in the amount of approximately $45,000 per month. The Debtors will seek
authority from the Bankruptcy Court prior to making any further payments under the Additional Employee Retention Program.
Provider
Bonus Program. The Debtors have historically maintained the Provider Bonus Program (as defined in the Provider Bonus motion, Docket No. 266) to incentivize optimal performance for their employees. The Provider Bonus Program seeks to
reward individual or team efforts and promote productivity, while enhancing employee morale. The Debtors estimate that the average annual cost of the Provider Bonus Program has historically been approximately $5,000,000. As of the Petition Date, the
Debtors believe that they owe approximately $4,279,000 under the Provider Bonus Program. On March 31, 2024 the Court entered the Order Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §§ 105(A), 363, and 503(C) and Fed. R. Bankr. P. 6004
(I) Authorizing Debtors to Pay Semi-Annual Compensation Owed to Physicians and Other Employee Health Care Providers, and (II) Granting Related Relief [Docket No. 490] (the Provider Bonus Order).
Pursuant to the Provider Bonus Order, the Debtors are authorized, but not directed, to pay semi-annual compensation owed to the Debtors employed physicians, nurse practitioners, physician assistants, and other health care providers under the
2023 Provider Bonus Program. The total amount of semi-annual compensation the Debtors are authorized to pay pursuant to the Provider Bonus Order on account of the 2023 Provider Bonus Program is not more than $2,400,000.
31
Automatic Stay and Other Stipulations
Since the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors have entered into, and the Court has approved, various stipulations and resolutions
regarding requests for relief from the automatic stay and related matters, including, without limitation, the following:
|
|
|
Dental Excellence Stipulation: On March 28, 2024, Dental Excellence Partners LLC
(Dental Excellence) filed the Motion of Dental Excellence Partners LLC for Entry of an Order (I) Granting Relief from the Automatic Stay Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. § 362(d)(1) and (d)(2), to the
Extent Applicable, and (II) Granting Related Relief [Docket No. 529] (the DE Stay Motion) seeking relief from the automatic stay to permit Dental Excellence to retrieve certain equipment Dental
Excellence asserted ownership over (the Equipment) from the Debtors locations. Pursuant to the Order Approving Stipulation Resolving Dental Excellence Partners LLCs Motion for Relief from the Automatic Stay
[Docket No. 645], the Bankruptcy Court approved a stipulation resolving the DE Stay Moion and granting Dental Excellence limited relief from the automatic stay solely to the extent necessary to allow Dental Excellence to retrieve the Equipment
from the Debtors locations in accordance with the term set forth therein. |
|
|
|
MedCloud Stipulation: On March 19, 2024, MedCloud Depot, LLC (MedCloud)
filed its (I) Request for Payment of Administrative Expense; in the Alternative, (II) Motion for Relief from Stay; and (III) Motion to Compel Assumption or Rejection of Syncrasy Software
License Agreement; and (IV) Notice of Debtors Breach of Syncrasy Software License Agreement [Docket No. 481] (the Administrative Expense Motion). Pursuant to the Administrative Expense
Motion, MedCloud sought, among other things, (i) payment as administrative expenses of its licensing fees as well as damages for the Debtors purported breach of MedClouds prepetition Syncrasy Software License Agreement, (ii) in
the alternative, relief from the automatic stay to permit MedCloud to terminate the License Agreement on account of the Debtors insufficient payments and purported attempts to reverse engineer the software, as well as the Debtors alleged
inability to assume the License Agreement without MedClouds consent, (iii) to compel assumption or rejection of the License Agreement within five business days, and (iv) an order directing the Debtors to cease efforts to reverse
engineer the software. MedCloud also served the Debtors with a Rule 30(b)(6) deposition notice [Docket No. 493] (the 30(b)(6) Notice) and motion to conduct discovery pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2004 [Docket No. 506] (the
2004 Motion). The Debtors disputed MedClouds assertions and filed a combined opposition to the 2004 Motion and motion to quash the Rule 30(b)(6) Notice (the Motion to Quash) [Docket No. 531]. Pursuant
to the Order Approving Stipulation Resolving MedCloud Depot LLCs Administrative Expense Motion and Related Discovery Disputes [Docket No. 641] (the MedCloud Stipulation), the Debtors and MedCloud resolved
the Administrative Expense Motion, the 30(b)(6) Notice and the 2004 Motion, whereby the parties agreed, among other things, that (a) the Administrative Expense Motion, the Rule 30(b)(6) Notice, the Rule 2004 Motion and the Motion to Quash were
withdrawn, (b) the Debtors agreed to pay MedCloud, as a post-petition administrative expense, an aggregate fee of $175,000 per month for each of March, April and May 2024, and MedCloud waived all alleged post-petition payment deficiencies
through May 31, 2024, (b) the Debtors would |
32
|
file a motion to assume or reject the Syncrasy Software License Agreement by May 15, 2024, and (c) the Licensees (as defined in the MedCloud Stipulation) would not take any action to
infringe on MedClouds intellectual property rights in connection with the Syncrasy Software System. |
Section 1121(b) of the Bankruptcy Code provides for a period of 120 days after the commencement of a chapter 11 case during which time a
debtor has the exclusive right to file a plan of reorganization (the Exclusive Plan Filing Period). In addition, section 1121(c)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code provides that if a debtor files a plan within the Exclusive Plan
Period, it has a period of 180 days after commencement of the chapter 11 case to obtain acceptances of such plan (the Exclusive Plan Solicitation Period, and together with the Exclusive Plan Period, the Exclusive
Periods). The Debtors initial Exclusive Plan Filing Period and initial Exclusive Plan Solicitation Period are set to expire on June 3, 2024 and August 2, 2024, respectively. Pursuant to section 1121(d) of the Bankruptcy
Code, the Bankruptcy Court may, upon a showing of cause, extend the Exclusive Periods.
Prior to and after the Petition Date, the Debtors, with the assistance of their advisors, engaged in the Sale Process to solicit bids for a
potential sale of all or substantially all of the Debtors assets or an alternative sale or plan sponsor-type transaction and seek the highest or best bid for the Debtors businesses. The Debtors, with the assistance of their advisors,
contacted numerous parties, including both potential financial and strategic investors, to solicit transaction proposals. Initial information and introductory calls were held with multiple parties. Several parties executed non-disclosure agreements and received a copy of the business plan presentation and access to a data room. To date, the Debtors have received a non-binding indication of
interest that was a proposal to acquire select assets to be identified at a later date and not a Whole-Co Sale Transaction. Therefore, as set forth above, the Debtors intend to proceed with the Reorganization
Transaction to deleverage their balance sheet. The Debtors will continue to explore other potential transactions and, to the extent, any future offers or proposals are received for any such transaction, a
Whole-Co Sale Transaction, or a Plan Sponsor Investment, review such offers or proposal consistent with their fiduciary duties to maximize value for the estates and creditors.
|
ii. |
Discrete Asset Sale Process |
Beginning in December 2023, the Debtors, in conjunction with Houlihan Lokey, commenced a sale process for their ACO REACH business. The
Debtors, with the assistance of their advisors, contacted multiple parties that included a broad group of both strategic and financial investors. The Debtors received initial indications of interest from various parties. The Debtors continue to
engage with the various bidders and may, in their discretion (consistent with the terms of the Restructuring Support Agreement), seek authority from the Court during the Chapter 11 Cases to proceed with a potential bid, which may include, without
limitation, seeking authority to approve bid procedures and bid protections, including a potential break-up fee and/or expense reimbursement for any potential stalking horse bidders. As set forth above, the
Debtors will inform parties no later than the Voting Deadline if they intend to pursue any Discrete Asset Sales.
33
|
iii. |
Exit Revolver Process |
As of the date hereof, the Debtors, through their advisors, have contacted numerous potential financing sources for expressions of interests to
submit term sheets in connection with the Exit Revolver. The Debtors continue engaging with potential financing sources regarding the Exit Revolver and expect to have a binding commitment for the Exit Revolver sufficiently in advance of the
Confirmation Hearing.
|
iv. |
Quinn Emanuel and Weil Investigations |
As of January 17, 2024, CHI retained Quinn Emanuel as legal counsel reporting to the 2023 Directors to conduct certain investigations and
inquiries to, among other things, assist the Debtors in the evaluation of certain causes of action and certain releases contemplated to be granted in connection with the Plan. Specifically, Quinn Emanuel has investigated (the Quinn
Investigation) potential claims or causes of action, including potential Chapter 5 claims and causes of action, against current and former officers, directors, and shareholders of the CHI (collectively, the Related
Parties), relating to or arising out of corporate transactions and other corporate actions taken by the Company, while the directors and officers served in their roles, in each case from and after April 10, 2022. As part of the Quinn
Investigation, Quinn Emanuel has interviewed all current Board members and certain current members of senior management. Quinn Emanuel has also reviewed an extensive number of documents relevant to the Quinn Investigation. As of the date hereof, the
investigation is ongoing, and the independent directors have not yet drawn or arrived at any final conclusions.
At the direction of the
Debtors, Weil is also conducting an investigation (the Weil Investigation and, together with the Quinn Investigation, the Debtor Investigations) of any other potential claims and causes of action, including
potential Chapter 5 claims and causes of actions, the Debtors may have against the current and former directors, officers, and shareholders relating to or arising out of corporate transactions and other corporate actions taken by the Company dating
back to four years prior to the Petition Date up until April 10, 2022. As part of the Weil Investigation, Weil has reviewed documents concerning certain material transactions and anticipates interviewing all current Board members and members of
senior management who may have personal knowledge of or were involved in negotiating or approving such material transactions. As of the date hereof, the investigation is ongoing, and Weil has not yet made its recommendation to the Debtors.
V.
PENDING
LITIGATION
The Debtors are involved in certain prepetition lawsuits and matters. Any Claims relating to such lawsuits will be
classified as General Unsecured Claims. The Debtors expect that to the extent Allowed, certain of these Claims may be covered by the Debtors insurance coverage, in whole or in part. The Debtors do not expect any liability they may have in
these matters to have a material adverse effect on their business or restructuring efforts.
34
On January 18, 2024, CHI filed a complaint (the State Court Matter)
in the Complex Business Division of the Eleventh Judicial Circuit in and for Miami-Dade County, Florida (the State Court) asserting breach of non-competition,
non-solicitation, and confidentiality contractual claims against three of its former executives Marlow Hernandez, Jason Conger, and Richard Aguilar (collectively, the Defendants), as well as
a count of tortious interference against their new company, defendant Soran Health, LLC (Soran Health), and a count of civil conspiracy against all of the Defendants. The State Court Action is captioned Cano Health, Inc.
v. Marlow Hernandez, Richard Aguilar, Jason Conger and Soran Health, LLC, Case No. 2024-001079-CA-01. On January 30, 2024, CHI filed an emergency motion for
temporary injunction against the Defendants (the Temporary Injunction Motion). CHI sought a temporary injunction to enjoin the Defendants from their ongoing breaches of their restrictive covenants and to enjoin Soran Health from
tortiously interfering with those contracts and CHIs business relationships with employees and patients. The Defendants filed their opposition to the Temporary Injunction Motion on February 13, 2024, and CHI filed its reply
on February 20, 2024.
On February 28 and 29, 2024, the State Court held a two-day
evidentiary hearing. Following the close of the hearing, the State Court issued the Order Granting Temporary Injunction. In that order, the State Court held Based on the evidence presented, the arguments of counsel, and the law, the
Court grants the Motion . . . . Plaintiffs counsel shall prepare a detailed proposed order on the Motion. Order Granting Temporary Injunction at 1 (first emphasis added, second emphasis in original). On March 2,
2024, two days after the State Court issued its Order Granting Temporary Injunction, Defendants removed the case to the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Florida, purportedly as related to CHIs pending Chapter 11
Cases. Defendants subsequently filed a motion to transfer the case to the Bankruptcy Court overseeing the Chapter 11 Cases.
On
March 25, 2024, CHI filed a motion to remand the action back to the state court, and filed an opposition to defendants motion to transfer the case to the District of Delaware. Defendants filed their opposition to CHIs remand, and
their reply in support of their motion to transfer, on April 15, 2024 and CHI filed its reply in support of its motion on April 22, 2024. The court will hold a hearing on the motions on May 2, 2024.
The Debtors believe their affirmative claims, including those asserted in connection with the State Court Matter, are meritorious, but at this
time cannot estimate whether or to what extent such lawsuits and matters will result in any additional proceeds for the Debtors estates.
The Debtors may, from time to time, be subject to various information requests, inquiries, or investigations from certain local, state, or
federal regulatory or governmental agencies or authorities. Such information requests, inquiries, or investigations, may or may not ultimately result in claims asserted against the Debtors.
35
VI.
SUMMARY OF PLAN
This Section of the Disclosure Statement summarizes the Plan. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Plan.
|
A. |
Administrative Expense and Priority Claims |
|
i. |
Administrative Expense Claims |
Except to the extent a holder of an Allowed Administrative Expense Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, each holder of an Allowed
Administrative Expense Claim (other than a DIP Claim, Adequate Protection Fees, Restructuring Expenses, or a Professional Fee Claim) shall receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, such
Claim, Cash in an amount equal to the unpaid portion of such Allowed Administrative Expense Claim on the latest of: (a) the Effective Date; (b) the first Business Day after the date that is 30 days after the date on which such
Administrative Expense Claim becomes an Allowed Administrative Expense Claim; (c) the date on which such Administrative Expense Claim becomes payable under any agreement with the Debtors or the applicable Post-Emergence Entities relating
thereto; (d) in respect of liabilities incurred by the Debtors in the ordinary course of business, the date upon which such liabilities are payable in the ordinary course of business by the Debtors or the applicable Post-Emergence Entities, as
applicable, consistent with the Debtors past practice; or (e) such other date as may be agreed upon between the holder of such Allowed Administrative Expense Claim and the Debtors or the applicable Post-Emergence Entities, as the case may
be.
|
ii. |
Professional Fee Claims. |
(a) All Entities seeking an award by the Bankruptcy Court of Professional Fee Claims shall file and serve on the Debtors and/or the
Post-Emergence Entities, and such other Persons who are designated by the applicable Bankruptcy Rules, the Confirmation Order, the Interim Compensation Order, or any other applicable order of the Bankruptcy Court, on or before the date that is
forty-five (45) days after the Effective Date, their respective final applications for allowance of compensation for services rendered and reimbursement of expenses incurred from the Petition Date through the Effective Date. Objections to any
Professional Fee Claims must be filed and served on the Post-Emergence Entities, the Creditors Committee, the U.S. Trustee, the Ad Hoc First Lien Group, and the requesting party no later than twenty-one
(21) calendar days after the filing of the final applications for compensation or reimbursement (unless otherwise agreed by the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, and the party requesting compensation of a Professional Fee
Claim).
(b) Allowed Professional Fee Claims shall be paid in full, in Cash, in such amounts as are Allowed by the Bankruptcy Court
(i) within 5 calendar days of an order relating to any such Allowed Professional Fee Claim is entered or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, or (ii) upon such other terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon between the
holder of such an Allowed Professional Fee Claim and the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Professional Fee Claims that are authorized to be paid pursuant to any administrative orders entered
by the Bankruptcy Court, including the Interim Compensation Order, may be paid at the times and in the amounts authorized pursuant to such orders.
36
(c) No later than 10 calendar days prior to the Effective Date, holders of
Professional Fee Claims shall provide to the Debtors a reasonable and good faith estimate of unpaid Professional Fee Claims incurred in rendering services before the Effective Date and the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, shall
separately escrow for such estimated amounts for the benefit of the holders of the Professional Fee Claims until the fee applications related thereto are resolved by Final Order or agreement of the parties. If a holder of a Professional Fee Claim
does not provide an estimate, the Debtors or Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, may estimate the unpaid and unbilled reasonable and necessary fees and out-of-pocket
expenses of such holder of a Professional Fee Claim. When all such Allowed Professional Fee Claims have been paid in full, any remaining amount in such escrow shall promptly be released from such escrow and revert to, and ownership thereof shall
vest in, the Post-Emergence Parent without any further action or order of the Bankruptcy Court.
(d) The Post-Emergence Entities or
the Plan Administrator, as applicable, are authorized to pay compensation for services rendered or reimbursement of expenses incurred by the Debtor Professionals after the Effective Date in the ordinary course and without the need for Bankruptcy
Court approval.
Except to the extent a holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, each holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim
shall receive, in full and final satisfaction of such Allowed Priority Tax Claim, at the option of the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, Cash in an amount equal to such Allowed Priority Tax Claim on, or as soon as practicable
thereafter, the later of (i) the Effective Date, to the extent such Claim is an Allowed Priority Tax Claim on the Effective Date, (ii) the first Business Day after the date that such Priority Tax Claim becomes an Allowed Priority Tax
Claim, and (iii) the date such Allowed Priority Tax Claim is due and payable in the ordinary course as such obligation becomes due; provided that the Debtors and the Post-Emergence Entities reserve the right to prepay all or a
portion of any such amounts at any time under this option at their discretion. All Allowed Priority Tax Claims that are not due and payable on or before the Effective Date shall be paid in the ordinary course of business or under applicable non-bankruptcy law as such obligations become due.
(a) DIP Claims. On the Effective Date, in full and final satisfaction of the Allowed DIP Claims, all obligations under the
DIP Documents, other than DIP Fees, shall be, (i) in the event of a Reorganization Transaction, converted to and deemed to be obligations under, and as defined in, the Exit Facility Credit Agreement, and all Collateral (as such term is defined
in the DIP Credit Agreement) that secures obligations under the DIP Documents shall be reaffirmed, ratified and shall automatically secure all obligations under the Exit Facility Credit Agreement in accordance with Section 5.5(a) of the Plan,
or (ii) in the event of a Whole-Co Sale Transaction, indefeasibly paid in full in Cash.
37
(b) DIP Fees. On the Effective Date, any and all DIP Fees not previously
paid or otherwise satisfied pursuant to the DIP Orders shall be indefeasibly paid in full in Cash; provided that, (i) in the event of a Reorganization Transaction, the Participation Fee shall be satisfied in New Equity Interests in
accordance with the DIP Documents and (ii) at least two Business Days before the anticipated Effective Date, any professional seeking payment of DIP Fees in the form of professional fees from the Debtors shall provide the Debtors with a summary
invoice of such professionals DIP Fees and a reasonable estimate of such Professionals DIP Fees through the Effective Date; provided further that any DIP Fees that are in the form of professional fees not invoiced shall not be
waived and may be invoiced following the Effective Date, and such DIP Fees shall be promptly satisfied by the applicable Post-Emergence Entities. Any payments of DIP Fees made pursuant to this Section 2.4(b) shall not be subject to further
review or objection. Any amount of estimated DIP Fees that is not applied to actual DIP Fees shall be returned to the Post-Emergence Entities by the applicable professional as soon as reasonably practicable following the Effective Date.
|
v. |
Restructuring Expenses and Adequate Protection Fees |
The Restructuring Expenses and Adequate Protection Fees incurred, or estimated to be incurred prior to and including the Effective Date, to the
extent not previously paid during the course of the Chapter 11 Cases, shall be paid in full in Cash on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter in accordance with, and subject to the terms of the DIP Orders and the
Restructuring Support Agreement, in each case, without any requirement to file a fee application or Administrative Expense Claim with the Bankruptcy Court or any requirement for Bankruptcy Court review or approval, which payments shall be final and
not subject to disgorgement, turnover, recovery, avoidance, recharacterization, or any other similar Claim, provided that the First Lien Administrative Agents shall file a notice with the Bankruptcy Court setting forth their requested Restructuring
Expenses or Adequate Protection Fees. All Restructuring Expenses and/or Adequate Protection Fees to be paid on the Effective Date shall be estimated in good faith, and such estimates shall be
delivered to the Debtors at least two Business Days before the anticipated Effective Date; provided that such estimates shall not be considered an admission or limitation of any kind with respect to such Restructuring Expenses or Adequate
Protection Fees. Other than the payment of the Restructuring Expenses, Adequate Protection Fees, DIP Fees, and Professional Fee Claims, or as otherwise authorized by the Bankruptcy Court, no broker, finder, or investment banker engaged by or on
behalf of any Debtor or Non-Debtor Affiliate shall be entitled to any brokerage, finders, or other fee or commission in connection with the Plan or the Restructuring. Following the Effective Date, any
unpaid Restructuring Expenses and/or Adequate Protection Fees incurred prior to and including the Effective Date shall be paid by the applicable Post-Emergence Entities.
|
B. |
Classification of Claims and Interests |
|
i. |
Classification in General |
A Claim or Interest is placed in a particular Class for all purposes, including voting, confirmation, and distribution under the Plan and
under sections 1122 and 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code; provided that a Claim or Interest is placed in a particular Class for the purpose of receiving distributions pursuant to the Plan only to the extent that such Claim or
Interest is an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest in that Class and such Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest has not been satisfied, released, or otherwise settled prior to the Effective Date.
38
|
ii. |
Grouping of Debtors for Convenience Only |
The Plan groups the Debtors together solely for the purpose of describing treatment under the Plan, confirmation of the Plan, and making
distributions in accordance with the Plan in respect of Claims against and Interests in the Debtors under the Plan. Such groupings shall not affect any Debtors status as a separate legal Entity, result in substantive consolidation of any
Estates, change the organizational structure of the Debtors business enterprise, constitute a change of control of any Debtor for any purpose, cause a merger or consolidation of any legal Entities, or cause the transfer of any assets. Except
as otherwise provided by or permitted under the Plan, all Debtors shall continue to exist as separate legal Entities after the Effective Date.
|
iii. |
Summary of Classification |
The following table designates the Classes of Claims against and Interests in each of the Debtors and specifies which of those Classes are
(a) Impaired or Unimpaired by the Plan, (b) entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan in accordance with section 1126 of the Bankruptcy Code, and (c) presumed to accept or deemed to reject the Plan. In accordance with section
1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, Administrative Expense Claims, Priority Tax Claims and DIP Claims, have not been classified. The classification of Claims and Interests set forth herein shall apply separately to each of the Debtors. All of the
potential Classes for the Debtors are set forth herein. Certain of the Debtors may not have holders of Claims or Interests in a particular Class or Classes, and such Classes shall be treated as set forth in Section 3.5 of the Plan.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class |
|
Designation |
|
Treatment |
|
Entitled to Vote |
1 |
|
Other Priority Claims |
|
Unimpaired |
|
No (Presumed to Accept) |
2 |
|
Other Secured Claims |
|
Unimpaired |
|
No (Presumed to Accept) |
3 |
|
First Lien Claims |
|
Impaired |
|
Yes |
4 |
|
General Unsecured Claims |
|
Impaired |
|
Yes |
5 |
|
Intercompany Claims |
|
Unimpaired / Impaired |
|
No (Presumed to Accept / Deemed to Reject) |
6 |
|
Subordinated Claims |
|
Impaired |
|
No (Deemed to Reject) |
7 |
|
Existing Subsidiary Interests |
|
Unimpaired / Impaired |
|
No (Presumed to Accept / Deemed to Reject) |
8 |
|
Existing CH LLC Interests |
|
Unimpaired / Impaired |
|
No (Presumed to Accept / Deemed to Reject) |
9 |
|
Existing PCIH Interests |
|
Unimpaired / Impaired |
|
No (Presumed to Accept / Deemed to Reject) |
10 |
|
Existing CHI Interests |
|
Impaired |
|
No (Deemed to Reject) |
39
|
iv. |
Special Provision Governing Unimpaired Claims |
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, nothing under the Plan shall affect the rights of the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities, as
applicable, in respect of any Unimpaired Claims, including all rights in respect of legal and equitable defenses to, or setoffs or recoupments against, any such Unimpaired Claims.
|
v. |
Elimination of Vacant Classes |
Any Class of Claims against or Interests in a Debtor that, as of the commencement of the Confirmation Hearing, does not have at least one
holder of a Claim or Interest that is Allowed in an amount greater than zero for voting purposes shall be considered vacant, deemed eliminated from the Plan of such Debtor for purposes of voting to accept or reject such Debtors Plan, and
disregarded for purposes of determining whether such Debtors Plan satisfies section 1129(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to that Class.
|
vi. |
Other Priority Claims (Class 1) |
a) Classification: Class 1 consists of Other Priority Claims.
b) Treatment: Except to the extent a holder of an Allowed Other Priority Claim against any of the Debtors agrees to a less
favorable treatment of such Claim, in full and final satisfaction of such Allowed Other Priority Claim, at the option of the Debtors or the applicable Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, and subject to the consent of the Requisite Consenting
Creditors, (i) each such holder shall receive payment in Cash in an amount equal to the amount of such Allowed Claim, payable on the later of the Effective Date and the date that is 10 Business Days after the date on which such Other Priority
Claim becomes an Allowed Other Priority Claim, in each case, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, (ii) to the extent applicable, such holders Allowed Other Priority Claim shall be reinstated, or (iii) such holder shall
receive such other treatment so as to render such holders Allowed Other Priority Claim Unimpaired pursuant to section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.
c) Voting: Class 1 is Unimpaired, and the holders of Other Priority Claims are conclusively presumed to have accepted the
Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Holders of Other Priority Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan, and the votes of such holders will not be solicited with respect to Other Priority Claims.
|
vii. |
Other Secured Claims (Class 2) |
a) Classification: Class 2 consists of the Other Secured Claims. To the extent that the Other Secured Claims are secured by
different collateral or different interests in the same collateral, such Claims shall be treated as separate subclasses of Class 2 for purposes of voting to accept or reject the Plan and receiving distributions under the Plan.
b) Treatment: Except to the extent a holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim against any of the Debtors agrees to a less
favorable treatment of such Claim, in full and final satisfaction of such Allowed Other Secured Claim, at the option of the Debtors or
40
the applicable Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, and subject to the consent of the Requisite Consenting Creditors (i) each such holder shall receive payment in Cash in an amount equal
to the amount of such Allowed Claim, payable on the later of the Effective Date and the date that is 10 Business Days after the date on which such Other Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Other Secured Claim, in each case, or as soon as reasonably
practicable thereafter, (ii) to the extent applicable, such holders Allowed Other Secured Claim shall be reinstated, (iii) such holder shall receive the collateral securing its Allowed Other Secured Claim, or (iv) such holder
shall receive such other treatment so as to render such holders Allowed Other Secured Claim Unimpaired pursuant to section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.
c) Voting: Class 2 is Unimpaired, and the holders of Other Secured Claims are conclusively presumed to have accepted the
Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Holders of Other Secured Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan, and the votes of such holders will not be solicited with respect to such Other Secured Claims.
|
viii. |
First Lien Claims (Class 3) |
a) Classification: Class 3 consists of First Lien Claims.
b) Allowance: The First Lien Claims are Allowed, pursuant to section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, in the total aggregate
amount of $468,500,000.00, comprised of (i) the Allowed Side-Car First Lien Claim Amount and (ii) the Allowed CS First Lien Claim Amount.
c) Treatment: On the Effective Date, the Allowed First Lien Claims shall receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement,
release, and discharge of such Allowed Claims:
(i) In the event of a Reorganization Transaction, such holders
Pro Rata share of (x) the 1L Exit Facility Loans, (y) 100% of the New Equity Interests (subject to the terms of any Plan Sponsor Investment), and (z) if applicable, the Plan Sponsor Investment Proceeds and/or the Discrete Asset Sale
Proceeds.
(ii) In the event of a Whole-Co Sale Transaction, such
holders Pro Rata share of (x) the Whole-Co Sale Transaction Proceeds, if any, after deducting for the amount required to satisfy in full, or otherwise render Unimpaired all Allowed
Administrative Expense Claims (including, for the avoidance of doubt, all Allowed DIP Claims (including the Participation Fee (except in the event the Whole-Co Sale Transaction Proceeds are sufficient to repay
in full in Cash all Allowed DIP Claims (without taking into account the Participation Fee) and Allowed First Lien Claims))), Allowed Priority Tax Claims, Allowed Other Priority Claims, and Allowed Other Secured Claims and (y) if applicable, the
Discrete Asset Sale Proceeds.
d) Voting: Class 3 is Impaired, and the holders of First Lien Claims in Class 3 are
entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
41
|
ix. |
General Unsecured Claims (Class 4) |
a) Classification: Class 4 consists of General Unsecured Claims.
b) Allowance: The First Lien Deficiency Claims are Allowed, pursuant to section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, in the total
aggregate amount of $505,383,103.30 comprised of the Allowed First Lien Deficiency Claim Amount. The Senior Notes Claims are Allowed in the total aggregate amount of $306,406,250.00 comprised of the Allowed Senior Notes Claim Amount. Other General
Unsecured Claims shall be Allowed or Disallowed in accordance with the Plan.
c) Treatment: Except to the extent a holder of
an Allowed General Unsecured Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment of such Claim, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, each Allowed General Unsecured Claim, each holder of an Allowed
General Unsecured Claim shall receive:
(i) In the event of a Reorganization Transaction, such holders Pro Rata
share of (i) the GUC Warrants, (ii) the MSP Recovery Proceeds, and (iii) the Litigation Trust Proceeds.
(ii) In the event of a Whole-Co Sale Transaction, such holders Pro Rata
share of (i) the Whole-Co Transaction Proceeds, if any, after deducting for the amount required to satisfy in full, or otherwise render Unimpaired, all Allowed Administrative Expense Claims
(including, for the avoidance of doubt, all Allowed DIP Claims), Allowed Priority Tax Claims, Allowed Other Priority Claims, Allowed Other Secured Claims and Allowed First Lien Claims, (ii) the MSP Recovery Proceeds, and (iii) the
Litigation Trust Proceeds.
d) Voting: Class 4 is Impaired, and the holders of General Unsecured Claims in Class 4
are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
|
x. |
Intercompany Claims (Class 5) |
a) Classification: Class 5 consists of Intercompany Claims.
b) Treatment: On the Effective Date, all Intercompany Claims shall be adjusted, reinstated, or discharged, to the extent
determined to be appropriate by the Debtors, the applicable Post-Emergence Entities, or the Plan Administrator, as applicable, and the Requisite Consenting Creditors.
c) Voting: Class 5 is either (i) Unimpaired and such holders are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan
pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code, or (ii) Impaired and such holders are conclusively deemed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Holders of Intercompany Claims are not entitled to vote
to accept or reject the Plan, and the votes of such holders will not be solicited with respect to such Intercompany Claims.
42
|
xi. |
Subordinated Claims (Class 6) |
a) Classification: Class 6 consists of Subordinated Claims.
b) Treatment: Subordinated Claims are subordinated pursuant to the Plan and section 510 of the Bankruptcy Code. The holders of
Subordinated Claims shall not receive or retain any property under the Plan on account of such Claims, and the obligations of the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, on account of Subordinated Claims shall be discharged.
c) Voting: Class 6 is Impaired, and the holders of Subordinated Claims are conclusively presumed to have rejected the Plan
pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Holders of Subordinated Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan, and the votes of such holders will not be solicited with respect to such Subordinated Claims.
|
xii. |
Existing Subsidiary Interests (Class 7) |
a) Classification: Class 7 consists of Existing Subsidiary Interests.
b) Treatment:
(i) In the event of a Reorganization Transaction, on the Effective Date, without the need for any further corporate or
limited liability company action or approval of any board of directors, management, or shareholders of any Debtor or Post-Emergence Entity, as applicable, all Existing Subsidiary Interests shall be reinstated, set off, settled, addressed,
distributed, contributed, merged, cancelled, released, reissued, or discharged, to the extent determined to be appropriate by the Debtors, the applicable Post-Emergence Entities, or the Plan Administrator, as applicable; and
(ii) In the event of a Whole-Co Sale Transaction, the Intercompany Interests
shall be adjusted, reinstated, set off, settled, addressed, distributed, contributed, merged, cancelled, released, reissued, or discharged, to the extent determined to be appropriate by the Debtors, the Post-Emergence Entities, or the Plan
Administrator, as applicable, consistent with the Sale Documents.
To the extent the Existing Subsidiary Interests are reinstated, such
reinstatement shall be solely for the purpose of maintaining the Debtors corporate structure. For the avoidance of doubt, holders of Existing Subsidiary Interests shall neither receive nor retain any property of the Debtors or interest in
property of the Debtors on account of such Existing Subsidiary Interests.
c) Voting: Class 7 is either
(i) Unimpaired and such holders are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code, or (ii) Impaired and such holders are conclusively deemed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section
1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Holders of Existing Subsidiary Interests are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan, and the votes of such holders will not be solicited with respect to such Existing Subsidiary Interests.
43
|
xiii. |
Existing CH LLC Interests (Class 8) |
a) Classification: Class 8 consists of Existing CH LLC Interests.
b) Treatment:
(i) In the event of a Reorganization Transaction, on the Effective Date, all Existing CH LLC Interests shall be adjusted,
reinstated, set off, settled, addressed, distributed, contributed, merged, cancelled, released, reissued, or discharged, to the extent determined to be appropriate by the Debtors, the applicable Post-Emergence Entities, or the Plan Administrator, as
applicable, and subject to the consent, as applicable, of the Requisite Consenting Creditors; and
(ii) In the event
of a Whole-Co Sale Transaction, the Existing CH LLC Interests shall be adjusted, reinstated, set off, settled, addressed, distributed, contributed, merged, cancelled, released, reissued, or discharged, to the
extent determined to be appropriate by the Debtors, the Post-Emergence Entities, or the Plan Administrator, as applicable, consistent with the Sale Documents.
To the extent the Existing CH LLC Interests are reinstated, such reinstatement shall be solely for the purpose of maintaining the
Debtors corporate structure. For the avoidance of doubt, holders of Existing CH LLC Interests shall neither receive nor retain any property of the Debtors or interest in property of the Debtors on account of such Existing CH LLC Interests.
c) Voting: Class 8 is either (i) Unimpaired and such holders are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan
pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code, or (ii) Impaired and such holders are conclusively deemed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Holders of Existing CH LLC Interests are not entitled to
vote to accept or reject the Plan, and the votes of such holders will not be solicited with respect to such Existing CH LLC Interests.
|
xiv. |
Existing PCIH Interests (Class 9) |
a) Classification: Class 9 consists of Existing PCIH Interests.
b) Treatment:
(i) In the event of a Reorganization Transaction, on the Effective Date, all Existing PCIH Interests shall be adjusted,
reinstated, set off, settled, addressed, distributed, contributed, merged, cancelled, released, reissued or discharged, to the extent determined to be appropriate by the Debtors, the applicable Post-Emergence Entities, or the Plan Administrator, as
applicable, and subject to the consent, as applicable, of the Requisite Consenting Creditors; provided, that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, all Existing PCIH Interests held by
non-Debtors shall be discharged and cancelled on the Effective Date; and
44
(ii) In the event of a
Whole-Co Sale Transaction, the Existing PCIH Interests shall be adjusted, reinstated, set off, settled, addressed, distributed, contributed, merged, cancelled, released, reissued, or discharged, to the extent
determined to be appropriate by the Debtors, the Post-Emergence Entities, or the Plan Administrator, as applicable, consistent with the Sale Document.
To the extent the Existing PCIH Interests are reinstated, such reinstatement shall be solely for the purpose of maintaining the Debtors
corporate structure. For the avoidance of doubt, holders of Existing PCIH Interests shall neither receive nor retain any property of the Debtors or interest in property of the Debtors on account of such Existing PCIH Interests.
c) Voting: Class 9 is either (i) Unimpaired and such holders are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan
pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code, or (ii) Impaired and such holders are conclusively deemed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Holders of Existing PCIH Interests are not entitled to
vote to accept or reject the Plan, and the votes of such holders will not be solicited with respect to such Existing PCIH Interests.
|
xv. |
Existing CHI Interests (Class 10) |
a) Classification: Class 10 consists of Existing CHI Interests.
b) Treatment:
(i) In the event of a Reorganization Transaction, on the Effective Date, all Existing CHI Interests shall be cancelled,
released, and extinguished, and be of no further force or effect, whether surrendered for cancellation or otherwise, and there shall be no distributions for holders of Existing CHI Interests on account of such Interests; and
(ii) In the event of a Whole-Co Sale Transaction, all Existing CHI Interests
shall be cancelled, released, and extinguished, and be of no further force or effect, whether surrendered for cancellation or otherwise, and there shall be no distributions for holders of Existing CHI Interests on account of such Interests.
c) Voting: Class 10 is Impaired, and the holders of Existing CHI Interests are conclusively presumed to have rejected the
Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Holders of Existing CHI Interests are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan, and the votes of such holders will not be solicited with respect to such Existing CHI Interests.
|
C. |
Means for Implementation |
|
i. |
No Substantive Consolidation |
The Plan is being proposed as a joint plan of reorganization of the Debtors for administrative purposes only and constitutes a separate
chapter 11 plan for each Debtor. The Plan is not premised on, and does not provide for, the substantive consolidation of the Debtors with respect to the Classes of Claims or Interests set forth in the Plan, or otherwise.
45
|
ii. |
Compromise and Settlement of Claims, Interests and Controversies |
(a) Pursuant to section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and in consideration for the distributions and other benefits provided pursuant to
the Plan, the Plan, including the Side-Car Resolution, is and shall be deemed a good-faith compromise and settlement of all Claims, Interests, and controversies relating to the contractual, legal, and
subordination rights that a holder of a Claim or Interest may have with respect to any Allowed Claim or Interest, or any distribution to be made on account of such Allowed Claim or Interest.
(b) The entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Courts approval of the compromise or settlement of all
such Claims, Interests, and controversies, including the Side-Car Resolution, as well as a finding by the Bankruptcy Court that such compromise or settlement is in the best interests of the Debtors, their
Estates, and Holders of Claims and Interests and is fair, equitable, and reasonable. The compromises, settlements, and releases described herein shall be deemed non-severable from each other and from all other
terms of the Plan. In accordance with the provisions of the Plan, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, after the Effective Date, the Post-Emergence Entities and/or the
Plan Administrator, as applicable, may compromise and settle Claims against, and Interests in, the Debtors and their Estates and Causes of Action against other Entities.
|
iii. |
Restructuring Expenses |
To the extent not otherwise paid, the Debtors shall promptly pay outstanding and invoiced Restructuring Expenses as follows: (a) on the
Effective Date, Restructuring Expenses incurred during the period prior to the Effective Date to the extent invoiced to the Debtors one or about the Effective Date and (b) after the Effective Date, any unpaid Restructuring Expenses within 10
Business Days of receiving an invoice; provided that such Restructuring Expenses shall be paid in accordance with the terms of any applicable engagement letters or other contractual arrangements without the requirement for the filing of
retention applications, fee applications, or any other applications in the Chapter 11 Cases, and without any requirement for further notice or Bankruptcy Court review or approval.
The Restructuring shall be consummated pursuant to a Reorganization Transaction (which may include a Plan Sponsor Investment and/or implemented
through an asset sale) or a Whole-Co Sale Transaction, either of which may be coupled with one or more Discrete Asset Sales, including as set forth in the Description of Transaction Steps.
46
|
v. |
Reorganization Transaction |
The following provisions of Section 5.5 of the Plan shall apply in the event of a Reorganization Transaction.
On the Effective Date, the Exit Facility Credit Agreement and the other Exit Facility Documents shall be executed, delivered, and all fees and
expenses required to be paid on the Effective Date thereunder shall be paid, and the applicable Post-Emergence Entities shall be authorized to execute, deliver, enter into, and make any payments required by the Exit Facility Credit Agreement and the
other Exit Facility Documents without the need for any further corporate
action and without further action by the holders of Claims or Interests. The
form of the Exit Facility Credit Agreement will be filed as part of the Plan Supplement.
All Liens and security interests granted
pursuant to the Exit Facility Documents shall be (a) valid, binding, and enforceable Liens and security interests in the personal and real property described in and subject to such documents, with the priorities established in respect thereof
under applicable non-bankruptcy law, and (b) not subject to avoidance, recharacterization or subordination under any applicable law, the Plan, or the Confirmation Order.
The applicable Post-Emergence Entities and the Persons granted Liens and security interests under the Exit Facility Documents are authorized
to make all filings and recordings and to obtain all governmental approvals and consents necessary to establish and perfect such Liens and security interests under the provisions of the applicable state, provincial, federal, or other law that would
be applicable in the absence of the Plan and the Confirmation Order (it being understood that perfection shall occur automatically by virtue of the entry of the Confirmation Order without the need for any filings or recordings) and will thereafter
cooperate to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would be necessary under applicable law to give notice of such Liens and security interests to third parties.
|
(b) |
Authorization, Issuance, and Distribution of New Equity Interests. |
On and after the Effective Date, in the event of a Reorganization Transaction, the applicable Post-Emergence Entities are authorized to issue,
or cause to be issued, and shall issue or distribute the New Equity Interests in accordance with the terms of Section 4.3 of the Plan without the need for any further corporate, limited liability company, or shareholder action. All of the New
Equity Interests distributable under the Plan shall be duly authorized, validly issued, and, as applicable, fully paid and non-assessable. The New Governance Documents shall, as applicable, have provided for a
sufficient amount of authorized New Equity Interests to effectuate the issuance or distribution of New Equity Interests contemplated by and in connection with the Plan, and the applicable Post-Emergence Entities shall issue or reserve for issuance a
sufficient amount of New Equity Interests to effectuate all such issuances.
|
(c) |
Authorization, Issuance and Distribution of GUC Warrants. |
On and after the Effective Date, in the event of a Reorganization Transaction, the applicable Post-Emergence Entities are authorized to issue,
or cause to be issued, and shall issue or distribute the GUC Warrants in accordance with the terms of Section 4.4 of the Plan without the need for any further corporate, limited liability company, or shareholder action. All of the GUC Warrants
distributable under the Plan, and the GUC Warrant Equity issuable upon exercise of the GUC Warrants shall be duly authorized, validly issued, and fully paid and non-assessable. The New Governance Documents
shall have provided for a sufficient amount of authorized New Equity Interests and the applicable Post-Emergence Entities shall reserve for issuance a sufficient amount of New Equity Interests issuable upon exercise of the GUC Warrants.
47
|
(d) |
Section 1145 Exemption. |
The offer, issuance, and distribution of (i) the New Equity Interests to holders of First Lien Claims under Section 4.3 of the Plan,
(ii) the New Equity Interests to holders of DIP Claims on account of the DIP Participation Fee, and (iii) the GUC Warrants (and the GUC Warrant Equity issuable upon the exercise thereof) to holders of General Unsecured Claims under
Section 4.4 of the Plan, shall be exempt, pursuant to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, without further act or action by any Entity, from registration under (i) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder and (ii) any state or local law requiring registration for the offer, issuance, or distribution of securities.
Under section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, any securities issued under the Plan that are exempt from such registration pursuant to section
1145(a) of the Bankruptcy Code will be freely tradable by the recipients thereof, subject to (i) the provisions of section 1145(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code relating to the definition of an underwriter in section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act,
(ii) compliance with any rules and regulations of the SEC, if any, applicable at the time of any future transfer of such securities or instruments, (iii) the restrictions, if any, on the transferability of such securities and instruments,
including any restrictions on the transferability under the terms of the New Governance Documents, (iv) any applicable procedures of DTC, and (v) applicable regulatory approvals.
The availability of the exemption under section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable securities laws shall not be a condition
to the occurrence of the Effective Date.
Should the applicable Post-Emergence Entities elect, on or after the Effective Date, to reflect
all or any portion of the ownership of the New Equity Interests or the GUC Warrants through the facilities of DTC, the applicable Post-Emergence Entities shall not be required to provide any further evidence other than the Plan or Confirmation Order
with respect to the treatment of such applicable portion of the New Equity Interests or GUC Warrants, and such Plan or Confirmation Order shall be deemed to be legal and binding obligations of the applicable Post-Emergence Entities in all respects.
DTC and all other Persons or Entities shall be required to accept and conclusively rely upon the Plan and Confirmation Order in lieu of a
legal opinion regarding whether the New Equity Interests or GUC Warrants are exempt from registration and/or eligible for DTC book-entry delivery, settlement, and depository services.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or otherwise, no Person or Entity (including, for the avoidance of doubt, DTC) may
require a legal opinion regarding the validity of any transaction contemplated by the Plan, including, for the avoidance of doubt, whether the New Equity Interests, the GUC Warrants or the GUC Warrant Equity are each exempt from registration and/or
eligible for DTC book-entry delivery, settlement, and depository services or validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
48
|
(e) |
Officers and Boards of Directors. |
(i) On the Effective Date, the New Board shall consist of (x) CHIs Chief Executive Officer and (y) such other additional
members, as determined by the Requisite Consenting Creditors in consultation with the Debtors. The composition of the New Board shall be disclosed in accordance with section 1129(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code.
(ii) Except to the extent a member of the board of directors or managers, as applicable, of a Debtor continues to serve as a director
or manager of the respective Post-Emergence Entity on and after the Effective Date, the members of the board of directors or managers of each Debtor prior to the Effective Date, in their capacities as such, shall have no continuing obligations to
the Post-Emergence Entities on or after the Effective Date and each such director or manager will be deemed to have resigned or shall otherwise cease to be a director or manager of the applicable Debtor on the Effective Date.
(iii) Commencing on the Effective Date, each of the directors and managers of each of the Post-Emergence Entities shall be elected and
serve pursuant to the terms of the applicable organizational documents of such Post-Emergence Entity and may be replaced or removed in accordance with such organizational documents.
|
(f) |
Plan Sponsor Investment. |
In the event of a Plan Sponsor Investment, on the Effective Date, the Plan Sponsor shall purchase the Plan Sponsor Equity Share pursuant to
the Plan Sponsor Agreement.
|
vi. |
Whole-Co Sale Transaction or Reorganization Transaction Implemented
Through an Asset Sale |
The following provisions of Section 5.6 of the Plan shall apply in the event of a Whole-Co Sale Transaction or the implementation of a Reorganization Transaction through an asset sale.
(a) Wind Down and Dissolution or Termination of the Debtors. The Debtors will make distributions to Holders of Allowed
Claims in accordance with the priorities set forth in the Plan and implement the Wind Down pursuant to the Plan. As soon as practicable after the Effective Date and only to the extent necessary and not otherwise resolved by the Debtors, the
Remaining Debtors or an Entity selected by the Debtors shall: (a) without having to obtain stockholder, board, director, manager, member or equivalent approval, file for the Remaining Debtors a certificate of dissolution, certificate of
cancellation, or such similar document for each Remaining Debtor, together with all other necessary corporate and company documents, to effect the dissolution or termination of the existence of the Remaining Debtors under the applicable laws of
their state of incorporation or formation (as applicable); (b) make distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims as provided in the Plan; (c) prosecute, settle, or compromise any Causes of Action; (d) complete and file, as necessary, all
final or otherwise required federal, state, and local tax returns for the Debtors; and (e) take such other actions as the Remaining Debtors or the Entity selected by the Debtors to conduct the Wind Down may determine to be necessary or
desirable to implement the Wind Down.
49
(b) Plan Administrator.
(i) The Plan Administrator shall have the authority and right on behalf of each of the Remaining Debtors, without the need for
Bankruptcy Court approval (unless otherwise indicated), to carry out and implement all provisions of the Plan, including, without limitation, to: (1) except to the extent Claims have been Allowed, control and effectuate the Claims
reconciliation process, including to object to, seek to subordinate, compromise or settle any and all Claims against the Remaining Debtors; (2) make distributions to holders of Allowed Claims in accordance with the Plan; (3) prosecute all
Causes of Action on behalf of the Remaining Debtors, elect not to pursue any Causes of Action, and determine whether and when to compromise, settle, abandon, dismiss, or otherwise dispose of any such Causes of Action, as the Plan Administrator may
determine is in the best interests of the Remaining Debtors Estates; (4) retain professionals to assist in performing its duties under the Plan; (5) maintain the books, records, and accounts of the Remaining Debtors;
(6) complete and file, as necessary, all final or otherwise required federal, state, and local tax returns for the Remaining Debtors; (7) determine whether to create a liquidating trust for the assets of a Remaining Debtor and which assets
to transfer to such liquidating trust; and (8) perform other duties and functions that are consistent with the implementation of the Plan.
(ii) After the Effective Date, pursuant to the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall effectuate the Wind Down and, in connection
therewith, shall sell, liquidate, and may operate, use, acquire, or dispose of property and compromise or settle any Claims, Interests, or Causes of Action remaining with the Remaining Debtors Estates after consummation of the Whole-Co Sale Transaction or the Reorganization Transaction, as applicable, if any, without approval by the Bankruptcy Court and free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules.
(iii) The Wind Down Co shall indemnify and hold harmless the Plan Administrator solely in its capacity as such for any losses incurred
in such capacity, except to the extent such losses were the result of the Plan Administrators gross negligence, willful misconduct, or criminal conduct.
(iv) Any distributions by the Plan Administrator shall be made by the Plan Administrator in an expeditious, timely, and orderly manner
pursuant to the Plan and the Confirmation Order.
(v) The Plan Administrator shall be authorized to file on behalf of the Remaining
Debtors, certificates of dissolution and any and all other corporate and company documents necessary to effectuate the Wind Down without further action under applicable law, regulation, order, or rule, including any action by the stockholders,
director, manager, member, board of directors, board of managers, or similar governing body of the Remaining Debtors.
(vi) Upon a
certification to be filed with the Bankruptcy Court by the Plan Administrator of all distributions having been made and completion of all its duties under the Plan and entry of a final decree closing the last of the Chapter 11 Cases, the Wind Down
Co shall be deemed to be dissolved or cancelled, as applicable, without any further action by the Plan Administrator and without the payment of any filing fees, or other similar amounts, other than the filing of any requisite certificates or
documents with the secretary of state for the state in which the Remaining Debtors are formed or any other jurisdiction.
50
(c) Establishment of Wind Down Co. On or after the Effective Date, in
furtherance of the Whole-Co Sale Transaction or Reorganization Transaction, as applicable, the applicable Post-Emergence Entities shall have the authority and right to establish Wind Down Co. The
Post-Emergence Entities shall determine the form of entity that Wind Down Co will be, e.g., a corporation, a limited liability company or a liquidating trust, among others, if applicable. On or after the Effective Date, the Remaining Debtors shall
appoint the Plan Administrator for the purpose of conducting the Wind Down of Wind Down Co on terms and conditions set forth in the Plan Administrator Agreement. Upon consummation of the Wind Down in accordance with Section 5.6(a) of the Plan,
the Wind Down Co shall be dissolved by the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall act for Wind Down Co in the same capacity and shall have the same rights and powers as are applicable to a manager, managing member, board of managers, board
of directors or equivalent governing body, as applicable, and to officers, subject to the provisions hereof (and all certificates of formation and limited liability company agreements and certificates of incorporation or by-laws, or equivalent governing documents and all other related documents (including membership agreements, stockholders agreements, or similar instruments), as applicable, are deemed amended pursuant to the Plan
to permit and authorize the same) and the Plan Administrator will be a representative of Wind Down Co for purposes of section 1123(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code. From and after the Effective Date, the Plan Administrator shall be the sole
representative of, and shall act for, the Remaining Debtors and the Wind Down Co with the authority set forth herein and in the Plan Administrator Agreement.
|
vii. |
Restructuring Transactions; Effectuating Documents |
(a) Following the Confirmation Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, the Debtors, the Post-Emergence Entities, or the
Plan Administrator, as applicable, may take all actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate any transaction described in, approved by, contemplated by, or necessary to effectuate the Plan, including (i) the execution and delivery
of appropriate agreements or other documents of merger, amalgamation, consolidation, restructuring, conversion, disposition, transfer, arrangement, continuance, dissolution, cancellation, sale (including a
Whole-Co Sale Transaction, a Reorganization Transaction implemented through an asset sale, or any Discrete Asset Sale to be effectuated pursuant to or in connection with the Plan), purchase, or liquidation
containing terms that are consistent with the terms of the Plan, (ii) the execution and delivery of appropriate instruments of transfer, assignment, assumption, or delegation of any asset (including a
Whole-Co Sale Transaction, a Reorganization Transaction implemented through an asset sale, or any Discrete Asset Sale to be effectuate pursuant to or in connection with the Plan), property, right, liability,
debt, or obligation on terms consistent with the terms of the Plan, (iii) the filing of appropriate certificates or articles of incorporation, reincorporation, merger, consolidation, conversion, amalgamation, arrangement, continuance,
cancellation, or dissolution pursuant to applicable state or federal law, (iv) the execution and delivery of the Definitive Documents, including the Sale Documents to the extent applicable, (v) the issuance of securities, all of which
shall be authorized and approved in all respects in each case without further action being required under applicable law, regulation, order, or rule, (vi) such other transactions that are necessary or appropriate to implement the Plan in a tax
efficient manner, and (vii) all other actions that the applicable Entities determine to be necessary or appropriate, including making filings or recordings that may be required by applicable law or the Exit Facility Credit Agreement, as
applicable.
51
(b) Each officer, member of the board of directors, or manager of the Debtors is, and
each officer, member of the board of directors, or manager of the Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, shall be, authorized and directed to issue, execute, deliver, file, or record such contracts, securities, instruments, releases, indentures,
and other agreements or documents and take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, implement, and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan and the securities issued pursuant to the Plan in the name of and on
behalf of the applicable Post-Emergence Entities, all of which shall be authorized and approved in all respects, in each case, without the need for any approvals, authorization, consents, or any further action required under applicable law,
regulation, order, or rule (including any action by the stockholders or directors or managers of the Debtors or the applicable Post-Emergence Entities), except for those expressly required pursuant to the Plan.
(c) In order to preserve the Post-Emergence Entities ability to utilize certain tax attributes that exist as of the Effective
Date, the charter, bylaws, and other organizational documents may restrict certain transfers of the New Equity Interests, GUC Warrants or interest in Wind Down Co, subject to the consent of the Requisite Consenting Creditors.
(d) The Debtors and the Consenting Creditors will cooperate in good faith to structure the Restructuring and the Restructuring
Transactions in a tax efficient manner including, without limitation, to maximize or preserve any net operating losses and net unrealized built-in asset losses of the Debtors, which structure shall be
acceptable to the Requisite Consenting Creditors.
(e) All matters provided for herein involving the corporate structure of the
Debtors or Post-Emergence Entities, or any corporate, limited liability company, or related action required by the Debtors or Post-Emergence Entities in connection herewith shall be deemed to have occurred and shall be in effect, without any
requirement of further action by the stockholders, members, board, or directors or managers of the Debtors or applicable Post-Emergence Entities, and with like effect as though such action had been taken unanimously by the stockholders, members,
directors, managers, or officers, as applicable, of the Debtors or applicable Post-Emergence Entities.
|
viii. |
Continued Corporate Existence; Dissolution |
(a) Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, in the New Governance Documents, or elsewhere in the Plan Supplement, in the event of a
Reorganization Transaction, each of the Post-Emergence Entities shall continue to exist after the Effective Date as a separate corporation or limited liability company, as the case may be, with all the powers of a corporation or limited liability
company, as the case may be, pursuant to the applicable laws of the respective jurisdictions in which they are incorporated or organized and pursuant to the New Governance Documents, as applicable. On or after the Effective Date, each Post-Emergence
Entity may, in its sole discretion, take such action that may be necessary or appropriate as permitted by applicable law, instruments and agreements, and such Post-Emergence Entitys organizational documents, as such Post-Emergence Entity may
determine is reasonable and appropriate.
52
(b) In the event of a Reorganization Transaction, after the Effective Date, the
Reorganized Debtors shall be authorized to dissolve the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors in accordance with applicable law or otherwise as part of a Restructuring Transaction.
(c) In the event of a Whole-Co Sale Transaction or the implementation of the Reorganization
Transaction through an asset sale, the Debtors, or an Entity selected by the Debtors, shall implement the Wind Down in accordance with Section 5.6(a) of the Plan.
(d) Any such dissolution described in Section 5.8 of the Plan may be effective as of the Effective Date without any further action
by any shareholder, director, manager, board, or member of the Debtors.
(a) On the Effective Date, the Debtors shall assign the Litigation Trust Causes of Action to the Litigation Trust (to the greatest
extent allowed under applicable law) and transfer $100,000 of Cash to an account established by the Litigation Trustee to fund the administration of such trust, which amount shall be inclusive of any advisor fees or other professional fees and
expenses.
(b) In furtherance of the Plan, (i) the terms of the Litigation Trust shall be set forth in the Litigation Trust
Agreement, (ii) the Litigation Trust shall be structured to qualify as a liquidating trust within the meaning of section 301.7701-4(d) of the Treasury Regulations and in compliance with Rev.
Proc. 94-45, 1994-2 C.B. 684, and, thus, as a grantor trust within the meaning of sections 671 through 679 of the Tax Code to the holders of General
Unsecured Claims, consistent with the terms of the Plan, (iii) the sole purpose of the Litigation Trust shall be the liquidation and distribution of the assets transferred to Litigation Trust in accordance with section 301.7701-4(d) of the Treasury Regulations, including the resolution of General Unsecured Claims in accordance with the Plan, with no objective to continue or engage in the conduct of a trade or business,
(iv) all parties (including the Debtors, the Post-Emergence Entities, holders of General Unsecured Claims, and the Litigation Trustee) shall report consistently with such treatment (including the deemed receipt of the underlying assets, subject
to applicable liabilities and obligations, by the holders of General Unsecured Claims, as applicable, followed by the deemed transfer of such assets to the Litigation Trust), (v) all parties shall report consistently with the valuation of the
assets transferred to Litigation Trust as determined by the Litigation Trustee (or its designee), (vi) the Litigation Trustee of the trust shall be responsible for filing returns for the trust as a grantor trust pursuant to section 1.671-4(a) of the Treasury Regulations, and (vii) the Litigation Trustee shall annually send to each holder of an interest in the Litigation Trust a separate statement regarding the receipts and expenditures of
the trust as relevant for federal income tax purposes.
(c) Subject to definitive guidance from the IRS or a court of competent
jurisdiction to the contrary (including the receipt by the Litigation Trustee of a private letter ruling if the Litigation Trustee so requests one, or the receipt of an adverse determination by the IRS upon audit if not contested by the trustee),
the Litigation Trustee may (x) timely elect to treat the any portion of the Litigation Trust allocable to Disputed Claims as a disputed ownership fund
53
governed by section 1.468B-9 of the Treasury Regulations (and make any appropriate elections), (y) file such tax returns (including but not limited to
the filing of a separate federal tax return for the disputed ownership fund) and pay such taxes as may be required consistent with such treatment and (z) to the extent permitted by applicable law, report consistently with the
foregoing for state and local income tax purposes. If a disputed ownership fund election is made, all parties (including the Debtors, the Post-Emergence Entities, holders of General Unsecured Claims, and the Litigation Trustee) shall
report for United States federal, state, and local income tax purposes consistently with the foregoing. The Litigation Trustee may request an expedited determination of taxes under section 505(b) of the Bankruptcy Code for all returns filed for or
on behalf of the Litigation Trust for all taxable periods through the date on which final distributions are made.
|
x. |
Cancellation of Existing Securities and Agreements |
(a) Except for the purpose of evidencing a right to a distribution under the Plan and except as otherwise set forth in the Plan,
including with respect to executory contracts or unexpired leases that shall be assumed or assumed and assigned by the Debtors, on the Effective Date, all agreements, instruments, and other documents evidencing any Claim or Interest, including,
without limitation, any Allowed DIP Claims, Allowed Loan Claims, and Allowed Senior Notes Claims, or any Interest (other than Intercompany Claims and Intercompany Interests, to the extent they are not modified by the Plan) and any rights of any
holder in respect thereof shall be deemed cancelled, discharged, and of no force or effect and the obligations of the Debtors thereunder shall be deemed fully satisfied, released, and discharged. The holders of or parties to such cancelled
instruments, Securities, and other documentation shall have no rights arising from or related to such instruments, Securities, or other documentation or the cancellation thereof, except the rights provided for pursuant to the Plan.
(b) Notwithstanding such cancellation and discharge and the releases contained in Article X of the Plan, the DIP Credit Agreement, the
First Lien Credit Agreements, and the Senior Notes Indenture shall continue in effect solely to the extent necessary to (i) allow the holders of Allowed DIP Claims, Allowed Loan Claims, and Senior Notes Claims to receive distributions under the
Plan, (ii) allow and preserve the rights of the Debtors, the Post-Emergence Entities, the First Lien Administrative Agents, the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee, the DIP Agent, and the Disbursing Agent to (A) make post-Effective Date
distributions or take such other action pursuant to the Plan on account of the Allowed DIP Claims, Allowed Loan Claims, and Senior Notes Claims, as applicable, and to otherwise exercise their rights and discharge their obligations relating to the
interests of the holders of such Claims in accordance with the Plan, (iii) allow holders of Claims to retain their respective rights and obligations
vis-à-vis other holders of Claims pursuant to any applicable loan documents, (iv) allow the DIP Agent, the First Lien Administrative Agents, and the Senior
Notes Indenture Trustee to enforce any obligations owed to them under the Plan (including seeking compensation and reimbursement for any reasonable and documented fees and expenses, including the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee Fees and Expenses,
pursuant to any respective charging liens as may be provided in the Senior Notes Indenture, First Lien Credit Agreements, or DIP Documents, as applicable, including the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee Charging Lien), (v) preserve the DIP
Agents, the First Lien Administrative Agents, the DIP Lenders, the Prepetition Lenders or the Senior Notes Indenture Trustees right to any contingent or indemnification obligations of the Debtors pursuant and subject to
the terms of the DIP Credit
54
Agreement, First Lien Credit Agreements, DIP Orders and/or the Senior Notes Indenture, (vi) permit the DIP Agent, the First Lien Administrative Agents, and/or the Senior Notes Indenture
Trustee to perform any function necessary to effectuate the foregoing, and (vii) permit the DIP Agent, the First Lien Administrative Agents, and/or the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee to appear in the Chapter 11 Cases or in any proceeding in the
Bankruptcy Court or any other court relating to the DIP Documents, the First Lien Credit Agreements, and the Senior Notes Indenture, as applicable, provided that nothing in section 5.10 of the Plan shall affect the discharge of Claims pursuant to
the Bankruptcy Code, the Confirmation Order, or the Plan or result in any liability or expense to the Post-Emergence Entities.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any provision in any document, instrument, lease, or other agreement that causes or effectuates, or
purports to cause or effectuate, a default, termination, waiver, or other forfeiture of, or by, the Debtors of their interests, as a result of the cancellations, terminations, satisfaction, releases, or discharges provided for in Section 5.10
of the Plan shall be deemed null and void and shall be of no force and effect.
(d) Except for the foregoing, on and after the
Effective Date, all duties and responsibilities of the DIP Agent, the First Lien Administrative Agents, and/or the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee shall be fully discharged (i) unless otherwise specifically set forth in or provided for under the
Plan, the Plan Supplement, or the Confirmation Order, and (ii) except with respect to such other rights of the DIP Agent, the First Lien Administrative Agents, and/or the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee that, pursuant to the DIP Documents, the
First Lien Credit Agreements, or the Senior Notes Indenture, as applicable, survive the termination of documents. Subsequent to the performance by each DIP Agent, the First Lien Administrative Agents, and the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee of its
obligations pursuant to the Plan and Confirmation Order, such DIP Agent, First Lien Administrative Agent, or Senior Notes Indenture Trustee and its agents shall be relieved of all further duties and responsibilities related to the Senior Notes
Indenture, First Lien Credit Agreements, or DIP Documents, as applicable. The Senior Notes Indenture Trustee shall be deemed to have received any necessary direction to effectuate the terms of the Plan.
(e) Upon the final distribution in accordance with Article VI of the Plan, or notice from the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities,
as applicable, there will be no further distributions on account of any Senior Notes Claims and, at the request of the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee, DTC shall take down the relevant position relating to the Senior Notes without any requirement of
indemnification or security on the part of the Debtors, the Post-Emergence Entities, the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee, or any other Entity.
(f) If the record holder of any Senior Notes is DTC or its nominee or another securities depository or custodian thereof, and such
Senior Notes are represented by a global security held by or on behalf of DTC or such other securities depository of custodian, then each such holder of the Senior Notes shall be deemed to have surrendered such holders note, debenture, or
other evidence of indebtedness upon surrender of such global security by DTC or such other securities depository or custodian thereof.
55
|
xi. |
Retention of Causes of Action |
In accordance with section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, (a) following the Effective Date, the applicable Post-Emergence Entities
(and, to the extent applicable to the Remaining Debtors, the Plan Administrator) shall retain and may enforce all rights to commence and pursue, as appropriate, any and all Retained Causes of Action, whether arising before or after the Petition
Date, and the Post-Emergence Entities rights to commence, prosecute, or settle such Retained Causes of Action shall be preserved notwithstanding the occurrence of the Effective Date, and the Post-Emergence Entities (and, to the extent
applicable to the Remaining Debtors, the Plan Administrator) may pursue such Retained Causes of Action, as appropriate, in accordance with the best interests of the Post-Emergence Entities; and (b) following the Effective Date, the Litigation
Trust shall retain and may enforce all rights to commence, pursue, and settle, as appropriate, any and all Litigation Trust Causes of Action. No Person may rely on the absence of a specific reference in the Plan or the Disclosure Statement to any
Cause of Action against them as any indication that the Debtors, the Post-Emergence Entities, or the Litigation Trust, as applicable, will not pursue any and all available Causes of Action against such Person. Except with respect to Causes of
Action against any Person which Person was released by the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities on or before the Effective Date (including pursuant to the Plan), the applicable Post-Emergence Entities (and, to the extent applicable to the
Remaining Debtors, the Plan Administrator), expressly reserve all rights to prosecute any and all Retained Causes of Action against any Person, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan. The Litigation Trust expressly reserves all rights to
prosecute any and all Litigation Trust Causes of Action. Unless any Causes of Action against a Person are expressly waived, relinquished, exculpated, released, compromised, transferred (including to the Litigation Trust), or settled in the Plan or a
Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, (i) the Post-Emergence Entities (and, to the extent applicable to the Remaining Debtors, the Plan Administrator) expressly reserve all Retained Causes of Action for later adjudication; and (ii) the
Litigation Trust expressly reserves all Litigation Trust Causes of Action for later adjudication, and therefore, in each case, no preclusion doctrine, including the doctrines of res judicata, collateral estoppel, issue preclusion, Claim preclusion,
estoppel (judicial, equitable, or otherwise), or laches shall apply to such Causes of Action upon, after, or as a consequence of the Confirmation or consummation of the Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, on the Effective Date, the Litigation Trust
Causes of Action shall be transferred to, and vest in, the Litigation Trust and shall not be retained by the Post-Emergence Entities.
|
xii. |
Cancellation of Liens |
Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, upon the payment in full in Cash of an Other Secured Claim, any Lien securing an Other
Secured Claim that is paid in full, in Cash, shall be deemed released, and the holder of such Other Secured Claim shall be authorized and directed to release any collateral or other property of the Debtors (including any Cash collateral) held by
such holder and to take such actions as may be requested by the Post-Emergence Entities, to evidence the release of such Lien, including the execution, delivery and filing or recording of such releases as may be requested by the Post-Emergence
Entities.
56
(a) Unless otherwise provided herein and subject to Article V of the Plan, as may be applicable, in the event of a Reorganization
Transaction:
(i) The Debtors shall assume or assume and assign to the applicable Post-Emergence Entities on the Effective Date
(x) the Benefits Plans and (y) all Employment Agreements, unless previously assumed or rejected by the Debtors in their sole discretion pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court; provided that the Senior Executive Employment
Agreements shall either be (A) included on the Assumption Schedule, subject to the applicable employee agreeing to waive such employees 2024 long term incentive payment, any retention bonus due on the Debtors 2023 retention program
and 2023 bonuses, (B) amended with the consent of the applicable Senior Executive and the Requisite Consenting Creditors, or (C) included on the Rejection Schedule.15
(ii) Any Interests granted prior to the Effective Date to a current or former employee, officer, director or individual independent
contractor under a Benefit Plan, an Employment Agreement, or otherwise shall be cancelled and extinguished. For the avoidance of doubt, if any Benefit Plan or Employment Agreement (including a Senior Executive Employment Agreement) is assumed and
such plan or agreement provides in part for an award or potential award of Interests in the Debtors, such Benefit Plan or Employment Agreement shall be assumed in all respects other than the provisions of such agreement relating to Interest awards.
(b) In the event of a Whole-Co Sale Transaction Election (as defined in the Restructuring
Support Agreement), the Benefits Plans and Employment Agreements shall be treated in accordance with the terms of such Whole-Co Sale Transaction.
|
xiv. |
Nonconsensual Confirmation |
The Debtors intend to undertake to have the Bankruptcy Court confirm the Plan under section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code as to any Classes
that reject or are deemed to reject the Plan.
|
xv. |
Closing of Chapter 11 Cases |
After an Estate has been fully administered, the Post-Emergence Entities shall seek authority from the Bankruptcy Court to close the applicable
Chapter 11 Case(s) in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules.
15 |
The Debtors and the Ad Hoc First Lien Group continue to discuss the deadline by which a determination will be
made as to the treatment of the Senior Executive Employment Agreements, which deadline shall be no later than the filing of the Plan Supplement. |
57
|
xvi. |
Termination of the Patient Care Ombudsmans Duties. |
The duties, responsibilities, and obligations of the Patient Care Ombudsman shall be terminated on the Effective Date, the Patient Care
Ombudsman may dispose of any documents provided to the Patient Care Ombudsman in the course of its reporting. Nothing herein shall in any way limit or otherwise affect the Patient Care Ombudsmans obligations of confidentiality under
confidentiality agreements, if any, under section 333 of the Bankruptcy Code or under order of the Bankruptcy Court.
|
xvii. |
Notice of Effective Date |
As soon as practicable, but not later than 3 Business Days following the Effective Date, the Debtors shall file a notice of the occurrence of
the Effective Date with the Bankruptcy Court.
Notwithstanding the combination of the separate plans of reorganization for the Debtors set forth in the Plan for purposes of economy and
efficiency, the Plan constitutes a separate chapter 11 plan for each Debtor. Accordingly, if the Bankruptcy Court does not confirm the Plan with respect to one or more Debtors, it may still, subject to the consent of the applicable Debtors and the
Requisite Consenting Creditors, confirm the Plan with respect to any other Debtor that satisfies the confirmation requirements of section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.
|
i. |
Distributions Generally |
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Disbursing Agent shall make all distributions under the Plan to the appropriate holders of
Allowed Claims in accordance with the terms of the Plan.
|
ii. |
Distribution Record Date |
As of the close of business on the Distribution Record Date, the various transfer registers for each of the Classes of Claims or Interests as
maintained by the Debtors or their respective agents, shall be deemed closed, and there shall be no further changes in the record holders of any of the Claims or Interests. The Debtors and the Post-Emergence Entities shall have no obligation to
recognize any transfer of the Claims or Interests occurring on or after the Distribution Record Date. In addition, with respect to payment of any Cure Amounts or disputes over any Cure Amounts, neither the Debtors nor the Disbursing Agent shall have
any obligation to recognize or deal with any party other than the non-Debtor party to the applicable executory contract or unexpired lease as of the close of business on the Distribution Record Date, even if
such non-Debtor party has sold, assigned, or otherwise transferred its Claim for a Cure Amount. For the avoidance of doubt, the Distribution Record Date shall not apply to the Senior Notes Claims, the holders
of record of which on the Effective Date shall receive a distribution in accordance with Article IV of the Plan and the customary procedures of DTC on or as soon as practicable after the Effective Date.
58
|
iii. |
Date of Distributions |
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, any distributions and deliveries to be made under the Plan shall be made on the Effective Date or as
otherwise determined in accordance with the Plan, including the treatment provisions of Article IV of the Plan, or as soon as practicable thereafter; provided that the Post-Emergence Entities may implement periodic distribution dates to the
extent they reasonably determine them to be appropriate.
A Disbursing Agent shall not be required to give any bond or surety or other security for the performance of its duties, and all reasonable
fees and expenses incurred by such Disbursing Agents directly related to distributions hereunder shall be reimbursed by the Post-Emergence Entities. The Post-Emergence Entities shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide the Disbursing
Agent (if other than the Post-Emergence Entities) with the amounts of Claims and the identities and addresses of holders of Claims and Interests as of the Distribution Record Date, in each case, as set forth on the claims register. The
Post-Emergence Entities shall cooperate in good faith with the applicable Disbursing Agent (if other than the Post-Emergence Entities) to comply with the reporting and withholding requirements outlined in Section 6.19 of the Plan.
|
v. |
Rights and Powers of Disbursing Agent |
(a) From and after the Effective Date, each Disbursing Agent, solely in its capacity as Disbursing Agent, shall be indemnified in all
respects by the Debtors, from any and all claims, Causes of Action, and other assertions of liability arising out of the discharge of the powers and duties conferred upon such Disbursing Agent by the Plan or any order of the Bankruptcy Court entered
pursuant to or in furtherance of the Plan, or applicable law, except for actions or omissions to act arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct, fraud, malpractice, criminal conduct, or ultra vires acts of such Disbursing
Agent. No holder of a Claim or Interest or other party in interest shall have or pursue any claim or Cause of Action against any Disbursing Agent, solely in its capacity as Disbursing Agent, for making payments in accordance with the Plan or for
implementing provisions of the Plan, except for actions or omissions to act arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct, fraud, malpractice, criminal conduct, or ultra vires acts of such Disbursing Agent.
(b) A Disbursing Agent shall be empowered to (i) effect all actions and execute all agreements, instruments, and other documents
necessary to perform its duties hereunder, (ii) make all distributions contemplated hereby, (iii) employ professionals to represent it with respect to its responsibilities, and (iv) exercise such other powers as may be vested in the
Disbursing Agent by order of the Bankruptcy Court, pursuant to the Plan, or as deemed by the Disbursing Agent to be necessary and proper to implement the provisions of the Plan.
(c) Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, distributions to Holders of Senior Notes Claims shall be, or shall be
deemed to be, made by or at the direction of each of the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee which shall act as Disbursing Agent for distributions to the Holders of Senior Notes Claims under the Senior Notes Indenture. The Senior Notes Indenture Trustee
may transfer or direct the transfer of distributions directly through the facilities of DTC (whether by means of book-entry exchange, free delivery, or otherwise) and will be entitled to recognize and deal for all purposes under the Plan with
Holders of Senior Notes Claims to the extent consistent with the customary practices of DTC. Regardless of whether such distributions are made by the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee, or by any other Disbursing Agent at
59
the reasonable direction of the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee, such distributions shall be subject in all respects to the right of the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee to maintain, enforce, and
exercise the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee Charging Lien against such distributions.
|
vi. |
Expenses of Disbursing Agent |
To the extent the Disbursing Agent is an Entity other than a Debtor or Post-Emergence Entity, except as otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy
Court and subject to the written agreement of the Post-Emergence Entities, the amount of any reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the Disbursing Agent on or after the Effective Date (including taxes) and any reasonable compensation and expense
reimbursement Claims (including for reasonable attorneys and other professional fees and expenses) made by the Disbursing Agent shall be paid in Cash by the Post-Emergence Entities in the ordinary course of business.
|
vii. |
No Postpetition Interest on Claims |
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Confirmation Order, or another order of the Bankruptcy Court or required by the Bankruptcy Code,
interest shall not accrue or be paid on any Claims on or after the Petition Date, provided that, other than with respect to DIP Claims or other Secured Claims, if interest is payable pursuant to the preceding sentence, interest shall accrue
at the federal judgment rate pursuant to 28 U.S.C. § 1961 on a non-compounded basis from the date the obligation underlying the Claim becomes due and is not timely paid through the date of payment.
|
viii. |
Delivery of Distributions |
a) In the event that any distribution to any holder is returned as undeliverable, no further distributions shall be made to such holder
unless and until such Disbursing Agent is notified in writing of such holders then-current address, at which time all currently-due, missed distributions shall be made to such holder as soon as
reasonably practicable thereafter, without interest. Nothing herein shall require the Disbursing Agent to attempt to locate holders of undeliverable distributions and, if located, assist such holders in complying with Section 6.19 of the Plan.
b) In the event of a Reorganization Transaction, distributions of New Equity Interests or the GUC Warrants to be held through DTC
shall be made through the facilities of DTC in accordance with DTCs customary practices. All New Equity Interests or GUC Warrants to be distributed pursuant to the Plan shall be issued in the names of such holders, their nominees of
record, or their permitted designees as of the Distribution Record Date (i.e., the Effective Date) in accordance with DTCs book-entry procedures, to the extent applicable; provided that such New Equity Interests or GUC Warrants
are permitted to be held through DTCs book-entry system; provided, further, that to the extent that the New Equity Interests or GUC Warrants are not eligible for distribution in accordance with DTCs customary
practices, the Post-Emergence Entities will take such reasonable actions as may be required to cause distributions of the New Equity Interests or GUC Warrants under the Plan. No distributions will be made other than through DTC if the New
Equity Interests or GUC Warrants are permitted to be held through DTCs book entry system. Any distribution that otherwise would be made to any holder eligible
60
to receive a distribution of a security available solely through DTC who does not own or hold an account eligible to receive a distribution through DTC on a relevant distribution date shall be
forfeited. The Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, shall seek the cooperation of DTC in an attempt to ensure that any distribution on account of a Senior Notes Claim, as applicable, that is held in the name of, or by a nominee of,
DTC, shall be made through the facilities of DTC on the Effective Date or as soon as practicable thereafter.
|
ix. |
Distributions after Effective Date |
Distributions made after the Effective Date to holders of Disputed Claims that are not Allowed Claims as of the Effective Date, but which later
become Allowed Claims shall be deemed to have been made on the Effective Date.
Undeliverable distributions or unclaimed distributions shall remain in the possession of the Post-Emergence Entities until such time as a
distribution becomes deliverable or the holder accepts distribution, or such distribution reverts back to the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, and shall not be supplemented with any interest, dividends, or other accruals of any
kind. Such distributions shall be deemed unclaimed property under section 347(b) of the Bankruptcy Code at the expiration of 180 days from the date of distribution. After such date, and notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, all unclaimed
property or interest in property shall revert to the applicable Post-Emergence Entities and the Claim of any other holder to such property or interest in property shall be discharged and forever barred, notwithstanding any federal or state escheat
laws to the contrary.
|
xi. |
Time Bar to Cash Payments |
Checks issued by the Disbursing Agent in respect of Allowed Claims shall be null and void if not negotiated within 180 days after the date of
issuance thereof. Thereafter, the amount represented by such voided check shall irrevocably revert to the Reorganized Debtors, and any Claim in respect of such voided check shall be discharged and forever barred, notwithstanding any federal or state
escheat laws to the contrary. Requests for re-issuance of any check within 180 days after issuance shall be made to the Disbursing Agent by the holder of the Allowed Claim to whom such check was originally
issued.
|
xii. |
Manner of Payment under Plan |
Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, at the option of the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities, any Cash payment to be made
hereunder may be made by a check or wire transfer or as otherwise required or provided in applicable agreements or customary practices of the Debtors.
|
xiii. |
Satisfaction of Claims |
Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, any distributions and deliveries to be made on account of Allowed Claims under and in
accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan shall be in complete and final satisfaction, settlement, and discharge of and exchange for such Allowed Claims.
61
|
xiv. |
Fractional Stock and Notes |
No fractional New Equity Interests or GUC Warrants shall be distributed, and no Cash shall be distributed in lieu of such fractional amounts.
If any distributions of New Equity Interests or GUC Warrants pursuant to the Plan would result in the issuance of a fractional share or equity interest of a New Equity Interest or fractional share of a GUC Warrant, then the number of shares or
equity interests of New Equity Interests or number of GUC Warrants to be issued in respect of such distribution will be calculated to one decimal place and rounded up or down to the closest whole share, equity interest or warrant (with a half share,
equity interest or warrant or greater rounded up and less than a half share, equity interest or warrant rounded down). The total number of shares or equity interests of New Equity Interests or GUC Warrants, as applicable, to be distributed in
connection with the Plan shall be adjusted as necessary to account for the rounding provided for in Section 6.14 of the Plan. No consideration shall be provided in lieu of fractional shares or equity interests that are rounded down. Neither the
Post-Emergence Entities nor the Disbursing Agent shall have any obligation to make a distribution that is less than (1) share or equity interest of New Equity Interests or less than (1) GUC Warrant. Any New Equity Interest or GUC Warrant
that is not distributed in accordance with Section 6.14 of the Plan shall be returned to, and ownership thereof shall vest in, Post-Emergence Parent.
|
xv. |
Minimum Cash Distributions |
The Disbursing Agent shall not be required to make any distribution of Cash less than ($50) to any holder of an Allowed Claim; provided
that if any distribution is not made pursuant to Section 6.15 of the Plan, such distribution shall be added to any subsequent distribution to be made on behalf of the holders Allowed Claim.
|
xvi. |
Setoffs and Recoupments |
Except as expressly provided in a separate order of the Bankruptcy Court, the Debtors and the Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, may, but
shall not be required to, set off or recoup against any Claim, and any distribution to be made on account of such Claim, any and all claims, rights, and Causes of Action of any nature whatsoever that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors may have
against the holder of such Claim pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code or applicable non-bankruptcy law; provided that neither the failure to do so nor the allowance of any Claim hereunder shall constitute a
waiver or release by a Debtor or a Post-Emergence Entity or its successor of any claims, rights, or Causes of Action that a Debtor or Post-Emergence Entity or its successor or assign may possess against the holder of such Claim.
62
|
xvii. |
Allocation of Distributions between Principal and Interest |
Except as otherwise required by law (as reasonably determined by the Debtors or the applicable Post-Emergence Entities), distributions with
respect to Allowed Claims shall be allocated first to the principal portion of such Allowed Claim (as determined for federal income tax purposes) and, thereafter, to the remaining portion of such Allowed Claim, if any.
|
xviii. |
No Distribution in Excess of Amount of Allowed Claim |
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, no holder of an Allowed Claim shall receive, on account of such Allowed Claim,
distributions under the Plan in excess of the Allowed amount of such Claim.
|
xix. |
Withholding and Reporting Requirements |
a) Withholding Rights. In connection with the Plan, any party issuing any instrument or making any distribution described
in the Plan shall comply with all applicable withholding and reporting requirements imposed by any federal, state, or local taxing authority, and all distributions pursuant to the Plan and all related agreements shall be subject to any such
withholding or reporting requirements. In the case of a non-Cash distribution that is subject to withholding, the distributing party may withhold an appropriate portion of such distributed property and either
(i) sell such withheld property to generate Cash necessary to pay over the withholding tax (or reimburse the distributing party for any advance payment of the withholding tax), or (ii) pay the withholding tax using its own funds and retain
such withheld property. Any amounts withheld pursuant to the preceding sentence, and paid over to the applicable Governmental Unit, shall be deemed to have been distributed to and received by the applicable recipient for all purposes of the Plan.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, each holder of an Allowed Claim or any other Entity that receives a distribution pursuant to the Plan shall have responsibility for any taxes imposed by any Governmental Unit, including income, withholding, and other
taxes, on account of such distribution. In the event any party issues any instrument or makes any non-Cash distribution pursuant to the Plan that is subject to withholding tax and such issuing or distributing
party has not sold such withheld property to generate Cash to pay the withholding tax or paid the withholding tax using its own funds and retains such withheld property as described above, such issuing or distributing party has the right, but not
the obligation, to not make a distribution until such holder has made arrangements reasonably satisfactory to such issuing or disbursing party for payment of any such tax obligations.
b) Forms. Any party entitled to receive any property as an issuance or distribution under the Plan shall,
upon request, deliver to the Disbursing Agent or such other Entity designated by the Post-Emergence Entities (which Entity shall subsequently deliver to the Disbursing Agent any applicable IRS Form W-8 or IRS
Form W-9 received) an appropriate IRS Form W-9 or (if the payee is a foreign Entity) IRS Form W-8, and any other forms or
documents reasonably requested by any Post-Emergence Entity to reduce or eliminate any withholding required by any federal, state, or local taxing authority. If such request is made and the holder fails to comply before the date that is 60 days
after the request is made, the amount of such distribution shall irrevocably revert to the applicable Debtor or Post-Emergence Entity, as applicable, and any Claim in respect of such distribution shall be discharged and forever barred from assertion
against such Debtor or Post-Emergence Entity, as applicable, or their respective property.
63
|
E. |
Procedures for Disputed Claims |
The Debtors or the applicable Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, shall exclusively be entitled to object to Claims; provided that
following the Effective Date, the U.S. Trustee shall have standing and the right to be heard for the limited purpose of responding to requests for allowance of Administrative Expense Claims for substantial contribution pursuant to section
503(b)(3)(D) of the Bankruptcy Code. After the Effective Date, the Debtors or Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, shall have and retain any and all rights and defenses that the Debtors had with regard to any Claim to which they may object,
except with respect to any Claim that is Allowed. Any objections to Claims shall be served and filed on or before the Claims Objection Deadline.
|
ii. |
Resolution of Disputed Administrative Expenses and Disputed Claims |
On and after the Effective Date, the Debtors or applicable Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, shall have the authority to compromise,
settle, otherwise resolve, or withdraw any objections to Claims without approval of the Bankruptcy Court, other than with respect to Professional Fee Claims.
|
iii. |
Payments and Distributions with Respect to Disputed Claims |
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if any portion of a Claim is a Disputed Claim, no payment or distribution provided hereunder
shall be made on account of such Claim, unless and until such Disputed Claim becomes an Allowed Claim.
|
iv. |
Distributions after Allowance |
After such time as a Disputed Claim becomes, in whole or in part, an Allowed Claim, the holder thereof shall be entitled to distributions, if
any, to which such holder is then entitled as provided in the Plan, without interest, as provided in Section 7.9 of the Plan. Such distributions shall be made as soon as practicable after the date that the order or judgment of the Bankruptcy
Court allowing such Disputed Claim (or portion thereof) becomes a Final Order.
|
v. |
Disallowance of Claims |
Except to the extent otherwise agreed to by the Debtors or Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, any Claims held by Entities from which
property is recoverable under sections 542, 543, 550, or 553 of the Bankruptcy Code or that is a transferee of a transfer avoidable under section 522(f), 522(h), 544, 545, 547, 548, 549, or 724(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, as determined by a Final
Order, shall be deemed disallowed pursuant to section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, and holders of such Claims may not receive any distributions on account of such Claims until such time as such Causes of Action against that Entity have been
settled or a Final Order with respect thereto has been entered and all sums due, if any, to the Debtors by that Entity have been turned over or paid to the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities. All proofs of claim filed on account
64
of an indemnification obligation to a director, officer, or employee, in each case, employed by the Debtors on and/or after the Petition Date shall be deemed satisfied and expunged from the
claims register as of the Effective Date to the extent such indemnification obligation is assumed (or honored or reaffirmed, as the case may be) pursuant to the Plan, without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy
Court. Any Claim that has been or is hereafter listed in the Schedules as contingent, unliquidated, or disputed, and for which no Proof of Claim or Interest is or has been timely filed, shall be deemed disallowed and shall be expunged without
further action by the Debtors and without further notice to any party or action, approval, or order of the Bankruptcy Court, and holders of such Claims shall not receive any distributions under the Plan on account of such Claims, subject in each
case to Local Bankruptcy Rule 3002-1(a).
The Debtors or the applicable Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, may determine, resolve and otherwise adjudicate all contingent Claims,
unliquidated Claims and Disputed Claims in the Bankruptcy Court. The Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, may at any time request that the Bankruptcy Court estimate any contingent, unliquidated, or Disputed Claim pursuant to
section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code for any reason or purpose, regardless of whether any party has previously objected to such Claim or whether the Bankruptcy Court has ruled on any such objection. The Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction to
estimate any Claim at any time during litigation concerning any objection to any Claim, including, during the pendency of any appeal relating to any such objection. If the Bankruptcy Court estimates any contingent Claim, unliquidated Claim or
Disputed Claim, that estimated amount shall constitute the maximum limitation on such Claim, and the Debtors or the applicable Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, may pursue supplementary proceedings to object to the ultimate allowance of such
Claim; provided that such limitation shall not apply to Claims requested by the Debtors to be estimated for voting purposes only.
|
vii. |
No Distributions Pending Allowance |
If an objection, motion to estimate, or other challenge to a Claim is filed, no payment or distribution provided under the Plan shall be made
on account of such Claim unless and until (and only to the extent that) such Claim becomes an Allowed Claim.
|
viii. |
Claim Resolution Procedures Cumulative |
All of the objection, estimation, and resolution procedures in the Plan are intended to be cumulative and not exclusive of one another. Claims
may be estimated and subsequently settled, compromised, withdrawn, or resolved in accordance with the Plan without further notice or Bankruptcy Court approval.
To the extent that a Disputed Claim becomes an Allowed Claim after the Effective Date, the holder of such Claim shall not be entitled to any
interest that accrued thereon from and after the Effective Date.
65
|
F. |
Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases |
a) As of and subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date, all executory contracts and unexpired leases to which any of the Debtors
are parties shall be deemed assumed or assumed and assigned, as applicable, except for any executory contract or unexpired lease that (i) was previously assumed or rejected by the Debtors pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court,
(ii) previously expired or was terminated pursuant to its own terms or by agreement of the parties thereto, (iii) is the subject of a separate motion to assume or reject filed by the Debtors on or before the Confirmation Date, (iv) is
a Senior Executive Employment Agreement (which shall be treated as set forth in Section 5.13 of the Plan), (v) is specifically designated as a contract or lease to be included on the Rejection Schedule, or (vi) is the subject of a
pending Cure Dispute; provided, that, in the event of a Reorganization Transaction, the proposed assumption or rejection of an executory contract or unexpired lease shall be reasonably acceptable to the Requisite Consenting Creditors.
b) Subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date, entry of the Confirmation Order by the Bankruptcy Court shall constitute approval
of the assumptions, assumptions and assignments, including assignments to another Debtor, or rejections provided for in the Plan pursuant to sections 365(a) and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code. Each executory contract and unexpired lease assumed or
assumed and assigned pursuant to the Plan shall vest in and be fully enforceable by the applicable Reorganized Debtor in accordance with its terms, except as modified by the provisions of the Plan, any order of the Bankruptcy Court authorizing and
providing for its assumption or assumption and assignment, or applicable law.
c) Unless otherwise agreed to by the Requisite
Consenting Creditors in their sole discretion, (i) the Humana ROFR16 and (ii) the TRA shall each be deemed rejected under the Plan on the Effective Date.
|
ii. |
Determination of Cure Disputes and Deemed Consent |
a) Any Cure Amount shall be satisfied, pursuant to section 365(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, by payment of the Cure Amount, as reflected
in the applicable cure notice, in Cash on the Effective Date, subject to the limitations described below, or on such other terms as the parties to such executory contracts or unexpired leases and the Debtors may otherwise agree.
b) The Debtors shall file, as part of the Plan Supplement, the Assumption Schedule. At least 21 days before the commencement of the
Confirmation Hearing, the Debtors shall serve a notice on parties to executory contracts or unexpired leases to be assumed reflecting the Debtors intention to assume the contract or lease in connection with the Plan and, where applicable,
setting forth the proposed Cure Amount (if any). Any objection by a counterparty to an executory contract or unexpired lease to the proposed assumption,
16 |
Prior to the Petition Date, PCIH and CHI, among others, were parties to that certain Amended and Restated Right
of First Refusal Agreement (the Humana ROFR), with Humana and certain of its affiliates, dated as of June 3, 2021. As set forth above, the Humana ROFR will be rejected under the Plan.
|
66
assumption and assignment, or related Cure Amount must be filed, served, and actually received by the Debtors within 10 days of the service of the assumption notice, or such shorter period as
agreed to by the parties or authorized by the Bankruptcy Court. Any counterparty to an executory contract or unexpired lease that fails to object timely to the proposed assumption, assumption and assignment, or Cure Amount (i) shall be
deemed to have assented to such assumption, assumption and assignment, or Cure Amount, notwithstanding any provision thereof that purports to (1) prohibit, restrict, or condition the transfer or assignment of such contract or lease, or
(2) terminate or permit the termination of a contract or lease as a result of any direct or indirect transfer or assignment of the rights of the Debtors under such contract or lease or a change, if any, in the ownership or control to the extent
contemplated by the Plan, and shall forever be barred and enjoined from asserting such objection against the Debtors or terminating or modifying such contract or lease on account of transactions contemplated by the Plan, and (ii) shall be
forever barred, estopped, and enjoined from challenging the validity of such assumption or assumption and assignment, as applicable, thereafter.
c) If there is a dispute pertaining to the assumption of an executory contract or unexpired lease (other than a dispute pertaining to a
Cure Amount), such dispute shall be heard by the Bankruptcy Court prior to the assumption being effective; provided that the Debtors or the applicable Post-Emergence Entities may settle any such dispute without any further notice to, or
action by, any party or order of the Bankruptcy Court.
d) To the extent a dispute relates to Cure Amounts, the
Debtors may assume and/or assume and assign the applicable executory contract or unexpired lease prior to the resolution of such cure dispute, provided that the Debtors or the applicable Post-Emergence Entities reserve Cash in an amount
sufficient to pay the full amount reasonably asserted as the Cure Amount by the counterparty to such executory contract or unexpired lease.
e) Assumption or assumption and assignment of any executory contract or unexpired lease pursuant to the Plan or otherwise shall result
in the full release and satisfaction of any Claims against any Debtor or defaults by any Debtor, whether monetary or nonmonetary, including defaults of provisions restricting the change in control or ownership interest composition or other
bankruptcy-related defaults, arising under any assumed executory contract or unexpired lease at any time before the date that the Debtors assume or assume and assign such executory contract or unexpired Lease. Any proofs of claim filed with respect
to an executory contract or unexpired lease that has been assumed or assumed and assigned shall be deemed disallowed and expunged, without further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court or any other Entity, upon the
assumption of such executory contract or unexpired lease.
|
iii. |
Rejection Damages Claims |
In the event that the rejection of an executory contract or unexpired lease hereunder results in damages to the other party or parties to such
contract or lease, any Claim for such damages, if not heretofore evidenced by a timely filed proof of Claim, shall be forever barred and shall not be enforceable against the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities, or their respective Estates,
properties or interests in property as agents, successors, or assigns, unless a proof of Claim is filed with the Bankruptcy Court and served upon counsel for the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, no later than 30 days after the
filing and service of the notice of the occurrence of the Effective Date.
67
|
iv. |
Indemnification Obligations |
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all obligations
of the Debtors pursuant to their corporate charters, bylaws, limited liability company agreements, memorandum and articles of association, or other organizational documents or agreements to indemnify officers, directors, agents or employees, in each
case solely in their capacity as such, employed by the Debtors on and/or after the Petition Date with respect to all present and future actions, suits, and proceedings against the Debtors or such officers, directors, agents, or employees based upon
any act or omission for or on behalf of the Debtors (collectively, the Indemnification Obligations) shall not be discharged, impaired, or otherwise affected by the Plan; provided, that, the Debtors or the applicable
Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, shall not indemnify any such officers, directors, agents, or employees of the Debtors for any Claims or Causes of Action arising out of or relating to any act or omission for which indemnification is barred
under applicable law or that is excluded under the terms of the foregoing organizational documents or applicable agreements governing the Debtors Indemnification Obligations. The Post-Emergence Entities shall not indemnify any persons for any
claims or Causes of Action arising out of or relating to any act or omission that is a criminal act or constitutes intentional fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, all such Indemnification
Obligations shall be deemed and treated as executory contracts that are assumed by the Debtors under the Plan.
Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan, all insurance policies to which any Debtor is a party as of the Effective Date (including any
tail policy) shall be deemed to be and treated as executory contracts and shall be assumed, or assumed and assigned, by the applicable Post-Emergence Entities and shall continue as obligations of the Debtors or Post-Emergence Entities in
accordance with their respective terms. All other insurance policies shall vest in the applicable Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable.
|
vi. |
Treatment of Surety Bond Agreements |
Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, Plan Supplement, Confirmation Order or any other Order of the Bankruptcy Court in the
Chapter 11 Cases, on the Effective Date, any rights and obligations arising under the (i) the Surety Bonds; (ii) any Surety Bond Indemnity Agreements; (iii) any Surety collateral, including, without limitation, cash, letters of
credit, and/or the proceeds of any such collateral (the Surety Collateral); and (iv) any Surety agreements governing Surety Collateral; (items (i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) collectively, the Surety Bond
Agreements) shall be deemed reaffirmed and ratified by the applicable Post-Emergence Entities and Surety Bond Indemnitors, shall continue in full force and effect, and the rights and obligations thereunder shall not be altered, modified,
discharged, enjoined, impaired or released by the Plan, any Plan Supplement, or the Confirmation Order. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in the Plan, Plan Supplement or Confirmation Order or any Order entered in the Chapter 11 Cases, including,
without limitation, any exculpation, release, injunction, exclusions and discharge provision of the
68
Plan contained in Article VIII of the Plan or otherwise, shall bar, alter, limit, impair, release, modify or enjoin any rights and obligations of the parties under the Surety Bond Agreements or
applicable law. Solely to the extent any of the Surety Bond Agreements are deemed to be one or more executory contracts, any such agreements are assumed by the Debtors and the Post-Emergence Entities pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code
upon the Effective Date with the consent of the Surety. If on and after the Effective Date the Surety Bond Agreements cease to be in effect solely as a result of a determination by a court of competent jurisdiction that such agreements are non-assumable under applicable bankruptcy law, any such Surety Bond Agreements shall be deemed reinstated or ratified on the terms of such Surety Bond Agreement that existed immediately prior to the Effective Date.
Nothing in the Plan, Plan Supplement, Confirmation Order or any Order entered in the Chapter 11 Cases shall impair the Suretys rights against any non-Debtor, or any
non-Debtors rights against the Surety, including under any Surety Bond Agreement. The rights and claims of the Surety are unimpaired in accordance with section 1124(1) of the Bankruptcy Code.
Notwithstanding any inconsistent provision of the Plan, Plan Supplement, Confirmation Order, or Order entered in the Chapter 11 Cases, any
Surety Collateral shall remain in place to secure any obligations under any Surety Bond Agreement in accordance with the terms of such agreements, and any junior lien on the Surety Collateral shall remain in place to secure any obligations pursuant
to the Exit Facility and shall be subject to the terms of an intercreditor agreement. At any time after the Effective Date, to the extent permitted by law and the applicable Surety Bond Agreements, the Surety may apply its respective Surety
Collateral or the proceeds therefrom to payment or reimbursement of any and all premiums, losses, expenses, including, without limitation, attorneys fees.
|
vii. |
Intellectual Property Licenses and Agreements |
All intellectual property contracts, licenses, royalties, or other similar agreements to which the Debtors have any rights or obligations in
effect as of the date of the Confirmation Order shall be deemed and treated as executory contracts pursuant to the Plan and shall be assumed, or assumed and assigned, by the respective Debtors and shall continue in full force and effect unless any
such intellectual property contract, license, royalty, or other similar agreement otherwise is specifically rejected pursuant to a separate order of the Bankruptcy Court, is scheduled on the Rejection Schedule, or is the subject of a separate
rejection motion filed by the Debtors. Unless otherwise noted hereunder, as applicable, all other intellectual property contracts, licenses, royalties, or other similar agreements shall vest in the applicable Post-Emergence Entities and the
Post-Emergence Entities may take all actions as may be necessary or appropriate to ensure such vesting as contemplated herein.
To the extent provided under the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable law, any executory contract or unexpired lease transferred and assigned
hereunder (including, without limitation, in connection with a Whole-Co Sale Transaction or Discrete Asset Sale) shall remain in full force and effect for the benefit of the transferee or assignee in
accordance with its terms, notwithstanding any provision in such executory contract or unexpired lease (including those of the type set forth
69
in section 365(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code) that prohibits, restricts, or conditions such transfer or assignment. To the extent provided under the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable law, any
provision that prohibits, restricts, or conditions the assignment or transfer of any such executory contract or unexpired lease or that terminates or modifies such executory contract or unexpired lease or allows the counterparty to such executory
contract or unexpired lease to terminate, modify, recapture, impose any penalty, condition renewal or extension, or modify any term or condition upon any such transfer and assignment, constitutes an unenforceable anti-assignment provision and is
void and of no force or effect.
|
ix. |
Reservation of Rights |
a) The Debtors may amend the Assumption Schedule and the Rejection Schedule, subject to the reasonable consent of the Requisite
Consenting Creditors at any time prior to the Effective Date in order to add, delete, or reclassify any executory contract or unexpired lease. The Debtors shall provide notice of such amendment to any affected counterparty as soon as reasonably
practicable.
b) Neither the exclusion nor the inclusion by the Debtors of any contract or lease on any exhibit, schedule, or
other annex to the Plan or in the Plan Supplement, nor anything contained in the Plan, shall constitute an admission by the Debtors that any such contract or lease is or is not an executory contract or unexpired lease or that the Debtors or the
Post-Emergence Entities have any liability thereunder.
c) Except as explicitly provided in the Plan, nothing herein shall waive,
excuse, limit, diminish, or otherwise alter any of the defenses, claims, Causes of Action, or other rights of the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities under any executory or non-executory contract or
unexpired or expired lease.
d) Nothing in the Plan shall increase, augment, or add to any of the duties, obligations,
responsibilities, or liabilities of the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, under any executory or non-executory contract or unexpired or expired lease.
|
x. |
Modifications, Amendments, Supplements, Restatements, or Other Agreements |
Unless otherwise provided in the Plan, each executory contract or unexpired lease that is assumed shall include all modifications, amendments,
supplements, restatements, or other agreements that in any manner affect such executory contract or unexpired lease, and executory contracts and unexpired leases related thereto, if any, including easements, licenses, permits, rights, privileges,
immunities, options, rights of first refusal, and any other interests, unless any of the foregoing agreements has been previously rejected or repudiated or is rejected or repudiated under the Plan.
70
|
G. |
Conditions Precedent to Confirmation of Plan and Effective Date |
|
i. |
Conditions Precedent to Confirmation of Plan |
The following are conditions precedent to confirmation of the Plan:
a) the Disclosure Statement Order shall have been entered and shall not have been reversed, stayed, amended, modified, dismissed,
vacated, or reconsidered;
b) the Plan Supplement and all of the schedules, documents, and exhibits contained therein shall have
been filed;
c) the Restructuring Support Agreement shall be in full force and effect and shall not have been terminated and no
termination notice shall have been given that with the passage of time would cause or permit a termination of the Restructuring Support Agreement; and
d) the DIP Orders shall be in full force and effect and there shall be no event of default under the DIP Documents or the DIP Orders,
which has not been waived by the applicable DIP Lenders pursuant to the terms and conditions of such documents and/or Section 9.3 of the Plan.
|
ii. |
Conditions Precedent to Effective Date |
The following are conditions precedent to the Effective Date of the Plan:
a) the Confirmation Order shall have been entered and shall be a Final Order and shall not be subject to any stay or subject to an
unresolved request for revocation under section 1144 of the Bankruptcy Code;
b) the Restructuring Support Agreement shall be in
full force and effect and shall not have been terminated and shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms;
c) all outstanding Restructuring Expenses due and owing as of the Effective Date shall have been paid in full, in Cash or shall be
paid in Cash concurrently with effectiveness of the Plan;
d) the DIP Orders shall be in full force and effect and there shall be
no event of default under the DIP Documents or the DIP Orders, which has not otherwise been amended or waived by the applicable DIP Lenders pursuant to the terms and conditions of such documents and/or Section 9.3 of the Plan;
e) the Reorganization Transaction or Whole-Co Sale Transaction shall have been implemented in
accordance with the Description of Transaction Steps in all material respects;
71
f) the Definitive Documents, including, to the extent applicable, the Sale
Documents, Exit Facility Documents, and Plan Administrator Agreement, as applicable, shall (i) be in form and substance acceptable or reasonably acceptable (as applicable, as set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement) to the Debtors and
the Requisite Consenting Creditors, (ii) have been executed and delivered, and any conditions precedent contained to effectiveness therein have been satisfied or waived in accordance therewith, and (iii) be in full force and effect and
binding upon the relevant parties;
g) all actions, documents and agreements necessary to implement and consummate the Plan,
including entry into the Definitive Documents and the New Governance Documents, and the transactions and other matters contemplated thereby, shall have been effected or executed;
h) In the event of a Plan Sponsor Investment, the Plan Sponsor Agreement shall have been executed and all conditions precedent to the
effectiveness thereof shall have occurred or will occur substantially simultaneously with the effectiveness of the Plan;
i) the
New Governance Documents shall have been filed with the appropriate governmental authority, as applicable; and
j) all
governmental approvals and consents required in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Plan, including any healthcare-related regulatory approvals, antitrust approval, or any foreign investment regulatory approval, shall have been
obtained, not be subject to unfulfilled conditions, and be in full force and effect, and all applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken or threatened by any competent authority that would restrain, prevent, or
otherwise impose materially adverse conditions on such transactions.
|
iii. |
Waiver of Conditions Precedent |
a) Except as otherwise provided herein, all actions required to be taken on the Effective Date shall take place and shall be deemed to
have occurred simultaneously and no such action shall be deemed to have occurred prior to the taking of any other such action. Each of the conditions precedent in Section 9.1 and Section 9.2 of the Plan (other than Section 9.2(a) of
the Plan), may be waived in writing by the Debtors with the prior written consent of (i) the Requisite Consenting Creditors and (ii) the DIP Agent, the Required DIP Lenders, or the Exit Facility Agent, as applicable, solely to the extent
that the waiver of a particular condition precedent would affect the legal and/or economic rights of the DIP Agent, the DIP Lenders, or the Exit Facility Agent or the Exit Facility Lenders, as applicable and respectively, under the Plan, the DIP
Credit Agreement, or the Exit Facility Credit Agreement (as applicable). If the Plan is confirmed for fewer than all of the Debtors as provided for in Section 5.18 of the Plan, only the conditions applicable to the Debtor or Debtors for which
the Plan is confirmed must be satisfied or waived for the Effective Date to occur as to such Debtors.
b) The stay of the
Confirmation Order pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 3020(e) shall be deemed waived by and upon the entry of the Confirmation Order, and the Confirmation Order shall take effect immediately upon its entry.
72
|
iv. |
Effect of Failure of a Condition |
If the conditions listed in Section 9.2 of the Plan are not satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 9.3 of the Plan on or
before the termination of the Restructuring Support Agreement, subject to the reasonable consent of the Requisite Consenting Creditors, in a notice filed with the Bankruptcy Court prior to the expiration of such period, the Plan shall be null and
void in all respects and nothing contained in the Plan or the Disclosure Statement shall (a) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims by or against or any Interests in the Debtors, (b) prejudice in any manner the rights of any Entity,
or (c) constitute an admission, acknowledgement, offer, or undertaking by the Debtors, the Requisite Consenting Creditors, the Exit Facility Agent, or any other Entity.
|
H. |
Effect of Confirmation of Plan |
In the event of a Reorganization Transaction, on the Effective Date, pursuant to sections 1141(b) and (c) of the Bankruptcy Code, all
property of the Debtors Estates shall vest in the applicable Post-Emergence Entities free and clear of all Claims, Liens, encumbrances, charges, and other interests, except as provided pursuant to the Plan, the Confirmation Order, or the Exit
Facility Credit Agreement (if applicable). On and after the Effective Date, the Post-Emergence Entities may take any action, including the operation of their businesses, the use, acquisition, sale, lease, and disposition of property, and the entry
into transactions, agreements, understandings, or arrangements, whether in or other than in the ordinary course of business, and execute, deliver, implement, and fully perform any and all obligations, instruments, documents, and papers or otherwise
in connection with any of the foregoing, free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules and in all respects as if there were no pending cases under any chapter or provision of the Bankruptcy Code, except as expressly provided
herein. Without limiting the foregoing, the Post-Emergence Entities may pay the charges that they incur on or after the Effective Date for professional fees, disbursements, expenses, or related support services without application to the Bankruptcy
Court.
In the event of a Whole-Co Sale Transaction, on the Effective Date, all property of the
Estates not distributed to the holders of Claims or Interests, or transferred pursuant to the Sale Documents, shall vest in or be transferred to the Wind Down Co and administered pursuant to Section 5.6 of the Plan.
As of the Effective Date, the Plan shall bind all holders of Claims against and Interests in the Debtors and their respective successors and
assigns, notwithstanding whether any such holders (a) were Impaired or Unimpaired under the Plan, (b) were deemed to accept or reject the Plan, (c) failed to vote to accept or reject the Plan, (d) voted to reject the Plan, or
(e) received any distribution under the Plan.
73
|
iii. |
Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests |
Upon the Effective Date and in consideration of the distributions to be made hereunder, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, each
holder (as well as any representatives, trustees, or agents on behalf of each holder) of a Claim or Interest and any affiliate of such holder shall be deemed to have forever waived, released, and discharged the Debtors, to the fullest extent
permitted by section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code, of and from any and all Claims, Interests, rights, and liabilities that arose prior to the Effective Date. Upon the Effective Date, all such Entities shall be forever precluded and enjoined, pursuant
to section 524 of the Bankruptcy Code, from prosecuting or asserting any such discharged Claim against or terminated Interest in the Debtors against the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities or any of their assets or property, whether or not such
holder has filed a proof of claim and whether or not the facts or legal bases therefor were known or existed prior to the Effective Date.
|
iv. |
Term of Injunctions or Stays |
Unless otherwise provided herein, the Confirmation Order, or in a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, all injunctions or stays arising under
or entered during the Chapter 11 Cases under sections 105 or 362 of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise, and in existence on the Confirmation Date, shall remain in full force and effect until the later of the Effective Date and the date indicated in
the order providing for such injunction or stay.
a) Upon entry of the Confirmation Order, all holders of Claims and Interests and other parties in interest, along with their
respective present or former employees, agents, officers, directors, principals, and affiliates, shall be enjoined from taking any actions to interfere with the implementation or consummation of the Plan in relation to any Claim or Interest
extinguished, discharged, released or treated pursuant to the Plan.
b) Except as expressly provided in the Plan, the
Confirmation Order, or a separate order of the Bankruptcy Court or as agreed to by the Debtors and a holder of a Claim against or Interest in the Debtors, all Entities who have held, hold, or may hold Claims against or Interests in any or all of the
Debtors (whether proof of such Claims or Interests has been filed or not and whether or not such Entities vote in favor of, against or abstain from voting on the Plan or are presumed to have accepted or deemed to have rejected the Plan) and other
parties in interest, along with their respective present or former employees, agents, officers, directors, principals, and affiliates, are permanently enjoined, on and after the Effective Date, solely with respect to any Claims, Interests, and
Causes of Action that will be or are extinguished, discharged, released, or treated pursuant to the Plan from (i) commencing, conducting, or continuing in any manner, directly or indirectly, any suit, action, or other proceeding
of any kind (including any proceeding in a judicial, arbitral, administrative or other forum) against or affecting the Released Parties or the property of any of the Released Parties, (ii) enforcing, levying, attaching (including
any prejudgment attachment), collecting, or otherwise recovering by any manner or means, whether directly or indirectly, any judgment, award, decree, or order against the Released Parties or the property of any of the Released Parties,
(iii) creating, perfecting, or otherwise enforcing in any manner, directly or indirectly, any encumbrance of any kind against the Released Parties or the property of any of the Released Parties, (iv) asserting
any right of setoff, directly or indirectly, against any obligation due
74
the Released Parties or the property of any of the Released Parties, except as contemplated or allowed by the Plan, and (v) acting or proceeding in any manner, in any place whatsoever, that
does not conform to or comply with the provisions of the Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in Section 10.5(b) of the Plan shall enjoin any (i) current of former patient of the Debtors from pursuing any Claim against any non-Debtor party that is not a Released Party, including any non-Debtor provider, for any acts or omissions arising out of or relating to any Claim for medical malpractice or
(ii) Governmental Unit from filing a Proof of Claim on or by the Governmental Bar Date (as defined in the Bar Date Order).
c) No Person or Entity shall seek or initiate formal or informal discovery requests, demands, or proceedings upon or from the
Patient Care Ombudsman without first seeking permission, upon sufficient prior notice to the Patient Care Ombudsman, from the Bankruptcy Court.
d) The injunctions in Section 10.5 of the Plan shall extend to any successors of the Debtors and the
Post-Emergence Entities and their respective property and interests in property.
a) Releases by the Debtors
As of the Effective Date, except for the right to enforce the Plan or any right or obligation arising under the Definitive Documents that
remains in effect after the Effective Date, for good and valuable consideration, on and after the Effective Date, the Released Parties shall be deemed released and discharged by the Debtors, the Post-Emergence Entities, and the Estates, and any
Person seeking to exercise the rights of the Estates, and any successors to the Debtors or any Estate representative appointed or selected pursuant to section 1123(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code, from any and all Claims, obligations, rights, suits,
judgments, damages, demands, debts, Liens, Causes of Action, remedies, losses, and liabilities whatsoever, including any derivative claims, asserted or assertable on behalf of the Debtors, the Post-Emergence Entities, or the Estates, whether known
or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, liquidated or unliquidated, matured or unmatured, contingent or fixed, existing or hereinafter arising, in law, equity or otherwise, that the Debtors, the Post-Emergence Entities, or the Estates would have been
legally entitled to assert in their own right (whether individually or collectively) or on behalf of the holder of any Claim or Interest or other Entity, based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Debtors, the
Estates, the conduct of the Debtors businesses, the Chapter 11 Cases, the purchase, sale or rescission of the purchase or sale of any Security of the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities, the DIP Facility, the DIP Documents, the
Restructuring Support Agreement, the Definitive Documents, the Sale Process, the First Lien Credit Agreements, the Senior Notes Indenture, the subject matter of, or the transactions or events giving rise to, any Claim or Interest that is treated in
the Plan, the business or contractual arrangements between the Debtors and any Released Party, the Restructuring, the restructuring of any Claim or Interest before or during the Chapter 11 Cases, the Disclosure Statement, the Plan, and the
Definitive Documents, or any related agreements, instruments, or other documents, and the negotiation, formulation, or preparation thereof, the solicitation of votes with respect
75
to the Plan, or any other act or omission, in all cases based upon any act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before the Effective Date; provided,
that, nothing in Section 10.6(a) of the Plan shall be construed to release the Released Parties from intentional fraud, willful misconduct, or gross negligence, in each case as determined by a Final Order.
b) Releases by Holders of Claims and Interests
As of the Effective Date, except for the right to enforce the Plan or any right or obligation arising under the Definitive Documents that
remains in effect after the Effective Date, for good and valuable consideration, on and after the Effective Date, for good and valuable consideration, except as specifically set forth elsewhere in the Plan, the Releasing Parties conclusively,
absolutely, unconditionally, irrevocably, and forever discharge and release (and each entity so discharged and released shall be deemed discharged and released by the Releasing Parties) the Released Parties and their respective property from any and
all Claims, obligations, rights, suits, judgments, damages, demands, debts, Liens, Causes of Action, remedies, losses, and liabilities whatsoever (including contract claims, claims under ERISA and all other statutory claims, claims for
contributions, withdrawal liability, reallocation liability, redetermination liability, interest on any amounts, liquidated damages, claims for attorneys fees or any costs or expenses whatsoever), including any derivative claims, asserted or
assertable on behalf of a Debtor, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, liquidated or unliquidated, matured or unmatured, contingent or fixed, existing or hereinafter arising, in law, equity or otherwise, that such Entity would have been
legally entitled to assert in its own right (whether individually or collectively) based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Debtors, the Estates, the Restructuring, the Chapter 11 Cases, the purchase, sale or
rescission of the purchase or sale of any Security of the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities, the DIP Facility, the DIP Documents, the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Definitive Documents, the Sale Process, the First Lien Credit Agreements,
the Senior Notes Indenture, the subject matter of, or the transactions or events giving rise to, any Claim or Interest that is treated in the Plan, the business or contractual arrangements between any Debtor and any Released Party (other than
assumed contracts or leases), the restructuring of Claims and Interests before or during the Chapter 11 Cases, the negotiation, formulation, preparation or consummation of the Plan (including the Plan Supplement), the Definitive Documents, or any
related agreements, instruments or other documents, or the solicitation of votes with respect to the Plan, in all cases based upon any other act or omission, transaction, agreement, event or other occurrence taking place on or before the Effective
Date.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, and to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, no Exculpated Party will have or
incur, and each Exculpated Party is hereby released and exculpated from, any claim, obligation, suit, judgment, damage, demand, debt, right, cause of action, remedy, loss, and liability for any act or omission taken on or after the Petition Date and
prior to or on the Effective Date relating to, in any way, or arising from Chapter 11 Cases, the negotiation, formulation, preparation, dissemination, implementation, administration, confirmation, consummation, and pursuit of the Disclosure
76
Statement, the Restructuring Transactions, the Plan, or the solicitation of votes for, or confirmation of, the Plan, the funding or consummation of the Plan (including the Plan Supplement), the
Patient Care Ombudsmans evaluations, reports, pleadings, or other writings filed by or on behalf of the Patient Care Ombudsman in or in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases, the Definitive Documents, or any related agreements, instruments, or
other documents, the solicitation of votes on the Plan, the offer, issuance, and distribution of any Securities issued or to be issued pursuant to the Plan, whether or not such distribution occurs following the Effective Date, the occurrence of the
Effective Date, the Sale Process, negotiations regarding or concerning any of the foregoing, or the administration of the Plan or property to be distributed under the Plan, except for actions determined by Final Order to constitute gross negligence,
willful misconduct, or intentional fraud. This exculpation shall be in addition to, and not in limitation of, all other releases, indemnities, exculpations and any other applicable law or rules protecting such Exculpated Parties from liability.
Although the Debtor Investigations have not yet concluded, the Debtors believe the releases and exculpations provided under the Plan
to the Released Parties are reasonable and in the best interests of the Debtors and their stakeholders and will be prepared to demonstrate such in connection with confirmation of the Plan. Among others, the cooperation and participation of the
Debtors current officers, directors, and employees has been, and continues to be, vital to the success of these Chapter 11 Cases. If the current management and the Board had not stayed in place, the consequences to the business cannot be
overstated. The Transformation Plan would likely not have been implemented, which as set forth above, has already enabled the Debtors to implement approximately $213 million in savings. Given the Debtors precarious financial position and
other issues with respect to their operations, the Debtors very likely would be facing liquidation absent the cooperation of these parties. The Debtors will be prepared to demonstrate at confirmation the contributions of the Released Parties were
reasonable and necessary and that the releases and exculpations to be granted pursuant to the Plan are necessary to the restructuring and consistent with applicable Third Circuit law.
|
viii. |
Subordinated Claims |
The allowance, classification, and treatment of all Allowed Claims and Interests and the respective distributions and treatments under the
Plan take into account and conform to the relative priority and rights of the Claims and Interests in each Class in connection with any contractual, legal, and equitable subordination rights relating thereto, whether arising under general
principles of equitable subordination, section 510(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise. Pursuant to section 510 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors reserve the right to re-classify any Allowed Claim or
Interest in accordance with any contractual, legal, or equitable subordination relating thereto.
|
ix. |
Retention of Causes of Action/Reservation of Rights |
Except as otherwise provided in Sections 10.5, 10.6, and 10.7 of the Plan, nothing contained in the Plan or the Confirmation Order shall be
deemed to be a waiver or relinquishment of any rights, Claims, Causes of Action, rights of setoff or recoupment, or other legal or equitable defenses that the Debtors had immediately prior to the Effective Date on behalf of the Estates or of
themselves in accordance with any provision of the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable non-
77
bankruptcy law, including any affirmative Causes of Action against parties with a relationship with the Debtors. Other than those Claims and Causes of Action assigned to the Litigation Trust
pursuant to Section 5.9 of the Plan, the applicable Post-Emergence Entities shall have, retain, reserve, and be entitled to assert all such Claims, Causes of Action, rights of setoff or recoupment, and other legal or equitable defenses
notwithstanding the occurrence of the Effective Date, and all of the Debtors legal and equitable rights in respect of any Unimpaired Claim may be asserted after the Confirmation Date and Effective Date to the same extent as if the Chapter 11
Cases had not been commenced.
|
x. |
Ipso Facto and Similar Provisions Ineffective |
Any term of any prepetition policy, prepetition contract, or other prepetition obligation applicable to a Debtor shall be void and of no
further force or effect with respect to any Debtor to the extent that such policy, contract, or other obligation is conditioned on, creates an obligation of the Debtor as a result of, or gives rise to a right of any entity based on any of the
following: (a) the insolvency or financial condition of a Debtor; (b) the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases; (c) the confirmation or consummation of the Plan, including any change of control that shall occur as a result of such
consummation; or (d) the restructuring.
As of and subject to the occurrence of the Confirmation Date: (a) the Debtors shall be deemed to have solicited acceptances of the Plan
in good faith and in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, including sections 1125(a) and (e) of the Bankruptcy Code, and any applicable non-bankruptcy law, rule, or regulation
governing the adequacy of disclosure in connection with such solicitation and (b) the Debtors and each of their respective directors, officers, employees, affiliates, agents, financial advisors, investment bankers, professionals, accountants,
and attorneys shall be deemed to have participated in good faith and in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code in the offer and issuance of any Securities under the Plan, and therefore are not, and on account of such offer,
issuance, and solicitation shall not be, liable at any time for any violation of any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing the solicitation of acceptances or rejections of the Plan or the offer and issuance of any Securities under the Plan.
|
xii. |
Corporate and Limited Liability Company Action |
Upon the Effective Date, all actions of the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, contemplated by the Plan shall be deemed
authorized and approved in all respects, including (a) those set forth in (x) in the event of a Reorganization Transaction, Sections 5.5 and 5.6 of the Plan, as applicable, or (y) in the event of a
Whole-Co Sale Transaction, Section 5.6 of the Plan, (b) the selection of the managers, directors, and officers for the Post-Emergence Entities, (c) the distribution, transfer, or issuance of the
New Equity Interests and the GUC Warrants, (d) the entry into the Exit Facility Credit Agreement (if applicable), (e) the execution or consummation of any Discrete Asset Sales, and (f) all other actions contemplated by the Plan (whether to
occur before, on, or after the Effective Date), in each case, in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions hereof. All matters provided for in the Plan involving the corporate or limited liability company structure
78
of the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities, and any corporate or limited liability company action required by the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities in connection with the Plan shall be in
effect, without any requirement of further action by the security holders, directors, managers, or officers of the Debtors or the Post-Emergence Entities. On or (as applicable) before the Effective Date, the appropriate officers of the Debtors or
the Post-Emergence Entities, as applicable, shall be authorized and directed to issue, execute, and deliver the agreements, documents, Securities, and instruments, certificates of merger, certificates of conversion, certificates of incorporation, or
comparable documents, or franchise tax reports contemplated by the Plan (or necessary or desirable to effect the transactions contemplated by the Plan) in the name of and on behalf of the Post-Emergence Entities, including, (a) the New
Governance Documents, (b) the Exit Facility Credit Agreement, and (c) any and all other agreements, documents, Securities, and instruments relating to the foregoing. The authorizations and approvals contemplated by Section 10.12 of
the Plan shall be effective notwithstanding any requirements under non-bankruptcy law.
|
I. |
Retention of Jurisdiction |
On and after the Effective Date, the Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction over all matters arising in, arising under, and related to the
Chapter 11 Cases for, among other things, the following purposes:
a) to hear and determine motions and/or applications for the
assumption, assumption and assignment, or rejection of executory contracts or unexpired leases, including disputes over Cure Amounts, and the allowance, classification, priority, compromise, estimation, or payment of Claims resulting therefrom;
b) to determine any motion, adversary proceeding, application, contested matter, and other litigated matter pending on or commenced
after the Confirmation Date;
c) to ensure that distributions to holders of Allowed Claims are accomplished as provided for in the
Plan and Confirmation Order and to adjudicate any and all disputes arising from or relating to distributions under the Plan, including, cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action with respect to the repayment or return of
distributions and the recovery of additional amounts owed by the holder of a Claim or Interest for amounts not timely paid;
d) to
consider the allowance, classification, priority, compromise, estimation, or payment of any Claim;
e) to enter, implement or
enforce such orders as may be appropriate in the event the Confirmation Order is for any reason stayed, reversed, revoked, modified, or vacated;
f) to issue injunctions, enter and implement other orders, and take such other actions as may be necessary or appropriate to restrain
interference by any Entity with the consummation, implementation, or enforcement of the Plan, the Confirmation Order, or any other order of the Bankruptcy Court;
79
g) to hear and determine any application to modify the Plan in accordance with
section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code, to remedy any defect or omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan, or any order of the Bankruptcy Court, including the Confirmation Order, in such a manner as may be necessary to carry out the purposes
and effects thereof;
h) to hear and determine all Professional Fee Claims;
i) to adjudicate, decide, or resolve any and all matters related to section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code;
j) to hear and determine disputes arising in connection with the interpretation, implementation, or enforcement of the Plan, the Plan
Supplement, or the Confirmation Order or any agreement, instrument, or other document governing or relating to any of the foregoing, provided that any dispute arising under or in connection with the Exit Facility shall be dealt with in
accordance with the provisions of the applicable document;
k) to take any action and issue such orders as may be necessary to
construe, interpret, enforce, implement, execute, and consummate the Plan;
l) to determine such other matters and for such other
purposes as may be provided in the Confirmation Order;
m) to hear and determine matters concerning state, local, and federal taxes
in accordance with sections 346, 505, and 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code (including any requests for expedited determinations under section 505(b) of the Bankruptcy Code);
n) to hear, adjudicate, decide, or resolve any and all matters related to Article X of the Plan, including the releases, discharge,
exculpations, and injunctions issued thereunder;
o) to resolve disputes concerning Disputed Claims or the administration thereof;
p) to hear and determine any other matters related hereto and not inconsistent with the Bankruptcy Code and title 28 of the United
States Code;
q) to enter one or more final decrees closing the Chapter 11 Cases;
r) to adjudicate any and all disputes arising from or relating to distributions under the Plan;
s) to resolve disputes as to the ownership of any Claim or Interest;
t) to recover all assets of the Debtors and property of the Debtors Estates, wherever located;
80
u) to resolve any disputes concerning whether an Entity had sufficient notice of the
Chapter 11 Cases, the Disclosure Statement, any solicitation conducted in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases, any bar date established in the Chapter 11 Cases, or any deadline for responding or objecting to a Cure Amount, in each case, for the
purpose of determining whether a Claim or Interest is discharged hereunder or for any other purpose;
v) to hear and determine any
rights, Claims, or Causes of Action held by or accruing to the Debtors pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code or pursuant to any federal statute or legal theory;
w) to hear and resolve any dispute over the application to any Claim of any limit on the allowance of such Claim set forth in sections
502 or 503 of the Bankruptcy Code, other than defenses or limits that are asserted under non-bankruptcy law pursuant to section 502(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code; and
x) to resolve any and all suits, proceedings, or other matters against or involving the Patient Care Ombudsman.
|
ii. |
Courts of Competent Jurisdiction |
If the Bankruptcy Court abstains from exercising, or declines to exercise, jurisdiction or is otherwise without jurisdiction over any matter
arising out of the Plan, such abstention, refusal, or failure of jurisdiction shall have no effect upon and shall not control, prohibit, or limit the exercise of jurisdiction by any other court having competent jurisdiction with respect to such
matter.
|
J. |
Miscellaneous Provisions |
|
i. |
Payment of Statutory Fees |
All fees payable pursuant to section 1930 of title 28 of the United States Code and any interest thereon pursuant to 31 U.S.C. § 3717
(Quarterly Fees) shall be paid in full in Cash on or before the Effective Date by the Debtors. After the Effective Date, the applicable Post-Emergence Entities and the Litigation Trustee shall pay all Quarterly Fees in full
in Cash when due in each Debtors case until such time as a final decree is entered closing a particular Debtors case, a Final Order converting such Debtors case to a case under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code is entered, or a
Final Order dismissing such Debtors case is entered, whichever occurs first. The Debtors shall file all monthly operating reports due prior to the Effective Date when they become due, using UST Form
11-MOR. After the Effective Date, the Post-Emergence Entities shall file with the Bankruptcy Court a post-confirmation quarterly report for each Debtors case for each quarter such case is pending,
using UST Form 11-PCR. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, (i) Quarterly Fees are Allowed; (ii) the U.S. Trustee shall not be required to file any proof of claim or any other
request(s) for payment with respect to Quarterly Fees; and (iii) the U.S. Trustee shall not be treated as providing any release under the Plan.
81
|
ii. |
Substantial Consummation of the Plan |
On the Effective Date, the Plan shall be deemed to be substantially consummated under sections 1101 and 1127(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.
|
iii. |
Dissolution of Creditors Committee |
On the Effective Date, the Creditors Committee shall dissolve, and the members thereof shall be released and discharged from all rights
and duties arising from, or related to, the Chapter 11 Cases, provided that following the Effective Date, the Creditors Committee shall continue in existence and have standing and a right to be heard for the following limited purposes:
(a) Claims and/or applications, and any relief related thereto, for compensation by professional persons retained in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to sections 327, 328, 329, 330, 331, 503(b), or 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code and requests for
allowance of Administrative Expense Claims for substantial contribution pursuant to section 503(b)(3)(D) of the Bankruptcy Code; and (b) any appeals of the Confirmation Order or other appeals to which the Creditors Committee is a party.
The Plan Supplement shall be filed with the Clerk of the Bankruptcy Court. Upon its filing with the Bankruptcy Court, the Plan Supplement may
be inspected in the office of the Clerk of the Bankruptcy Court during normal court hours. Documents included in the Plan Supplement shall be posted at the website of the Debtors notice, claims, and solicitation agent.
|
v. |
Request for Expedited Determination of Taxes |
The Post-Emergence Entities shall have the right to request an expedited determination under section 505(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with
respect to tax returns of the Debtors filed, or to be filed, for any and all taxable periods ending after the Petition Date through the Effective Date.
|
vi. |
Exemption from Certain Transfer Taxes |
Pursuant to section 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code, (a) the issuance, transfer or exchange of any Securities, instruments or documents,
(b) the creation of any Lien, mortgage, deed of trust, or other security interest, (c) the making or assignment of any lease or sublease or the making or delivery of any deed or other instrument of transfer under, pursuant to, in
furtherance of, or in connection with the Plan, including any deeds, bills of sale, or assignments executed in connection with any of the transactions contemplated under the Plan or the revesting, transfer, or sale of any real or personal property
of the Debtors pursuant to, in implementation of or as contemplated in the Plan (whether to one or more of the Post-Emergence Entities or otherwise), (d) the grant of collateral under the Exit Facility Credit Agreement, and (e) the issuance,
renewal, modification, or securing of indebtedness by such means, and the making, delivery or recording of any deed or other instrument of transfer under, in furtherance of, or in connection with, the Plan, including the Confirmation Order, shall
not be subject to any document recording tax, stamp tax, conveyance fee, or other similar tax, mortgage tax, real estate transfer tax, mortgage recording tax, Uniform Commercial Code filing or recording fee, regulatory filing or recording fee, sales
tax, use
82
tax, or other similar tax or governmental assessment. Consistent with the foregoing, each recorder of deeds or similar official for any county, city, or governmental unit in which any instrument
hereunder is to be recorded shall, pursuant to the Confirmation Order, be ordered and directed to accept such instrument without requiring the payment of any filing fees, documentary stamp tax, deed stamps, stamp tax, transfer tax, intangible tax,
or similar tax.
a) Subject to the reasonable consent of the Requisite Consenting Creditors, the Debtors reserve the right, in accordance with the
Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules, to amend or modify the Plan prior to the entry of the Confirmation Order, including amendments or modifications to satisfy section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. After entry of the Confirmation Order, the
Debtors may, upon order of the Bankruptcy Court, amend, modify, or supplement the Plan in the manner provided for by section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code or as otherwise permitted by law, in each case without additional disclosure pursuant to section
1125 of the Bankruptcy Code.
b) Before the Effective Date, the Debtors may make appropriate technical adjustments and
modifications to the Plan and the documents contained in the Plan Supplement to cure any non-substantive ambiguity, defect (including any technical defect), or inconsistency without further order or approval
of the Bankruptcy Court.
|
viii. |
Effectuating Documents and Further Transactions |
Each of the officers of the Post-Emergence Entities is authorized, in accordance with their authority under the resolutions of the applicable
board of directors or managers (on terms materially consistent with the Plan), to execute, deliver, file, or record such contracts, instruments, releases, indentures, and other agreements or documents and take such actions as may be necessary or
appropriate to effectuate and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan, which shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Debtors and the Requisite Consenting Creditors.
|
ix. |
Revocation or Withdrawal of the Plan |
The Debtors may, with the consent of the Requisite Consenting Creditors, revoke or withdraw the Plan prior to the Effective Date as to any or
all of the Debtors; provided that the Debtors may revoke or withdraw the Plan without such consent in the exercise of the Debtors respective fiduciary duties. If, with respect to a Debtor, the Plan has been revoked or withdrawn prior to
the Effective Date, or if confirmation or the occurrence of the Effective Date as to such Debtor does not occur on the Effective Date, then, with respect to such Debtor: (a) the Plan shall be null and void in all respects; (b) any
settlement or compromise embodied in the Plan (including the fixing of or limiting to an amount of any Claim or Interest or Class of Claims or Interests), assumption of executory contracts or unexpired leases affected by the Plan, and any
document or agreement executed pursuant to the Plan shall be deemed null and void; and (c) nothing contained in the Plan shall (i) constitute a waiver or release of any Claim by or against, or any Interest in, such Debtor or any other
Entity, (ii) prejudice in any manner the rights of such Debtor or any other Entity, or (iii) constitute an admission of any sort by any Debtor, any Consenting Creditors, or any other Entity.
83
|
x. |
Severability of Plan Provisions |
If, before the entry of the Confirmation Order, any term or provision of the Plan is held by the Bankruptcy Court to be invalid, void, or
unenforceable, the Bankruptcy Court, at the request of the Debtors, shall have the power to alter and interpret such term or provision to make it valid or enforceable to the maximum extent practicable, consistent with the original purpose of the
term or provision held to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, and such term or provision shall then be applicable as altered or interpreted; provided that any such alteration or interpretation shall be reasonably acceptable to the Debtors and
the Requisite Consenting Creditors. Notwithstanding any such holding, alteration, or interpretation, the remainder of the terms and provisions of the Plan shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated
by such holding, alteration, or interpretation. The Confirmation Order shall constitute a judicial determination and shall provide that each term and provision of the Plan, as it may have been altered or interpreted in accordance with the foregoing,
is (a) valid and enforceable pursuant to its terms, (b) integral to the Plan and may not be deleted or modified without the consent of the Debtors, the Post-Emergence Entities, the Requisite Consenting Creditors and the DIP Agent or Exit
Facility Agent, solely to the extent that a particular term or provision affects the legal and/or economic rights of the DIP Agent, the DIP Lenders, the Exit Facility Agent or the Exit Facility Lenders, as applicable, under the Plan, the DIP Credit
Agreement or the Exit Facility Credit Agreement and (c) nonseverable and mutually dependent.
Except to the extent that the Bankruptcy Code or other federal law is applicable, or to the extent an exhibit hereto or a schedule in the Plan
Supplement or a Definitive Document provides otherwise, the rights, duties, and obligations arising under the Plan shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the
principles of conflict of laws thereof.
In computing any period of time prescribed or allowed by the Plan, unless otherwise set forth herein or determined by the Bankruptcy Court,
the provisions of Bankruptcy Rule 9006 shall apply.
|
xiii. |
Dates of Actions to Implement the Plan |
In the event that any payment or act under the Plan is required to be made or performed on a date that is not a Business Day, then the making
of such payment or the performance of such act may be completed on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the next succeeding Business Day, but shall be deemed to have been completed as of the required date.
84
|
xiv. |
Immediate Binding Effect |
Notwithstanding Bankruptcy Rules 3020(e), 6004(h), 7062, or otherwise, upon the occurrence of the Effective Date, the terms of the Plan and
Plan Supplement shall be immediately effective and enforceable and deemed binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Debtors, the holders of Claims and Interests (irrespective of whether such Claims or Interests are deemed to have accepted the
Plan), the Released Parties, the Exculpated Parties and each of their respective successors and assigns, including the Post-Emergence Entities.
Subject to and conditioned on the occurrence of the Effective Date, whenever an act or event is expressed under the Plan to have been deemed
done or to have occurred, it shall be deemed to have been done or to have occurred without any further act by any party, by virtue of the Plan and the Confirmation Order.
|
xvi. |
Successor and Assigns |
The rights, benefits, and obligations of any Entity named or referred to in the Plan shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of
any heir, executor, administrator, successor, or permitted assign, if any, of each Entity.
On the Effective Date, the Plan, the Plan Supplement, and the Confirmation Order shall supersede all previous and contemporaneous
negotiations, promises, covenants, agreements, understandings, and representations on such subjects, all of which have become merged and integrated into the Plan.
All exhibits, schedules, supplements, and appendices to the Plan (including the Plan Supplement) are incorporated into and are a part of the
Plan as if set forth in full therein.
85
All notices, requests, and demands to or upon the Debtors to be effective shall be in writing (including by electronic transmission) and,
unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when actually delivered, addressed as follows:
(a) if to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors:
Cano Health, Inc.
9725 NW
117th Avenue
Suite 200
Miami, FL 33178
Attn: Mark Kent (mark.kent@canohealth.com)
David Armstrong, Esq. (david.armstrong@canohealth.com)
and
Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP
767 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY
10153
Telephone: (212) 310-8000
Attn: Gary T. Holtzer (gary.holtzer@weil.com)
Jessica Liou (jessica.liou@weil.com)
Kevin Bostel (kevin.bostel@weil.com)
Matthew P. Goren (matthew.goren@weil.com)
and
Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A.
One Rodney Square
920 North
King Street
Wilmington, Delaware 19801
Telephone: (302) 651-7700
Attn: Mark D. Collins (collins@rlf.com)
Michael J. Merchant (merchant@rlf.com)
Amanda R. Steele (steele@rlf.com)
and
86
(b) if to the Ad Hoc First Lien Group, to:
Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP
200 Park Avenue
New York, NY
10166
Attn: Scott J. Greenberg, Esq. (sgreenberg@gibsondunn.com)
Michael J. Cohen, Esq. (mcohen@gibsondunn.com)
Christina M. Brown, Esq. (christina.brown@gibsondunn.com)
RxCanoGDC@gibsondunn.com
and
Pachulski Stang Ziehl & Jones LLP
919 N. Market Street, 17th Floor
P.O. Box 8705
Wilmington, DE
19899-8705 (Courier 19801)
Attn: Laura Davis Jones (ljones@pszjlaw.com)
James E. ONeill (joneill@pszjlaw.com)
VII.
TRANSFER
RESTRICTIONS AND CONSEQUENCES
UNDER FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS
The offer and issuance of and the distribution under the Plan in the event of a Reorganization Transaction of the (i) New Equity
Interests to holders of Allowed First Lien Claims, (ii) New Equity Interests to holders of DIP Claims on account of the DIP Participation Fee and (iii) GUC Warrants (and the GUC Warrant Equity) to holders of Allowed General Unsecured
Claims shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act and any other applicable securities laws pursuant to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code.
Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code generally exempts from registration under the Securities Act the offer or sale under a chapter 11
plan of a security of the debtor, of an affiliate participating in a joint plan with the debtor, or of a successor to the debtor under a plan, if such securities are offered or sold in exchange for a claim against, or an interest in, or a claim for
an administrative expense in the case concerning the debtor or such affiliate, or principally in such exchange and partly for cash. In reliance upon this exemption, in the event of a Reorganization Transaction the (i) New Equity Interests
offered and issued to holders of Allowed First Lien Claims, (ii) New Equity Interests offered and issued to holders of DIP Claims on account of the DIP Participation Fee and (iii) GUC Warrants (and the GUC Warrant Equity) offered and
issued to holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims generally will be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and state and local securities laws. These securities may be resold without registration under the Securities
Act or other federal or state securities laws pursuant to the exemption provided by Section 4(a)(1) of the Securities Act, unless the holder is an underwriter with respect to such securities, as that term is defined in section
1145(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. In addition, such section 1145 exempt securities generally may be resold without registration under state securities laws pursuant to various exemptions provided by the respective laws of the several states.
87
Under section 1145(b) of the Bankruptcy Code an underwriter for purposes of the
Securities Act is one who, except with respect to ordinary trading transactions, (i) purchases a claim against the debtor with a view to distribution of any security to be received in exchange for the claim, (ii) offers to sell securities
issued under a plan for the holders of such securities, (iii) offers to buy securities issued under a chapter 11 plan from persons receiving such securities, if the offer to buy is made with a view to distribution or (iv) is an issuer, as
used in Section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act, with respect to such securities, which includes control persons of the issuer. Parties who believe they may be statutory underwriters as defined in section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code are advised
to consult with their own legal advisors as to the availability of the exemption provided by Rule 144.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,
control person underwriters may be able to sell securities without registration pursuant to the resale limitations of Rule 144 of the Securities Act which, in effect, permit the resale of securities received by such underwriters pursuant to a
chapter 11 plan, subject to applicable volume limitations, notice and manner of sale requirements, and certain other conditions. A person who will own ten percent (10%) or more of the voting securities of a reorganized debtor and/or has the right to
appoint a director to the board of directors of a reorganized debtor may be presumed to be a control person and, therefore, subject to the foregoing resale limitations under Rule 144.
In any case, recipients of new securities issued under the Plan are advised to consult with their own legal advisors as to the availability of
any such exemption from registration under state law in any given instance and as to any applicable requirements or conditions to such availability.
Listing. Upon the Effective Date of the Plan, it is expected that, in the event of a Reorganization Transaction, neither the New Equity
Interests nor the GUC Warrants will be publicly traded or listed on any national securities exchange. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that a holder of such securities will be able to sell such securities in the future or as to the price at
which any sale may occur.
Legends. To the extent certificated, certificates evidencing the New Equity Interests
and the GUC Warrants held by holders of 10% or more of the outstanding New Equity Interests, or who are otherwise underwriters as defined in Section 1145(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, will bear a legend substantially in the form below:
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY
STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR UNLESS THE ISSUER RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY
TO IT THAT SUCH REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION IS NOT REQUIRED.
88
BECAUSE OF THE COMPLEX, SUBJECTIVE NATURE OF THE QUESTION OF WHETHER A PARTICULAR PERSON MAY BE AN
UNDERWRITER OR AN AFFILIATE AND THE HIGHLY FACT-SPECIFIC NATURE OF THE AVAILABILITY OF EXEMPTIONS FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, INCLUDING THE EXEMPTIONS AVAILABLE UNDER SECTION 1145 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE AND RULE 144 UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT, NONE OF THE DEBTORS MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION CONCERNING THE ABILITY OF ANY PERSON TO DISPOSE OF THE SECURITIES TO BE ISSUED UNDER OR OTHERWISE ACQUIRED PURSUANT TO THE PLAN. THE DEBTORS RECOMMEND THAT POTENTIAL RECIPIENTS OF THE
SECURITIES TO BE ISSUED UNDER OR OTHERWISE ACQUIRED PURSUANT TO THE PLAN CONSULT THEIR OWN COUNSEL CONCERNING WHETHER THEY MAY FREELY TRADE SUCH SECURITIES AND THE CIRCUMSTANCES UNDER WHICH THEY MAY RESELL SUCH SECURITIES.
VIII.
CERTAIN
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PLAN
The following summary has been provided for informational purposes only. All
holders of Claims and Interests are urged to consult their tax advisors concerning the federal, state, local and other tax consequences applicable to them under the Plan.
The following discussion is a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of the consummation of the Plan to the Debtors,
Post-Emergence Entities and to certain holders of Allowed Claims. The following summary does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences to holders of Claims that are Unimpaired, not entitled to vote, deemed to reject the Plan or otherwise
entitled to payment in full in Cash under the Plan, nor to holders of Existing Equity Interests, because such holders are deemed to reject the Plan.
The discussion of U.S. federal income tax consequences below is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Tax
Code), U.S. Treasury regulations (Treasury Regulations), judicial authorities, published positions of the Internal Revenue Service (IRS), and other applicable authorities, all as in effect on the date
of this Disclosure Statement and all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations (possibly with retroactive effect). The U.S. federal income tax consequences of the contemplated transactions are complex and subject to significant
uncertainties. The Debtors have not requested an opinion of counsel or a ruling from the IRS with respect to any of the tax aspects of the contemplated transactions, and the discussion below is not binding upon the IRS or any court. No assurance can
be given that the IRS will not assert, or that a court will not sustain, a different position than any position discussed herein.
This
discussion does not purport to address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to the Debtors or to certain holders of Allowed Claims in light of their individual circumstances, nor does it address tax issues with respect to
such holders of Allowed Claims subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws (including, for example, banks, governmental authorities or agencies, partnership or other pass-through entities, subchapter S corporations, dealers
and traders in securities, insurance companies, financial institutions, tax exempt organizations, small business investment companies, persons who are related to the Debtors within the meaning of the Tax Code, U.S. Holders (defined below) who
prepare
89
applicable financial statements (as defined in section 451 of the Tax Code), persons using a
mark-to-market method of accounting, holders of Allowed Claims who are themselves in bankruptcy, and regulated investment companies and those holding, or who will hold,
Claims, the New Equity Interests, or any other consideration received under the Plan, as part of a hedge, straddle, conversion, or other integrated transaction). No aspect of state, local, estate, gift, or
non-U.S. taxation is addressed. Furthermore, this summary assumes that a holder of an Allowed Claim holds only Allowed Claims in a single Class and holds its Allowed Claims as capital assets
(within the meaning of section 1221 of the Tax Code). This discussion does not address special considerations that may apply to persons who are holders of both Allowed Claims and Existing Equity Interests. This summary does not address any special
arrangements or contractual rights that are not being received or entered into in respect of an underlying Claim, including the tax treatment of holders of Claims in their capacity as DIP Backstop Parties or an investment by a third party in New
Equity Interests in the case of a Plan Sponsorship Investment.
This summary also assumes that the various debt and other arrangements to
which the Debtors are a party will be respected for U.S. federal income tax purposes in accordance with their form. In addition, this discussion does not address U.S. federal taxes other than income taxes, nor does it address the Foreign Account Tax
Compliance Act.
For purposes of this discussion, a U.S. Holder is a holder that is: (1) an individual citizen or
resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes; (2) a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or
the District of Columbia; (3) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of the source of such income; or (4) a trust (a) if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary
jurisdiction over the trusts administration and one or more United States persons (within the meaning of section 7701(a)(30) of the Tax Code) has authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (b) that has a valid election
in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a United States person (within the meaning of section 7701(a)(30) of the Tax Code). For purposes of this discussion, a Non-U.S.
Holder is any holder that is not a U.S. Holder or a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes).
If a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a holder, the
tax treatment of a partner (or other beneficial owner) generally will depend upon the status of the partner (or other beneficial owner) and the activities of the partner (or other beneficial owner) and the entity. Partners (or other beneficial
owners) of partnerships (or other pass-through entities) that are holders are urged to consult their respective tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and other tax consequences of the Plan.
|
A. |
U.S. Federal Income Tax Treatment May Vary Depending on Structure of Plan |
The Plan provides for a restructuring pursuant to either (i) a Reorganization Transaction or (ii) a
Whole-Co Sale Transaction. Under a Reorganization Transaction (i)(x) the 1L Exit Facility Loans, (y) 100% of the New Equity Interests (subject to the terms of any Plan Sponsor Investment), and (z) if
applicable, the Plan Sponsor Investment Proceeds and/or the Discrete Asset Sale Proceeds will be distributed to holders of First Lien Claims on account of their Allowed Claims in
90
accordance with the Plan and (ii)(x) the GUC Warrants, (y) MSP Recovery Proceeds, and (z) Litigation Trust Proceeds will be distributed to holders of General Unsecured Claims on account
of their Allowed Claims in accordance with the Plan. Under a Whole-Co Sale Transaction all, or substantially all, of the Debtors assets will be sold for the
Whole-Co Sale Transaction Proceeds, and (i)(x) the Whole-Co Sale Transaction Proceeds, if any, after deducting for the amount required to satisfy in full, or otherwise
render Unimpaired all Allowed Administrative Expense Claims (including, for the avoidance of doubt, all Allowed DIP Claims (including the Participation Fee (except in the event the Whole-Co Sale Transaction
Proceeds are sufficient to repay in full in Cash all Allowed DIP Claims (without taking into account the Participation Fee) and Allowed First Lien Claims))), Allowed Priority Tax Claims, Allowed Other Priority Claims, and Allowed Other Secured
Claims and (y) if applicable, the Discrete Asset Sale Proceeds, will be distributed to holders of First Lien Claims on account of their Allowed Claims in accordance with the Plan and (ii)(x) the Whole-Co
Transaction Proceeds, if any, after deducting for the amount required to satisfy in full, or otherwise render Unimpaired all Allowed Administrative Expense Claims (including, for the avoidance of doubt, all Allowed DIP Claims), Allowed Priority Tax
Claims, Allowed Other Priority Claims, Allowed First Lien Claims, and Allowed Other Secured Claims, including for the amount required to satisfy in full, or otherwise render Unimpaired Allowed First Lien Claims, (y) MSP Recovery Proceeds, and
(z) Litigation Trust Proceeds will be distributed to holders of General Unsecured Claims on account of their Allowed Claims in accordance with the Plan.
In addition, a Reorganization Transaction may include a Plan Sponsor Investment and either a Reorganization Transaction or a Whole-Co Sale Transaction may be coupled with a Discrete Asset Sale. Because the contours of any Plan Sponsor Investment or Discrete Asset Sale are not known at this time, the following discussion does not address
the U.S. federal income tax consequences of any such transaction. Furthermore, this summary assumes that any Plan Sponsorship Investment Proceeds, or Discrete Asset Sale Proceeds will be Cash.
As discussed below, the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Plan to the Debtors, Post-Emergence Entities and holders of Allowed Claims
may differ depending on the structure that is ultimately implemented. The structure that will be utilized to implement a Reorganization Transaction or a Whole-Co Sale Transaction is currently uncertain.
A Reorganization Transaction allows for the possibility of alternative structures in which the issuer of the 1L Exit Facility Loans, the New
Equity Interests and the GUC Warrants may be: (i) CHI or a subsidiary of CHI (Reorganized CHI) or (ii) a new corporation (NewCo) that holds (directly or indirectly) the assets of the Debtors. In each
case, the transactions may be fully taxable or tax-free (in whole or in part) to CHI and certain holders of Allowed Claims. This summary assumes that the issuer of the 1L Exit Facility Loans, New Equity
Interests and the GUC Warrants will be a corporation incorporated in the United States.
A
Whole-Co Sale Transaction may be fully taxable or tax-free (in whole or in part) to CHI and certain holders of Allowed Claims. This summary assumes, however, that the Whole-Co Sale Transaction Proceeds will be Cash, and thus that a Whole-Co Sale Transaction would be expected to be a fully taxable transaction for the Debtors and holders of
Allowed Claims.
91
THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY OF CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY
AND IS NOT A SUBSTITUTE FOR CAREFUL TAX PLANNING AND ADVICE BASED UPON A HOLDERS INDIVIDUAL CIRCUMSTANCES. ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AND EXISTING EQUITY INTERESTS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS FOR THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND
OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES APPLICABLE TO THEM UNDER THE PLAN.
|
B. |
Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to the Debtors |
For U.S. federal income tax purposes, (i) CHI is treated as a corporation, (ii) PCIH is treated as a partnership and (iii) each
of the other Debtors is treated as a disregarded entity of PCIH (other than (i) PPG Puerto Rico Blocker, Inc., which is treated as a corporation wholly owned by Cano Health, LLC, and (ii) Physicians Partners Group Puerto Rico, LLC a
disregarded entity of PPG Puerto Rico Blocker, Inc.).
As a partnership or disregarded entities, PCIH and the other Debtors (other than
CHI and PPG Puerto Rico Blocker, Inc., collectively the Flow-Through Debtors) are not themselves subject to U.S. federal income tax. Instead, each unitholder of PCIH (including CHI) is required to report on its U.S. federal income
tax return, and is subject to tax in respect of, its distributive share of each item of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of PCIH (and its disregarded entities, i.e., the other Flow-Through Debtors other than Physicians Partners Group
Puerto Rico, LLC). Accordingly, the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the restructuring transactions under the Plan with respect to PCIH (and its disregarded entities) generally will not be borne by PCIH (or its disregarded entities), but
instead will be borne by holders of Existing PCIH Interests, including CHI and the other historic owners of the Existing PCIH Interests. Holders of Existing PCIH Interests are urged to consult their tax advisor. In addition, each item of income,
gain, loss, deduction and credit of the non-PCIH Flow-Through Debtors (other than Physicians Partners Group Puerto Rico, LLC) are treated as realized and recognized by PCIH, and, thus, proportionately taken
into account by CHI.
As of December 31, 2023, CHI had $350.8 million of estimated U.S. federal net operating loss
(NOL) carryovers, estimated excess business expense carryforwards of approximately $97.2 million and certain other favorable tax attributes, including state NOLs and net unrealized
built-in asset losses. The amount of any such NOLs and other tax attributes, and the application of any limitations, remain subject to audit and potential adjustment by the IRS. The estimated NOL carryovers
could be also be subject to certain limitations if it is determined that there was a historical change of ownership for purposes of section 382. See Section VIII.B.ii.b. General Section 382 Annual Limitation below.
Certain equity trading activity and other actions prior to the Effective Date could result in an ownership change of the Debtors independent
of the Plan, which could adversely affect the ability of the Debtors to utilize their tax attributes. In an attempt to minimize the likelihood of such an ownership change occurring, the Debtors obtained a final order from the Bankruptcy Court
authorizing certain protective equity trading procedures [Docket No. 255].17
17 |
See also SEC Form 8-K filed on February 12, 2024 which can
be found at the following link: https://www.sec.gov/ixviewer/ix.html?doc=/Archives/edgar/data/1800682/000119312524030677/d780400d8k.htm |
92
As discussed below, in connection with the implementation of the Plan, the Debtors expect
that any cancellation of debt income (CODI) and/or Tufts Gain (defined below) will be allocated from PCIH to CHI and PCIHs other unitholders at the time any such income or gain is recognized in accordance with their
respective interests in PCIH. See Section VIII.B.i. Cancellation of Debt, Reduction of Tax Attributes and Tufts Gain, below.
As a result of certain Reorganization Transactions where CHI or a tax successor thereto is the issuer of the 1L Exit Facility Loans, the New
Equity Interests and the GUC Warrants (a CHI Successor Transaction), the applicable Post-Emergence Entities may not realize or recognize gain or loss and may retain or succeed to CHIs NOL carryovers and other tax
attributes, including pursuant to section 381 of the Tax Code, however, such NOL carryovers and potentially other tax attributes of CHI could become subject to limitation under section 382 of the Tax Code as a result of such Reorganization
Transactions.
In contrast, in the event of a Reorganization Transaction that is fully taxable or a
Whole-Co Sale Transaction, the Debtors generally will recognize gain or loss on the disposition of assets in an amount equal to the difference, if any, between (i) the sum of the consideration received,
including the amount of any liabilities assumed, and (ii) the tax basis in such assets, and the acquirer generally would not succeed to any of CHIs NOL carryovers and other tax attributes.
|
i. |
Cancellation of Debt, Reduction of Tax Attributes and Tufts Gain |
In connection with the Plan, CHI may recognize a substantial amount of CODI as a result of cancellation of indebtedness of the Debtors
(generally, indirectly through its ownership interest in PCIH and one or more of the other Flow-Through Debtors). In such case, although the applicable Post-Emergence Entities may retain or succeed to CHIs NOL carryovers and other tax
attributes as a result of a CHI Successor Transaction, such NOL carryovers and other tax attributes may, depending on certain factors, be reduced by the amount of such CODI excluded from U.S. federal taxable income under section 108 of the
Tax Code.
In general, absent an exception, a taxpayer will realize and recognize CODI upon satisfaction of its outstanding indebtedness
for total consideration with a fair market value less than the amount of such indebtedness. The amount of CODI, in general, is the excess of (a) the adjusted issue price of the indebtedness satisfied, over (b) the sum of (i) the
amount of cash paid, (ii) the issue price of any new indebtedness of the taxpayer issued and (iii) the fair market value of any other consideration, in each case, given in satisfaction of such indebtedness at the time of the exchange,
except to the extent that payment of indebtedness would have given rise to a deduction or another exception is available.
93
Under section 108 of the Tax Code, however, a debtor will not be required to include
any amount of CODI in its gross income (a) if the debtor is under the jurisdiction of a court in a chapter 11 case and the discharge of debt occurs pursuant to that proceeding (the Bankruptcy Exception) or (b) to
the extent that the debtor is insolvent before the discharge, but only to the extent of the debtors insolvency (the Insolvency Exception).
Special rules apply to entities that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and partners in such partnerships
that realize CODI. In particular, CODI is allocated to the partners under applicable U.S. federal income tax principles, so the Bankruptcy Exception is only available if the partner is under the jurisdiction of a court in a title 11 case. Under
section 108(d)(6) of the Tax Code, when an entity that is a pass-through entity (such as PCIH) recognizes CODI, its partners are treated as receiving their allocable share of such CODI and the Bankruptcy Exception and the Insolvency Exception
(and related attribute reduction) are applied at the partner level rather than at the entity level. Accordingly, each unitholder of PCIH (including CHI) will be treated as receiving their allocable share, if any, as determined for U.S. federal
income tax purposes, of the CODI recognized by PCIH and the other Flow-Through Debtors (other than Physicians Partners Group Puerto Rico, LLC).
A debtor must reduce its tax attributes by the amount of CODI excluded from gross income under the Bankruptcy Exception or the Insolvency
Exception pursuant to section 108 of the Tax Code. Any reduction in tax attributes in respect of CODI generally does not occur until after the determination of the debtors net income or loss for the taxable year in which the CODI is
incurred. In general, tax attributes will be reduced in the following order: (a) U.S. federal NOLs and NOL carryovers; (b) general business credit carryovers; (c) capital loss carryovers; (d) tax basis in assets (but not below
the amount of liabilities to which the debtor will remain subject immediately after the discharge); (e) passive activity loss and credit carryovers; and (f) foreign tax credit carryovers. Alternatively, the debtor may elect first to reduce
the basis of its depreciable assets pursuant to section 108(b)(5) of the Tax Code (which can include a reduction in the basis of a partnership interest, but only if the inside basis of assets in the partnership are also reduced),
though it has not been determined whether the Debtors will make this election. Any excess CODI over the amount of available tax attributes generally will not give rise to U.S. federal income tax and generally will have no other U.S. federal
income tax impact.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, under certain circumstances the cancellation of indebtedness will not give rise to
CODI. In particular, if property that is subject to nonrecourse debt is turned over to the creditors in a foreclosure transaction (or is sold for less than the amount of the outstanding debt), the transaction is treated as though the property
subject to such nonrecourse debt was sold for an amount equal to that of the outstanding nonrecourse debt (where any such gain is referred to as Tufts Gain). See Tufts v. Commr, 461 U.S. 300 (1983). Accordingly, a
taxpayer who engages in such a transaction will realize taxable Tufts Gain equal to the difference of the amount of the outstanding nonrecourse debt (if such amount is greater than the amount that would otherwise be realized for U.S. federal
income tax purposes) and its adjusted tax basis in the property sold under section 1001 of the Tax Code, rather than CODI. Additionally, neither the Bankruptcy Exception nor the Insolvency Exception is available with respect to Tufts Gain.
The exact amount of CODI and/or Tufts Gain (if any) that will be realized by the Debtors will not be determinable until after the consummation
of the Plan. Accordingly, the Debtors are currently unable to determine the precise effect that the rules with respect to CODI and/or Tufts Gain will have on the Debtors, the applicable Post-Emergence Entities, and their U.S. federal income tax
attributes.
94
|
ii. |
Limitation of NOL Carryovers and Other Tax Attributes under Sections 382 and 383 of the Tax Code
|
After giving effect to the reduction in tax attributes from excluded CODI, although the applicable Post-Emergence
Entities may retain or succeed to CHIs NOL carryovers and other tax attributes as a result of a CHI Successor Transaction, the ability to use such NOL carryovers and other tax attributes post-emergence may be subject to certain limitations
under sections 382 and 383 of the Tax Code.
|
a) |
General Sections 382 and 383 Annual Limitations |
Under sections 382 and 383 of the Tax Code, if a corporation undergoes an ownership change, the amount of its NOLs and NOL
carryovers, disallowed business interest carryforwards, tax credit carryforwards, net unrealized built-in losses, and possibly certain other attributes of such corporation allocable to periods prior to the
Effective Date (collectively, Pre-Change Losses) that may be utilized to offset future U.S. federal taxable income generally are subject to an annual limitation. For this purpose, if a
corporation has a net unrealized built-in losses at the time of an ownership change (taking into account most assets and items of built-in income and
deductions), then, generally, built-in losses (including amortization or depreciation deductions attributable to such built-in losses) and deductions recognized during
the following 5 years (up to the amount of the original net unrealized built-in losses) will be treated as Pre-Change Losses and similarly will be subject to the annual
limitation. In general, a corporations net unrealized built-in losses will be deemed to be zero unless it is greater than the lesser of (a) $10,000,000 or (b) 15% of the fair market value of its assets
(with certain adjustments) before the ownership change. Based on information currently available to the Debtors, CHI may have a net unrealized built-in losses as of the expected Effective Date.
The rules of sections 382 and 383 of the Tax Code are complicated, but as a general matter, the Debtors anticipate that, although the
applicable Post-Emergence Entities may succeed to CHIs NOL carryovers and other tax attributes as a result of a CHI Successor Transaction, the issuance of the New Equity Interests pursuant to the Plan in such a Reorganization Transaction could
result in an ownership change of the Debtors for these purposes, and that the applicable Post-Emergence Entities use of Pre-Change Losses may be subject to an annual limitation, unless the
special 382(l)(5) Exception (described below in Section VIII.B.ii.c. Special Bankruptcy Rules (the Special Bankruptcy Rules)) applies.
|
b) |
General Section 382 Annual Limitation |
In general, the amount of the annual limitation to which a corporation that undergoes an ownership change would be subject is equal
to the product of (a) the fair market value of the stock of the corporation immediately before the ownership change (with certain adjustments), and (b) the long-term tax-exempt
rate (which is the highest of the adjusted federal long-term rates in effect for any month in the 3-calendar-month period ending with the calendar month in which the ownership change occurs
(e.g., 3.44% for ownership changes occurring in March 2024)).
95
The amount of the annual limitation may be increased, up to the amount of any net unrealized
built-in gain (if any) at the time of the ownership change, to the extent that the applicable Post-Emergence Entities recognize certain built-in gains in their assets
during the 5-year period following the ownership change, or are treated as recognizing built-in gains pursuant to the safe harbors provided in IRS Notice 2003-65, though the Debtors do not currently anticipate these rules will apply to them as a result of their expected net unrealized built-in losses.18 If a loss corporation has a net unrealized built-in loss immediately prior to the ownership change, certain losses recognized during the 5-year period following the ownership change also would be subject to the annual limitation and thus may reduce the amount of post-change losses and deductions that could be used by the loss corporation during such 5-year period. Any unused portion of the annual limitation that is not used in a given year may be carried forward, thereby increasing the annual limitation in the subsequent taxable year.
Notwithstanding the rules described above, unless the special 382(l)(5) Exception in the Special Bankruptcy Rules applies, if subsequent to an
ownership change, a corporation and its subsidiaries do not continue the corporations historic business or use a significant portion of its historic business assets in a new business for at least 2 years after the ownership change, the annual
limitation resulting from the ownership change is zero, precluding utilization of the corporations Pre-Change Losses (absent any increases due to the recognition of any
built-in gains as of the time of the ownership change). Special rules (discussed immediately below) may apply in the case of a corporation that experiences an ownership change as the result of a bankruptcy
proceeding. See Section VIII.B.ii.c Special Bankruptcy Rules below.
|
c) |
Special Bankruptcy Rules |
A special bankruptcy exception to the foregoing annual limitation rules, in section 382(l)(5) of the Tax Code, generally applies when
shareholders and qualified creditors of a debtor corporation in chapter 11 receive, in respect of their equity interest or claims (as applicable), at least 50% of the vote and value of the stock of the reorganized debtor (or a
controlling corporation if also in chapter 11) pursuant to a confirmed plan (the 382(l)(5) Exception). Under the 382(l)(5) Exception, a debtors Pre-Change Losses are not subject to the
annual limitation. If this exception applies, however, the debtors Pre-Change Losses are required to be recomputed to exclude certain previously deducted interest with respect of all debt converted into
stock in the reorganization. If the 382(l)(5) Exception applies and the applicable Post-Emergence Entities undergo another ownership change within 2 years after the Effective Date, then the applicable Post-Emergence Entities Pre-Change Losses thereafter would be effectively eliminated in their entirety. If the applicable Post-Emergence Entities were to undergo another ownership change after the expiration of this 2-year period, the resulting annual limitation would be determined under the regular rules for ownership changes under section 382 and 383 of the Tax Code.
18 |
On September 9, 2019, the IRS issued proposed Treasury Regulations that would significantly modify the
calculation and treatment of built-in gains and losses for purposes of computing the annual limitation, which generally would be effective prospectively after the time they become final, but would not apply
with respect to ownership changes pursuant to an order entered in a chapter 11 case that was commenced prior to the regulations becoming effective. Accordingly, the Debtors do not expect the proposed Treasury Regulations to apply to them or to the
applicable Post-Emergence Entities with respect to an ownership change that occurs pursuant to the Plan. |
96
Where the 382(l)(5) Exception is not applicable to a corporation in bankruptcy (either
because the debtor does not qualify for the 382(l)(5) Exception or the debtor otherwise elects not to utilize the 382(l)(5) Exception), a second special rule generally will apply (the 382(l)(6) Exception). Under the 382(l)(6)
Exception, the annual limitation will be calculated by reference to the lesser of the value of the debtor corporations stock (with certain adjustments) immediately after the ownership change or the value of such debtor corporations
assets (determined without regard to liabilities) immediately before the ownership change. This differs from the ordinary rule for determining the annual limitation, which requires the fair market value of a debtor corporation that undergoes an
ownership change to be determined before the events giving rise to the ownership change. The 382(l)(6) Exception also differs from the 382(l)(5) Exception because the debtor corporation is not required to recompute its Pre-Change Losses to exclude certain previously deducted interest with respect of all debt converted into stock in the reorganization and the debtor may undergo a change of ownership within 2 years without
automatically triggering the elimination of its Pre-Change Losses. Rather, the resulting limitation from a subsequent ownership change would be determined under the regular rules for ownership changes under
section 382 and 383 of the Tax Code.
The Debtors do not currently know whether they are eligible for the 382(l)(5) Exception or the
382(l)(6) Exception and, regardless of whether the 382(l)(5) Exception is available, the applicable Post-Emergence Entities may decide to affirmatively elect out of the 382(l)(5) Exception. In addition, the application of these rules to a
circumstance where the obligor of the debt converted into stock in the reorganization is a partnership in which the corporation is a partner is not clear. Whether the applicable Post-Emergence Entities take advantage of the 382(l)(6) Exception or
the 382(l)(5) Exception, the applicable Post-Emergence Entities use of their Pre-Change Losses after the Effective Date may be adversely affected if a subsequent ownership change within the meaning of section 382 of the Tax Code
were to occur after the Effective Date.
|
C. |
Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Plan to U.S. Holders of Certain Allowed
Claims |
The following discussion assumes that the Debtors will undertake a Reorganization Transaction or a Whole-Co Sale Transaction as currently contemplated by the Plan and includes only certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Plan to U.S. Holders. Multiple material elements of the corporate and capital
structure of the Post-Emergence Entities, including the specific structure and transactions that will be implemented to achieve that corporate and capital structure, have not yet been determined. The U.S. federal income tax consequences will depend
in significant part on the final mechanisms that result in the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Plan. Accordingly, the tax consequences of the Plan to U.S. Holders cannot currently be known, and U.S. Holders of Allowed Claims
should consult their own tax advisors with respect to any potential tax consequences of the Plan applicable to them.
97
|
i. |
Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to U.S. Holders of the Allowed First Lien Claims
|
In full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge and in exchange for each Allowed First Lien
Claim, on the Effective Date, each U.S. Holder of an Allowed First Lien Claim shall receive, either: (a) in the event of a Reorganization Transaction, its Pro Rata share of (i) the 1L Exit Facility Loans, (ii) 100% of the New Equity
Interests, and (iii) if applicable, the Plan Sponsorship Investment Proceeds and/or the Discrete Asset Sale Proceeds; or (b) in the event of a Whole-Co Sale Transaction, such holders Pro Rata
share of the (x) Whole-Co Sale Transaction Proceeds, if any, after deducting for the amount required to satisfy in full, or otherwise render Unimpaired all Allowed Administrative Expense Claims
(including, for the avoidance of doubt, all Allowed DIP Claims (including the Participation Fee (except in the event the Whole-Co Sale Transaction Proceeds are sufficient to repay in full in Cash all Allowed
DIP Claims (without taking into account the Participation Fee) and Allowed First Lien Claims))), Allowed Priority Tax Claims, Allowed Other Priority Claims, and Allowed Other Secured Claims and (y) if applicable, the Discrete Asset Sale
Proceeds. The following discussion assumes that the Plan Sponsorship Investment Proceeds, the Discrete Asset Sale Proceeds and the Whole-Co Sale Transaction Proceeds will be Cash.
|
a) |
Reorganization Transaction |
A Reorganization Transaction may be structured in a manner such that receipt of all consideration by U.S. Holders of Allowed First Lien Claims
(including the New Equity Interests and the 1L Exit Facility Loans) in exchange for such Allowed First Lien Claims is fully taxable under section 1001 of the Tax Code. In such case, a U.S. Holder of an Allowed First Lien Claim generally would
recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to (a) the sum of (x) the aggregate fair market value, as of the Effective Date, of the New Equity Interests, (y) the issue price of the 1L Exit Facility Loans and (z) any
Cash consideration received in respect of such Allowed First Lien Claims (other than any such consideration treated as received in satisfaction of accrued but untaxed interest, and subject to the rules relating to market discount, on such Allowed
First Lien Claims, as discussed below under Section VIII.C.iii.a. Accrued Interest and Section VIII.C.iii.b. Market Discount), less (b) such U.S. Holders adjusted tax basis in such Allowed First Lien
Claims (other than any tax basis attributable to accrued but untaxed interest, possibly accrued OID, and subject to the rules relating to market discount).
The issue price of the 1L Exit Facility Loans will depend on whether a substantial amount of the New Equity Interests, the 1L Exit Facility
Loans and the Allowed First Lien Claims are considered to be traded on an established market. In general, a debt instrument (including the 1L Exit Facility Loans and the Allowed First Lien Claims or, as discussed below, the New Equity
Interests) will be treated as traded on an established market if, at any time during the 31-day period ending 15 days after the issue date, (a) a sales price for an executed purchase or sale
of the debt instrument during such 31-day period appears on a medium that is made available to issuers of debt instruments, persons that regularly purchase or sell debt instruments, or persons that broker
purchases or sales of debt instruments; (b) a firm price quote for the debt instrument is available from at least one broker, dealer or pricing service and the quoted price is substantially the same as the price for which the person
receiving the quoted price could purchase or sell the debt instrument; or (c) an indicative price quote for the debt instrument is available from at least one broker,
98
dealer or pricing service for property and the price quote is not a firm quote. Whether the New Equity Interests, the 1L Exit Facility Loans or the Allowed First Lien Claims will be, or will
continue to be, as applicable, traded on an established market for these purposes cannot be predicted with certainty.
Holders of Allowed
First Lien Claims are receiving debt instruments, the 1L Exit Facility Loans, along with the New Equity Interests and potentially Cash in exchange for their Claims. In such a case, the investment unit rules may apply to the determination
of the issue price of the debt instruments issued as part of such investment unit. The issue price of an investment unit generally is determined in the same manner as the issue price of a debt instrument. As a result, the issue price of the
investment unit will depend on whether the investment unit is considered, for U.S. federal income tax purposes and applying rules similar to those applied to debt instruments, to be traded on an established market.
If all elements of an investment unit are traded on an established market, then the issue price of the investment unit itself is
determined by the fair market value of the investment units components. If no elements of an investment unit are traded on an established market, but the Claim exchanged for such investment unit is traded on an established market, then the
fair market value of the Claim exchanged for such investment unit will determine the issue price of the investment unit. The application of the investment unit rules are subject to significant uncertainty where a portion of the investment unit is
traded on an established market (e.g., debt instruments), but a portion (e.g., the New Equity Interests) is not. U.S. Holders of Allowed First Lien Claims receiving debt instruments in partial exchange for such Claims should consult
with their own tax advisors regarding the application of the investment unit rules applicable to them.
If an issue price is determined
for the investment unit received in exchange for surrendered Allowed First Lien Claims under the above rules, then the issue price of an investment unit is allocated among the elements of consideration making up the investment unit based on their
relative fair market values, with such allocation determining the issue price of the 1L Exit Facility Loans.
An issuers allocation
of the issue price of an investment unit is binding on all U.S. Holders of the investment unit, unless a U.S. Holder explicitly discloses a different allocation on a timely filed income tax return for the taxable year that includes the acquisition
date of the investment unit.
The issue price of the 1L Exit Facility Loans as determined under the rules described above may not equal
the stated redemption price at maturity of the 1L Exit Facility Loans and the 1L Exit Facility Loans could be treated as issued with OID. See Section VIII.D.i.b. OID below for a discussion of OID.
A U.S. Holders holding period for the New Equity Interests and the 1L Exit Facility Loans generally will begin the day following the
exchange. Where gain or loss is recognized by a U.S. Holder, the character of such gain or loss as long-term or short-term capital gain or loss or as ordinary income or loss will be determined by a number of factors, including the tax status of the
holder, whether the Claim constitutes a capital asset in the hands of the holder and how long it has been held, whether the Claim was acquired at a market discount, and whether and to what extent
99
the holder previously claimed a bad debt deduction. Long-term capital gain will generally be taxable at preferential rates to any non-corporate U.S. Holder
whose holding period in its Allowed First Lien Claim is greater than one year at the time of the exchange. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to certain limitations. See Section VIII.C.iii.c below Limitations on Use
of Capital Losses below.
Alternatively, a Reorganization Transaction may be structured in a manner that is eligible, in whole or in
part, for nonrecognition treatment under the Tax Code with respect to the exchange of Allowed First Lien Claims for the New Equity Interests and the 1L Exit Facility Loans (but not with respect to the receipt of any other consideration). The exact
consequences to U.S. Holders of Allowed First Lien Claims will depend on the structure and mechanics selected and the provisions of the Tax Code giving rise to such nonrecognition treatment (including potentially whether an Allowed First Lien Claim
constitutes a security for U.S. federal income tax purposes). The term security is not defined in the Tax Code or in the Treasury Regulations issued thereunder and has not been clearly defined by judicial decisions. The
determination of whether a particular debt obligation constitutes a security depends on an overall evaluation of the nature of the debt, including whether the holder of such debt obligation is subject to a material level of
entrepreneurial risk and whether a continuing proprietary interest is intended or not. One of the most significant factors considered in determining whether a particular debt obligation is a security is its original term. In general, debt
obligations issued with a weighted average maturity at issuance of 5 years or less do not constitute securities, whereas debt obligations with a weighted average maturity at issuance of 10 years or more constitute securities.
In general, under the potentially relevant nonrecognition provisions of the Tax Code, exchanging U.S. Holders could be treated as recognizing
certain gains, but not losses, or, in certain circumstances, it may be that no gain or loss is recognized (other than with respect to any consideration received that is (i) not the New Equity Interests or the 1L Exit Facility Loans
(ii) attributable to accrued but untaxed interest, or (iii) subject to the rules relating to market discount as described below). See Section VIII.C.iii.a. Accrued Interest and Section VIII.C.iii.b. Market
Discount, below. To the extent the New Equity Interests or the 1L Exit Facility Loans are received without the recognition of gain or loss, a U.S. Holder should obtain an aggregate tax basis in such property, other than any amounts treated as
received in satisfaction of accrued but untaxed interest, and subject to the rules relating to market discount, equal to the adjusted tax basis of the Allowed First Lien Claim exchanged therefor reduced by the amount of any other consideration
received and increased by any gain recognized, and such U.S. Holders holding period in such property should include the holding period of such U.S. Holders underlying Allowed First Lien Claim.
The tax consequences to a U.S. Holder of an Allowed First Lien Claim will depend in significant part on the final mechanism that results in
the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Plan. U.S. Holders of such claims should consult their tax advisors for tax consequences applicable to them.
100
|
b) |
Whole-Co Sale Transaction |
The exchange of an Allowed First Lien Claim for Cash consideration in a Whole-Co Sale Transaction
generally is expected to be fully taxable and gain or loss is expected to be recognized by a U.S. Holder of an Allowed First Lien Claim. Such gain or loss is expected to be recognized in an amount equal to the difference, if any, between the
Cash consideration received and the U.S. Holders adjusted tax basis in the Allowed First Lien Claim. Where gain or loss is recognized by a U.S. Holder, the character of such gain or loss as long-term or short-term capital gain or loss or as
ordinary income or loss will be determined by a number of factors, including the tax status of the holder, whether the Allowed First Lien Claim constitutes a capital asset in the hands of the holder and how long it has been held, whether the Allowed
First Lien Claim was acquired at a market discount, and whether and to what extent the holder previously claimed a bad debt deduction. Long-term capital gain will generally be taxable at preferential rates to any
non-corporate U.S. Holder whose holding period in its Allowed First Lien Claim is greater than one year at the time of the exchange. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to certain limitations.
See Section VIII.C.iii.c Limitations on Use of Capital Losses below.
|
ii. |
Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to U.S. Holders of the Allowed GUC Claims
|
In full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge and in exchange for each Allowed GUC Claim, on
the Effective Date, each U.S. Holder of an Allowed GUC Claim shall receive, either: (a) in the event of a Reorganization Transaction, its Pro Rata share of (i) GUC Warrants, (ii) MSP Recovery Proceeds, and (iii) the right to the
Litigation Trust Proceeds (the Litigation Trust Interests); or (b) in the event of a Whole-Co Sale Transaction, its Pro Rata share of (i) the
Whole-Co Sale Transaction Proceeds, if any, after deducting for the amount required to satisfy in full, or otherwise render Unimpaired all Allowed Administrative Expense Claims (including, for the
avoidance of doubt, all Allowed DIP Claims), Allowed Priority Tax Claims, Allowed Other Priority Claims, Allowed First Lien Claims, and Allowed Other Secured Claims, (ii) MSP Recovery Proceeds, and (iii) Litigation Trust Interests. The
following discussion assumes that the MSP Recovery Proceeds will be Cash.
The Litigation Trust is intended to be treated as a liquidating trust within the meaning of section
301.7701-4(d) of the Treasury Regulations for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which is not a separate taxable entity, but rather is treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a grantor trust
(i.e., a pass-through entity) with the holders of Litigation Trust Interests as the grantors.
If any assets in the Litigation
Trust are allocable to Disputed Claims, the Litigation Trustee may elect to treat such amounts as a disputed ownership fund governed by section 1.468B-9 of the Treasury Regulations. A disputed
ownership fund generally is treated as a separate corporate entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes and is generally subject to tax on amounts it earns on a current basis.
The Debtors intend to treat the transfer of assets (other than any assets allocable to Disputed Claims) by the Debtors to the Litigation Trust
as (i) a deemed transfer of such assets to holders of Allowed GUC Claims receiving Litigation Trust Interests in proportion to their interests in the Litigation Trust in partial satisfaction of such holders Allowed GUC Claims, followed by
(ii) the deemed transfer by such holders to the Litigation Trust of such assets in exchange for their Litigation Trust Interests.
101
|
b) |
Reorganization Transaction |
A Reorganization Transaction may be structured in a manner such that receipt of all consideration by a U.S. Holder in exchange for its Allowed
GUC Claims is a fully taxable transaction under section 1001 of the Tax Code to such U.S. Holder. Accordingly, a U.S. Holder of Allowed GUC Claims would generally recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference, if any, between
(i) such U.S. Holders share of the aggregate fair market value of (x) the GUC Warrants, (y) Cash consideration and (z) assets deemed transferred to the Litigation Trust (other than any portion deemed received in respect of
such Allowed GUC Claims for accrued but untaxed interest and subject to the rules relating to market discount), and (ii) the U.S. Holders adjusted tax basis in its Allowed GUC Claims immediately prior to the exchange (other than any tax
basis attributable to accrued but untaxed interest, possibly accrued OID, and subject to the rules relating to market discount). A U.S. Holder is expected to have ordinary interest income to the extent of any consideration allocable to accrued but
untaxed interest not previously included in income. Where gain or loss is recognized by a U.S. Holder, the character of such gain or loss as long-term or short-term capital gain or loss or as ordinary income or loss will be determined by a number of
factors, including the tax status of the holder, whether the Allowed GUC Claim constitutes a capital asset in the hands of the holder and how long it has been held, whether the Allowed GUC Claim was acquired at a market discount, and whether and to
what extent the holder previously claimed a bad debt deduction. Long-term capital gain will generally be taxable at preferential rates to any non-corporate U.S. Holder whose holding period in its Allowed GUC
Claim is greater than one year at the time of the exchange. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to certain limitations. See Section VIII.C.iii.c Limitations on Use of Capital Losses below.
Alternatively, a Reorganization Transaction may be structured in a manner that is eligible, in whole or in part, for nonrecognition treatment
under the Tax Code with respect to the receipt of the GUC Warrants (but not the receipt of any Cash consideration, and assets deemed transferred to the Litigation Trust) under the Tax Code. The exact consequences to U.S. Holders of an Allowed GUC
Claims will depend on the structure and mechanics selected and the provisions of the Tax Code giving rise to such nonrecognition treatment (including potentially whether an Allowed GUC Claim constitutes a security for U.S. federal income
tax purposes). See Section VIII.C.i.a Reorganization Transaction above for a discussion on whether an instrument is a security. In general, however, under such nonrecognition provisions of the Tax Code, exchanging U.S.
Holders could be treated as recognizing certain gains, but not losses, or, in certain circumstances, it may be that no gain or loss is recognized (other than with respect to any amounts received that are attributable to accrued but untaxed interest,
and subject to the rules relating to market discount as described below under Section VIII.C.iii.a. Accrued Interest and Section VIII.C.iii.b. Market Discount). To the extent a GUC Warrant is received
without the recognition of gain or loss, a U.S. Holder should obtain an aggregate tax basis in such GUC Warrant, other than any such amounts treated as received in satisfaction of accrued but untaxed interest, and subject to the rules relating to
market discount, equal to the adjusted tax basis of the Allowed GUC Claim exchanged therefor reduced by any other consideration received and increased by any gain recognized, and such U.S. Holders holding period in such property should include
the holding period of such U.S. Holders underlying Claim. To the extent a portion of the consideration received under the Plan is allocable to accrued but untaxed interest or market discount (which differs from the treatment described above),
see Section VIII.C.iii.a. Accrued Interest and Section VIII.C.iii.b. Market Discount below.
102
The tax consequences to a U.S. Holder of an Allowed GUC Claims will depend in significant
part on the final mechanism that results in the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Plan. U.S. Holders of such claims should consult their tax advisors for tax consequences applicable to them.
|
c) |
Whole-Co Sale Transaction |
The exchange of Allowed GUC Claim for Cash consideration and Litigation Trust Interests in a Whole-Co
Sale Transaction is generally fully taxable and gain or loss is recognized by a U.S. Holder of an Allowed First Lien Claim. Such gain or loss is recognized in an amount equal to the difference, if any, between (i) the sum of the Cash
consideration received and the assets deemed transferred to such U.S. Holder attributable to the Litigation Trust Interests Received and (ii) the U.S. Holders adjusted tax basis in the Allowed GUC Claim. Where gain or loss is recognized
by a U.S. Holder, the character of such gain or loss as long-term or short-term capital gain or loss or as ordinary income or loss will be determined by a number of factors, including the tax status of the holder, whether the Claim constitutes a
capital asset in the hands of the holder and how long it has been held, whether the Claim has accrued but untaxed interest or was acquired at a market discount, and whether and to what extent the holder previously claimed a bad debt deduction. See
Section VIII.C.iii.a. Accrued Interest and Section VIII.C.iii.b. Market Discount below. Long-term capital gain will generally be taxable at preferential rates to any
non-corporate U.S. Holder whose holding period in its Allowed First Lien Claim is greater than one year at the time of the exchange. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to certain limitations. See
Section VIII.C.iii.c. Limitations on Use of Capital Losses below. See Section VIII.C.ii.a. The Litigation Trust above for a discussion of the consequences of receipt of the Litigation Trust Interests.
|
iii. |
Treatment of Amounts Received on Allowed Claims Attributable to Accrued Interest and Market Discount and
Limitations on Capital Losses |
To the extent that any amount received by a U.S. Holder of an Allowed Claim under the Plan is attributable to accrued but untaxed interest on
the debt instruments constituting the surrendered Allowed Claim, the receipt of such amount would be expected to be taxable to the U.S. Holder as ordinary interest income (to the extent not already taken into income by the U.S. Holder), even if
consideration was otherwise being received without the recognition of gain. Conversely, a U.S. Holder of an Allowed Claim may be able to recognize a deductible loss to the extent that any accrued interest or amortized OID on the debt instruments
constituting such Allowed Claim was previously included in the U.S. Holders gross income but was not paid in full by the Debtors. However, the IRS has privately ruled that a holder of a security of a corporate issuer, in an
otherwise tax-free exchange, could not claim a current deduction with respect to any unpaid OID. By analogy, it is also unclear whether a U.S. Holder of an Allowed Claim that does not constitute a
security would be required to recognize a capital loss, rather than an ordinary loss, with respect to previously included OID that is not paid in full. See Section VIII.C.i.a Reorganization Transaction above for a
discussion on whether an instrument is a security.
103
The Plan provides that to the extent that any Allowed Claim entitled to a distribution under
the Plan is comprised of indebtedness and accrued but unpaid interest thereon, such distribution is to be allocated first to the principal amount (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) of the Allowed Claim and then to accrued but
unpaid interest. There is no assurance that the IRS will respect such allocation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. U.S. Holders of Allowed Claims are urged to consult their own tax advisor regarding the allocation of consideration received by
them under the Plan.
Under the market discount provisions of the Tax Code, some or all of any gain realized by a U.S. Holder of an Allowed Claim may be
treated as ordinary income (instead of capital gain), to the extent of the amount of market discount on such Allowed Claims. In general, a debt instrument is considered to have been acquired with market discount if it is
acquired other than on original issue and if its U.S. Holders adjusted tax basis in the debt instrument is less than (i) in the case of a debt instrument issued without OID, the sum of all remaining payments to be made on the debt
instrument, excluding qualified stated interest or (ii) in the case of a debt instrument issued with OID, its adjusted issue price (generally, the aggregate amount of OID accrued on a holders debt instrument prior to such
holders acquisition of the debt instrument), in each case by at least a de minimis amount (generally equal to 0.25% of the sum of all remaining payments to be made on the debt instrument, excluding qualified stated interest, multiplied
by the number of remaining whole years to maturity).
Any gain recognized by a U.S. Holder on the taxable disposition of an Allowed Claim
(determined as described above) that was acquired with market discount is expected to be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the market discount that accrued thereon while the Allowed Claim was considered to be held by the U.S. Holder
(unless the U.S. Holder elected to include market discount in income as it accrued). U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors concerning the application of the market discount rules to their Allowed Claims.
|
c) |
Limitations on Use of Capital Losses |
A U.S. Holder who recognizes capital losses as a result of the exchanges under the Plan will be subject to limits on the use of such capital
losses. For a non-corporate U.S. Holder, capital losses may be used to offset any capital gains (without regard to holding periods), and also ordinary income to the extent of the lesser of (a) $3,000 annually
($1,500 for married individuals filing separate returns) or (b) the excess of the capital losses over the capital gains. A non-corporate U.S. Holder may carry over unused capital losses and apply them
against future capital gains and a portion of their ordinary income for an unlimited number of years. For corporate holders, capital losses may only be used to offset capital gains. A corporate U.S. Holder that has more capital losses than may be
used in a tax year may carry back unused capital losses to the 3 years preceding the capital loss year or may carry over unused capital losses for the 5 years following the capital loss year.
104
|
D. |
Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to U.S. Holders of Ownership and Disposition of Plan
Consideration |
|
i. |
U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to U.S. Holders of Ownership and Disposition of the 1L Exit Facility
Loans |
The following discussion assumes that the 1L Exit Facility Loans will be treated as debt for
U.S. federal income tax purposes and that the contingent payment debt instrument rules do not apply. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of these rules to their tax position.
|
a) |
Payments of Qualified Stated Interest |
Payments or accruals of qualified stated interest (as defined below) on the 1L Exit Facility Loans will be taxable to a U.S. Holder
as ordinary income at the time that such payments are accrued or are received in accordance with such U.S. Holders regular method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The term qualified stated interest generally
means stated interest that is unconditionally payable in Cash or property (other than debt instruments of the issuer) at least annually during the entire term of the 1L Exit Facility Loans at a single fixed rate of interest, or, subject to certain
conditions, based on one or more interest indices.
A debt instrument is treated as issued with OID for U.S. federal income tax purposes if its issue price is less than its stated redemption
price at maturity by at least a de minimis amount.
The amount of OID (if any) on the 1L Exit Facility Loans will be the difference
between the stated redemption price at maturity (the sum of all payments to be made on the debt instrument other than qualified stated interest) of the 1L Exit Facility Loans and the issue price (as discussed
above under Section VIII.C.i. Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to U.S. Holders of the Allowed First Lien Claims and Section VIII.C.ii. Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to U.S. Holders of the
Allowed GUC Claims) of the 1L Exit Facility Loans. Stated interest payable at a fixed rate is qualified stated interest if it is unconditionally payable in Cash at least annually. The terms of the 1L Exit Facility Loans have not
yet been determined; to the extent not all the interest on the 1L Exit Facility Loans is unconditionally payable in Cash at least annually, the 1L Exit Facility Loans may be considered to be issued with OID. Moreover, the 1L Exit Facility Loans
could be treated as issued with OID to the extent the allocation rules described above result in the 1L Exit Facility Loans having an issue price that is less than their stated redemption price at maturity. See Section VIII.C.i.
Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to U.S. Holders of the Allowed First Lien Claims above.
A U.S. Holder (whether a
Cash or accrual method taxpayer) generally will be required to include the OID in gross income (as ordinary income) as the OID accrues (on a constant yield to maturity basis), possibly in advance of the U.S. Holders receipt of Cash payments
attributable to this OID. In general, the amount of OID includible in the gross income of a U.S. Holder will be equal to a ratable amount of OID with respect to the 1L Exit Facility Loans for each day in an accrual period during the taxable year or
portion of the taxable year on which a U.S. Holder held
105
the 1L Exit Facility Loans. An accrual period may be of any length and the accrual periods may vary in length over the term of the 1L Exit Facility Loans, provided that each accrual period is no
longer than one year and each scheduled payment of principal or interest occurs either on the final day of an accrual period or on the first day of an accrual period.
The amount of OID allocable to any accrual period is an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the product of the 1L Exit Facility
Loans adjusted issue price at the beginning of such accrual period and its yield to maturity, determined on the basis of a compounding assumption that reflects the length of the accrual period over (ii) the sum of the qualified stated
interest payments on the 1L Exit Facility Loans allocable to the accrual period. The adjusted issue price of the 1L Exit Facility Loans at the beginning of any accrual period generally equals the issue price of the 1L Exit Facility Loans increased
by the amount of all previously accrued OID and decreased by any Cash payments previously made on the 1L Exit Facility Loans other than payments of qualified stated interest. The rules regarding OID are complex. U.S. Holders should are urged to
consult their own tax advisors regarding the consequences of OID, including the amount of OID that would be included in gross income for a taxable year.
|
c) |
Sale, Taxable Exchange or other Taxable Disposition |
Upon the disposition of the 1L Exit Facility Loans by sale, exchange, retirement, redemption or other taxable disposition, a U.S. Holder will
generally recognize gain or loss equal to the difference, if any, between (i) the amount realized on the disposition (other than amounts attributable to accrued but untaxed interest, which will be taxed as ordinary interest income to the extent
not previously so taxed, and subject to the rules relating to market discount) and (ii) the U.S. Holders adjusted tax basis in the 1L Exit Facility Loans. A U.S. Holders adjusted tax basis will generally be equal to a holders
initial tax basis in the 1L Exit Facility Loans increased by any accrued OID previously included in such holders gross income. A U.S. Holders gain or loss will generally constitute capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain
or loss if the U.S. Holder has held such the 1L Exit Facility Loans for longer than one year. Non-corporate taxpayers are generally subject to a reduced federal income tax rate on net long-term capital gains.
The deductibility of capital losses is subject to certain limitations. See Section VIII.C.iii.c above Limitations on Use of Capital Losses, above.
|
ii. |
U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to U.S. Holders of Owning and Disposing of the New Equity Interests
|
|
a) |
Dividends on the New Equity Interests |
Any distributions made on account of the New Equity Interests will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent
of the current or accumulated earnings and profits of NewCo or Reorganized CHI, as applicable, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Qualified dividend income received by an individual U.S. Holder is subject to
preferential tax rates. To the extent that a U.S. Holder receives distributions that exceed such current and accumulated earnings and profits, such distributions will be treated first as a non-taxable return
of capital reducing the U.S. Holders basis in its New Equity Interests. Any distributions in excess of the U.S. Holders basis in its shares (determined on a
share-by-share basis) generally will be treated as capital gain.
106
Subject to applicable limitations, distributions treated as dividends paid to U.S. Holders
that are corporations generally will be eligible for the dividends-received deduction. However, the dividends-received deduction is only available if certain holding period requirements are satisfied. The length of time that a shareholder has held
its stock is reduced for any period during which the shareholders risk of loss with respect to the stock is diminished by reason of the existence of certain options, contracts to sell, short sales, or similar transactions. In addition, to the
extent that a corporation incurs indebtedness that is directly attributable to an investment in the stock on which the dividend is paid, all or a portion of the dividends received deduction may be disallowed.
|
b) |
Sale, Redemption, or Repurchase of the New Equity Interests |
Unless a non-recognition provision applies, U.S. Holders generally will recognize capital gain or loss
upon the sale, redemption, or other taxable disposition of the New Equity Interests. Such capital gain will be long-term capital gain if at the time of the sale, exchange, retirement, or other taxable disposition, the U.S. Holder has held the New
Equity Interests for more than one year. Long-term capital gains of an individual taxpayer generally are taxed at preferential rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to certain limitations. See Section VIII.C.iii.c.
Limitations on Use of Capital Losses above.
|
iii. |
U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to U.S. Holders of Owning and Disposing of GUC Warrants
|
|
a) |
Exercise or Lapse of a GUC Warrant |
A U.S. Holder generally will not recognize taxable gain or loss on the acquisition of shares of stock of NewCo or Reorganized CHI, as
applicable, upon exercise of a GUC Warrant for Cash. The U.S. holders basis in the shares of stock of NewCo or Reorganized CHI, as applicable, received upon exercise of the GUC Warrant generally will be an amount equal to the sum of the U.S.
Holders initial basis in the GUC Warrant and the exercise price. It is unclear whether the U.S. Holders holding period for the shares of stock of NewCo or Reorganized CHI, as applicable, received upon exercise of the GUC Warrants will
begin on the date following the date of exercise or on the date of exercise of the GUC Warrants; in either case, the holding period will not include the period during which the U.S. Holder held the GUC Warrants. If a GUC Warrant is allowed to lapse
unexercised, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize a capital loss equal to such U.S. Holders basis in the GUC Warrant.
The tax
consequences of a cashless exercise of a GUC Warrant are not clear under current tax law. A cashless exercise may be tax-free, either because the exercise is not a gain realization event or because the
exercise is treated as a recapitalization for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In either tax-free situation, a U.S. Holders basis in the shares of stock received generally should equal the
U.S. Holders basis in the GUC Warrant exercised therefor. If the cashless exercise were treated as not being a gain realization event (and not a recapitalization), it is unclear whether a U.S. Holders holding period in the shares of
stock would be treated as commencing on the date following the date of exercise or on the date of exercise of the GUC Warrant; in either case, the holding period would not include the period during which the U.S. Holder held the GUC Warrant. If the
cashless exercise were treated as a recapitalization, the holding period of the shares of stock of NewCo or Reorganized CHI, as applicable, would include the holding period of the GUC
107
Warrant exercised therefor. It is also possible that a cashless exercise could be treated in part as a taxable exchange in which gain or loss would be recognized. In such event, a U.S. Holder
could be deemed to have surrendered GUC Warrants with an aggregate fair market value equal to the exercise price for the total number of GUC Warrants to be exercised. The U.S. Holder would recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the
difference between the fair market value of the GUC Warrants deemed surrendered and the U.S. Holders adjusted tax basis in such GUC Warrants. In this case, a U.S. Holders basis in the shares of stock of NewCo or Reorganized CHI, as
applicable, received would equal the sum of the U.S. Holders basis in the GUC Warrants exercised and the exercise price of such GUC Warrants. It is unclear whether a U.S. Holders holding period for the shares of stock of NewCo or
Reorganized CHI, as applicable, would commence on the date following the date of exercise or on the date of exercise of the GUC Warrant; in either case, the holding period would not include the period during which the U.S. Holder held the Warrant.
Due to the absence of authority on the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a cashless exercise, including when a U.S. Holders
holding period would commence with respect to the shares of stock of NewCo or Reorganized CHI, as applicable, received, there can be no assurance which, if any, of the alternative tax consequences and holding periods described above would be adopted
by the IRS or a court of law. Accordingly, U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of a cashless exercise applicable to them.
|
b) |
Possible Constructive Distributions |
The terms of each GUC Warrant are not yet known, but may provide for an adjustment to the number of shares of stock of NewCo or Reorganized
CHI, as applicable, for which the GUC Warrant may be exercised or to the exercise price of the GUC Warrant in certain events. An adjustment which has the effect of preventing dilution generally is not taxable. The U.S. Holders of the GUC Warrants
would, however, be treated as receiving a constructive distribution from NewCo or Reorganized CHI, as applicable, if, for example, the adjustment to the number of such shares or to such exercise price increases the U.S. Holders proportionate
interest in the assets or earnings and profits of NewCo or Reorganized CHI, as applicable (e.g., through an increase in the number of shares of stock of NewCo or Reorganized CHI, as applicable, that would be obtained upon exercise or through
a decrease in the exercise price of the GUC Warrant), as a result of a distribution of Cash or other property, such as other securities, to the holders of shares of stock of NewCo or Reorganized CHI, as applicable, or, in some cases, as a result of
the issuance of a stock dividend to holders of shares of stock of NewCo, or Reorganized CHI, as applicable. Such constructive distribution would be subject to tax in the same manner as if the U.S. Holders of the GUC Warrants received a Cash
distribution from NewCo or Reorganized CHI, as applicable, equal to the fair market value of such increased interest resulting from the adjustment. Generally, a U.S. Holders adjusted tax basis in its GUC Warrant would be increased to the
extent any such constructive distribution is treated as a dividend or results in capital gain.
|
c) |
Sale or Repurchase of GUC Warrants |
Unless a non-recognition provision applies, U.S. Holders generally will recognize capital gain or loss
upon the sale or other taxable disposition of the GUC Warrants. Such capital gain will be long-term capital gain if at the time of the sale or other taxable disposition, the U.S. Holder has
108
held the GUC Warrants for more than one year. Long-term capital gains of an individual taxpayer generally are taxed at preferential rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to
certain limitations. See Section VIII.C.iii.c Limitations on Use of Capital Losses above.
|
iv. |
U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to U.S. Holders of Owning and Disposing of Litigation Trust Interests
|
Each U.S. Holder receiving a Litigation Trust Interest as part of the Plan should be treated as owning a
proportionate undivided interest in each of the assets of the Litigation Trust to the extent of such U.S. Holders interest therein (such interest, a U.S. Holders Litigation Trust Asset Interest). Accordingly, each such
U.S. Holder should be required to report on its U.S. federal income tax return its share of any income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit recognized or incurred by the Litigation Trust that is allocable to its Litigation Trust Asset Interest and
should treat such items as derived from its Litigation Trust Asset Interest and not in satisfaction of the Allowed GUC Claim for which it received such share. The character of any such items to a beneficiary of the Litigation Trust and the ability
of such beneficiary to benefit from any loss, deduction, or credit allocable to its Litigation Trust Asset Interest will depend on the particular circumstances of such beneficiary and the nature of the assets held by the Litigation Trust.
U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the proper characterization of the Litigation Trust applicable to them.
|
E. |
Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Certain
Non-U.S. Holders of Allowed Claims |
The following discussion assumes that
the Debtors will undertake a Reorganization Transaction or Whole-Co Sale Transaction as currently contemplated by the Plan and includes only certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Plan to Non-U.S. Holders. This discussion does not include any non-U.S. tax considerations. The rules governing the U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders are complex. Multiple material elements of the corporate and capital structure of the Post-Emergence Entities, including the Reorganization Transactions that will be implemented to achieve that
corporate and capital structure, have not yet been determined. The U.S. federal income tax consequences will depend in significant part on the final mechanisms that result in the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Plan.
Accordingly, the tax consequences of the Plan to Non-U.S. Holders cannot currently be known, and Non-U.S. Holders of Allowed Claims should consult their own tax advisors
with respect to any potential tax consequences of the Plan applicable to them.
Other than with respect to any amounts received that are attributable to accrued but untaxed interest (which may be subject to withholding as
described below in Section VIII.F.i.a. Payments of Interest (Including Interest Attributable to Accrued, Untaxed Interest)), any gain realized by a Non-U.S. Holder on the exchange of its
Allowed Claim, generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income taxation unless:
|
|
|
the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who was present in the United States
for 183 days or more during the taxable year in which the Reorganization Transactions occur and certain other conditions are met; or |
109
|
|
|
such gain is effectively connected with the conduct by such Non-U.S.
Holder of a trade or business in the United States (and, if an income tax treaty applies, such gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by such Non-U.S. Holder in the United States).
|
To the extent these exceptions apply, the amount of gain or loss recognized is generally computed in the same manner as
for U.S. Holders as described above in Section VIII.C.i. Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to U.S. Holders of the Allowed First Lien Claims and Section VIII.C.ii. Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax
Consequences to U.S. Holders of the Allowed GUC Claims as applicable.
If the first exception applies, the Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or at a reduced rate or exemption from tax under an applicable income tax treaty) on the amount by which such Non-U.S. Holders capital gains allocable to U.S. sources exceed capital losses allocable to U.S. sources during the taxable year of the exchange. If the second exception applies, the Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to any gain realized on the exchange if such gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S.
Holders conduct of a trade or business in the United States in the same manner as a U.S. Holder (except that the Medicare tax would generally not apply). To claim an exemption from withholding tax, such
Non-U.S. Holder will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or such successor form as the IRS designates). In addition, if such a Non-U.S. Holder is a corporation, it may be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate provided by an applicable treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year,
subject to certain adjustments.
|
F. |
Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S.
Holders of Ownership and Disposition of Plan Consideration |
|
i. |
U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Payments
of Interest and of Owning and Disposing of the 1L Exit Facility Loans |
|
a) |
Payments of Interest (Including Interest Attributable to Accrued, Untaxed Interest)
|
Subject to the discussion of backup withholding below under Section VIII.G. Information Reporting and Back-Up Withholding, interest income (which, for purposes of this discussion of Non-U.S. Holders, includes OID and accrued but untaxed interest, including in each case
any such amounts paid to a Non-U.S. Holder under the Plan) of a Non-U.S. Holder that is not effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business carried on by the Non-U.S. Holder will qualify for the so-called portfolio interest exemption and, therefore, will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding, provided
that:
|
|
|
the Non-U.S. Holder does not own, actually or constructively, a 10% or
greater interest in the Post-Emergence Entities (or, in the case of interest received pursuant to the Plan, Debtors) within the meaning of section 871(h)(3) of the Tax Code and Treasury Regulations thereunder; |
110
|
|
|
the Non-U.S. Holder is not a controlled foreign corporation related to
the Post-Emergence Entities (or, in the case of interest received pursuant to the Plan, Debtors), actually or constructively through the ownership rules under section 864(d)(4) of the Tax Code; |
|
|
|
the Non-U.S. Holder is not a bank that is receiving the interest on an
extension of credit made pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business; and |
|
|
|
the beneficial owner gives the Post-Emergence Entities (or, as applicable, Debtors) or their paying agent an
appropriate IRS Form W-8 (or suitable substitute or successor form or such other form as the IRS may prescribe) that has been properly completed and duly executed establishing its status as a Non-U.S. Holder. |
If not all of these conditions are met, interest on the 1L Exit
Facility Loans paid to a Non-U.S. Holder or interest paid to a Non-U.S. Holder pursuant to the Plan that is not effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business
carried on by the Non-U.S. Holder will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax and withholding at a 30% rate, unless an applicable income tax treaty reduces or eliminates such withholding and the Non-U.S. Holder claims the benefit of that treaty by providing an appropriate IRS Form W-8 (or a suitable substitute or successor form or such other form as the IRS may
prescribe) that has been properly completed and duly executed.
If interest on the 1L Exit Facility Loans or interest paid to a Non-U.S. Holder pursuant to the Plan is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business carried on by the Non-U.S. Holder (ECI), the Non-U.S. Holder will be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on that interest on a net income basis generally in the same manner as a U.S. Holder (and the 30% withholding tax described above will not apply,
provided the appropriate statement is provided to the Post-Emergence Entities (or, with respect to interest received pursuant to the Plan, Debtors)) or their paying agent, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. To claim an
exemption from withholding, such non-U.S. Holder will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or suitable substitute or successor form or such other
form as the IRS may prescribe). If a Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for the benefits of any income tax treaty between the United States and its country of residence, any interest income that is ECI will be
subject to U.S. federal income tax in the manner specified by the treaty if the Non-U.S. Holder claims the benefit of the treaty by providing an appropriate IRS Form W-8
(or a suitable substitute or successor form or such other form as the IRS may prescribe) that has been properly completed and duly executed. In addition, a corporate Non-U.S. Holder may, under certain
circumstances, be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate, or, if applicable, a lower treaty rate, on its effectively connected earnings and profits attributable to such interest (subject to adjustments).
The certifications described above must be provided to the applicable withholding agent prior to the payment of interest and, as applicable,
must be updated periodically. Non-U.S. Holders that do not timely provide the applicable withholding agent with the required certification, but that qualify for a reduced rate under an applicable income tax
treaty, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to
benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.
111
|
b) |
Sale, Taxable Exchange, or Other Disposition of the 1L Exit Facility Loans. |
A Non-U.S. Holder will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized on a
sale, exchange, retirement, redemption or other taxable disposition of the 1L Exit Facility Loans (other than any amount representing accrued but untaxed interest on the loan) unless:
|
|
|
the gain is ECI (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent
establishment that such Non-U.S. Holder maintains); or |
|
|
|
in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder who is a nonresident alien individual,
such Non-U.S. Holder is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year and certain other requirements are met. |
If a Non-U.S. Holder falls under the first of these exceptions, unless an applicable income tax treaty
provides otherwise, the Non-U.S. Holder will generally be taxed on the net gain derived from the disposition of the 1L Exit Facility Loans under the graduated U.S. federal income tax rates that are applicable
to U.S. Holders and, if the Non-U.S. Holder is a foreign corporation, it may also be subject to the branch profits tax described above under Section VIII.E.i Gain Recognition. To claim an
exemption from withholding, such non-U.S. Holder will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or suitable substitute or successor form or such other
form as the IRS may prescribe). If an individual Non-U.S. Holder falls under the second of these exceptions, the Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S.
federal income tax at a rate of 30% (unless a lower applicable treaty rate applies) on the amount by which the gain derived from the disposition exceeds such Non-Holders capital losses allocable to
sources within the United States for the taxable year of the sale.
|
ii. |
U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Owning
and Disposing of the New Equity Interests |
|
a) |
Dividends on New Equity Interests |
Any distributions made with respect to the New Equity Interests will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent
of the current or accumulated earnings and profits of NewCo or Reorganized CHI, as applicable, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Except as described below, dividends paid with respect to the New Equity Interests held by a Non-U.S. Holder that are not effectively connected with a Non-U.S. Holders conduct of a U.S. trade or business (or, if an income tax treaty applies, are not attributable
to a permanent establishment maintained by such Non-U.S. Holder in the United States) will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% (or at a reduced rate or exemption from tax under an
applicable income tax treaty). A Non-U.S. Holder generally will be required to satisfy certain IRS certification requirements to claim a reduction of or exemption from withholding under a tax treaty by filing
IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable (or such successor form as the IRS
112
designates), upon which the Non-U.S. Holder certifies, under penalties of perjury, its status as a non-U.S. person
and its entitlement to the lower treaty rate or exemption from tax with respect to such payments. Dividends paid with respect to the New Equity Interests held by a Non-U.S. Holder that are effectively
connected with a Non-U.S. Holders conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by such Non-U.S. Holder in the United States) generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the same manner as a U.S. Holder, and a Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation for
U.S. federal income tax purposes may also be subject to a branch profits tax with respect to such Non-U.S. Holders effectively connected earnings and profits that are attributable to the dividends at a
rate of 30% (or at a reduced rate or exemption from tax under an applicable income tax treaty). See Section VIII.D.ii.a. Dividends on the New Equity Interests above for a discussion of the U.S. federal income tax
consequences of Dividends paid to a U.S. Holder.
|
b) |
Sale, Redemption, or Repurchase of the New Equity Interests |
A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to any gain
realized on the sale or other taxable disposition (including a Cash redemption) of the New Equity Interests, unless:
|
|
|
such Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States
for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition or who is subject to special rules applicable to former citizens and residents of the United States; |
|
|
|
such gain is effectively connected with such Non-U.S. Holders
conduct of a U.S trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, such gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by such Non-U.S. Holder in the United States); or
|
|
|
|
NewCo or Reorganized CHI, as applicable, is or has been during a specified testing period a U.S. real
property holding corporation (a USRPHC) under the FIRPTA rules (as defined and discussed below under Section VIII.F.iv. FIRPTA). |
If the first exception applies, the Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income
tax at a rate of 30% (or at a reduced rate or exemption from tax under an applicable income tax treaty) on the amount by which such Non-U.S. Holders capital gains allocable to U.S. sources exceed capital
losses allocable to U.S. sources during the taxable year of disposition of the New Equity Interests. If the second exception applies, the Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax
with respect to such gain in the same manner as a U.S. Holder, and a Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes may also be subject to a branch profits tax with respect to
earnings and profits effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business that are attributable to such gains at a rate of 30% (or at a reduced rate or exemption from tax under an applicable income tax treaty). The FIRPTA rules are discussed in
greater detail herein. See Section VIII.F.iv. FIRPTA below.
|
iii. |
U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Owning
and Disposing of GUC Warrants |
|
a) |
Exercise or Lapse of a GUC Warrant |
113
The U.S. federal income tax treatment of a Non-U.S.
Holders exercise of a GUC Warrant, or the lapse of a GUC Warrant held by a Non-U.S. Holder, generally will correspond to the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the exercise or lapse of a GUC Warrant by
a U.S. Holder, as described above under Section VIII.D.iii.a. Exercise or Lapse of a GUC Warrant, although to the extent a cashless exercise results in a taxable exchange, the consequences would be similar to those described above
with respect to the sale or other taxable disposition of a GUC Warrant by a Non-U.S. Holder.
|
b) |
Possible Constructive Distributions |
The terms of each GUC Warrant are expected to provide for an adjustment to the number of shares of stock of NewCo or Reorganized CHI, as
applicable, for which the GUC Warrant may be exercised or to the exercise price of the GUC Warrant in certain events. The character of such an adjustment generally will correspond to the U.S. federal income tax characterization of such an adjustment
for U.S. Holders as described above under Section VIII.D.iii.b. Possible Constructive Distributions, and the consequences of a taxable adjustment to a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be as
described above under Section VIII.D.ii.a. Dividends on the New Equity Interests with respect to distributions made with respect to the New Equity Interests.
Under Treasury Regulations issued pursuant to section 871(m) of the Tax Code, withholding at a rate of 30% (subject to certain treaty
considerations) would apply to certain dividend equivalent payments made or deemed made to Non-U.S. Holders in respect of financial instruments that reference U.S. stocks. The Treasury Regulations
promulgated under section 871(m) of the Tax Code do not apply to a payment to the extent that the payment is already treated as a deemed dividend under the rules described above, and therefore generally would not apply in respect of adjustments to
the conversion rate of the GUC Warrants. However, because the rules under section 871(m) of the Tax Code are complex, it is possible that they will apply in certain circumstances in which the deemed dividend rules described above do not apply, in
which case the rules under section 871(m) of the Tax Code might require withholding at a different time or amount than the deemed dividend.
|
c) |
Sale or Repurchase of GUC Warrants |
The U.S. federal income tax treatment of a Non-U.S. Holders sale or repurchase of a GUC Warrant
generally will correspond to the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the sale or repurchase of the New Equity Interests by a Non-U.S. Holder, as described above under Section VIII.F.ii.b. Sale,
Redemption, or Repurchase of the New Equity Interests.
Under the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act (FIRPTA), gain on the disposition of certain investments in U.S. real
property is subject to U.S. federal income tax in the hands of Non-U.S. Holders and treated as ECI that is subject to U.S. federal net income tax even if a Non-U.S.
Holder is not otherwise engaged in a U.S. trade or business.
114
With respect to the New Equity Interests, rules with respect to USRPHCs may apply. In
general, a corporation is a USRPHC if the fair market value of the corporations U.S. real property interests (as defined in the Tax Code and applicable Treasury Regulations) equals or exceeds 50% of the aggregate fair market value
of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business (applying certain look-through rules to evaluate the assets of subsidiaries) at any time within the shorter of the 5-year period ending on the effective time of the applicable disposition or the period of time the Non-U.S. Holder held such interest. The Debtors have not performed an
analysis to determine whether NewCo, CHI or Reorganized CHI, as applicable will constitute a USRPHC. Taxable gain from the disposition of an interest in a USRPHC (generally equal to the difference between the amount realized and such Non-U.S. Holders adjusted tax basis in such interest) will constitute ECI. Further, the buyer of the New Equity Interests, may be required to withhold a tax equal to 15% of the amount realized on the sale. The
amount of any such withholding would be allowed as a credit against the Non-U.S. Holders U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle the Non-U.S. Holder to a
refund, provided that the Non-U.S. Holder properly and timely files a tax return with the IRS.
However, under the FIRPTA rules, if the stock of a USRPHC is regularly traded on an established securities market, a person that holds 5% or
less of such stock will generally not be subject to substantive FIRPTA taxation or FIRPTA withholding upon a disposition of its shares, and FIRPTA withholding upon dispositions will generally be inapplicable other than in the case of certain
distributions and redemptions by the issuer. Whether and when the New Equity Interests will be considered regularly traded on an established securities market will depend, in part, on whether a market develops in such equity, and cannot currently be
determined.
Whether NewCo, CHI or Reorganized CHI, as applicable is or will be a USRPHC is a determination that is factual in nature and
subject to change, and no assurance can be provided as to whether CHI is or Newco or Reorganized CHI, as applicable, will be a USRPHC now or at any future time. Accordingly, Non-U.S. Holders should consult
their own tax advisors with respect to any potential FIRPTA implications applicable to them.
|
G. |
Information Reporting and Back-Up Withholding
|
The Debtors, Post-Emergence Entities, and any other applicable withholding agents will withhold all amounts required
by law to be withheld from payments of interest and dividends, whether in connection with distributions under the Plan or in connection with payments made on account of consideration received pursuant to the Plan, and will comply with all applicable
information reporting requirements. The IRS may make the information returns, reporting such interest and dividends and withholding, available to the tax authorities in the country in which a Non-U.S. Holder
is resident. In general, information reporting requirements may apply to distributions or payments under the Plan. Additionally, under the backup withholding rules, a holder may be subject to backup withholding (currently at a rate of 24%) with
respect to distributions or payments made pursuant to the Plan unless that holder: (a) comes within certain exempt categories (which generally include corporations) and, when required, demonstrates that fact; or (b) timely provides a
correct taxpayer identification number and certifies under penalty of perjury that the taxpayer identification number is correct and that the holder is not subject to backup withholding generally in the form of a properly executed IRS Form W-9 for a U.S. Holder, and, for a Non-U.S. Holder, in the form of a properly executed applicable IRS Form W-8 (or otherwise establishes
such Non-U.S. Holders eligibility for an exemption). Backup withholding is not an additional tax but is, instead, an advance payment that may be refunded to the extent it results in an overpayment of
tax; provided that the required information is timely provided to the IRS.
115
In addition, from an information reporting perspective, Treasury Regulations generally
require disclosure by a taxpayer on its U.S. federal income tax return of certain types of transactions in which the taxpayer participated, including, among other types of transactions, certain transactions that result in the taxpayers
claiming a loss in excess of specified thresholds. Holders subject to the Plan are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding these regulations and whether the transactions contemplated by the Plan would be subject to these regulations and
require disclosure on the holders tax returns.
THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PLAN ARE COMPLEX. THE FOREGOING SUMMARY DOES NOT
DISCUSS ALL ASPECTS OF U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAXATION THAT MAY BE RELEVANT TO A PARTICULAR HOLDER IN LIGHT OF SUCH HOLDERS CIRCUMSTANCES AND INCOME TAX SITUATION. ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS ARE URGED TO CONSULT WITH THEIR TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE
PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THE PLAN, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, TERRITORIAL, OR NON-U.S. TAX LAWS, AND OF ANY CHANGE IN APPLICABLE
TAX LAWS.
IX. VALUATION OF THE DEBTORS
Solely for purposes of the Proposed Plan, the Debtors have been advised by Houlihan Lokey, their investment banker and financial advisor, with
respect to the going-concern value of the Post-Emergence Entities. Houlihan Lokey has undertaken the valuation analysis attached hereto as Exhibit C (the Valuation Analysis) to estimate the value available for
distribution to holders of equity interests in the Post-Emergence Entities under the Plan and to analyze the relative recoveries of each thereunder. The projections provided by the Debtors management for the for the fiscal period August 1,
2024 through FY28, attached to this Disclosure Statement as Exhibit D (the Financial Projections), served as the basis, along with other financial information and projections provided by the Debtors, in estimating the value
of the Reorganized Debtors.
X.
CERTAIN RISK FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED
Prior to voting to accept or reject the Plan, holders of Claims and Interests should read and carefully consider the risk factors set forth
below, in addition to the information set forth in this Disclosure Statement together with any attachments, exhibits, or documents incorporated by reference hereto. The factors below should not be regarded as the only risks associated with the Plan
or its implementation. New factors, risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible to predict all such factors, risks and uncertainties.
|
A. |
Certain Bankruptcy Law Considerations |
Although the Plan is designed to minimize the length of the Chapter 11 Cases, it is impossible to predict with certainty the amount of time
that one or more of the Debtors may spend in bankruptcy or to assure parties in interest that the Plan will be confirmed. Even if confirmed on
116
a timely basis, bankruptcy proceedings to confirm the Plan could have an adverse effect on the Debtors business. Among other things, it is possible that bankruptcy proceedings could
adversely affect the Debtors relationships with their key vendors, customers, and employees. The proceedings will also involve additional expense and may divert some of the attention of the Debtors management away from business
operations.
|
ii. |
Risk of Non-Confirmation of Plan |
Although the Debtors believe that the Plan will satisfy all requirements necessary for confirmation by the Bankruptcy Court, there can be no
assurance that the Bankruptcy Court will reach the same conclusion or that modifications to the Plan will not be required for confirmation or that such modifications would not necessitate re-solicitation of
votes. Moreover, the Debtors can make no assurances that they will receive the requisite acceptances to confirm the Plan with respect to each Debtor, and even if all the Voting Classes vote in favor of the Plan or the requirements for
cramdown are met with respect to any Class that rejects the Plan, the Bankruptcy Court, which may exercise substantial discretion as a court of equity, may choose not to confirm the Plan.
|
iii. |
Risk of Failing to Satisfy the Vote Requirement |
In the event that the Debtors are unable to get sufficient votes from either of the Voting Classes, the Debtors may seek to accomplish an
alternative chapter 11 plan or seek to cram down the Plan on non-accepting classes. There can be no assurance that the terms of any such alternative chapter 11 plan would be similar or as favorable to holders
of Allowed Claims and Interests as those proposed in the Plan.
|
iv. |
Risk of Non-Consensual Confirmation |
In the event that any impaired class of Claims or Interests does not accept or is deemed not to accept the Plan, the Bankruptcy Court may
nevertheless confirm such Plan at the request of the Debtors if at least one impaired class has accepted the Plan (with such acceptance being determined without including the vote of any insider in such class), and as to each impaired
class that has not accepted the Plan, the Bankruptcy Court determines that the Plan does not discriminate unfairly and is fair and equitable with respect to the dissenting impaired classes. Should any Class vote to
reject the Plan, then these requirements must be satisfied with respect to such rejecting Classes. The Debtors believe that the Plan satisfies these requirements.
|
v. |
Risk of Termination of Restructuring Support Agreement |
The Restructuring Support Agreement contains certain provisions that give the parties thereto the ability to terminate the Restructuring
Support Agreement if various events occur. As noted above, termination of the Restructuring Support Agreement could result in more protracted Chapter 11 Cases. The Restructuring Support Agreement provides that if the Restructuring Support Agreement
is terminated, each vote or any consent given by the Consenting Noteholders prior to such termination will be deemed null and void ab initio. Without the commitment provided by the Restructuring Support Parties to vote in favor of the Plan
and take other actions contemplated in the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Debtors may not be able to secure sufficient votes in favor of the Plan for confirmation and may not be able to provide the holders of Claims or Interests in Impaired
Classes with the level of recoveries contemplated by the Plan.
117
|
vi. |
Risk Related to DIP Facility |
The DIP Facility is intended to provide liquidity to the Debtors during the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases. If the Chapter 11 Cases take
longer than expected to conclude, or in the event of a breach of a milestone or another event of default under the DIP Facility, which could occur if the Plan is not confirmed on the proposed timeline, the Debtors may exhaust or lose access to their
financing. There is no assurance that they will be able to obtain additional financing from their existing lenders or otherwise. In either such case, the liquidity necessary for the orderly functioning of the Debtors business may be materially
impaired.
|
vii. |
Risk Related to Possible Objections to the Plan |
There is a risk that certain parties could oppose and object to either the entirety of the Plan or specific provisions of the Plan. Although
the Debtors believe that the Plan complies with all relevant Bankruptcy Code provisions, there can be no guarantee that a party in interest will not file an objection to the Plan or that the Bankruptcy Court will not sustain such an objection.
|
viii. |
Risk of Non-Occurrence of Effective Date |
There can be no assurance as to the timing of the Effective Date. If the conditions precedent to the Effective Date set forth in the Plan have
not occurred or have not been waived as set forth in Article IX of the Plan, then the Confirmation Order may be vacated, in which event no distributions would be made under the Plan, the Debtors and all holders of Claims or Interests would be
restored to the status quo as of the day immediately preceding the Confirmation Date, and the Debtors obligations with respect to Claims and Interests would remain unchanged.
|
ix. |
Conversion to Chapter 7 Cases |
If no plan of reorganization can be confirmed, or if the Bankruptcy Court otherwise finds that it would be in the best interest of holders of
Claims and Interests, the Chapter 11 Cases may be converted to cases under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code, pursuant to which a trustee would be appointed to liquidate the Debtors assets for distribution in accordance with the priorities
established by the Bankruptcy Code. See Article XII hereof, as well as the liquidation analysis annexed hereto as Exhibit E (the Liquidation Analysis) for a discussion of the effects that a chapter 7
liquidation would have on the recoveries of holders of Claims and Interests.
|
B. |
Risks Relating to the Plan |
|
i. |
Claims Could Be More than Projected |
There can be no assurance that the estimated Allowed amount of Claims in certain Classes will not be significantly more than projected, which,
in turn, could cause the value of distributions to each holder in the applicable Class to be reduced substantially. Inevitably, some assumptions will not materialize, and unanticipated events and circumstances may affect the ultimate results.
Further, the deadline for Governmental Units to file Proofs of Claim against the Debtors is August
118
2, 2024 at 5:00 p.m. (Eastern Time), after the Confirmation Hearing. Consequently, Governmental Units may file Claims subsequent to the Confirmation Hearing, which Claims may dilute recoveries
for holders of General Unsecured Claims. Furthermore, although the Debtors anticipate that Administrative Expense Claims have been projected properly, these amounts are likely to increase if the anticipated timeline of the Chapter 11 Cases is
delayed or protracted litigation with the creditors of such entities occurs. The actual amount of Allowed Claims may vary from the Debtors projections, and the variation may be material.
|
i. |
Claims Could be Determined to be Non-Dischargeable
|
There can be no assurance that Claims from which the Debtors seek a discharge will be determined to be dischargeable
by the Court. The Court may find certain Claims to be non-dischargeable, which may ultimately dilute recoveries for holders of other Claims.
|
ii. |
Conditions to Consummation of Plan |
Although the Debtors believe that they will be able to consummate the Restructuring, there are conditions to the Effective Date, including that
the Plan be confirmed on or before the milestones provided for in the Restructuring Support Agreement and DIP Credit Agreement, and that certain regulatory approvals, are received. Accordingly, the Debtors are not certain that the Restructuring will
be consummated as planned.
|
iii. |
Post-Effective Date Indebtedness |
Following the Effective Date, in the event of a Reorganization Transaction, the Post-Emergence Entities will have outstanding funded
indebtedness under the Exit Facility. The Post-Emergence Entities ability to service their debt obligations will depend on, among other things, the Post-Emergence Entities compliance with affirmative and negative covenants, the
applicable interest rate under the Exit Facility, as well as future operating performance, which depends partly on economic, financial, competitive, and other factors beyond the Post-Emergence Entities control. The Post-Emergence Entities may
not be able to generate sufficient cash from operations to meet their debt service obligations as well as fund necessary capital expenditures and investments in operating their business. In addition, if the Post-Emergence Entities need to refinance
their debt, obtain additional financing, or sell assets or equity, they may not be able to do so on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.
|
C. |
Factors Relating to Securities to Be Issued |
There is currently no market for the New Equity Interests or the GUC Warrants and there can be no assurance as to the development or liquidity
of any market for any such securities. The Post-Emergence Entities are under no obligation to list any securities on any national securities exchange. Therefore, there can be no assurance that any of the foregoing securities will be tradable or
liquid at any time after the Effective Date. If a trading market does not develop or is not maintained, holders of the foregoing securities may experience difficulty in reselling such securities or may be unable to sell them at all. Even if such a
market were to exist, such securities
119
could trade at prices higher or lower than the estimated value set forth in this Disclosure Statement depending upon many factors including, without limitation, prevailing interest rates, markets
for similar securities, industry conditions, and the performance of, and investor expectations for, the Post-Emergence Entities. In addition, holders of New Equity Interests and/or GUC Warrants may be subject to certain restrictions contained in a
shareholders agreement or limited liability company agreement (as applicable) which may include restrictions on the ability to transfer, as well as other limitations associated with, the New Equity Interests and the GUC Warrants. Accordingly,
holders of these securities may bear certain risks associated with holding securities for an indefinite period of time.
The ownership percentage represented by the New Equity Interests distributed on the Effective Date under the Plan will be subject to dilution
from the MIP, the GUC Warrants (and the GUC Warrant Equity), any other shares that may be issued post-emergence, and the conversion of any options, warrants, convertible securities, exercisable securities, or other securities that may be issued at
or post-emergence.
In the future, similar to all companies, additional equity financings or other share issuances by any of the
Post-Emergence Entities could adversely affect the value of the New Equity Interests issuable upon such conversion. The amount and dilutive effect of any of the foregoing could be material.
|
iii. |
Significant Holders of New Equity Interests |
Certain holders of (i) Consenting Creditors Claims are expected to acquire significant, if not all, New Equity Interests and
(ii) Allowed General Unsecured Claims are expected to acquire significant, if not all, GUC Warrants, in each case, pursuant to the Plan. Such holders could be in a position to control the outcome of all actions of the Post-Emergence Entities,
as applicable, requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors or managers, without the approval of other stockholders. More specific details regarding minority shareholder rights will be provided in any Amended Organizational
Documents and any equityholders agreement provided for in the Plan Supplement, which will also, among other things, specify which entity will issue the New Equity Interests. This concentration of ownership and control could also facilitate or
hinder a negotiated change of control of the Post-Emergence Entities and, consequently, have an impact upon the value of the New Equity Interests.
|
iv. |
New Equity Interests Subordinated to Post-Emergence Entities Indebtedness |
In any subsequent liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Post-Emergence Entities, the New Equity Interests and the GUC Warrants would
rank below all debt claims against the Post-Emergence Entities, including claims under the Exit Facility. As a result, holders of the New Equity Interests will not be entitled to receive any payment or other distribution of assets upon the
liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Post-Emergence Entities until after all the Post-Emergence Entities obligations to their debt holders have been satisfied, including the Exit Facility obligations.
120
By virtue of the GUC Warrants being exercisable into New Equity Interests, risks that relate to the New
Equity Interests will also affect the GUC Warrants.
|
v. |
Trading Value of New Equity Interests |
The value of the Post-Emergence Entities may not be represented by the trading value of the New Equity Interests in public or private markets
and is subject to additional uncertainties and contingencies, all of which are difficult to predict. Actual market prices of such securities at issuance will depend upon, among other things: (1) prevailing interest rates; (2) conditions in
the financial markets; (3) the anticipated initial securities holdings of prepetition creditors, some of whom may prefer to liquidate their investment rather than hold it on a long-term basis; and (4) other factors that generally influence
the prices of securities. The actual market price of the New Equity Interests is likely to be volatile. Many factors, including factors unrelated to the Post-Emergence Entities actual operating performance and other factors not possible to
predict, could cause the market price of the New Equity Interests to rise and fall. Accordingly, the implied value, stated herein and in the Plan, of the securities to be issued does not necessarily reflect, and should not be construed as
reflecting, values that will be attained for the New Equity Interests in the public or private markets.
|
vi. |
Certain Creditors May Bring Litigation Against the Debtors |
Third parties, including certain of the Debtors creditors, may bring litigation against the Debtors during the course of the Chapter 11
Cases, including with respect to the GUC Warrants, the outcome of which is uncertain. Although the Debtors believe the Plan satisfies all of the requirements necessary for confirmation by the Bankruptcy Court, creditors and other parties-in-interest may bring objections to challenge confirmation of the Plan.
|
D. |
Risks Relating to the Debtors Businesses |
The Debtors are subject to extensive regulation by both the federal government and the state governments in which they provide services. These
laws may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which the Debtors conduct operations. The laws and regulations in these areas are complex, changing and often subject to varying interpretations, and any failure to
satisfy applicable laws and regulations could have a material adverse impact on the Debtors business, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and reputation. If the Debtors operations are found to be in violation of any of
the laws and regulations, the Debtors may be subject to the applicable penalty associated with the violation, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, exclusion or suspension from participating in governmental health care programs,
and the curtailment of the Debtors operations.
Any penalties, damages, fines or curtailment of their operations, individually or in
the aggregate, could adversely affect the Debtors ability to operate and their financial results. The risks of being found in violation of these laws and regulations is increased by the fact that many of them have not been fully interpreted by
the regulatory authorities or the courts, their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations, and such laws and regulations may apply to businesses acquired from time to time by the Debtors.
121
Upcoming changes to Medicare risk adjustment, including in connection with the implementation of V28, continue to risk negatively impact on the
Debtors revenues. These changes, scheduled to be phased in beginning in 2024, will introduce an altered risk adjustment framework, reflecting CMS focus on accurately identifying and auditing risk-adjustable conditions that align with
patients care. This focus will adversely impact the Debtors capitated revenue. Although the impact of the change will vary from plan to plan, based on several factors, it is widely recognized the average risk adjustment factor is going
to decrease significantly.
|
iii. |
Contracts with Payors/Insurance Providers |
The Debtors generate revenues from the U.S. federal Medicare and state Medicaid programs, including Medicare and Medicaid managed care plans.
Healthcare expenditures continue to increase and state governments continue to face budgetary shortfalls. Driven by these financial factors and ongoing health reform efforts, federal and state governments have made, and continue to make, significant
changes in the Medicare and Medicaid programs, including changes in payment methodologies, reductions in reimbursement payment levels and reductions to payments made to providers under state supplemental payment programs. Some of these changes have
already occurred, and could re-occur in the future, limiting the amount of payments the Debtors receive for their services.
In addition, U.S. federal and state governmental and commercial payors, as well as other third parties from whom the Debtors receive payment
for the Debtors services, attempt to control healthcare costs by, for example, requiring healthcare providers to discount payments for their services in exchange for exclusive or preferred participation in their benefit plan networks,
restricting coverage through utilization reviews, requiring prior authorizations for non-emergency services and implementing alternative payment models. The ability of commercial payors to control healthcare
costs using these measures may be enhanced by the increasing consolidation of private health insurance companies and managed care companies and vertical integration of health insurers with healthcare providers. Cost-reduction strategies by large
employer groups and their affiliates may also limit the Debtors ability to negotiate favorable terms in the Debtors contracts and otherwise intensify competitive pressure. Furthermore, the Debtors contracts with payors require the
Debtors to comply with a number of terms related to the provision of services and billing for services. If the Debtors are unable to negotiate increased reimbursement rates, maintain existing reimbursement rates or other favorable contract terms,
effectively respond to payor cost controls or comply with the terms of the Debtors payor contracts, the payments the Debtors receive for their services may be reduced or the Debtors may be involved in disputes with payors and experience
payment denials, both prospectively and retroactively.
122
|
iv. |
Recruiting and Retention of Physicians |
The success of the Debtors healthcare facilities depends in part on the number and quality of the physicians on the medical staffs of the
Debtors healthcare facilities, the Debtors ability to employ or contract with quality physicians, the utilization practices of employed and non-employed physicians, maintaining good relations with
physicians and controlling costs related to the employment of physicians. In many of the markets the Debtors serve, many physicians have admitting privileges at other healthcare facilities. Such physicians may terminate their affiliation or
employment with the Debtors healthcare facilities at any time. If the Debtors are unable to provide adequate supporting medical staff or technologically advanced medical equipment and facilities that meet patients needs or expectations,
services may decrease and the Debtors operating performance may decline.
|
v. |
Privacy and Security Regulations |
There are numerous federal and state laws and regulations within the U.S. addressing patient information privacy and security concerns,
including state laws related to identity theft. States continue to pass laws focusing on the privacy and security of health information. Most prominently, the federal regulations issued under HIPAA contain provisions that:
|
|
|
Protect individual privacy by limiting the uses and disclosures of patient information; |
|
|
|
Require notifications to individuals, and in certain cases to government agencies and the media, in the event of
a breach of unsecured protected health information; |
|
|
|
Require the implementation of security safeguards to ensure the confidentiality, integrity and availability of
individually identifiable health information in electronic form; and |
|
|
|
Prescribe specific transaction formats and data code sets for certain electronic healthcare transactions.
|
Furthermore, the Omnibus HIPAA Rule makes business associates directly obligated to adhere to the HIPAA Security Rule
and certain provisions of the HIPAA Privacy and Breach Notification Rules, such that violations of these rules can be enforced by the government directly against the business associate. These regulations impose extensive administrative requirements
regarding how protected health information may be used and disclosed, and compliance with these regulations requires substantial time and resources. If the Debtors fail to comply with the HIPAA regulations, the Debtors could be subject to civil and
criminal penalties and, for the Debtors employees, possible imprisonment. Furthermore, the Debtors facilities could be subject to a periodic audit or investigations by the federal government, and enforcement of violations of HIPAA or
other similar privacy laws in the jurisdictions where the Debtors operate may occur by federal agencies, state attorneys general, or other relevant regulators.
123
|
E. |
Risks Relating to Exit Obligations |
|
i. |
Insufficient Cash Flow to Meet Debt Obligations |
On the Effective Date, in the event that a Reorganization occurs, on a consolidated basis, it is expected that the Post-Emergence Entities will
have outstanding secured indebtedness in an amount no greater than $300 million.19 This level of expected indebtedness and the funds required to service such debt could, among other things,
make it more difficult for the Post-Emergence Entities to satisfy their obligations under such indebtedness, increasing the risk that they may default on such debt obligations.
The Post-Emergence Entities earnings and cash flow may vary significantly from year to year. Additionally, the Post-Emergence
Entities future cash flow may be insufficient to meet their debt obligations and commitments. Any insufficiency could negatively impact the Post-Emergence Entities business. A range of economic, competitive, business, and industry
factors will affect the Post-Emergence Entities future financial performance and, as a result, their ability to generate cash flow from operations and to pay their debt. Many of these factors are beyond the Post-Emergence Entities
control.
If the Post-Emergence Entities do not generate enough cash flow from operations to satisfy their debt obligations, they may have
to undertake alternative financing plans, such as refinancing or restructuring debt, selling assets, reducing or delaying capital investments, or seeking to raise additional capital.
It cannot be assured, however, that undertaking alternative financing plans, if necessary, would allow the Post-Emergence Entities to meet
their debt obligations. An inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy their debt obligations or to obtain alternative financing could materially and adversely affect the Post-Emergence Entities ability to make payments on the Exit
Facility and their business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.
|
ii. |
Defects in Collateral Securing the Exit Obligations |
The Exit Facility will be secured, subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens, by security interests in substantially all assets of the
Post-Emergence Entities (the Exit Collateral). The Exit Collateral may be subject to customary exceptions, encumbrances, and liens. Further, the Debtors have not conducted appraisals of any assets constituting Exit Collateral to
determine if the value of the Exit Collateral upon foreclosure or liquidation equals or exceeds the amount of the Exit Facility. Accordingly, it cannot be assured that the remaining proceeds from a sale of the Exit Collateral would be sufficient to
repay the Exit Facility. The fair market value of the Exit Collateral is subject to fluctuations based on factors that include, among others, the ability to sell such collateral in an orderly manner, general economic conditions, the availability of
buyers, the Post-Emergence Entities failure to implement their business strategy, and similar factors. The amount received upon a sale of Exit Collateral would be dependent on numerous factors, including, but not limited to, the actual fair
market value of such collateral at such time, and the timing and manner of the sale. By its nature, portions of the Exit Collateral may be illiquid and may have no readily ascertainable market value. In the event of a subsequent foreclosure,
liquidation, bankruptcy, or similar proceeding, it cannot be assured that the proceeds from any sale or liquidation of the Exit Collateral will be sufficient to pay the Exit Facility, in full or at all. There can also be no assurance that the Exit
Collateral will be saleable, and, even if saleable, the timing of its liquidation would be uncertain. Accordingly, there may not be sufficient Exit Collateral to pay all or any of the amounts due on the Exit Facility.
19 |
Such amount does not reflect any amounts owing under capital lease obligations at exit. |
124
|
iii. |
Failure to Maintain Perfection of Security Interests of Collateral |
The failure to maintain properly perfected liens of the Exit Collateral could adversely affect each collateral agents ability to enforce
rights with respect to the Exit Collateral for the benefit of the lender(s) under the Exit Facility. In addition, applicable law requires that certain property and rights acquired after the grant of a general security interest or lien can only be
perfected at the time such property and rights are acquired and identified. There can be no assurance that the collateral agent will monitor, or that Reorganized Holdings will inform the trustee or the collateral agent of, the future acquisition of
property and rights that constitute Exit Collateral, and that the necessary action will be taken to properly perfect the security interest in such after-acquired Exit Collateral. The collateral agent has no obligation to monitor the acquisition of
additional property or rights that constitute Exit Collateral or the perfection of any security interests therein. Such failure may result in the loss of the practical benefits of the liens thereon or of the priority of the liens securing the Exit
Facility against third parties.
|
iv. |
Casualty Risk of Collateral |
The Post-Emergence Entities will be obligated to maintain adequate insurance or otherwise insure against hazards as is customarily done by
companies having assets of a similar nature in the same or similar localities. There are, however, certain losses that may either be uninsurable or not economically insurable, in whole or in part. As a result, it is possible that the insurance
proceeds will not compensate the Post-Emergence Entities fully for their losses. If there is a total or partial loss of any of the pledged collateral, the insurance proceeds received may be insufficient to satisfy the Exit Facility.
|
i. |
Debtors Could Withdraw or Amend the Plan |
Subject to the terms of, and without prejudice to, the rights of any party to the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Plan may be revoked,
amended or withdrawn prior to the confirmation date by the Debtors. If the Debtors elect to do so, certain parties may assert that (i) the Plan and Disclosure Statement may require material modifications to reflect the terms of the alternative
restructuring and the effect such transaction has on recoveries for unsecured creditors, and (ii) a re-solicitation of votes in respect of the modified Plan may be required. The Debtors reserve all rights
with respect thereto.
|
ii. |
Risks Relating to the Challenge Period |
Pursuant to the Disclosure Statement Order, the Confirmation Hearing is scheduled for [●], 2024. Pursuant to the Final DIP Order any
party in interest with proper standing (to the extent derivative standing is required under applicable law) granted by order of the Court (or other court of competent jurisdiction) has until (i) April 22, 2024, and (ii) solely with
respect to the Creditors Committee, May 12, 2024, to challenge the validity of the Prepetition Debt or the Prepetition Liens
125
and to prosecute Challenges against, among others, the Prepetition Secured Parties (each as defined in the Final DIP Order). To the extent any party commences a Challenge, certain parties may
assert that (i) the Disclosure Statement and Plan may need material modification or may need to be withdrawn, (ii) re-solicitation of votes may be necessary, and (iii) the Confirmation Hearing
may need to be delayed. The Debtors reserve all rights with respect thereto.
|
iii. |
Debtors Have No Duty to Update |
The statements contained in this Disclosure Statement are made by the Debtors as of the date hereof, unless otherwise specified herein, and the
delivery of this Disclosure Statement after that date does not imply that there has been no change in the information set forth herein since that date. The Debtors have no duty to update this Disclosure Statement unless otherwise ordered to do so by
the Bankruptcy Court.
|
iv. |
No Representations or Warranties Outside Disclosure Statement Are Authorized |
No representations or warranties concerning or related to the Debtors, the Chapter 11 Cases, or the Plan are authorized by the Bankruptcy Court
or the Bankruptcy Code, other than as set forth in this Disclosure Statement. Any representations, warranties, or other inducements made to secure your acceptance or rejection of the Plan that are other than those contained in, or included with,
this Disclosure Statement should not be relied upon in making the decision to accept or reject the Plan.
|
v. |
No Legal or Tax Advice Is Provided by Disclosure Statement |
The contents of this Disclosure Statement should not be construed as legal, business, or tax advice. Each holder of a Claim or Interest should
consult their own legal counsel and accountant or financial advisor as to legal, tax, and other matters concerning their Claim or Interest.
This Disclosure Statement is not legal advice to you. This Disclosure Statement may not be relied upon for any purpose other than to determine
how to vote on the Plan or object to confirmation of the Plan.
Nothing contained herein or in the Plan will constitute an admission of, or will be deemed evidence of, the tax or other legal effects of the
Plan on the Debtors or holders of Claims or Interests.
|
vii. |
Failure to Identify Litigation Claims or Projected Objections |
No reliance should be placed on the fact that a particular litigation claim or projected objection to a particular Claim or Interest is, or is
not, identified in this Disclosure Statement. The Debtors may seek to investigate, file, and prosecute Claims and Interests, and may object to Claims or Interests after the Confirmation or Effective Date of the Plan irrespective of whether this
Disclosure Statement identifies such Claims or Interests or objections to such Claims or Interests.
126
|
viii. |
Certain Tax Consequences |
For a discussion of certain tax considerations to the Debtors and certain holders of Claims in connection with the implementation of the Plan,
see Article VIII hereof.
XI.
VOTING PROCEDURES AND REQUIREMENTS
|
A. |
Voting Instructions and Voting Deadline |
Only holders of Class 3 Claims (First Lien Claims) and Class 4 Claims (General Unsecured Claims), (collectively, the
Eligible Holders) are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan, subject to certain exclusions. The Debtors are providing copies of this Disclosure Statement (including all exhibits and appendices) and related materials and a
ballot in the Solicitation Packages to record holders of First Lien Claims and General Unsecured Claims.
Each ballot contains detailed
voting instructions. Each ballot also sets forth in detail, among other things, the deadlines, procedures, and instructions for voting to accept or reject the Plan, the date for determining which creditors or interest holders are entitled to vote on
the Plan (the Voting Record Date), and the applicable standards for tabulating ballots. The Voting Record Date for determining which holders are entitled to vote on the Plan is [●], 2024.
Please complete the information requested on the ballot, sign, date, and indicate your vote on the ballot, and return the completed ballot in
accordance with the instructions set forth on the ballot.
FOR YOUR VOTE TO BE COUNTED, YOUR BALLOT MUST BE ACTUALLY RECEIVED BY THE
VOTING AGENT NO LATER THAN [●], 2024 EASTERN TIME (THE VOTING DEADLINE).
AN OTHERWISE PROPERLY COMPLETED,
EXECUTED, AND TIMELY RETURNED BALLOT FAILING TO INDICATE EITHER ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF THE PLAN OR INDICATING BOTH ACCEPTANCE AND REJECTION OF THE PLAN WILL NOT BE COUNTED IN DETERMINING THE ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF THE PLAN.
If you are an Eligible Holder and you did not receive a ballot, received a damaged ballot, or lost your ballot, or if you have any questions
concerning the procedures for voting on the Plan, please contact Kurtzman Carson Consultants LLC at https://www.kccllc.net/CanoHealth/Inquiry.
THE PLAN PROVIDES THE HOLDERS OF CLAIMS OR INTERESTS THAT VOTE TO ACCEPT THE PLAN BUT DO NOT OPT OUT OF GRANTING THE RELEASES ARE DEEMED TO
HAVE GRANTED THE RELEASES SET FORTH THEREIN.
IF A HOLDER OF A CLAIM RECEIVES A BALLOT AND VOTES TO ACCEPT THE PLAN, AND DOES NOT
CHECK THE OPT-OUT BOX ON SUCH BALLOT, SUCH HOLDER SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE CONSENTED TO THE RELEASE, INJUNCTION, AND EXCULPATION PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 10.5, 10.6, AND 10.7 OF THE PLAN.
127
|
B. |
Parties Entitled to Vote |
Claims in Class 3 Claims (First Lien Claims) and Class 4 Claims (General Unsecured Claims) of the Plan are impaired and Eligible
Holders in such Classes are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan. Claims and Interests in all other Classes under the Plan (Classes 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10) are either unimpaired and presumed to accept or impaired and deemed to
reject the Plan and are not entitled to vote.
The Debtors will request confirmation of the Plan pursuant to section 1129(b) of the
Bankruptcy Code over the rejection of the Plan by any Class that is deemed to reject the Plan, and Section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code permits the confirmation of a chapter 11 plan notwithstanding the rejection of such plan by one or
more impaired classes of claims or equity interests. Under section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, a plan may be confirmed by a bankruptcy court if it does not discriminate unfairly and is fair and equitable with respect to
each rejecting class. For a more detailed description of the requirements for confirmation of a nonconsensual plan, see Article XI.C.ii hereof.
|
i. |
Eligible Holders (Who are Not Beneficial Holders) |
An Eligible Holder that holds a Claim as a record holder in its own name should vote on the Plan by completing and signing a ballot and
returning it directly to the Voting Agent on or before the Voting Deadline (i) using the enclosed pre-addressed, postage-paid return envelope or (ii) via the customized online balloting portal on the
Debtors case website to be maintained by the Voting Agent. The Voting Agent will not accept ballots submitted by e-mail or facsimile; provided that however, that the Voting Agent will accept
Master Ballots (as defined below) submitted by Nominees (as defined below) by e-mail.
An Eligible Holder holding a Claim as a Beneficial Holder in street name through a broker, bank, commercial bank, trust company,
dealer, or other agent or nominee (a Nominee) may vote on the Plan by one of the following two methods (as selected by such Beneficial Holders Nominee):
|
|
|
Complete and sign a Ballot for use by a Beneficial Holder to convey its vote to its Nominee (each, a
Beneficial Ballot). Return the Beneficial Ballot to your Nominee as promptly as possible and in sufficient time to allow such Nominee to process your instructions and return a completed master Ballot (each, a
Master Ballot) to the Voting Agent by the Voting Deadline; or |
|
|
|
Complete and sign the pre-validated Beneficial Ballot (as described
below) provided to you by your Nominee. Return the pre-validated Beneficial Ballot to the Voting Agent by the Voting Deadline using the return envelope provided in the Solicitation Package.
|
128
If it is a Nominees customary and accepted practice to forward the solicitation
information to (and collect votes from) Beneficial Holders by e-mail, telephone, or other customary means of communication, the Nominee may employ that method of communication in lieu of sending the paper
Beneficial Ballot and/or Solicitation Package.
Any Beneficial Ballot returned to a Nominee by a Voting Creditor will not be counted for
purposes of acceptance or rejection of the Plan until such Nominee properly completes and delivers to the Voting Agent that Beneficial Ballot (properly validated) or a Master Ballot casting the vote of such Voting Creditor.
If an Eligible Holder holds Claims in Class 3 or Class 4, through more than one Nominee or through multiple accounts, such
Beneficial Holder may receive more than one Beneficial Ballot and each such Beneficial Holder should execute a separate Beneficial Ballot for each block of Claims in Class 3 or Class 4 that it holds through any Nominee and must return each
such Beneficial Ballot to the appropriate Nominee. Votes cast by Beneficial Holders through Nominees will be applied to the applicable positions held by such Nominees, as of the Record Date, as evidenced by the applicable securities position
report(s) obtained from DTC. Votes submitted by a Nominee pursuant to a Master Ballot will not be counted in excess of the amount of such Claims held by such Nominee as of the Record Date.
The Nominee may pre-validate a Beneficial Ballot by (i) signing the Beneficial Ballot,
indicating their participant name and DTC participant number; (ii) indicating on the Beneficial Ballot the amount and the account number of the Claims held by the Nominee for the Beneficial Holder (including a medallion guarantee stamp on the
Beneficial Ballot); and (iii) forwarding such Beneficial Ballot to the Beneficial Holder for voting. The Beneficial Holder must then complete the information requested in the Beneficial Ballot, and return the Beneficial Ballot directly to KCC
so that it is RECEIVED by KCC on or before the Voting Deadline. A list of the Beneficial Holders to whom pre-validated Beneficial Ballots were delivered should be maintained by Nominees for
inspection for at least 1 year from the Voting Deadline.
If the Nominee elects not to pre-validate Beneficial Ballots, the Nominee may obtain the votes of
Beneficial Holders by forwarding to the Beneficial Holders the unsigned Beneficial Ballots, voter information form (VIF), e-mail, or other customary method of collecting votes from a
Beneficial Holder. If it is the Nominees customary internal practice to provide Beneficial Holders with an electronic link to solicitation materials (including, but not limited to, the Disclosure Statement and Plan), the Nominee may follow
such customary practice in lieu of forwarding the flash drive or paper copies containing the Disclosure Statement and Plan. Each such Beneficial Holder must then indicate their vote on the Beneficial Ballot, complete the information requested on the
Beneficial Ballot, review the certifications contained on the Beneficial Ballot, execute the Beneficial Ballot, and return the Beneficial Ballot to the Nominee. If it is the accepted practice for a Nominee to collect votes through a VIF, e-mail, or other
129
customary method of communication, the Beneficial Holder shall follow the Nominees instruction for completing and submitting its vote to the Nominee. After collecting the Beneficial
Holders votes, the Nominee should, in turn, complete a Master Ballot compiling the votes and other information from the Beneficial Holders, execute the Master Ballot, and deliver the Master Ballot to KCC so that it is RECEIVED by KCC on or
before the Voting Deadline. All Beneficial Ballots returned by Beneficial Holders should either be forwarded to KCC (along with the Master Ballot) or retained by Nominees for inspection for at least 1 year from the Voting Deadline. EACH NOMINEE
SHOULD ADVISE ITS BENEFICIAL HOLDERS TO RETURN THEIR BENEFICIAL BALLOTS TO THE NOMINEE BY A DATE CALCULATED BY THE NOMINEE TO ALLOW IT TO PREPARE AND RETURN THE MASTER BALLOT TO KCC SO THAT IT IS RECEIVED BY KCC ON OR BEFORE THE VOTING DEADLINE.20
|
C. |
Agreements Upon Furnishing Ballots |
The delivery of an accepting ballot pursuant to one of the procedures set forth above will constitute the agreement of the Claim or Interest
holder with respect to such ballot to accept (i) all of the terms of, and conditions to, the solicitation; and (ii) the terms of the Plan including the injunction, releases, and exculpations set forth in Sections 10.5, 10.6, and 10.7 of
the Plan. All parties in interest retain their right to object to confirmation of the Plan, subject to any applicable terms of the Restructuring Support Agreement.
Except as provided in the Restructuring Support Agreement, any party that has previously submitted to the Voting Agent prior to the Voting
Deadline a properly completed ballot may revoke such ballot and change its vote by submitting to the Voting Agent prior to the Voting Deadline a subsequent, properly completed ballot for acceptance or rejection of the Plan.
|
E. |
Waivers of Defects, Irregularities, etc. |
Unless otherwise directed by the Bankruptcy Court, all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance,
and revocation or withdrawals of ballots will be determined by the Voting Agent and/or the Debtors, as applicable. The Debtors reserve the right to reject any and all ballots submitted by any of their respective Claim or Interest holders not in
proper form, the acceptance of which would, in the opinion of the Debtors or their counsel, as applicable, be unlawful. The Debtors further reserve their respective rights to waive any defects or irregularities or conditions of delivery as to any
particular ballot by any of their creditors. The interpretation (including the ballot and the respective instructions thereto) by the applicable Debtor, unless otherwise directed by the Bankruptcy Court, will be final and binding on all parties.
Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with deliveries of ballots must be cured within such time as the Debtors (or the Bankruptcy Court) determine. Neither the Debtors nor any other person will be under any duty to provide
notification of defects or irregularities with respect
20 |
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Nominees are authorized to transmit Solicitation Packages and collect votes to
accept or to reject the Proposed Plan from Beneficial Holders in accordance with their customary practices, including the use of a voting instruction form in lieu of (or in addition to) a Beneficial Ballot, and collecting votes from
Beneficial Holders through online voting, by phone, facsimile, or other electronic means. |
130
to deliveries of ballots nor will any of them incur any liabilities for failure to provide such notification. Unless otherwise directed by the Bankruptcy Court, delivery of such ballots will not
be deemed to have been made until such irregularities have been cured or waived. Ballots previously furnished (and as to which any irregularities have not theretofore been cured or waived) will be invalidated.
Unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, ballots that are signed, dated, and timely received, but on which a vote to accept or reject
the Plan has not been indicated, will not be counted. The Debtors, in their sole discretion, may request that the Voting Agent attempt to contact such voters to cure any such defects in the ballots. If you cast ballots received by KCC on the same
day, but which are voted inconsistently, such ballots will not be counted. An otherwise properly executed ballot that attempts to partially accept and partially reject the Plan will not be counted as an acceptance of the Plan.
The ballots provided to Eligible Holders will reflect the principal amount of such Eligible Holders Claim or Interest; however, when
tabulating votes, the Voting Agent may adjust the amount of such Eligible Holders Claim or Interest by multiplying the principal amount by a factor that reflects all amounts accrued between the Voting Record Date and the Petition Date
including, without limitation, interest.
Under the Bankruptcy Code, for purposes of determining whether the requisite acceptances have
been received, only holders of the First Lien Claims and General Unsecured Claims, as applicable, that actually vote will be counted. The failure of a holder to deliver a duly executed ballot to the Voting Agent will be deemed to constitute an
abstention by such holder with respect to voting on the Plan and such abstention will not be counted as a vote for or against the Plan.
Except as provided below, unless the ballot is timely submitted to the Voting Agent before the Voting Deadline together with any other
documents required by such ballot, the Debtors may, in their sole discretion, reject such ballot as invalid, and therefore decline to utilize it in connection with seeking confirmation of the Plan.
XII.
CONFIRMATION OF
PLAN
Section 1128(a) of the Bankruptcy Code requires the Bankruptcy Court to hold a confirmation hearing upon appropriate notice to all
required parties. The Debtors will request that the Bankruptcy Court schedule the Confirmation Hearing. Notice of the Confirmation Hearing will be provided to all known creditors and equity holders or their representatives. The Confirmation Hearing
may be adjourned from time to time by the Bankruptcy Court without further notice except for the announcement of the adjourned date made at the Confirmation Hearing, at any subsequent adjourned Confirmation Hearing, or pursuant to a notice filed on
the docket of the Chapter 11 Cases.
131
|
B. |
Objections to Confirmation |
Section 1128(b) of the Bankruptcy Code provides that any party in interest may object to the confirmation of a plan. Any objection to
confirmation of the Plan must be in writing, must conform to the Bankruptcy Rules and applicable local rules, must set forth the name of the objector, the nature and amount of Claims or Interests held or asserted by the objector against the
Debtors estates or properties, the basis for the objection and the specific grounds thereof, and must be filed with the Bankruptcy Court, with a copy to the chambers of the United States Bankruptcy Judge appointed to the Chapter 11 Cases,
together with proof of service thereof, and served upon the following parties, including such other parties as the Bankruptcy Court may order:
Cano Health, Inc.
9725 NW
117th Avenue
Suite 200
Miami, FL 33178
Attention:
Mark Kent (mark.kent@canohealth.com)
David Armstrong (david.armstrong@canohealth.com)
|
ii. |
Counsel to the Debtors at: |
Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP
767 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY
10153
Attention: Gary T. Holtzer (gary.holtzer@weil.com)
Jessica Liou (jessica.liou@weil.com)
Kevin Bostel (kevin.bostel@weil.com)
Matthew P. Goren (matthew.goren@weil.com)
and
Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A.
One Rodney Square
920 North
King Street
Wilmington, Delaware 19801
Attention: Mark D. Collins (collins@rlf.com)
Michael J. Merchant (merchant@rlf.com)
Amanda R. Steele (steele@rlf.com)
|
iii. |
Counsel to the Consenting Creditors at: |
Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP
200 Park Avenue
New York, NY
10166
Attention: Scott J. Greenberg (sgreenberg@gibsondunn.com)
Michael J. Cohen (mcohen@gibsondunn.com)
Christina M. Brown (christina.brown@gibsondunn.com)
RxCanoGDC@gibsondunn.com
and
132
Pachulski, Stang, Ziehl & Jones LLP
919 North Market Street #1700
Wilmington, Delaware 19801
Attention: Laura Davis Jones (ljones@pszjlaw.com)
James ONeill (joneill@pszjlaw.com)
|
iv. |
Office of the U.S. Trustee at: |
Office of the U.S. Trustee for the District of Delaware
844 King Street
Suite 2207,
Lockbox 35
Wilmington, Delaware 19801
Attention: Benjamin A. Hackman (Benjamin.A.Hackman@usdoj.gov)
Jon Lipshie (Jon.Lipshie@usdoj.gov)
|
v. |
Counsel to the Creditors Committee at: |
Paul Hastings LLP
200 Park
Avenue
New York, NY 10166
Attention: Erez Gilad (erezgilad@paulhastings.com)
Kris Hansen (krishansen@paulhastings.com)
Jillian McMillan (jillianmcmillan@paulhastings.com)
and
Cole Schotz
500 Delaware
Avenue, Suite 1410
Wilmington, DE 19801
Attention: Andrew Roth-Moore (ARoth-Moore@coleschotz.com)
Justin Alberto (JAlberto@coleschotz.com)
|
vi. |
Counsel to the DIP Agent at: |
ArentFox Schiff LLP
1301
Avenue of the Americas, 42nd Floor
New York, NY 10019
Attention: Jeffrey R. Gleit (jeffrey.gleit@afslaw.com)
133
|
vii. |
Counsel to Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under the CS
Credit Agreement |
Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer US LLP
601 Lexington Avenue
New York,
NY 10022
Attention: Mark F. Liscio (mark.liscio@freshfields.com)
Scott D Talmadge (scott.talmadge@freshfields.com)
|
viii. |
Counsel to U.S. Bank National Association Indenture Trustee for the Senior Notes U.S. Bank National
Association |
Kelley Drye & Warren LLP
3 World Trade Center
175
Greenwich Street
New York, NY 10007
Attention: James S. Carr (jcarr@kelleydrye.com)
Kristin S. Elliott (kelliott@kelleydrye.com)
|
ix. |
Counsel to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under Side-Car Credit Agreement |
White & Case LLP
1221 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10020-1095
Attention: Kerrick Seay
David
Ridley
Andrew Zatz
Email:
kerrick.seay@whitecase.com
David.Ridley@whitecase.com
azatz@whitecase.com
|
C. |
Requirements for Confirmation of Plan |
|
i. |
Requirements of Section 1129(a) of the Bankruptcy Code |
At the Confirmation Hearing, the Bankruptcy Court will determine whether the confirmation requirements specified in section 1129(a) of the
Bankruptcy Code have been satisfied including, without limitation, whether:
(i) the Plan complies with the applicable provisions of
the Bankruptcy Code;
(ii) the Debtors have complied with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code;
134
(iii) the Plan has been proposed in good faith and not by any means forbidden by law;
(iv) any payment made or promised by the Debtors or by a person issuing securities or acquiring property under the Plan, for
services or for costs and expenses in or in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases, or in connection with the Plan and incident to the Chapter 11 Cases, has been disclosed to the Bankruptcy Court, and any such payment made before confirmation of the
Plan is reasonable, or if such payment is to be fixed after confirmation of the Plan, such payment is subject to the approval of the Bankruptcy Court as reasonable;
(v) the Debtors have disclosed the identity and affiliations of any individual proposed to serve, after confirmation of the Plan, as a
director or officer of the Post-Emergence Entities, an affiliate of the Debtors participating in a Plan with the Debtors, or a successor to the Debtors under the Plan, and the appointment to, or continuance in, such office of such individual is
consistent with the interests of the holders of Claims and Interests and with public policy, and the Debtors have disclosed the identity of any insider who will be employed or retained by the Post-Emergence Entities, and the nature of any
compensation for such insider;
(vi) with respect to each Class of Claims or Interests, each holder of an impaired Claim or
impaired Interest has either accepted the Plan or will receive or retain under the Plan, on account of such holders Claim or Interest, property of a value, as of the Effective Date, that is not less than the amount such holder would receive or
retain if the Debtors were liquidated on the Effective Date under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code;
(vii) except to the extent the
Plan meets the requirements of section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code (as discussed further below), each Class of Claims either accepted the Plan or is not impaired under the Plan;
(viii) except to the extent that the holder of a particular Claim has agreed to a different treatment of such Claim, the Plan provides
that administrative expenses and priority Claims, other than Priority Tax Claims, will be paid in full on the Effective Date, and that Priority Tax Claims will receive either payment in full on the Effective Date or deferred cash payments over a
period not exceeding 5 years after the Petition Date, of a value, as of the Effective Date of the Plan, equal to the Allowed amount of such Claims;
(ix) at least one Class of impaired Claims has accepted the Plan, determined without including any acceptance of the Plan by any
insider holding a Claim in such Class;
(x) confirmation of the Plan is not likely to be followed by the liquidation, or the need for
further financial reorganization, of the Debtors or any successor to the Debtors under the Plan; and
135
(xi) all fees payable under section 1930 of title 28 of the United States Code, as
determined by the Bankruptcy Court at the Confirmation Hearing, have been paid or the Plan provides for the payment of all such fees on the Effective Date.
As noted above, with respect to each impaired class of claims and equity interests, confirmation of a plan requires that each such holder
either (i) accept the plan, or (ii) receive or retain under the plan property of a value, as of the effective date of the plan, that is not less than the value such holder would receive or retain if the debtor was liquidated under chapter
7 of the Bankruptcy Code. This requirement is referred to as the best interests test.
This test requires a Bankruptcy Court
to determine what the holders of allowed claims and allowed equity interests in each impaired class would receive from a liquidation of the debtors assets and properties in the context of a liquidation under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.
To determine if a plan is in the best interests of each impaired class, the value of the distributions from the proceeds of the liquidation of the debtors assets and properties (after subtracting the amounts attributable to the aforesaid
claims) is then compared with the value offered to such classes of claims and equity interests under the plan.
The Debtors believe that
under the Plan all holders of Impaired Claims and Interests will receive property with a value not less than the value such holders would receive in a liquidation under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code. The Debtors belief is based primarily on
(i) consideration of the effects that a chapter 7 liquidation would have on the ultimate proceeds available for distribution to holders of impaired Claims and Interests, and (ii) the Liquidation Analysis, attached hereto as Exhibit
E.
The Debtors believe that any liquidation analysis is speculative, as it is necessarily premised on assumptions and estimates,
which are inherently subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which would be beyond the control of the Debtors. The Liquidation Analysis is solely for the purpose of disclosing to holders of Claims and Interests the effects of
a hypothetical chapter 7 liquidation of the Debtors, subject to the assumptions set forth therein. There can be no assurance as to values that would actually be realized in a chapter 7 liquidation nor can there be any assurance that a bankruptcy
court will accept the Debtors conclusions or concur with such assumptions in making its determinations under section 1129(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code.
The Bankruptcy Code requires that a debtor demonstrate that confirmation of a plan is not likely to be followed by liquidation or the need for
further financial reorganization unless contemplated by the Plan. The Effective Date of the Plan will not occur unless the Restructuring transactions contemplated by the Plan close. Upon such closing the Post-Emergence Entities will have sufficient
funds to make the Distributions required under the Plan. Accordingly, the Debtors believe that all Plan obligations will be satisfied without the need for a further reorganization.
136
|
d) |
Equitable Distribution of Voting Power |
On or before the Effective Date, pursuant to and only to the extent required by section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code, the organizational
documents for the Debtors will be amended as necessary to satisfy the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and will include, among other things, pursuant to section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code, (i) a provision prohibiting the issuance of non-voting equity securities, and (ii) a provision setting forth an appropriate distribution of voting power among classes of equity securities possessing voting power.
|
ii. |
Additional Requirements for Non-Consensual Confirmation
|
Under the Bankruptcy Code, a Class accepts a chapter 11 plan if (i) holders of 2/3 in amount and
(ii) with respect to holders of Claims, more than a majority in number of the allowed claims in such class (other than those designated under section 1126(e) of the Bankruptcy Code) vote to accept the Plan. Holders of Claims or Interests that
fail to vote are not counted in determining the thresholds for acceptance of the Plan.
In the event that any Impaired
Class of Claims or Interests does not accept or is deemed to reject the Plan, the Bankruptcy Court may still confirm the Plan at the request of the Debtors if, as to each impaired Class of Claims or Interests that has not accepted the
Plan, the Plan does not discriminate unfairly and is fair and equitable with respect to such Classes of Claims or Interests, pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. Both of these requirements are in addition to
other requirements established by case law interpreting the statutory requirements.
Pursuant to the Plan, holders of Claims and Interests
in Class 5 (Intercompany Claims), Class 6 (Subordinated Claims) Class 7 (Existing Subsidiary Interests), Class 8 (Existing CH LLC Interests), Class 9 (Existing PCIH Interests), and Class 10 (Existing CHI Interest) will
not receive a distribution on account of their existing claims or interests. However, the Debtors submit that they satisfy the unfair discrimination and fair and equitable tests, as discussed in further detail below.
|
a) |
Unfair Discrimination Test |
The unfair discrimination test applies to Classes of Claims or Interests that are of equal priority and are receiving different
treatment under the Plan. A chapter 11 plan does not discriminate unfairly, within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code, if the legal rights of a dissenting Class are treated in a manner consistent with the treatment of other Classes whose legal
rights are substantially similar to those of the dissenting Class and if no Class of Claims or Interests receives more than it legally is entitled to receive for its Claims or Interests. This test does not require that the treatment be the
same or equivalent, but that such treatment be fair.
The Debtors believe the Plan satisfies the unfair
discrimination test. Claims of equal priority are receiving comparable treatment and such treatment is fair under the circumstances.
|
b) |
Fair and Equitable Test |
The fair and equitable test applies to classes of different priority and status (e.g., secured versus unsecured) and
includes the general requirement that no class of claims receive more than 100% of the allowed amount of the claims in such class. As to dissenting classes, the test sets
137
different standards depending on the type of claims in such class. The Debtors believe that the Plan satisfies the fair and equitable test with respect to any dissenting Classes, as
further explained below.
(i) Secured Creditors
The Bankruptcy Code requires that each holder of an impaired secured claim either (a) retain its liens on the property to the extent of
the allowed amount of its secured claim and receive deferred cash payments having a value, as of the effective date of the plan, of at least the allowed amount of such claim, (b) have the right to credit bid the amount of its claim if its
property is sold and retain its liens on the proceeds of the sale (or if sold, on the proceeds thereof), or (c) receive the indubitable equivalent of its allowed secured claim. The Plan provides that each holder of an Impaired
secured Claim shall receive the treatment summarized above in Article VI of this Disclosure Statement.
(ii) Unsecured Creditors
The Bankruptcy Code requires that either (a) each holder of an impaired unsecured claim receive or retain under the plan property of a
value equal to the amount of its allowed claim or (b) the holders of claims and equity interests that are junior to the claims of the dissenting class not receive any property under the plan. The Plan provides that each holder of an Impaired
unsecured Claim shall receive the treatment summarized above in Article VI of this Disclosure Statement.
(iii) Equity Interests
The Bankruptcy Code requires that either (a) each holder of an equity interest receive or retain under the plan property of a value equal
to the greater of (i) the fixed liquidation preference or redemption price, if any, of such stock and (ii) the value of the stock, or (b) the holders of equity interests that are junior to any dissenting class of equity interests not
receive any property under the plan. Pursuant to the Plan, all Existing CHI Interests will be cancelled and the holders of Existing CHI Interests will neither receive nor retain any property on account of such interests.
|
iii. |
The Debtors Releases and Third-Party Releases |
Section 10.6(a) of the Plan provides a release of certain claims and Causes of Action of the Debtors, the Post-Emergence Entities, and the
Estates against the Released Parties in exchange for good and valuable consideration and valuable compromises made by the Released Parties (the Debtors Releases). The Debtors Releases do not release any claims or
Causes of Action arising after the Effective Date against any party or affect the rights of the Debtors or Post-Emergence Entities to enforce the terms of the Plan or any right or obligation arising under the Definitive Documents that remain in
effect after the Effective Date. Section 10.6(b) of the Plan provides for the release of claims and Causes of Action held by the Releasing Parties against the Released Parties in exchange for good and valuable consideration and the valuable
compromises made by the Released Parties (the Third-Party Releases, and together with the Debtor Releases, the Releases).
138
The Debtors believe, and will be prepared to demonstrate at the Confirmation Hearing, that
the Releases and exculpation provisions of the Plan are consistent with applicable law. The substantial contributions made by the Debtors directors and officers to the Debtors restructuring include, but are not limited to,
(i) negotiating the restructuring, as embodied in the Plan; (ii) obtaining substantial recoveries for unsecured creditors to which they may have not otherwise been entitled; and (iii) devoting significant time to navigating the
Debtors through the Chapter 11 Cases in addition to their regular duties, including through participation in regular meetings of the Restructuring Committee, as well as meetings of the Debtors boards of directors.
XIII.
ALTERNATIVES
TO CONFIRMATION AND CONSUMMATION OF PLAN
The Debtors have evaluated several alternatives to the Plan. After studying these
alternatives, the Debtors have concluded that the Plan is the best alternative and will maximize recoveries to parties in interest, assuming confirmation and consummation of the Plan. If the Plan is not confirmed and consummated, the alternatives to
the Plan are (i) the preparation and presentation of an alternative plan of reorganization, (ii) a sale of some or all of the Debtors assets pursuant to section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code, or (iii) a liquidation under chapter 7
of the Bankruptcy Code.
|
A. |
Plan of Reorganization |
If the Plan is not confirmed, the Debtors (or if the Debtors exclusive period during which to file a plan of reorganization has expired,
any other party in interest) could attempt to formulate a different plan. Such a plan might involve either: (i) a reorganization and continuation of the Debtors business or (ii) an orderly liquidation of the Debtors assets. The
Debtors, however, believe that the Plan, as described herein, enables their creditors and interest holders to realize the most value under the circumstances.
|
B. |
Alternate Sale Under Section 363 of Bankruptcy Code
|
If the Plan is not confirmed, the Debtors could seek from the Bankruptcy Court, after notice and a hearing,
authorization to sell their assets through a stand-alone alternative transaction under section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code. Upon analysis and consideration of this alternative, the Debtors do not believe that a stand-alone alternative sale of their
assets under section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code (as opposed to the consummation of a Whole-Co Sale Transaction pursuant to the Plan following the Debtors marketing process) would yield a higher recovery
for holders of Claims and Interests than the Plan.
|
C. |
Liquidation Under Chapter 7 or Applicable Non-Bankruptcy
Law |
If no plan can be confirmed, the Chapter 11 Cases may be converted to cases under chapter 7 of the
Bankruptcy Code in which a trustee would be appointed to liquidate the assets of the Debtors for distribution to the Debtors creditors in accordance with the priorities established by the Bankruptcy Code. The effect a chapter 7 liquidation
would have on the recovery of holders of Allowed Claims and Interests is set forth in the Liquidation Analysis.
139
As noted in Article XII of this Disclosure Statement, the Debtors believe that liquidation
under chapter 7 would result in smaller distributions to creditors and interest holders than those provided for in the Plan, in either a Reorganization Transaction or Whole-Co Sale Transaction scenario,
because of, among other reasons, the delay resulting from the conversion of the cases and the additional administrative expenses associated with the appointment of a trustee and the trustees retention of professionals that would be required to
become familiar with the many legal and factual issues in the Chapter 11 Cases.
XIV.
RECOMMENDATION OF DEBTORS
The Debtors believe the Plan is in the best interests of all stakeholders and urge the holders of Claims and Interests in Classes 3 and 4 to
vote in favor thereof.
Dated: April [], 2024
|
|
|
Respectfully submitted, |
|
CANO HEALTH, INC. AND ITS DEBTOR
AFFILIATES |
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
Mark Kent |
Title: |
|
Chief Executive Officer |
140
Exhibit B
Organizational Chart
EXHIBIT C
Valuation Analysis
Estimated
Enterprise Valuation of the Reorganized Debtors
THE VALUATION INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IS NOT A PREDICTION
OR GUARANTEE OF THE ACTUAL MARKET VALUE THAT MAY BE REALIZED THROUGH THE SALE OF ANY SECURITIES TO BE ISSUED PURSUANT TO THE PLAN (AS DEFINED BELOW). THIS VALUATION IS PRESENTED SOLELY FOR THE PURPOSE OF PROVIDING ADEQUATE INFORMATION AS REQUIRED BY
SECTION 1125 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE TO ENABLE THE HOLDERS OF CLAIMS ENTITLED TO VOTE TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PLAN TO MAKE AN INFORMED JUDGMENT ABOUT THE PLAN. THIS VALUATION SHOULD NOT BE USED OR RELIED UPON FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE, INCLUDING THE
PURCHASE OR SALE OF CLAIMS AGAINST THE DEBTORS OR ANY OF THEIR AFFILIATES.
Solely for purposes of the Amended Joint Chapter 11 Plan of
Reorganization of Cano Health, Inc. and Its Affiliated Debtors (as may be further amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time, and together with all exhibits and schedules thereto, the Plan) and the Amended
Disclosure Statement for Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization of Cano Health, Inc. Its Affiliated Debtors (as may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time, and together with all exhibits and schedules thereto, the
Disclosure Statement), Houlihan Lokey Capital, Inc. (Houlihan Lokey), as investment banker and financial advisor to the Debtors, has estimated the enterprise value of the Reorganized Debtors (the Total
Enterprise Value) in these chapter 11 cases.
In addition, Houlihan Lokey has estimated the implied equity value (the
Equity Value) of the Reorganized Debtors on a going concern basis and pro forma for the transactions contemplated by the Plan.
In preparing the estimates set forth below, Houlihan Lokey has relied upon the accuracy, completeness, and fairness of financial and other
information furnished by the Debtors. Houlihan Lokey did not attempt to independently audit or verify such information, nor did it perform an independent appraisal of the assets or liabilities of the Reorganized Debtors. Houlihan Lokey did not
conduct an independent investigation into any of the legal or accounting matters affecting the Debtors, and therefore makes no representation as to their potential impact on the Total Enterprise Value.
The valuation information set forth in this section represents a valuation of the Reorganized Debtors based on the application of standard
valuation techniques. The estimated values set forth in this Section:
|
|
|
do not purport to constitute an appraisal of the assets of the Reorganized Debtors; |
|
|
|
do not constitute an opinion on the terms and provisions or fairness to any person, from a financial point of
view, of the consideration to be received by such person under the Plan; |
|
|
|
do not constitute a recommendation to any Holder of Allowed Claims as to how such Holder should vote or how such
Holder otherwise should act with respect to the Plan; and |
|
|
|
do not necessarily reflect the actual market value that might be realized through a sale or liquidation of the
Reorganized Debtors. |
In conducting its analysis, Houlihan Lokey, among other things: (a) reviewed certain publicly
available business and financial information relating to the Debtors, and the value-based care and related industries that Houlihan Lokey deemed relevant; (b) reviewed certain internal information relating to the business, earnings, cash flow,
capital expenditures, assets, liabilities, and prospects of the Reorganized Debtors, including the Financial Projections, furnished to Houlihan Lokey by the Debtors; (c) conducted discussions with members of senior management and
representatives of the Debtors concerning the matters described in clauses (a) and (b) of this paragraph, as well as their views concerning the Debtors and Reorganized Debtors business and prospects before and after giving effect to
the Plan; (d) reviewed publicly available financial and stock market data for certain other companies in lines of business that Houlihan Lokey deemed relevant; (e) reviewed the financial terms of certain transactions that Houlihan Lokey
deemed relevant; (f) reviewed drafts of the Plan and related transactional documents; and (g) conducted such other financial studies and analyses and took into account such other information as Houlihan Lokey deemed appropriate.
For purposes of the valuation analysis, Houlihan Lokey assumed the Debtors consummated the
stand-alone Reorganization Transaction and does not contemplate any Discrete Asset Sales.
The Debtors Financial Projections served
as the basis, along with other financial information and projections provided by the Debtors, in estimating the Total Enterprise Value of the Reorganized Debtors. The estimated values set forth herein assume that the Reorganized Debtors will achieve
their Financial Projections in all material respects. Houlihan Lokey has relied on the Debtors representation that the Financial Projections:
|
|
|
have been prepared in good faith; |
|
|
|
are based on fully disclosed assumptions, which, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, are
reasonable; |
|
|
|
reflect the Debtors best currently available estimates; and |
|
|
|
reflect the good faith judgments of the Debtors. |
Houlihan Lokey does not offer an opinion as to the attainability of the Financial Projections. As disclosed in the Disclosure Statement, the
future results of the Reorganized Debtors are dependent upon various factors, many of which are beyond the control or knowledge of the Debtors and Houlihan Lokey, and consequently are inherently difficult to project.
This report contemplates facts and conditions known and existing as of as of the date of the Disclosure Statement, other than as outlined in
the Financial Projections. Events and conditions subsequent to this date, including updated Financial Projections, as well as other factors, could have a substantial effect upon the Total Enterprise Value. Among other things, failure to consummate
the Plan in a timely manner may have a materially negative effect on the Total Enterprise Value. For purposes of this valuation, Houlihan Lokey has assumed that no material changes that would affect value will occur between the date of this
Disclosure Statement and the contemplated Effective Date projected for purposes of this report of July 31, 2024.
In preparing its
valuation, Houlihan Lokey performed a variety of financial analyses and considered a variety of factors. The following is a brief summary of the material financial analyses considered by Houlihan Lokey, which consisted of (a) a selected
publicly traded comparable companies analysis, (b) a discounted cash flow (DCF) analysis, and (c) analysis of precedent transactions for similar companies in the industry. These analyses primarily formed the basis for
the valuations of the Reorganized Debtors.
This summary does not purport to be a complete description of the analyses performed and
factors considered by Houlihan Lokey. The preparation of a valuation analysis is a complex analytical process involving various judgmental determinations as to the most appropriate and relevant methods of financial analysis and the application of
those methods to particular facts and circumstances, and such analyses and judgments are not readily susceptible to summary description. The following valuation analysis must be considered as a whole and selecting just one methodology or portions of
the analysis could create misleading or incomplete conclusions as to enterprise value.
A. Valuation Methodology
The Total Enterprise Value of the Reorganized Debtors was estimated by primarily relying upon three generally accepted valuation techniques:
(i) Comparable Companies Analysis, (ii) DCF analysis, and (iii) analysis of precedent transactions:
i.
Comparable Company Analysis
The comparable company analysis estimates the value of a company based on a
relative comparison with publicly traded companies with similar operating and financial characteristics. A group of publicly traded companies was selected based on similar business and financial characteristics to the Reorganized Debtors.
Criteria for the selected reference group included, but were not limited to, similarity in business and business risks, market presence, size, and scale of operations. The selection of appropriate comparable companies is often difficult and relies
on certain qualitative judgements.
Using the comparable company methodology, the enterprise value for each selected
public company is determined by examining the trading prices for the equity securities of such company in the public markets and adding the outstanding net debt for such company. Such enterprise values are typically expressed as
multiples of various measures of financial and operating statistics and projected financial metrics. The Total Enterprise Value of the Reorganized Debtors is calculated by applying these relevant selected multiples to the
Reorganized Debtors historical financials and Financial Projections.
ii. Discounted Cash Flow Analysis
The DCF analysis is a forward-looking enterprise valuation methodology that estimates the value of an asset or business
by calculating the present value of expected future cash flows to be generated by that asset or business. Houlihan Lokeys DCF analysis used the Reorganized Debtors financial projections and its after-tax cash flows through December 31, 2028. These cash flows were then discounted at a range of estimated weighted average costs of capital, which was determined by reference to, among other
things, the cost of debt of selected companies that are similar to the Reorganized Debtors in certain respects and the estimated cost of equity of selected publicly traded companies that are similar to the Reorganized Debtors in
certain respects. Houlihan Lokeys DCF analysis also included an estimate of the value of the Reorganized Debtors for the period beyond December 31, 2028, known as the terminal value. The terminal value was derived by
applying a multiple range to the EBITDA level in the final year of the projection period and discounted back to the assumed Effective Date. The terminal year multiple range is based on multi-year cycle average multiples of selected companies that
are similar to the Reorganized Debtors in certain respects. The discounted cash flow analysis involves complex considerations and judgments concerning appropriate terminal values and discount rates.
iii. Precedent Transactions Analysis
The selected transactions analysis is based on the implied enterprise values of companies and assets involved in publicly
disclosed merger and acquisition transactions for which the targets had operating and financial characteristics comparable in certain respects to the Reorganized Debtors. Under this methodology, a multiple is derived using the enterprise value of
each such target, calculated as the consideration paid and the net debt assumed in the selected precedent transaction relative to a financial metric, in this case run-rate 2024E Adjusted EBITDA. Houlihan Lokey
analyzed various merger and acquisition transactions that have occurred in the value-based care and primary care sector since 2020.
B.
Valuation Conclusions
As a result of the analyses described above, Houlihan Lokey estimates the Total Enterprise Value of the
Reorganized Debtors, as of the assumed Effective Date of July 31, 2024, to be between $580 million and $720 million with a midpoint of $650 million. Assuming net debt of approximately $199 million as of the assumed Effective
Date, the implied equity value range of the Reorganized Debtors is estimated to be between $381 million and $521 million with a midpoint of $451 million as set out in the table below.
Indicative Equity Value
$ in millions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Implied EV Range |
|
|
|
Low |
|
|
Mid |
|
|
High |
|
Implied Enterprise Value Range |
|
$ |
580 |
|
|
$ |
650 |
|
|
$ |
720 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(-) Estimated RCF Drawn at
Emergence(1) |
|
|
(25 |
) |
|
|
(25 |
) |
|
|
(25 |
) |
(-) DIP Balance Rolled in to Exit Facility Term
Loan(2) |
|
|
(161 |
) |
|
|
(161 |
) |
|
|
(161 |
) |
(-) Exit Facility Term Loan to first Lien Secured Claims(2) |
|
|
(50 |
) |
|
|
(50 |
) |
|
|
(50 |
) |
(+) Excess Cash(3) |
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
(+) Restricted Cash(4) |
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Implied Total Equity Value Range |
|
$ |
381 |
|
|
$ |
451 |
|
|
$ |
521 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Assumes $50mm RCF commitment at exit $25mm drawn for minimum liquidity |
(2) |
Assumes $50mm of incremental Exit Facility Term Loans issued to First Lien Secured Claims of emergence. The
Reorganization Plan provides for up to $50mm of incremental Exit Facility Term Loans |
(3) |
Assumes $20mm excess cash available at emergence, consisting of $66mm cash less $46mm in restricted cash
|
(4) |
Illustratively reflects value from the potential release of excess cash collateral securing the ACO REACH
surety bond from normalization of collateral requirements post-emergence |
The estimate of the Total Enterprise Value set forth herein is not necessarily indicative of
actual outcomes, which may be significantly more or less favorable than those set forth herein depending on the results of the Debtors operations or changes in the financial markets. Additionally, these estimates of value represent
hypothetical enterprise and equity values of the Reorganized Debtors as the continuing operator of their businesses and assets, and do not purport to reflect or constitute appraisals, liquidation values or estimates of the actual market value that
may be realized through the sale of any securities to be issued pursuant to the Plan, which may be significantly different than the amounts set forth herein. Such estimates were developed solely for purposes of formulation and negotiation of the
Plan and analysis of implied relative recoveries to creditors thereunder. The value of an operating business such as the Debtors businesses is subject to uncertainties and contingencies that are difficult to predict and will fluctuate with
changes in factors affecting the financial condition and prospects of such businesses.
Based on the Equity Value range determined above,
the anticipated capital structure of the Reorganized Debtors and the terms of the GUC Warrants, Houlihan Lokey has estimated the value of the GUC Warrants to be between $6 million and $10 million with a midpoint of $8 million
utilizing the Black-Scholes option pricing model at a strike price implied by a $995mm equity value, which incorporates the issuance of 7.2% of the equity of the Reorganized Debtors, at the implied midpoint Equity Value, to the DIP Lenders on
account of the Participation Fee.
Houlihan Lokeys estimated valuation range of the Reorganized Debtors and the GUC Warrants does
not constitute a recommendation to any Holder of Allowed Claims as to how such person should vote or otherwise act with respect to the Plan. The estimated value of the Reorganized Debtors set forth herein does not constitute an opinion as to the
fairness from a financial point of view to any person of the consideration to be received by such person under the Plan or of the terms and provisions of the Plan. Because valuation estimates are inherently subject to uncertainties, none of the
Debtors, Houlihan Lokey, nor any other person assumes responsibility for their accuracy or any differences between the estimated valuation ranges herein and any actual outcome.
Exhibit D
FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS1
Introduction
The Debtors believe that the Plan
satisfied the feasibility requirement set forth in section 1129(a)(11) of the Bankruptcy Code, as confirmation is not likely to be followed by liquidation or the need for further financial reorganization of the Debtors or any successor thereto under
the Plan. In connection with the planning and development of the Plan and for the purposes of determining whether the Plan would satisfy this feasibility standard, the Debtors analyzed their ability to satisfy their post-Effective Date financial
obligations while maintaining sufficient liquidity and capital resources.
In connection with the Disclosure Statement, the Debtors management team
(Management) prepared the following financial projections for the fiscal period August 1, 2024 through FY28 (the Financial Projections). The Financial Projections were prepared by Management, with the
assistance of the Debtors advisors, and are based on several assumptions made by Management with respect to the potential future performance of the Reorganized Debtors operations assuming the consummation of the Plan. The Financial
Projections were prepared solely in connection with the restructuring pursuant to the Plan.
The Debtors do not, as a matter of course, publish their
business plans or strategies, projections or anticipated financial position. Accordingly, the Debtors do not anticipate they will, and disclaim any obligation to, furnish updated business plans or the Financial Projections to Holders of Claims or
Interests or other parties in interest going forward, or to include such information in documents required to be filed with the SEC or otherwise make such information public, unless required to do so by the SEC or other regulatory bodies pursuant to
the provisions of the Plan.
Management prepared the Financial Projections based on information available to them, including information derived from
public sources that have not been independently verified. No representations or warranties, expressed or implied, are provided in relation to fairness, accuracy, correctness, completeness, or reliability of the information, opinions, or conclusions
expressed herein.
1 |
Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Disclosure Statement
for Amended Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization of Cano Health, Inc. and its Affiliated Debtors (as may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to in accordance with the Restructuring Support Agreement and together with all exhibits
and scheduled thereto, the Disclosure Statement), to which this exhibit is attached, or in the Amended Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization of Cano Health, Inc. and its Affiliated Debtors (as may be amended,
supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the Restructuring Support Agreement, and together with all exhibits and supplements thereto, the Plan), as applicable. |
1
Accounting Policies and Disclaimer THESE FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS WERE NOT PREPARED WITH A VIEW TOWARD
COMPLIANCE WITH PUBLISHED GUIDELINES OF THE SEC OR THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS FOR PREPARATION AND PRESENTATION OF PROSPECTIVE FINANCIAL INFORMATION. THE FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS DO NOT REFLECT THE FORMAL IMPLEMENTATION OF
REORGANIZATION ACCOUNTING PURSUANT TO FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS BOARD ACCOUNTING STANDARDS CODIFICATION TOPIC 852, REORGANIZATIONS (ASC 852) OR THE IMPACT SUCH IMPLEMENTATION MAY HAVE ON DIRECT OR PASS-THROUGH TAX
LIABILITIES. MANAGEMENT CONTINUES TO EVALUATE THE COMBINED COMPANY CARRYFORWARD TAX BASIS UPON EMERGENCE. OVERALL, THE IMPLEMENTATION OF ASC 852 IS NOT ANTICIPATED TO HAVE A MATERIAL IMPACT ON THE UNDERLYING ECONOMICS OF THE PLAN. THE FINANCIAL
PROJECTIONS HAVE BEEN PREPARED USING METHODOLOGIES THAT ARE MATERIALLY CONSISTENT WITH THOSE APPLIED IN THE DEBTORS HISTORICAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. THE FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS HAVE NOT BEEN AUDITED OR REVIEWED BY A REGISTERED INDEPENDENT
ACCOUNTING FIRM. ALTHOUGH MANAGEMENT HAS PREPARED THE FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS IN GOOD FAITH AND BELIEVES THE ASSUMPTIONS TO BE REASONABLE, IT IS IMPORTANT TO NOTE THAT THE DEBTORS OR THE REORGANIZED DEBTORS CAN PROVIDE NO ASSURANCE THAT SUCH
ASSUMPTIONS WILL BE REALIZED. AS DESCRIBED IN DETAIL IN THE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT, A VARIETY OF RISK FACTORS COULD AFFECT THE REORGANIZED DEBTORS FINANCIAL RESULTS AND MUST BE CONSIDERED. ACCORDINGLY, THE FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS SHOULD BE
REVIEWED IN CONJUNCTION WITH A REVIEW OF THE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT, THE RISK FACTORS SET FORTH THEREIN, AND THE ASSUMPTIONS DESCRIBED HEREIN, INCLUDING ALL RELEVANT QUALIFICATIONS AND FOOTNOTES.
Principal Assumptions for the Financial Projections
The
Financial Projections are based upon, and assume the successful implementation of, the Debtors Plan. The Financial Projections reflect numerous assumptions, including various assumptions regarding the anticipated future performance of the
Reorganized Debtors, industry performance, general business and economic conditions, and other matters, many of which are beyond the control of the Debtors or their advisors. In addition, the assumptions do not take into account the uncertainty and
disruption of business that may accompany a restructuring pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code.
Therefore, although the Financial Projections are
necessarily presented with numerical specificity, the actual results achieved during the projection period will likely vary from the projected results. These variations may be material. Accordingly, no definitive representation can be or is being
made with respect to the accuracy of the Financial Projections or the ability of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors to achieve the projected results of operations.
2
In deciding whether to vote to accept or reject the Plan, Holders of Claims entitled to vote to accept or
reject the Plan must make their own determinations as to the reasonableness of such assumptions and the reliability of the Financial Projections.
Safe
Harbor Under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995
The Financial Projections contain certain statements which constitute
forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. Forward-looking statements in the Financial Projections include the intent, belief, or current expectations of the Debtors and Management with
respect to the timing of, completion of, and scope of the current restructuring, the Plan, the Companys long range business plan, bank financing, and debt and equity market conditions and the Debtors future liquidity, as well as the
assumptions upon which such statements are based.
While the Debtors believe their intentions, beliefs, and expectations reflected in the forward-looking
statements are based upon reasonable assumptions within the bounds of their knowledge of their business and operations, parties in interest are cautioned that any such forward-looking statements are not
guarantees of future performance. Forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements.
The Financial Projections should be read in conjunction with the assumptions, qualifications, and explanations set forth in the Disclosure Statement and the
Plan in their entirety as well as the notes and assumptions set forth below.
The Financial Projections are subject to inherent risks and uncertainties,
most of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond Managements control. Although Management believes these assumptions are reasonable under the circumstances, such assumptions are subject to significant uncertainties. Further
detail regarding various risks and uncertainties that could drive potential incremental impact to the Financial Projections are described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors of the Companys 2023 Form
10-K, and also in in the Disclosure Statement. Should one or more of the risks or uncertainties referenced in the Disclosure Statement occur, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results
and plans could differ materially from those expressed in the Financial Projections. Further, new factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those described in the Financial Projections, and it is not possible to predict all such
factors, or to the extent to which any such factor or combination of factors may cause actual results to differ from those contained in the Financial Projections. The Financial Projections herein are not, and must not be viewed as, a representation
of fact, prediction or guaranty of the Reorganized Debtors future performance.
The Financial Projections were prepared using an approach that
incorporated multiple detailed information sources. Key personnel from the Debtors operating areas and across various functions provided input in the development of the Financial Projections. In preparation of the
3
Financial Projections, the Debtors considered the current competitive environment, historical operating performance and operating costs. The Financial Projections should be read in conjunction
with the significant assumptions, qualifications, and notes set forth herein.
The Financial Projections may not be comparable to historical financials
found in the Debtors public disclosures and may contain financial metrics which do not conform to GAAP. The Financial Projections do not reflect all of the adjustments necessary to implement fresh-start accounting pursuant to Accounting
Standards Certification 852-10, as issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board.
The Financial Projections
assume an Effective Date of August 1, 2024.
Business Overview
The Debtors are a primary care, technology-powered healthcare delivery and population health management platform designed with a focus on clinical excellence.
The Debtors mission is simple: to improve patient health by delivering superior primary care medical services while forging life-long bonds with its members. The Debtors are one of the largest independent primary care physician groups in the
United States. The Debtors utilize their technology-powered, value-based care delivery platform to provide care for their members.
The Debtors focus on
providing high-touch population health and wellness services to (a) Medicare Advantage patients, (b) Accountable Care Organization Realizing Equity, Access, and Community Health (ACO Reach) patients, and
(c) Medicaid capitated members, particularly in underserved communities by leveraging the Debtors platform to deliver high quality health care services. The Debtors also operate pharmacies
in-network for the purpose of providing a full range of managed care services to their members. The Debtors provide this care to primarily underserved and dual-eligible populations (i.e., eligible for both
Medicare and Medicaid), many of whom live in economically disadvantaged and minority communities.
The Debtors have four core offerings:
|
|
|
Primary Care program: Offers comprehensive patient assessment, chronic disease management, preventative
health care, specialty care coordination, personalized treatment plans, and patient education and advocacy. |
|
|
|
Care Management program: Offers high-risk patient stratification, medication management guidance, acute
triage and coordination, health risk assessment and mitigation, and strives to close care gaps. |
|
|
|
Prescription program: Offers onsite medication dispensing and delivery, personalized medication
counseling, seamless integration with certain care plans, and specialty medication availability. |
|
|
|
Cano @ Home: Offers dedicated in-home and medical visits,
short-term and long-term care solutions, enhanced post-operative recovery, and preventative ER admissions/readmission solutions. |
4
The Debtors employed physicians and other providers receive the tools and multi-disciplinary support
they need to focus primarily on providing medical care to their patients, and their families, rather than time-consuming administrative matters, such as pre-authorizations, referrals, billing and coding, which
support services are provided by the Debtors. Providers receive ongoing training through regular clinical meetings to review the latest findings in primary care medicine.
In addition, the Debtors, through their MSO, contract with independent physicians and group practices they do not own (Physician
Affiliates). The Debtors enter into primary care physician provider agreements with the Physician Affiliates pursuant to which the Debtors agree to provide administrative services, including payor and specialty provider contract
negotiation, credentialing, coding, and managed care analytics. The Debtors pay the Physician Affiliates a primary care fee, plus a portion of the surplus of premium in excess of third-party medical costs, discussed below. The primary care fees paid
to Physician Affiliates are recorded as third-party medical costs. The surplus portion paid to Physician Affiliates is recorded as direct patient expense.
A significant portion of the Debtors revenue is capitated revenue, which, in the case of health plans, is a
pre-negotiated percentage of the premium the health plan receives from CMS. While there are variations specific to each agreement, the Debtors generally contract with health plans, such as Humana,
UnitedHealthcare, Elevance Health, CVS Health (or their respective affiliates) and others contracted by CMS, to receive recurring
per-member-per-month (PMPM) revenue. The Debtors then generally assume the financial responsibility for the
healthcare costs of those members incurred at the Debtors primary care locations, in addition to all third-party medical expenses (e.g., hospital visits, specialist services, surgical services, and prescription drug costs).
5
NON-GAAP FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS
The following table provides a summary of Financial Projections for the Reorganized Debtors and their Affiliates, which should be reviewed in conjunction with
the associated notes:
Financial Projections:
Non-GAAP P&L
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-GAAP Income Statement |
|
Notes |
|
Aug24 - Dec24 |
|
|
FY25 |
|
|
FY26 |
|
|
FY27 |
|
|
FY28 |
|
Revenue |
|
[1] |
|
$ |
1,189 |
|
|
$ |
2,885 |
|
|
$ |
2,930 |
|
|
$ |
2,990 |
|
|
$ |
3,045 |
|
Third-Party Medical Costs |
|
[2] |
|
|
1,009 |
|
|
|
2,394 |
|
|
|
2,425 |
|
|
|
2,435 |
|
|
|
2,455 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriting Margin - (Net Revenue) |
|
|
|
|
179 |
|
|
|
491 |
|
|
|
505 |
|
|
|
555 |
|
|
|
590 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Medical Claims Ratio % |
|
|
|
|
85 |
% |
|
|
83 |
% |
|
|
83 |
% |
|
|
81 |
% |
|
|
81 |
% |
DPE and SG&A |
|
[3] |
|
|
(161 |
) |
|
|
(372 |
) |
|
|
(382 |
) |
|
|
(390 |
) |
|
|
(397 |
) |
Reorganization Adjustments |
|
[4] |
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA |
|
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
119 |
|
|
|
123 |
|
|
|
165 |
|
|
|
193 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjustments |
|
[5] |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA |
|
|
|
$ |
24 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
|
$ |
129 |
|
|
$ |
171 |
|
|
$ |
199 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Memo: ACO REACH Metrics |
|
[6] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriting Margin - (Net Revenue) |
|
|
|
$ |
32 |
|
|
$ |
76 |
|
|
$ |
76 |
|
|
$ |
76 |
|
|
$ |
76 |
|
Adjusted EBITDA |
|
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
1. |
Revenue: is derived from medical services provided at the Debtors medical centers or affiliated
practices under capitation arrangements made directly with various health plans or CMS. Generally, the Debtors enter into (3) types of capitation arrangements: non-risk arrangements, limited risk
arrangements, and full risk arrangements. The Debtors also generate revenue through Fee-for-service, pharmacy, and other ancillary fees. |
|
a. |
Non-risk arrangements: the Debtors receive monthly capitated
payments without regard to the actual amount of services provided. |
|
b. |
Limited risk arrangements: the Debtors assume partial financial risk for covered members.
|
|
c. |
Full risk arrangements: the Debtors assume full financial risk for covered members
|
|
d. |
Fee-for-service: The
Debtors provide non-member primary care services to patients in its medical centers and affiliates locations and in return receive a fee for performing these services. |
|
e. |
Pharmacy: The Debtors contract with an administrative services organization to collect and remit
payments on its behalf form the sale of prescriptions and medications. The Debtors also have pharmacies at some of its medical centers, where patients may fill prescriptions and retrieve their medications. |
Note: Capitated revenue is derived from fees for medical services provided by the Debtors under capitated arrangements with health maintenance
organizations (HMOs) health plans and revenue is recognized in the month in which the Debtors are obligated to provide medical services. Capitated revenue consists of revenue earned through Medicare as well
6
as through commercial and other non-Medicare governmental programs, such as Medicaid, which is captured as other capitated revenue. The Debtors are
required to deliver primary care physician services to the enrolled member population and is responsible for medical expenses related to healthcare services required by that patient group, including services not provided by the Debtors. Since the
Debtors control the primary care physician services provided to enrolled members, they act as principal. The gross fees under these contracts are reported as revenue and the cost of provider care is included in third-party medical costs. The Debtors
reconcile with health plans and generally collect plan surpluses every month for periods 30 to 120 days in arrears depending on the plan.
|
2. |
Third-party Medical Costs: primarily consist of all medical expenses paid by the health plans, including
inpatient and hospital care, specialists, and medicines, net of rebates, for which the Debtors bear risk. Third-party medical costs include estimates of future medical claims that have been incurred by the patient, but for which the provider has not
yet billed. |
|
a. |
Direct patient expense: consists of costs incurred in the treatment of our patients, at the debtors medical
centers and affiliated practices, including the compensation related to medical service providers and clinical support staff, medical supplies, purchased medical services, drug costs for pharmacy sales, and payments to affiliated providers.
|
|
b. |
Selling, general, and administrative expense: include employee-related expenses, including salaries and
benefits, technology infrastructure, operations, clinical and quality support, finance, legal, human resources, and corporate development departments. |
|
4. |
Reorganization Adjustments: Represent estimated professional costs associated with the post-emergence
period. |
|
5. |
Adjustments: Represent estimated non-recurring costs including
but not limited to estimated restructuring related costs, professional fees, incremental advertising and marketing, and other non-recurring items that are classified as
add-backs to Adj EBITDA. Adjustments provide additional information regarding the debtors results of operations and is useful for trending, analyzing and benchmarking the performance and value of the business.
|
In addition, it is important to note that the Debtors are currently in the process of executing on a holistic Transformation Plan,
being implemented under the leadership of its recently appointed executive team. This Transformation Plan is designed to (i) improve the Debtors MCR; (ii) reduce its DPE and SG&A expenses; (iii) improve its costs and
Adjusted EBITDA; and (iv) maximize its productivity, cash flow and liquidity. The Transformation Plan primarily includes the following measures:
|
|
|
Driving medical cost management initiatives to improve the Debtors MCR |
7
|
|
|
Lowering third party medical costs through negotiations with payors, including restructuring contractual
arrangements with payors and specialty networks |
|
|
|
Expanding initiatives to optimize the Debtors DPE and SG&A expenses |
|
|
|
Reducing operating expenses, including reduction of permanent staff, and |
|
|
|
Significantly reducing all other non-essential spending
|
|
|
|
Prioritizing the Debtors Medicare Advantage and ACO Reach lines of business through improving patient
engagement and access |
|
|
|
Divesting and consolidating certain assets and operations, inclusive of exiting certain markets
|
|
|
|
Exiting the Debtors Puerto Rico operations, which was completed at the beginning of 2024
|
|
|
|
Conducting a strategic review of its Medicaid business in Florida, pharmacy assets and other specialty practices
|
|
|
|
Consolidating underperforming owned medical centers and delaying renovations and other capital projects
|
|
|
|
Evaluating the performance of its affiliate provider relationships |
|
|
|
Terminating underperforming affiliate partnerships |
The Transformation Plan is targeted to achieve approximately $290 million of cost reduction by the end of 2024.
8
Non-GAAP Balance Sheet
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-GAAP Balance Sheet |
|
Notes |
|
|
FY24 |
|
|
FY25 |
|
|
FY26 |
|
|
FY27 |
|
|
FY28 |
|
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash |
|
|
[1 |
] |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
116 |
|
|
$ |
190 |
|
|
$ |
298 |
|
|
$ |
441 |
|
Accounts receivable, net of unpaid service provider costs |
|
|
[2 |
] |
|
|
76 |
|
|
|
89 |
|
|
|
89 |
|
|
|
104 |
|
|
|
113 |
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
|
[3 |
] |
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Current Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
181 |
|
|
|
234 |
|
|
|
308 |
|
|
|
432 |
|
|
|
584 |
|
Long-term assets |
|
|
[4 |
] |
|
|
753 |
|
|
|
699 |
|
|
|
652 |
|
|
|
613 |
|
|
|
574 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
934 |
|
|
$ |
933 |
|
|
$ |
961 |
|
|
$ |
1,045 |
|
|
$ |
1,158 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses |
|
|
[5 |
] |
|
|
76 |
|
|
|
96 |
|
|
|
97 |
|
|
|
97 |
|
|
|
97 |
|
Other current liabilities |
|
|
[6 |
] |
|
|
102 |
|
|
|
80 |
|
|
|
66 |
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
53 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Current Liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
178 |
|
|
|
176 |
|
|
|
162 |
|
|
|
155 |
|
|
|
150 |
|
Long term debt |
|
|
[7 |
] |
|
|
241 |
|
|
|
230 |
|
|
|
230 |
|
|
|
230 |
|
|
|
230 |
|
Other long term liabilities |
|
|
[8 |
] |
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
477 |
|
|
|
464 |
|
|
|
450 |
|
|
|
443 |
|
|
|
438 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Stockholders Equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
457 |
|
|
|
469 |
|
|
|
511 |
|
|
|
601 |
|
|
|
720 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities & Stockholders Equity |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
934 |
|
|
$ |
933 |
|
|
$ |
961 |
|
|
$ |
1,045 |
|
|
$ |
1,158 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. |
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash: All cash and restricted cash. Restricted cash consists of
restricted accounts held for ACO Reach surety bond, letters of credit, credit cards, professional fees, and utility advanced deposits. |
|
2. |
Accounts receivable, net of unpaid service provider costs: Accounts receivable includes uncollected plan
underwriting margin, net of plan deficits, ACO Reach shared savings estimates, non-risk capitation, fee-for-service, pharmacy,
and other revenue, as well as insurance recoveries receivables from third-party stop loss arrangements. |
|
3. |
Prepaid expenses and other current assets: This consists primarily of inventory, unamortized insurance,
and tax prepaid assets. |
|
4. |
Long-term assets: Long-term assets includes property and equipment, right-of-use assets, goodwill, payor relationships, intangible assets, deferred tax assets and investments in subsidiaries. Property and equipment, right-of-use assets, payor relationships, and intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. No adjustment to these values has been made to reflect fresh-start
accounting. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. |
|
5. |
Accounts payable and accrued expenses: Consists of accruals and recorded invoices related to goods and
services provided to the Debtors by their vendors. |
|
6. |
Other current liabilities: Primarily includes a liability related to plans in a deficit position as well
as the current portion of finance and operating lease liabilities. |
9
|
7. |
Long term debt: Assumes the $161M DIP facility rolls into an exit facility with up to $50M of additional
take-back debt. The Exit facility assumes 12-months of PIK interest before transitioning to cash interest payments. |
|
8. |
Other long-term liabilities: This primarily includes the long-term portion of finance and operating
lease liabilities. |
10
Non-GAAP Cash Flows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-GAAP Statement of Cash Flows |
|
Notes |
|
|
Aug24- Dec24 |
|
|
FY25 |
|
|
FY26 |
|
|
FY27 |
|
|
FY28 |
|
Cash from Operations |
|
|
[1 |
] |
|
$ |
13 |
|
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
83 |
|
|
$ |
118 |
|
|
$ |
152 |
|
Cash from Investing |
|
|
[2 |
] |
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
(9 |
) |
|
|
(9 |
) |
|
|
(9 |
) |
|
|
(9 |
) |
Cash from Financing |
|
|
[3 |
] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(25 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in Cash |
|
|
|
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
41 |
|
|
|
74 |
|
|
|
109 |
|
|
|
143 |
|
Opening Cash Balance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
66 |
|
|
|
75 |
|
|
|
116 |
|
|
|
190 |
|
|
|
298 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Closing Cash Balance |
|
|
[4 |
] |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
116 |
|
|
$ |
190 |
|
|
$ |
298 |
|
|
$ |
441 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Memo: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Interest & Fees |
|
|
[5 |
] |
|
$ |
5 |
|
|
$ |
21 |
|
|
$ |
32 |
|
|
$ |
32 |
|
|
$ |
32 |
|
Cash Taxes |
|
|
[6 |
] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted Cash (1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
46 |
|
Unrestricted Cash |
|
|
|
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
70 |
|
|
|
144 |
|
|
|
253 |
|
1) |
Excludes any illustrative release of cash collateral related to ACO REACH |
|
1. |
Cash from Operations: This consists primarily of the following items: cash restructuring adjustment,
changes in working capital, and cash interest. The changes in working capital are driven by ordinary course changes in underwriting margin, accounts payable, accrued expenses, other current assets, and other current liabilities. It also includes
changes to surplus and deficits. |
|
2. |
Cash from Investing: This includes acquiring and disposing of property, plant, and equipment which
primarily consists of capital purchases and leasehold improvements. |
|
3. |
Cash from Financing: Assumes $25M is drawn on the $50M RCF upon emergence and paid back in FY25
|
|
4. |
Closing Cash Balance: includes Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash |
|
5. |
Cash Interest & Fees: reflects interest incurred on the Debtors long term
debt |
|
6. |
Cash Taxes: The estimates are based on current analyses conducted by Debtors tax advisors in
conjunction with the Plan, which may be subject to additional analysis, and reflects the post-emergence utilization of certain of Debtors tax attributes, subject to limitation (e.g., under section 382 of the Tax Code), after
consummation of certain CHI Successor Transactions. Under certain tax scenarios, the Reorganized Debtors could stand to incur additional (potentially substantial) cash taxes not included in the Financial Projections.2 |
11
Supplemental Information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-GAAP Balance Sheet |
|
Notes |
|
|
FY24 |
|
|
FY25 |
|
|
FY26 |
|
|
FY27 |
|
|
FY28 |
|
Staff Medicare Advantage |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Members |
|
|
|
|
|
|
62,004 |
|
|
|
67,012 |
|
|
|
68,855 |
|
|
|
70,576 |
|
|
|
72,164 |
|
Capitated Revenue PMPM |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,341.3 |
|
|
$ |
1,367.5 |
|
|
$ |
1,391.4 |
|
|
$ |
1,412.3 |
|
|
$ |
1,429.9 |
|
Third Party Medical Cost PMPM |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,086.8 |
|
|
$ |
1,038.8 |
|
|
$ |
1,090.7 |
|
|
$ |
1,077.5 |
|
|
$ |
1,075.2 |
|
MCR% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
81.0 |
% |
|
|
76.0 |
% |
|
|
78.4 |
% |
|
|
76.3 |
% |
|
|
75.2 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Affiliate Medicare Advantage |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Members |
|
|
|
|
|
|
35,392 |
|
|
|
36,220 |
|
|
|
35,581 |
|
|
|
36,301 |
|
|
|
37,032 |
|
Capitated Revenue PMPM |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,161.6 |
|
|
$ |
1,156.1 |
|
|
$ |
1,156.8 |
|
|
$ |
1,157.6 |
|
|
$ |
1,158.3 |
|
Third Party Medical Cost PMPM |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,158.1 |
|
|
$ |
1,078.3 |
|
|
$ |
1,015.2 |
|
|
$ |
992.8 |
|
|
$ |
976.1 |
|
MCR% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
99.7 |
% |
|
|
93.3 |
% |
|
|
87.8 |
% |
|
|
85.8 |
% |
|
|
84.3 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Medicaid |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Members |
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,241 |
|
|
|
37,391 |
|
|
|
37,832 |
|
|
|
37,832 |
|
|
|
37,832 |
|
Capitated Revenue PMPM |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
248.6 |
|
|
$ |
250.2 |
|
|
$ |
250.5 |
|
|
$ |
251.0 |
|
|
$ |
253.8 |
|
Third Party Medical Cost PMPM |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
204.2 |
|
|
$ |
186.1 |
|
|
$ |
186.3 |
|
|
$ |
186.3 |
|
|
$ |
186.3 |
|
MCR% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
82.1 |
% |
|
|
74.4 |
% |
|
|
74.4 |
% |
|
|
74.2 |
% |
|
|
73.4 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ACO Reach |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Members |
|
|
|
|
|
|
93,353 |
|
|
|
92,339 |
|
|
|
92,339 |
|
|
|
92,339 |
|
|
|
92,339 |
|
Capitated Revenue PMPM |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
981.2 |
|
|
$ |
962.9 |
|
|
$ |
962.9 |
|
|
$ |
962.9 |
|
|
$ |
962.9 |
|
Third Party Medical Cost PMPM |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
911.7 |
|
|
$ |
894.3 |
|
|
$ |
894.3 |
|
|
$ |
894.3 |
|
|
$ |
894.3 |
|
MCR% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
92.9 |
% |
|
|
92.9 |
% |
|
|
92.9 |
% |
|
|
92.9 |
% |
|
|
92.9 |
% |
Note: the above supplemental information for FY24 represents full year estimates
12
Exhibit E
LIQUIDATION ANALYSIS1
Introduction
Under the best interests of
creditors test set forth in section 1129(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Court may not confirm a plan of reorganization unless the plan provides each holder of an allowed claim or interest that does not otherwise vote in favor of
the plan with property of a value, as of the effective date of the plan, that is not less than the amount such holder would receive or retain if the debtor were liquidated under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.
To demonstrate that the Plan satisfies the best interests of creditors test, the Debtors, with the assistance of their financial advisors, AlixPartners, LLP,
have prepared a hypothetical liquidation analysis (the Liquidation Analysis), which is based upon certain assumptions discussed in the Disclosure Statement and the accompanying notes to this Liquidation Analysis.
The Liquidation Analysis sets forth an estimated range of recovery values for each Class of Claims and Interests upon disposition of assets pursuant to a
hypothetical chapter 7 liquidation. As illustrated by this Liquidation Analysis, no Holder of a Claim or Interest would receive or retain property under the Plan of a value that is less than such Holder would receive in a chapter 7 liquidation.
Further, Holders of Claims or Interests in Impaired Classes and Holders of Claims in certain Unimpaired Classes that would receive a full recovery under the Plan would receive a lower recovery in a hypothetical liquidation than they would under the
Plan. Accordingly, and as set forth in greater detail below, the Debtors believe that the Plan satisfies the best interests of creditors test set forth in section 1129(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code.
Statement of Limitations
The preparation of a
liquidation analysis is an uncertain process involving the use of estimates and assumptions that, although considered reasonable by the Debtors based upon their business judgment and input from their advisors, are inherently subject to significant
business, economic, and competitive risks, uncertainties, and contingencies, most of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond the control of the Debtors, their management, and their financial and legal advisors. Inevitably, some
assumptions in the Liquidation Analysis would not materialize in an actual chapter 7 liquidation, and unanticipated events and circumstances could materially affect the ultimate results in an actual chapter 7 liquidation. The Liquidation Analysis
was prepared for the sole purpose of generating a reasonable, good faith estimate of the proceeds that would be generated, and the potential recoveries that would result, if the Debtors assets were liquidated in accordance with chapter 7 of
the Bankruptcy Code. The Liquidation Analysis is not intended and should not be used for any other purpose. The underlying financial information in the Liquidation
1 |
Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the
Plan or the Disclosure Statement, as applicable. |
1
Analysis and the values stated herein have not been subject to review, compilation, or audit by any independent accounting firm. In addition, the various liquidation decisions upon which certain
assumptions are based are subject to change. As a result, the actual amount of Claims, including additional chapter 7 Administrative Expense Claims, that would ultimately be Allowed against the Debtors Estates could vary significantly from the
estimates stated herein, depending on the nature and amount of Claims asserted during the pendency of a chapter 7 case. Similarly, the value of the Debtors assets in a liquidation scenario is uncertain and could vary significantly from the
values set forth in the Liquidation Analysis.
The cessation of business operations in a chapter 7 liquidation is likely to trigger certain Claims that
otherwise would not exist under the Plan. The amount of additional Claims could be significant, and some may be entitled to treatment as Administrative Claims, while others may be entitled to priority in payment over General Unsecured Claims. The
Liquidation Analysis does not include estimates for such additional Claims, including, but not limited to: (a) the tax consequences, either foreign or domestic, that may be triggered upon the liquidation and sale of assets, (b) potential
employee Claims, (c) recoveries resulting from any potential preference, fraudulent transfer, or other litigation or Avoidance Actions, (d) Claims that may be entitled to priority under the Bankruptcy Code, including Administrative Claims
under sections 503(b) and 507(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, (e) environmental or other governmental Claims arising from the shut down or sale of the Debtors assets, and (f) additional unsecured claims arising from a chapter 7
liquidation. More specific assumptions are detailed in the notes below. The immediate cessation of business operations in a chapter 7 liquidation is likely, among other things, to : (i) substantially increase unsecured executory contract and lease
rejection damages claims as the Debtors wind-down their operations and close all of their locations; (ii) cause the Debtors payors to immediately terminate, or seek to terminate, their payor agreements and promptly move to transfer
patients to alternative care providers, which would likely result in a further loss of revenues and potentially increase damage claims; (iii) result in payors seeking to exercise rights of setoff or recoupment or otherwise withhold amounts due
under their payor agreements to the Debtors that may further decrease available funds for distributions; and (iv) result in Doctors, nurses and other health care providers immediately pursuing alternative employment
opportunities. Additionally, certain factors, such as an inability by the Debtors or a chapter 7 trustee (the Trustee) to continue or maintain the Debtors operations during the Liquidation Process (as defined below), a
seizure of collateral by secured creditors, significant employee attrition, and/or delays in the Liquidation Process may limit the amount of proceeds generated by the liquidation of the assets. These factors could materially reduce the value of the
liquidation proceeds and yield significantly lower recoveries than those estimated in the Liquidation Analysis.
ACCORDINGLY, NEITHER THE DEBTORS NOR
THEIR ADVISORS MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY THAT THE ACTUAL RESULTS OF A LIQUIDATION OF THE DEBTORS WOULD OR WOULD NOT, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, APPROXIMATE THE ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS REPRESENTED HEREIN. THE ACTUAL LIQUIDATION VALUE OF THE
DEBTORS IS SPECULATIVE AND RESULTS COULD VARY MATERIALLY FROM THE ESTIMATES PROVIDED HEREIN.
2
In preparing the Liquidation Analysis, the Debtors estimated Allowed Claims based upon a review of the
Debtors financial statements to account for other known liabilities, as necessary. In addition, the Liquidation Analysis includes estimates for Claims not currently asserted in the Chapter 11 Cases, but which could be asserted and allowed in a
chapter 7 liquidation, including unpaid chapter 11 Administrative Claims, and chapter 7 administrative claims such as wind-down costs and trustee and legal fees (together, the Wind-Down Expenses). To date, the Bankruptcy Court has
not estimated or otherwise fixed the total amount of Allowed Claims used for purposes of preparing this Liquidation Analysis. Therefore, the Debtors estimate of Allowed Claims set forth in the Liquidation Analysis should not be relied on
for any other purpose, including determining the value of any distribution to be made on account of Allowed Claims and Interests under the Plan. NOTHING CONTAINED IN THE LIQUIDATION ANALYSIS IS INTENDED TO BE OR CONSTITUTES A CONCESSION OR ADMISSION
OF THE DEBTORS. THE ACTUAL AMOUNT OF ALLOWED CLAIMS IN THESE CHAPTER 11 CASES COULD MATERIALLY DIFFER FROM THE ESTIMATED AMOUNTS SET FORTH IN THE LIQUIDATION ANALYSIS.
Basis of Presentation
The Liquidation Analysis
has been prepared assuming the Debtors would convert their current Chapter 11 Cases to cases under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code on or about July 28, 2024 (the Liquidation Date). Except as otherwise noted herein, the
Liquidation Analysis is based upon the unaudited financial statements of the Debtors as of December 31, 2023, and those values, in total, are assumed to be representative of the Debtors assets and liabilities as of the Liquidation Date.
The Debtors, in consultation with their advisors, believe that the December 31, 2023 book value of assets and certain liabilities are a proxy for such book values as of the Liquidation Date. It is assumed that on the Liquidation Date, the
Bankruptcy Court would appoint a Trustee to oversee the liquidation of the Debtors Estates, during which time all of the assets of the Debtors would be sold and the Cash proceeds, net of liquidation-related costs, would then be distributed to
holders of Allowed Claims in accordance with applicable law: (i) first, for payment of liquidation, wind-down expenses, and Trustee fees attributable to the Wind-Down Expenses;
(ii) second, to pay the secured portions of the DIP Claims (iii) third, to pay the secured portions of the First Lien Claims; (iv) fourth, to pay the creditors holding Allowed Unsecured Claims
against the Debtors, including, for the avoidance of doubt, to pay amounts on General Unsecured Claims (including any DIP Deficiency Claims, First Lien Deficiency Claims and Senior Note Claims); and (v) fifth, any remaining net
cash would be distributed to creditors holding Subordinated Claims.
3
The Liquidation Analysis assumes operations of the Debtors and their
non-Debtor Affiliates (the Liquidating Entities) will cease on the Liquidation Date, and the related individual assets will be sold during a three-month2 liquidation process (the Liquidation Process) under the direction of the Trustee, utilizing the Debtors resources and third-party advisors, to allow for the orderly wind down
of the Debtors Estates. There can be no assurance that the liquidation would be completed in such a limited time frame, nor is there any assurance that the recoveries assigned to the assets would in fact be realized. Under section 704 of the
Bankruptcy Code, a trustee must, among other duties, collect and convert the property of the estate as expeditiously (generally in a distressed process) as is compatible with the best interests of parties-in-interest. The Liquidation Analysis is also based on the assumptions that: (i) the Debtors have continued access to cash collateral during the course of the Liquidation Process to fund Wind-Down
Expenses; and (ii) operations, accounting, treasury, IT, and other management services needed to wind down the Estates continue. The Liquidation Analysis was prepared on a by-entity basis for all
Liquidating Entities and is displayed below on a consolidated basis for all Debtors for convenience. Asset Recoveries accrue first to satisfy creditor claims at the legal entity level. To the extent any remaining value exists, it flows as equity to
the applicable Liquidating Entitys parent or appropriate equity holder, as applicable.
2 |
Collections of accounts receivable would be expected to take months longer. |
4
DETAILED LIQUIDATION ANALYSIS
The Liquidation Analysis for the Liquidation Entities was analyzed on a by-entity basis. The following table
provides a summary of the Liquidation Analysis for the Debtors, which should be reviewed in conjunction with the associated notes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liquidation Analysis - Summary of Debtors |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recovery % |
|
|
Recovery $ |
|
|
Recovery $ |
|
In $ Thousands |
|
Note: |
|
|
Book Value |
|
|
Low |
|
|
High |
|
|
Low |
|
|
High |
|
Cash and Cash Equivalents |
|
|
[A |
] |
|
$ |
15,810 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
15,810 |
|
|
$ |
15,810 |
|
Accounts Receivable |
|
|
[B |
] |
|
|
59,074 |
|
|
|
47.4 |
% |
|
|
66.1 |
% |
|
|
28,014 |
|
|
|
39,036 |
|
Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets |
|
|
[C |
] |
|
|
12,599 |
|
|
|
33.6 |
% |
|
|
49.4 |
% |
|
|
4,238 |
|
|
|
6,225 |
|
Inventory |
|
|
[D |
] |
|
|
1,027 |
|
|
|
80.0 |
% |
|
|
85.0 |
% |
|
|
821 |
|
|
|
873 |
|
Property, Plant, & Equipment |
|
|
[E |
] |
|
|
49,634 |
|
|
|
4.5 |
% |
|
|
9.7 |
% |
|
|
2,235 |
|
|
|
4,796 |
|
Other Non-Current Assets |
|
|
[F |
] |
|
|
781,882 |
|
|
|
0.3 |
% |
|
|
1.3 |
% |
|
|
2,000 |
|
|
|
10,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
920,025 |
|
|
|
5.8 |
% |
|
|
8.3 |
% |
|
$ |
53,119 |
|
|
$ |
76,739 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wind-Down Expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wind-Down Expenses |
|
|
[G |
] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
25,204 |
|
|
$ |
26,621 |
|
Wind-Down Expenses Recovery |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,204 |
|
|
|
26,621 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wind-Down Recovery % |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Proceeds from Liquidation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
27,915 |
|
|
$ |
50,118 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DIP Claims |
|
|
[H |
] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
161,250 |
|
|
$ |
161,250 |
|
DIP Recovery |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27,915 |
|
|
|
50,118 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DIP Recovery % |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17.3 |
% |
|
|
31.1 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Lien Claims |
|
|
[I |
] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
934,770 |
|
|
$ |
934,770 |
|
First Lien Recovery |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Lien Deficiency Recovery |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Lien Recovery % |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General Unsecured Claims |
|
|
[J |
] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,639,701 |
|
|
$ |
1,617,497 |
|
General Unsecured Recovery |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General Unsecured Recovery % |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subordinated Claims |
|
|
[K |
] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TBD |
|
|
|
TBD |
|
Subordinated Recovery |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subordinated Recovery % |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Existing Equity Interests |
|
|
[L |
] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TBD |
|
|
|
TBD |
|
Existing Equity Interests Recovery |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Existing Equity Interests Recovery % |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Creditor Recovery |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
27,915 |
|
|
$ |
50,118 |
|
Notes to the Liquidation Analysis
[A] Cash and Cash Equivalents: The Cash balance represents the estimated balance as of the Liquidation Date. A 100% recovery on Cash and Cash
equivalents has been estimated for both the low and high projected recoveries.
[B] Accounts Receivable: The Debtors Accounts Receivable
balance represents the estimated balance as of the Liquidation Date. The Debtors Accounts Receivable was evaluated by category and by-customer for payor contract receivables. Net payor contract
receivables represent the
majority of the overall receivables balance. These contract receivables represent accounts receivable with a net receivable after netting any offsetting liability balances on a by-payor basis.
Any payor with a net estimated liability balance has the net balance asserted as a Claim for purposes of this analysis. A blended recovery of 47% to 66% has been estimated for the Debtors receivables based on the high likelihood of
recoverability of payor receivables and the more limited recoverability of other miscellaneous receivables.
[C] Prepaid Expenses and Other Current
Assets: Prepaid Expenses have been evaluated by type and assigned recoveries based on the likelihood that the prepaid amounts can be recovered. Other current assets consist of accruals that are expected to be largely unrecoverable and certain
assets such as tax and insurance receivables that are expected to yield higher levels of recovery. On a blended basis, a 34% to 49% recovery has been estimated.
[D] Inventory: Inventory primarily consists of prescription drugs held at Debtor-owned pharmacy locations. A high likelihood of recoverability exists
for these assets based on both the ability to re-sell or return the inventory. A recovery of 80% to 85% has been estimated for the Debtors inventory.
[E] Property, Plant and Equipment, Net: Property, Plant and Equipment consists of tangible assets such as leasehold assets, machinery, medical and
office equipment, and construction-in-progress. On a blended basis, a recovery of 5% to 10% of the net book value has been estimated.
[F] Other Non-Current Assets: Other Assets are almost entirely accounting and accrual assets that are expected
to yield no recovery. A blended recovery of 0% to 1% has been estimated for these assets.
[G] Wind-Down Expenses: Wind-Down Expenses represent the
expenses associated with administering the chapter 7 liquidation and existing chapter 11 administrative expenses. A 3% trustee fee and a 3% cost for related legal and professional fees has been applied to
non-cash asset recovery values. Chapter 7 wind down and operation expenses total approximately $18.6 million. Additionally, certain pre-conversion balance sheet
priority liabilities (e.g., accrued salary) have been included in the estimated Wind-Down Expenses and total approximately $4.4 million. A full recovery is estimated for Wind-Down Expenses.
[H] DIP Claims: DIP Claims represent the estimated Claims for the DIP. DIP Claims are estimated to receive a 17% to 31% recovery.
[I] First Lien Claims: No recovery is estimated for the First Lien Claims.
[J] General Unsecured Claims (including DIP Deficiency Claims, First Lien Deficiency Claims and Senior Note Claims): No recovery is estimated for the
General Unsecured Claims.
[K] Subordinated Claims: No recovery is estimated for the Subordinated Claims.
[L] Existing Equity Interests: No recovery is estimated for the Existing Equity Interests (including,
for the avoidance of doubt, any intercompany interests).
Exhibit 99.3 Cano Health – Long Range Plan Update April 2024
Disclaimer GENERAL: This presentation (“Presentation”) is
for informational purposes only to assist investors, prospective investors and other parties (“Recipients”) in making their own evaluation with respect to Cano Health, Inc. (“Cano Health” or the “Company”,
“our” or words of similar import). The information contained herein does not purport to be all‐inclusive, and neither the Company nor any of its nor any of its respective affiliates, directors, officers, employees, agents,
shareholders or advisors (collectively, “Representatives”) makes any representation or warranty, express or implied, as to the accuracy, completeness, or reliability of the information contained in this Presentation. Certain information
contained in this Presentation relates to or is based on studies, publications, surveys, and the Company’s own internal estimates and research. To the extent available, the industry, market and competitive position data contained in this
Presentation are sourced from official or third-party sources. Third party industry publications, studies and surveys generally state that the data contained therein have been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but that there is no
guarantee of the accuracy or completeness of such data. The Company has not independently verified the data contained therein. In addition, certain of the industry, market and competitive position data contained in this Presentation may be sourced
from the Company’s own internal estimates based on the knowledge and experience of the Company’s management in the markets in which the Company operates. This data and its underlying methodology and assumptions have not been verified by
any independent source for accuracy or completeness and are subject to change without notice. Accordingly, undue reliance should not be placed on any of the industry, market or competitive position data contained in this Presentation. In addition,
certain data and other information included in this Presentation are based on a number of assumptions and limitations, and there can be no guarantee as to the accuracy or reliability of such assumptions. Finally, while the Company believes its
internal research is reliable, such research has not been verified by any independent source. The Company has not yet completed its quarter financial close processes for the quarter ended March 31, 2024. The preliminary, estimated financial results
presented herein have not been audited and are based on information currently available to the Company. Accordingly, such results are subject to revision as a result of the Company’s completion of its normal quarter accounting closing
procedures, including customary reviews and approvals, asset recoverability accounting analysis, the execution of its internal controls over financial reporting, final adjustments and other developments arising between now and the time that our
financial results for the three months ended March 31, 2024 are finalized. As such, the Company's actual results may materially vary from the preliminary results presented in this Presentation. FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS: Statements made in this
Presentation that reflect our current view about future events and financial performance are hereby identified as “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Some of these statements can be identified by terms and phrases such as “guidance,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “intend,” “estimate,”
“expect,” “continue,” “could,” “should,” “may,” “plan,” “project,” “predict” and similar expressions, and include, without limitation, our anticipated
results of operations, including our long-range financial forecast for 2024 through 2028, including total membership, total revenue, medical cost ratio, Adjusted EBITDA, total medical centers, interest expense, stock-based compensation expense, de
novo losses and capital expenditures, our business strategies, our projections with respect to third-party medical costs and capitated revenue, and our expectations regarding membership growth; our prospects and plans, and other aspects of our
operations or operating results, as well as (i) the Company’s Cost Transformation Program and the expected benefits from such activities, such as from the strategic terminations, the renegotiation of risk sharing arrangements and unprofitable
center closings (including, without limitation, increases in the Company’s underwriting margin and reduced SG&A and DPE expenses and lower 3rd party patient expense and the expected $290 million of annualized savings to be achieved by
2024); (ii) the Company’s opportunity to grow into other attractive markets once the current business is stabilized; (iii) the expected impact of V28 being an underwriting margin headwind of roughly $90 million; and (iv) the Company’s
financial projections and forecasts for FY 2024-2028. We caution readers of this Presentation that such “forward-looking statements,” including without limitation, those relating to our future business prospects, revenue, costs and
expenses, working capital, liquidity, capital needs, interest costs and income, wherever they occur in this Presentation or in other statements attributable to us. These forward-looking statements are estimates reflecting our judgment, assumptions
and estimates which are inherently uncertain and involve a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those suggested by the “forward-looking statements,” including, without limitation (a)
the Company’s Chapter 11 cases, including, without limitation, the outcome thereof and the Company’s expectations as to receipt of and timing for the bankruptcy court approvals and the timing and emergence from the proceedings, as well
as the expected benefits of the proceedings; (b) delays or difficulties in, and/or unexpected or less than anticipated results from our efforts to (i) realize on our EBITDA opportunities from cost saving initiatives, such as due to lower than
expected patient utilization rates; (ii) grow our membership, such as due to higher than expected competition for our patients’ services;; (iii) improve our profitability, enhanced cash flow, and/or liquidity, such as due to unexpected demands
on our cash resources, higher than expected expenses and interest payments and/or lower than expected revenues; and/or (iv) achieve our long-range forecast and projections, such as due to one or more of the reasons set forth above and/or as
described in the risk factors in our 2023 Form 10-K, as defined below and our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q filed during 2023 and 2024. Such forward-looking statements are based on numerous assumptions regarding the Company’s present and
future business strategies and the environment in which it will operate in the future and there can be no assurance that the information or data contained in this Presentation is reflective of the Company’s actual future performance to any
degree. Important risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results and financial condition to differ materially from those indicated in forward‐looking statements include, among other, a wide variety of significant business,
economic, competitive, and other risks, and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, various factors beyond management's control including general economic, market and industry conditions and other risks, as well as factors associated with
companies, such as the Company, that are engaged in the healthcare industry; competition in the Company’s industry; changes to federal and state laws and regulations; failure to develop new technology and products; changes in market or
industry conditions, regulatory environment, competitive conditions, and receptivity to our services; changes in our strategy, future operations; our ability to realize expected results with respect to patient membership, total revenue and earnings;
our ability to grow market share in existing markets or enter into new markets and continue our growth; our ability to predict and control our medical cost ratio, SG&A and DPE expenses and other costs; our ability to integrate our acquisitions
and achieve desired synergies; changes in laws and regulations applicable to our business; our ability to maintain our relationships with health plans and other key payors; developments and uncertainties related to the DCE program; our future
capital requirements and sources and uses of cash, including funds to satisfy our liquidity needs; and/or our ability to grow our business; and our ability to recruit and retain qualified team members and independent physicians. 2
Disclaimer (cont.) FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS (cont.): Actual results
may also differ materially from such forward-looking statements for a number of other reasons, including those set forth in our filings with the SEC, including, without limitation, the risk factors identified in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, filed with the SEC on April 1, 2024 (the “2023 Form 10-K”) and our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K that we have filed or will file with the SEC during 2023 and 2024
(which may be viewed on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov or on our website at http://www.investors.canohealth.com/ir-home). New risks and uncertainties may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible to predict all risks and
uncertainties. This Presentation also contains certain financial projections, which constitutes forward‐looking information, and includes certain estimates and assumptions about expected medical costs, SG&A and DPE expenses and related
savings and recent acquisitions and other transactions and should not be relied upon as necessarily being indicative of future results. Actual results may differ materially from the results contemplated by the financial projections contained in this
Presentation, and the inclusion of such information in this Presentation should not be regarded as a representation as to the accuracy or completeness of such information or by any person that the results reflected in such projections will be
achieved. This Presentation speaks as of the date hereof or as of any such other date as expressly identified in this Presentation and shall not be deemed to be an indication of the state of affairs of, or the absence of any change or development
in, the Company at any other point in time. NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES: This Presentation uses certain non-GAAP financial measures such as Underwriting Margin, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin %, Pro Forma EBITDA, PF EBITDA Margin % and
Unlevered Free Cash Flow that are defined and reconciled to their most directly comparable GAAP measures in the appendices attached. These non-GAAP financial measures are not substitutes for their most directly comparable GAAP measures. Such
financial information may not have been audited, reviewed or verified by any independent accounting firm. The inclusion of such non-GAAP financial information in this Presentation or any related discussion should not be regarded as a representation
or warranty by the Company or any of its Representatives as to the accuracy or completeness of such information’s portrayal of the Company’s financial condition or results of operations and should not be relied upon in the absence of
reviewing the Company’s GAAP results, such as those presented in its Form 10-Ks and Form 10-Qs. The principal limitation of these non-GAAP financial measures is that they exclude certain expenses and income that are required by GAAP to be
recorded in the Company’s financial statements. In addition, they are subject to inherent limitations as they reflect the exercise of judgment by management about which expense and income are excluded or included in determining these non-GAAP
financial measures. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful supplemental information in evaluating the performance of our business and provide greater understanding with respect to the results of our operations. We also
believe these non-GAAP financial measures facilitate company-to-company operating performance comparisons by backing out interest expense, taxes, amortization, depreciation, certain non-recurring charges unrelated to operating performance and
certain other adjustments. The Company's management uses certain of these non-GAAP financial measures as operating performance measures and as an integral part of its reporting and planning processes and to, among other things: (i) monitor and
evaluate the performance of the Company's business operations, financial performance and overall liquidity; (ii) facilitate management's internal comparisons of the Company's historical operating performance of its business operations; (iii)
facilitate management's external comparisons of the results of its overall business to the historical operating performance of other companies that may have different capital structures and debt levels; (iv) review and assess the operating
performance of the Company's management team and, together with other operational objectives, as a measure in evaluating employee compensation, including bonuses and other incentive compensation; (v) analyze and evaluate financial and strategic
planning decisions regarding future operating investments; and (vi) plan for and prepare future annual operating budgets and determine appropriate levels of operating investments. We believe these non-GAAP financial measures provide an additional
tool, when used in combination with GAAP measures, for our management and investors to use in evaluating ongoing operating results and trends and in comparing our financial measures with other similar companies. Management believes that the non-GAAP
financial measures provide useful information to investors about the performance of the Company's overall business because such measures eliminate the effects of certain charges that are not directly attributable to the Company's underlying
operating performance. Additionally, management believes that providing the non-GAAP financial measures enhances the comparability for investors in assessing the Company’s financial reporting. We do not consider these non-GAAP financial
measures in isolation or as an alternative to financial measures determined in accordance with GAAP. Accordingly, the Company believes that the presentation of the non-GAAP financial measures, when used in conjunction with GAAP financial measures,
are useful financial analytical measures that are used by management, as described above, and therefore can assist investors in assessing the Company's financial condition, operating performance and underlying strength. The non- GAAP financial
measures should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for their respective most directly comparable As Reported financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP, such as net income/loss, operating income/loss, diluted earnings/loss
per share or net cash provided by (used in) operating activities. Other companies may define such non-GAAP measures differently. These non-GAAP financial measures should be read in conjunction with the Company's financial statements and related
footnotes filed with the SEC. A reconciliation of the Company’s non-GAAP measures to their most directly comparable GAAP measures is available in the appendices attached to this Presentation. However, pursuant to the applicable exemption under
Regulation G and Item 10(e)(1)(i)(B) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K, we have not reconciled our expectations as to these non-GAAP financial measures for future periods to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures because the Company
cannot predict with a reasonable degree of certainty and without unreasonable efforts certain reconciling items, such as certain costs and expenses that are inherently uncertain and depend on various factors, some of which are outside of the
Company's control. For these reasons, management is unable to assess the probable significance of the unavailable information, which could materially impact the computation of forward-looking GAAP financial measures. You should review our financial
statements filed with the SEC, and not rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business. See the Appendix for further information on the definition of the non-GAAP financial measures and reconciliations to their most directly comparable
GAAP measures. 3
Table of Contents Liquidity Update 4 1 2 2 Overview of Cano LRP (March
update) 6 4
Liquidity Update 5
Illustrative Liquidity Outlook (as of w/e 4/7/24) Liquidity Forecast
Key Takeaways ($ millions) • The forecast liquidity balance for w/e 6/2 is APPROVED DIP BUDGET (AS OF W/E 02/04) A Actualized ~$13M higher than the Approved ACTUALS (AS OF W/E 03/31) Subsequent DIP budget (submitted w/e CURRENT LIQUIDITY
FORECAST (AS OF W/E 04/07) 146M $150M 3/10), driven by higher operating cash flow: Final DIP Funding APPROVED SUBSEQUENT DIP BUDGET (AS OF W/E 03/10) on 3/10 • $0.8M increase in total receipts 136M $140M 131M 131M 130M • $12.7M lower
operating costs, 131M $130M primarily due to ($10.7M) lower $120M operating disbursements, provider 113M 109M payments, and CTA timing, and payroll $110M 100M 114M 101M 111M & benefits ($2M) B $100M 105M 96M• Compared to the original
Approved DIP B 98M $90M Budget (submitted w/e 2/4), total liquidity 91M 88M by w/e 4/28 is forecast to be ~$5M higher 86M $80M 85M 81M driven by: 76M $70M A 73M 73M − ~$19M of improved operating cash flow; 62M offset by the ($12M) of
incremental cash $60M 64M 59M collateral posting requirement related to $50M 49M the ACO REACH surety bond and ($2M) in $40M higher noticing fees 43M 38M $30M 33M 31M $20M $10M $0M 2M FEB-4 FEB-18 MAR-3 MAR-17 MAR-31 APR-14 APR-28 MAY-12 MAY-26
JUN-9 6
Cano LRP – March Update 7
Overview of Cano’s March LRP refresh In November 2023, Cano
management worked with its advisors to develop its initial Long Range Plan (the “Nov LRP”) through FY 2028. The • Nov LRP was presented to various lenders under NDA and their advisors, and assumed an out-of-court restructuring
would be achieved The Nov LRP was updated in January of 2024 to overlay the projected impacts of a Chapter 11 filing, resulting in a revised LRP (the “BK LRP”) • Subsequently, Cano management worked with its advisors to update the
BK LRP (“March LRP”) to reflect the following: • Further refinement to the DPE + SG&A cost reduction to align with latest Cost Transformation Program assumptions − Adjustments to revenue PMPM, third party medical cost
PMPM and membership, based on the additional two months of payor data received − since the BK LRP was finalized An increase in the ACO Reach financial assumptions to tie with the business unit’s updated 2024 budget − Incorporation
of January actuals − Other adjustments to incorporate additional information received since the BK LRP was finalized − The March LRP base case does not reflect potential impact of any M&A paths currently being evaluated • The
March LRP base case currently does not reflect potential impact of cash taxes throughout the forecast period. Estimates of future cash tax • obligations remain subject to the finalization of more holistic tax structuring analysis currently
ongoing with KPMG / Weil tax 8
Overview of Cano Health Updated March LRP Forecast Forecast Forecast
Forecast Forecast $millions FY'24 FY'25 FY'26 FY'27 FY'28 Key Differences March LRP vs. BK LRP # Plan Members (av. Over 12-mths) 243K 248K 250K 252K 255K • Aggregate Total Revenue for Total Revenue 2,797 2,885 2,930 2,990 3,045 2024-28 is up
3% vs the BK LRP Third-Party Medical Costs 2,416 2,394 2,425 2,435 2,455 driven by a 1% increase in Medicare Advantage Underwriting Margin - (Net Rev) 381 491 505 555 590 membership and improvement Medical Claims Ratio % 89% 85% 85% 83% 83% in ACO
REACH outlook Total DPE + SGA (405) (372) (382) (390) (397) 1 Adjusted EBITDA (10) 125 129 171 199 • 2024-28 Underwriting Margin 1 Adj. EBITDA Margin % (3%) 25% 26% 31% 34% increased by 5% compared to 1,2 Unlevered Free Cash Flow (157) 87 105
140 175 the BK LRP driven by higher Total Revenue growth offset by 2 Cash From Operations (167) 75 83 118 152 slightly higher 3PMC Costs For FY’24, Unlevered Free Cash Flow and Cash From Operations includes projected restructuring/chapter 11
related expenditures of $108 million and forecasted expenditures associated with the implementation of cost savings actions of $16 million • DPE & SGA is in line with prior BK LRP plan, as further ACO REACH identification of cost savings
offset the Go-Get; now $109M of Forecast Forecast Forecast Forecast Forecast FY'24 FY'25 FY'26 FY'27 FY'28 the $128M targeted cost savings $millions are identified or implemented Underwriting Margin - (Net Rev) 78 76 76 76 76 • Cumulative Adj.
EBITDA 1 Adjusted EBITDA 26 24 23 23 22 increase of ~$100m over 5-year period through 2028, primarily Note: 1. “Adjusted EBITDA”, “Adj. EBITDA Margin %” and “Unlevered Free Cash Flow” are non-GAAP financial
measures that are defined and, for completed periods, reconciled to their most due to improved outlook for ACO directly comparable GAAP measures in the Appendix 2. March LRP projections currently exclude potential future cash tax obligations. Such
estimates remain subject to ongoing tax structuring work and will be incorporated in due course. Pursuant to the applicable exemption under Regulation G and Item 10(e)(1)(i)(B) of the SEC's Regulation S-K, we have not reconciled our REACH
expectations as to these non-GAAP financial measures for future periods to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures because the Company cannot predict with a reasonable degree of certainty and without unreasonable efforts certain
reconciling items, such as certain costs and expenses that are inherently uncertain and depend on various factors, some of which are outside of the Company's control. 9
FY24 Adjusted EBITDA: Impact of Adjustments Chart in $millions 2024
Adj. EBITDA Bridge: BK LRP to March LRP Commentary The net improvement in FY24 Adj. EBITDA from BK ($3.9M) decline in $11.6M improvement offset by… 1 LRP to March LRP is ~$7.7M: Underwriting Margin in DPE + SG&A ACO REACH improvement of
$8.3M driven by $20M higher revenue A (higher member count of 6,700 and U/W Margin PMPM improvements) offset by an ($11.7M) increase in DPE + SG&A (higher provider payments and higher payroll & benefits) 5.2M Plan U/W Margin improved by
$6.6M B • $18.8M Jan’24 outperformance across MA, Medicaid, and ACA F • $0.3M in plan improvements across MA, Medicaid and ACA (10.3M) • $1.8M increase related to non-risk and MRA • Offset by ($14.3M) from stop loss
insurance expense 6.6M G C Other Revenue is down ($18.8M) due to: 6.4M• $12M decrease in FFS revenue to reflect the updated number B of staff medical centers for 2024 • $7M decrease in Pharmacy to refine assumptions for volume E (10.4M)
absorption associated with pharmacy closures Provider Payments decreased by $10M after additional analysis D (18.8M) was performed around the plans/providers that Cano was moving 8.3M forward with. This does not include the impact from any
additional C terminations of MSOs that may occur in 2024 and has no corresponding decrease in underwriting margin A 10.3M E Payroll & Benefits is down $6.4M as the result of further identification of cost reductions from the Cost Transformation
(18.2M) Program, which reduces the Go-Get Other cost areas have been reduced by $5.2M as the result of the F D identification of cost reductions from the Cost Transformation program, which reduces the Go-Get BK LRP Adj ACO Reach Plan Other Provider
Payroll & Other Go-Get March LRP G Go-Get reduction reflects cost savings being applied to the EBITDA Underwriting Revenue Payment Benefits Adj EBITDA appropriate DPE and SG&A cost categories instead of the Go-Get Margin bucket Notes: 1. ACO
REACH improvement shown above represents the full Adj EBITDA improvement in the forecast for this business unit, not only solely underwriting margin 10
Gross Revenue & Underwriting Margin: March LRP vs BK LRP Gross
Revenue Commentary • Gross revenue in FY’24 increased by $73M from the Mar LRP BK LRP March LRP 3,100 3,045 vs. BK LRP: (a) $92M driven by updated ACO assumptions and 2,990 (b) $2M net impact from further plan-level forecasting 2,970
3,000 +3% 2,930 2,919 refinements, offset by $21M lower FFS and Other revenue 2,885 2,900 2,861 2,816 a) ACO: Primarily driven by higher member count and PMPM 2,797 2,800 improvement driven by termination of underperforming 2,724 rd providers,
offset by $72M in higher 3 party medical 2,700 costs 2,600 b) Plan refinements: $2M net impact from further plan- 2,500 level refinements include lower member counts 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 (~15K/month) offset by higher CapRev PMPM rates (+$86
PMPM) Underwriting Margin • $5M increase in FY’24 Underwriting Margin Mar LRP vs. BK BK LRP March LRP LRP: (a) $6M increase from plan-level refinements and $20M 590 600 564 555 from ACO, offset by (b) ($21M) decline in FFS and Other +1%
532 505 Revenue 491 483 500 455 376 381 a) Majority of the $6M improvement across the plans were 400 driven by ACA (+$9M), $7M from plan refinements and 300 $2M from updated non-risk assumptions 200 b) ($21M) decline in FFS and other is attributed
to Pharmacy closures and reduced number of center locations 100 0 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 All charts in $millions 11
Managing third-party medical costs key to driving underwriting margin
growth Key Metrics by Service Offering 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 Staff Medicare Advantage Members 62,004 67,012 68,855 70,576 72,164 Capitated Revenue PMPM $ 1,341 $ 1,367 $ 1,391 $ 1,412 $ 1,430 Third Party Medical Cost PMPM $ 1,087 $ 1,039 $ 1,091
$ 1,077 $ 1,075 MCR 81.0 % 76.0 % 78.4 % 76.3 % 75.2 % Affiliate Medicare Advantage Members 35,392 36,220 35,581 36,301 37,032 Capitated Revenue PMPM $ 1,162 $ 1,156 $ 1,157 $ 1,158 $ 1,158 Third Party Medical Cost PMPM $ 1,158 $ 1,078 $ 1,015 $ 993
$ 976 MCR 99.7 % 93.3 % 87.8 % 85.8 % 84.3 % ACO REACH + COMMERCIAL ACO Members 93,353 92,339 92,339 92,339 92,339 Capitated Revenue PMPM $ 981 $ 963 $ 963 $ 963 $ 963 Third Party Medical Cost PMPM $ 912 $ 894 $ 894 $ 894 $ 894 MCR 92.9 % 92.9 %
92.9 % 92.9 % 92.9 % MEDICAID Members 36,241 37,391 37,832 37,832 37,832 Capitated Revenue PMPM $ 249 $ 250 $ 251 $ 251 $ 254 Third Party Medical Cost PMPM $ 204 $ 186 $ 186 $ 186 $ 186 MCR 82.1 % 74.4 % 74.4 % 74.2 % 73.4 % ACA Members 15,545
15,232 15,412 15,412 15,412 Notes: PMPM rates do not include MRA Accruals 12
Cost Profile: Nov LRP vs BK LRP Charts in $millions DPE & SG&A
Cost Profile Commentary • Approximately $162M of annualized savings are considered BK LRP March LRP implemented prior to year-end 2023, leaving the Cano and 800 (37%) 677 Alix teams with a remaining target of $128M 644 600 • March LRP
projects $128M in annualized savings initiatives 425 405 398 397 390 390 381 382 370 372 will be implemented during 2024, with in-year realization of 400 ~$87M 200 • ~$51M of savings implemented to-date consists mainly of: 0 − Exiting of
dark leases (~$16M) 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 − Closure of select MA staffed centers (~$10M) Cum. In Month Savings ($M) Initiatives by Stage Gate ($M) − Realization of headcount initiatives (~$7M) − 3rd-party vendor spend
reduction (~$10M) 128 128 128 12 0.Go-Get 9.8− MSO provider and other expense reductions (~$8M) 19 10.7 10 8.9 1.Identified 3 41 2 55 • In Progress initiatives largely consist of further headcount 9.8 2.Validated 8 reductions (~$13M),
center closures & consolidations 8.8 3.In Progress rd 53 (~$13M), and ongoing reduction of 3 party spend 4.Implemented 37 6 (~$27M) 4.0 2 Mar 2024 Est. 4 • Go-get has been reduced from $55M to $41M (Jan LRP) 73 Jan 2024 LRP 1 3.9 from dark
leases and further down to $19M thru additional 35 1.2 51 2 center closures and incremental G&A and Ops HC and 3PS reductions 13 1.1 0 Jan-24 Apr-24 Jul-24 Oct-24 Jan-25 Orig Est. Jan LRP Mar Est. Notes: 1. For business plan modeling purposes,
initiatives considered ‘identified’ in the savings pipeline remain grouped with go-get until they have passed to the ‘validated’ stage gate; hence, the March LRP business plan 13 model still refers to $25M of savings as
‘go-get’ rather than the $19M referenced above.
Liquidity Outlook: March LRP vs BK LRP Liquidity through Dec-28
Commentary $500M• Liquidity increased by ~$80M over the forecast period, A Mar LRP Liquidity BK LRP Liquidity driven by ~$112M from operational improvements, offset 446 by ($8M) higher cash interest, ($12M) from the ACO Reach $400M +80 surety
bond collateral, and ($12M) from Contract Cures & 366 MSP Share Distributions A 303 $300M− $112M of operational improvements primarily due to underwriting margin improvement ($130M ACO, $88M plan improvements, offset by lower ($106M) FFS
& 194 243 $200M Other) 151 120 • March LRP liquidity outlook illustratively assumes the 152 $100M 74 126 following capital structure upon emergence: 42 − $50M RCF commitment, of which $25M assumed 54 drawn at emergence and repaid in
FY2025; thereafter $0M remaining undrawn throughout the forecast period − $211M of term loan debt, interest on which is ($100M) Jan-24 Jul-24 Jan-25 Jul-25 Jan-26 Jul-26 Jan-27 Jul-27 Jan-28 Jul-28 Dec-28 assumed to be partially paid-in-kind
for 12 months following emergence in accordance with the terms of the Exit Facility in the Restructuring Term Sheet and then cash pay thereafter Chart in $millions 14
Appendix 15
Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciliation ($ in millions) 2023 2022
2021 ▪ A Represents non-cash compensation Total revenue 3,137.8 2,738.9 1,609.4 charges Third-party medical costs (2,830.4) (2,062.4) (1,231.0) (1) Underwriting Margin 307.4 676.5 378.4 ▪ B Represents legal expenses, professional fees,
and expenses directly related to Net income (loss) (1,098.9) (428.4) (116.7) staff needed to support acquisition activity Interest expense, net 114.2 62.5 51.3 Income tax expense (benefit) (1.8) 2.2 - ▪ C Includes one-time legal, IT, severance
Depreciation and amortization expense 186.6 90.6 49.4 and various other non-recurring items (1) EBITDA (799.9) (273.1) (16.0) ▪ D Represents the non-cash change in the Stock-based compensation 8.2 54.8 28.0 A value of contingent considerations
related Goodwill impairment loss 442.9 323.0 - to acquired practices Transaction costs 33.5 34.4 48.3 B C Restructuring and other 19.8 10.8 7.9▪ E Represents costs related to amended or previously repaid debt Change in FV of contingent
consideration (2.8) (5.0) (11.7) D E Loss on extinguishment of debt - 1.4 13.1 ▪ Represents non-cash impact from change F Change in FV of warrant liabilities (7.4) (72.8) (82.9) F in warrant liabilities Reserve on other assets 62.0 - - (1)(2)
Adjusted EBITDA (243.7) 73.5 (13.3) (1) Adjusted EBITDA margin % (79.3%) 10.9% (3.5%) Cash flow from operations (129.0) (146.3) (118.0) (3) Add: Interest expense, net 91.0 62.5 51.3 Less: CapEx (19.2) (49.5) (34.4) (1) Unlevered Free Cash Flow
(57.2) (133.3) (101.1) 1. Underwriting Margin, EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin % and Unlevered Free Cash Flow are non-GAAP financial measures. A non-GAAP financial measure is a performance metric that departs from GAAP because it
excludes earnings components that are required under GAAP. Other companies may define non-GAAP financial measures differently and, as a result, our non-GAAP financial measures may not be directly comparable to those of other companies 2. Adjusted
EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. At the beginning of 2023, the Company revised its definition of Adjusted EBITDA to no longer add back losses related to de novo medical centers. Please refer to the “Disclaimer – Non-GAAP Financial
Measures” and reconciliation tables of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, its most directly comparable GAAP measure. 3. “Interest expense, net” is shown net of interest paid in kind during 2023 of $23.2 million. Note: Differences in the
included tables are due to rounding and are not significant. 16
v3.24.1.u1
X |
- DefinitionBoolean flag that is true when the XBRL content amends previously-filed or accepted submission.
+ References
+ Details
Name: |
dei_AmendmentFlag |
Namespace Prefix: |
dei_ |
Data Type: |
xbrli:booleanItemType |
Balance Type: |
na |
Period Type: |
duration |
|
X |
- DefinitionFor the EDGAR submission types of Form 8-K: the date of the report, the date of the earliest event reported; for the EDGAR submission types of Form N-1A: the filing date; for all other submission types: the end of the reporting or transition period. The format of the date is YYYY-MM-DD.
+ References
+ Details
Name: |
dei_DocumentPeriodEndDate |
Namespace Prefix: |
dei_ |
Data Type: |
xbrli:dateItemType |
Balance Type: |
na |
Period Type: |
duration |
|
X |
- DefinitionThe type of document being provided (such as 10-K, 10-Q, 485BPOS, etc). The document type is limited to the same value as the supporting SEC submission type, or the word 'Other'.
+ References
+ Details
Name: |
dei_DocumentType |
Namespace Prefix: |
dei_ |
Data Type: |
dei:submissionTypeItemType |
Balance Type: |
na |
Period Type: |
duration |
|
X |
- DefinitionAddress Line 1 such as Attn, Building Name, Street Name
+ References
+ Details
Name: |
dei_EntityAddressAddressLine1 |
Namespace Prefix: |
dei_ |
Data Type: |
xbrli:normalizedStringItemType |
Balance Type: |
na |
Period Type: |
duration |
|
X |
- Definition
+ References
+ Details
Name: |
dei_EntityAddressCityOrTown |
Namespace Prefix: |
dei_ |
Data Type: |
xbrli:normalizedStringItemType |
Balance Type: |
na |
Period Type: |
duration |
|
X |
- DefinitionCode for the postal or zip code
+ References
+ Details
Name: |
dei_EntityAddressPostalZipCode |
Namespace Prefix: |
dei_ |
Data Type: |
xbrli:normalizedStringItemType |
Balance Type: |
na |
Period Type: |
duration |
|
X |
- DefinitionName of the state or province.
+ References
+ Details
Name: |
dei_EntityAddressStateOrProvince |
Namespace Prefix: |
dei_ |
Data Type: |
dei:stateOrProvinceItemType |
Balance Type: |
na |
Period Type: |
duration |
|
X |
- DefinitionA unique 10-digit SEC-issued value to identify entities that have filed disclosures with the SEC. It is commonly abbreviated as CIK.
+ ReferencesReference 1: http://www.xbrl.org/2003/role/presentationRef -Publisher SEC -Name Exchange Act -Number 240 -Section 12 -Subsection b-2
+ Details
Name: |
dei_EntityCentralIndexKey |
Namespace Prefix: |
dei_ |
Data Type: |
dei:centralIndexKeyItemType |
Balance Type: |
na |
Period Type: |
duration |
|
X |
- DefinitionIndicate if registrant meets the emerging growth company criteria.
+ ReferencesReference 1: http://www.xbrl.org/2003/role/presentationRef -Publisher SEC -Name Exchange Act -Number 240 -Section 12 -Subsection b-2
+ Details
Name: |
dei_EntityEmergingGrowthCompany |
Namespace Prefix: |
dei_ |
Data Type: |
xbrli:booleanItemType |
Balance Type: |
na |
Period Type: |
duration |
|
X |
- DefinitionCommission file number. The field allows up to 17 characters. The prefix may contain 1-3 digits, the sequence number may contain 1-8 digits, the optional suffix may contain 1-4 characters, and the fields are separated with a hyphen.
+ References
+ Details
Name: |
dei_EntityFileNumber |
Namespace Prefix: |
dei_ |
Data Type: |
dei:fileNumberItemType |
Balance Type: |
na |
Period Type: |
duration |
|
X |
- DefinitionTwo-character EDGAR code representing the state or country of incorporation.
+ References
+ Details
Name: |
dei_EntityIncorporationStateCountryCode |
Namespace Prefix: |
dei_ |
Data Type: |
dei:edgarStateCountryItemType |
Balance Type: |
na |
Period Type: |
duration |
|
X |
- DefinitionThe exact name of the entity filing the report as specified in its charter, which is required by forms filed with the SEC.
+ ReferencesReference 1: http://www.xbrl.org/2003/role/presentationRef -Publisher SEC -Name Exchange Act -Number 240 -Section 12 -Subsection b-2
+ Details
Name: |
dei_EntityRegistrantName |
Namespace Prefix: |
dei_ |
Data Type: |
xbrli:normalizedStringItemType |
Balance Type: |
na |
Period Type: |
duration |
|
X |
- DefinitionThe Tax Identification Number (TIN), also known as an Employer Identification Number (EIN), is a unique 9-digit value assigned by the IRS.
+ ReferencesReference 1: http://www.xbrl.org/2003/role/presentationRef -Publisher SEC -Name Exchange Act -Number 240 -Section 12 -Subsection b-2
+ Details
Name: |
dei_EntityTaxIdentificationNumber |
Namespace Prefix: |
dei_ |
Data Type: |
dei:employerIdItemType |
Balance Type: |
na |
Period Type: |
duration |
|
X |
- DefinitionLocal phone number for entity.
+ References
+ Details
Name: |
dei_LocalPhoneNumber |
Namespace Prefix: |
dei_ |
Data Type: |
xbrli:normalizedStringItemType |
Balance Type: |
na |
Period Type: |
duration |
|
X |
- DefinitionBoolean flag that is true when the Form 8-K filing is intended to satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant as pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act.
+ ReferencesReference 1: http://www.xbrl.org/2003/role/presentationRef -Publisher SEC -Name Exchange Act -Number 240 -Section 13e -Subsection 4c
+ Details
Name: |
dei_PreCommencementIssuerTenderOffer |
Namespace Prefix: |
dei_ |
Data Type: |
xbrli:booleanItemType |
Balance Type: |
na |
Period Type: |
duration |
|
X |
- DefinitionBoolean flag that is true when the Form 8-K filing is intended to satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant as pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act.
+ ReferencesReference 1: http://www.xbrl.org/2003/role/presentationRef -Publisher SEC -Name Exchange Act -Number 240 -Section 14d -Subsection 2b
+ Details
Name: |
dei_PreCommencementTenderOffer |
Namespace Prefix: |
dei_ |
Data Type: |
xbrli:booleanItemType |
Balance Type: |
na |
Period Type: |
duration |
|
X |
- DefinitionTitle of a 12(b) registered security.
+ ReferencesReference 1: http://www.xbrl.org/2003/role/presentationRef -Publisher SEC -Name Exchange Act -Number 240 -Section 12 -Subsection b
+ Details
Name: |
dei_Security12bTitle |
Namespace Prefix: |
dei_ |
Data Type: |
dei:securityTitleItemType |
Balance Type: |
na |
Period Type: |
duration |
|
X |
- DefinitionName of the Exchange on which a security is registered.
+ ReferencesReference 1: http://www.xbrl.org/2003/role/presentationRef -Publisher SEC -Name Exchange Act -Number 240 -Section 12 -Subsection d1-1
+ Details
Name: |
dei_SecurityExchangeName |
Namespace Prefix: |
dei_ |
Data Type: |
dei:edgarExchangeCodeItemType |
Balance Type: |
na |
Period Type: |
duration |
|
X |
- DefinitionBoolean flag that is true when the Form 8-K filing is intended to satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant as soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act.
+ ReferencesReference 1: http://www.xbrl.org/2003/role/presentationRef -Publisher SEC -Name Exchange Act -Section 14a -Number 240 -Subsection 12
+ Details
Name: |
dei_SolicitingMaterial |
Namespace Prefix: |
dei_ |
Data Type: |
xbrli:booleanItemType |
Balance Type: |
na |
Period Type: |
duration |
|
X |
- DefinitionTrading symbol of an instrument as listed on an exchange.
+ References
+ Details
Name: |
dei_TradingSymbol |
Namespace Prefix: |
dei_ |
Data Type: |
dei:tradingSymbolItemType |
Balance Type: |
na |
Period Type: |
duration |
|
X |
- DefinitionBoolean flag that is true when the Form 8-K filing is intended to satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant as written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act.
+ ReferencesReference 1: http://www.xbrl.org/2003/role/presentationRef -Publisher SEC -Name Securities Act -Number 230 -Section 425
+ Details
Name: |
dei_WrittenCommunications |
Namespace Prefix: |
dei_ |
Data Type: |
xbrli:booleanItemType |
Balance Type: |
na |
Period Type: |
duration |
|
Grafico Azioni Cano Health (NYSE:CANO)
Storico
Da Gen 2025 a Feb 2025
Grafico Azioni Cano Health (NYSE:CANO)
Storico
Da Feb 2024 a Feb 2025